Interface Technology And Switching Devices 2015 / 2016 Brochure

1000510245-Catalog 1 1000510245-Catalog_1 1000510245-Catalog_1 B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-10-06

: Pdf 111619-Brochure 111619-Brochure B5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 638

DownloadInterface Technology And Switching Devices 2015 / 2016 Brochure
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Interface Technology
and Switching Devices
2015 / 2016

7

Interface technology and switching devices

Surge protection and
power supplies

Terminal blocks
• Terminal blocks

• Surge protection and interference suppression
filters
• Power supplies and UPS
• Protective devices

Sensor/actuator cabling and
industrial connectors

Control technology, I/O systems, and
automation infrastructure

• Sensor/actuator cabling
• Cables and lines
• Connectors

• Lighting and signaling
• Fieldbus components and systems
• Functional Safety
• HMIs and industrial PCs
• I/O systems
• Industrial Ethernet
• Industrial communication technology
• Software
• Controllers
• Wireless data communication

Marking systems, tools, and
mounting material
• Marking and labeling
• Tools
• Installation and mounting material

PCB connection technology and
electronics housing 2013/14
• PCB terminal blocks and PCB connectors
• Electronics housing

Find out more
with the web code
On some of the catalog pages, you can find our web
codes: a number sign followed by a four-digit number
combination.
Web code: #1234 (example)

This allows you to reach information on our website
quickly.
It couldn't be simpler:
1. Go to the Phoenix Contact website
2. Enter # and the number combination
in the search field
3. Receive more information and product versions

Connection technology for field devices
2013/14
• Connectors
• Cables and lines
Information on these products can be found in the electronic
product catalogs for 2013/14.
Or get the latest on all the new products and additional
information directly in the product area of our website:
phoenixcontact.net/products

Search
Or use the direct link:
phoenixcontact.net/webcode/#1234

Also discover the Phoenix Contact catalog app
interactively on your tablet.

Table of contents

Complete overview

4

Electronic switching devices and motor control

8

MCR technology

50

Monitoring

228

Relay modules

314

System cabling for controllers

480

Technical information/index

622

Complete overview
Product range overview
Electronic switching devices and motor control

Motor management

(Ex i) signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety

Current transformers

Multifunctional monitoring relays

4

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 14

Hybrid motor starters

Page 20

Solid-state contactors

Page 152

(Ex i) signal conditioners with
PL functional safety

Page 252

Current transformers for retrofitting
Page 266

Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3

Ultra-narrow timer relays

Multifunctional timer relays

Page 300

Page 184

Page 308

Multiplexers for HART signals

Page 36

Page 222

IP67 motor starters

Ex i 2-wire field devices

Page 46

Page 223

Current transducers, current protectors
Page 272

Page 310

Function modules

Page 312

Complete overview
Product range overview
MCR technology

Frequency inverters

Page 48

Highly compact signal conditioners with
plug-in connection technology
Page 64

Highly compact signal conditioners
Page 90

Signal conditioners, head transducers, and
process indicators
Page 128

Complete packages for data logging
Page 245

Compressed air meters

Components for E-Mobility

Compact monitoring relays

Monitoring

Controllers
See Catalog 8

PV system monitoring

Lightning monitoring system
See Catalog 6

Energy meters, function and
communication modules

Page 282

Residual current monitoring

HMIs
See Catalog 8

Page 238

Page 288

Page 292

Page 246

Page 298

Signal towers
See Catalog 8

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

5

Complete overview
Product range overview
Relay modules

RIFLINE complete

Page 328

PR series

Page 378

PLC-INTERFACE

Page 400

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
Page 452

System cabling for controllers

Controller-specific system cabling
Page 490

6

PHOENIX CONTACT

V8 adapters

Page 451

Universal modules

Page 576

Universal cables

Page 600

Complete overview
Product range overview

DEK series

Potential distributors

Page 461

Safety devices
See Catalog 8

Monitoring relays

Page 298

Timer relays

Page 308

Page 618

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

7

8

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Switching devices for starting, reversing,
and protecting electric motors are some of
the most frequently used components in
automation technology. These are often
designed redundantly for safety-sensitive
applications. When it comes to reducing
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are
the state-of-the-art alternative.
This is because CONTACTRON hybrid
motor starters combine up to four
functions in a single device. Integration into
popular fieldbus systems is realized via the
INTERFACE system connection or via the
SmartWire-DT™ wiring system.
For protection of the entire system, the
product range now includes the electronic
motor manager (EMM). In addition to
typical measured values such as voltage and
current, the behavior of the system is
monitored and protected by means of real
power measurement. The process data in all
popular fieldbus systems can be supplied via
gateways and evaluated by a controller.

Product range overview
Product overview

10

Electronic motor management
Network-capable hybrid motor starters with reversing function

12
20

Hybrid motor starters with reversing function
Network-capable hybrid motor starters with direct start function

22
24

Hybrid motor starters with direct start function
Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection
3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
3-phase solid-state contactors
Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors
Single-phase solid-state contactors
IP67 motor starters
IP20 frequency inverters

26
29
36
38
42
44
46
48

PHOENIX CONTACT

9

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Product overview
Motor management

Electronic motor management

Page 14

Gateways

Page 16

Software

Page 17

Hybrid motor starters

Network-capable hybrid motor starters with
reversing function
Page 20

Hybrid motor starters with reversing function
Page 22

Network-capable hybrid motor starters with
direct start function
Page 24

Hybrid motor starters with
direct start function

3-phase solid-state contactors

Solid-state reversing contactor with
soft starter
Page 40

Solid-state reversing contactor for
DC motors
Page 42

Page 26

Solid-state contactors

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
Page 36

Page 38

IP67 motor starters

PROFINET motor starters for distributed use
Page 46

10

PHOENIX CONTACT

Frequency inverters

Stainless steel base, IP67 protection
Page 47

Inline frequency inverters for
the control cabinet

Page 48

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Product overview

Hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection

Page 29

Loop bridge for hybrid motor starters
Page 30

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Page 32

Single-phase solid-state contactors
Page 44

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

11

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Motor management

Electronic motor management
(EMM)
The electronic motor management
modules offer all the advantages of modern
real power monitoring.
The measuring and evaluation electronics
for all performance classes. EMM offers the
same functionality for all performance
classes, only without a power section.
Power within limits
Monitoring is based on freely
parameterizable switching and signaling
thresholds for overload and underload
detection. Identical or separate settings can
be made for the thresholds relating to the
two directions of rotation.
Parameterization relies on the real power
consumed (calculated from three currents,
voltages, and the phase angle), thereby
offering a much more precise basis than if
only the current is taken into consideration,
as it is independent of voltage fluctuations
and drive load. If a switching threshold is
violated, the EMM initiates an emergency
shutdown of the motor immediately (or
with an adjustable “delay time”). In addition,
a message can be sent via an output.
This state can only be deactivated via a
defined reset. If the real power consumed is
determined as being above or below the
message thresholds, all that occurs is that a
12

PHOENIX CONTACT

check-back is returned for the duration for
which the module was addressed.
In addition, signals are generated by the
module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signaled.
Permanent status monitoring with high
scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch enable complete system protection,
including motor protection.
Without any extra wiring - and with just a
single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
and tools are monitored for proper
functioning, contamination (filter or
similar), and wear. The adjustable “inrush
suppression” time can be used to mask out
the switching operation from the
monitoring process.

INTERFACE system
The INTERFACE system (IFS) consists of
devices which can be connected to each
other via the DIN rail connector (TBUS). A
GATEWAY with up to 32 IFS devices forms
the head of the INTERFACE system and
manages the station.
INTERFACE system properties:
– Use of the INTERFACE system via the
DIN rail connector for the purpose of
parameterization, diagnostics, and
exchange of data with one another
– Compatible with defined IFS accessories
– 24 V supply of the devices (e.g., EMM...IFS,
ELR...IFS, EM-GATEWAY-IFS) via the
DIN rail connector

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Motor management

Protection against dry running, blocking,
and cavitation, warning thresholds to
indicate filter contamination.

Protection against blocking, warning
thresholds for bearing wear and other cases
that trigger overload.

Protection against blocking and broken
tools, warning thresholds for tool and
bearing wear.

Delay time

Switch-on delay

Real power (P)

Real power (P)

Switch-on delay

Continuous dry running
with forced shutdown

Real power (P)

Switch-on delay

Delay time

Delay time

Excess performance
due to possible
broken tool

Performance threshold
Broken tool

Upper
performance threshold
Temporary
dry running

Signaling threshold,
contamination of screen
or filter

Performance

Performance

Lower
performance threshold

Lower
performance threshold

Time (t)

Time (t)

Signaling threshold
Tool wear

Increased performance
Tool wear

Performance
when idling

Time (t)

Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive shutdown

In the case of motor-driven pumps, the
lower performance threshold provides
reliable protection against hazardous dry
running.

Forced shutdown of the drive can be
delayed by the “delay time”.
This prevents forced shutdown in the
event of air bubbles.

Machine tools are monitored and
protected in a similar way when drilling,
milling or grinding. If the feed value on a
milling machine is set too high, a tool may
break in the “worst-case” scenario. The
power threshold - parameterized
accordingly - can be used to resolve this
issue.
Additionally, a message threshold signals
tool wear in advance.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

13

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
H

H

The EMM motor management module
(with/without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or
switching thresholds
– Digital outputs control external switching
elements
– Optional connection to INTERFACE
system and EM-GATEWAY-IFS via TBUS

W

D

W

D

Allows the use of external current
transformers

With integrated current transformers


Ex: 
R

US
L

DAT

IFSPort

US

ERR


Ex: 

24 VDC

Reset
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
O1
O2
O3
O4

V1
V2
V3
I11
I21
I31
I12
I22
I32

Digital
IN
Logic
μP

P

Digital
OUT

USO
O

T-BUS

Th1
Th2

Thermistor

IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4

Digital
IN

O1
O2
O3
O4

Digital
OUT

USO
O

Rated control supply current IS at US
Input data of digital inputs
Number of inputs
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input
Nominal current, voltage measuring input
Current measuring input
Output power of the converter
Internal resistance EMM
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

Electronic motor management

R

T-BUS
24 VDC

P

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3

Thermistor

Th1
Th2

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA

10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA

25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA

10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A (secondary external converter)
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A (secondary external converter)
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω

max. 16 A
-

max. 16 A
-

24 V DC
230 V AC
(semiconductor output) / 500 mA (relay output/500 mA) / 500 mA

24 V DC
230 V AC
(semiconductor output) / 500 mA (relay output/500 mA) / 500 mA

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Class A product, see page 625

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS

2297497
2297507

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS

2297523
2297536

2811271

1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

2707437
2901667

50
1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

IFS-CONFSTICK
IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2986122
2901103

1
1

IFS-CONFSTICK
IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2986122
2901103

1
1

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
DIN rail connector
Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS,
comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover

ERR

Logic
μP

Ordering data
Description

DAT
Reset

L

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

IFSPort

1
1

Accessories

Multifunctional memory module for the INTERFACE system
- Flat design
- Tall design
Mini COMBICON connector
- Socket contact
- Pin contact

14

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management

L1

EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS

S1/k

P1

S2/l

P2
S1/k

I31

I11

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

V3

Voltage
measurement

Current measurement

I21

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

V1

US

Digital
inputs

Module
supply
5/L3

1/L1

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

3/L2

US

Digital
inputs

Module
supply

L3

V2

L2

Current
measurement

S2/l

Reverse running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Separate switching module
Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND

P1

S2/l

P2

I32

I12

Thermistor
input

Reverse running 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Separate switching module
Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND

M

M

The electronic motor management
modules offer all the advantages of modern
real power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the
real power of a drive system or of any other
3-phase load is calculated from three
currents, voltages, and the phase angle.
Currents of up to 16 A can be directly
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via
external converters. Digital outputs can be
used to control separate mechanical or
electronic switching elements that adopt
the actual switching of the load. In this
configuration, the EMM reliably protects
connected loads – irrespective of their
power consumption – against overload and
underload, and provides permanent status
monitoring.
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,
message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the
system.

I22

Th2

Th1

O1 O2 O3 O4

Digital
outputs

6/T3

2/T1

4/T2

Th1

O USO

Thermistor
input

P2
S1/k

Current measurement

Supply
digital
outputs

Digital
outputs

Supply
digital
outputs

O1 O2 O3 O4

Th2

Current measurement
O USO

P1

EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS

The EMM modules can record the
following data:
– Apparent real and reactive power
– Currents and voltages
– Phase angle
– Cycle and operating hours counter
– Power meter
Additional functions:
– Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
– Thermistor monitor
– Recording measured values
– GATEWAY connection via TBUS
– Pre-configured motor exits such as
reversing starters, star-delta starters, etc.
The EMM modules can be used to record
complete curves that can be used for
system documentation.
Actuating and regulating drives, pumps,
tools, conveyer belts or similar are switched
and monitored for function, contamination
or wear in the following operating modes:
right rotation, left rotation, reverse, and
limit switch operation (with integrated
restart inhibit).

Current transformer
The external converters should be
selected with a secondary nominal current
of 5 A. The primary current is determined
by the current consumption of the load
(refer to connection diagram). For suitable
current transformers, see INTERFACE
catalog.
TBUS DIN rail connector
The TBUS (Order No. 2707437) can be
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
or to couple up to 32 EMMs (for example)
to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirements
of the application, either an electromechanical contactor or reversing contactor
combination, or a solid-state contactor or a
solid-state reversing contactor is to be used
for the actual task of switching the load.
These switching elements are controlled via
the digital outputs of the EMM modules.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

15

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Motor management
IFS gateways for
INTERFACE system devices

H
D

EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting
INTERFACE system devices (IFS) to
popular bus systems: PROFIBUS DP,
Modbus, Modbus/TCP, DeviceNet™,
CANopen®, and PROFINET,
EtherNet/IP™.
– Communication via TBUS with up to
32 INTERFACE system devices such as
EMM...IFS and ELR...IFS modules
– Equipped with freely parameterizable
digital inputs and outputs
– Digital switching outputs for direct
control

W


US GND
24V
DC

Reset

Fieldbus
connection

IN

IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8

OUT

O1
O2
O3
O4

IFS

TBUS

EPROM
IFSPort

µController
USO

TO

Status

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply current IS
Input circuit
Digital inputs
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Input circuit
Digital outputs
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Residual voltage
Output protection
IFS interface
Connection method
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection
Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
85 mA (plus load current of the outputs)
Protection against polarity reversal
24 V DC ±20 %
3 mA
Protection against polarity reversal
23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
500 mA
1V
Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
DIN rail connector

W/H/D

-35 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
EN 50178
IP20
any / can be aligned without spacing
0.2 ... 2 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 12 - 24
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

IFS gateway for
PROFIBUS DP
RS-232
RS-485
Modbus/TCP
DeviceNet™
CANopen®
PROFINET
Ethernet/IP™

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS

2297620
2901526
2901527
2901528
2901529
2901504
2904472
2901988

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
DIN rail connector
Mini COMBICON connector
- Socket contact
- Pin contact

16

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Motor management
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
motor management modules
EMM...IFS
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming
adapter, and user manual on CD available
as configuration package
– USB programming adapter also available
separately as an option
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available
free of charge as a separate download
from phoenixcontact.com

Ordering data
Description
Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user
manual on CD

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

Type

MM-CONF-SET

Order No.

Accessories

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2297992

1

2811271

1

PHOENIX CONTACT

17

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starters for controlling
3-phase asynchronous motors combine up
to four functions in one device as required.
These include forward running, reverse
running with optional reversing function
including load wiring. The locking circuit for
the reversing function is also integrated and
certified as a single electronic reversing
starter according to UL 508a and the new
UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices
protect the motor by means of an
integrated motor protection relay with
automatic and remote reset function. The
implemented safety function according to
Performance Level e (PL e) of EN ISO
13849-1 provides the emergency stop
requirement. A PDT confirmation contact
provides information regarding the
availability of the device, and the motor
state. This means that in the event of motor
control without an error message the
integrated current measurement and
symmetry scanning ensures that the motor
is turning. Even with these numerous
functions, the hybrid motor starter is just
22.5 mm wide.

18

PHOENIX CONTACT

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated protective devices, for
mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm
busbar systems and connection to popular
bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete
the product portfolio.

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated fuses for mounting on
35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems.

Hybrid motor starters with up to four
functions in one device: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop.

Connection of hybrid motor starters in a
bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways
are provided for the main bus systems:
PROFIBUS, Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IP™,
and CANopen®.

Connection of the hybrid motor starter
to a bus system via the IFS INTERFACE
system.
Gateways are provided for the main bus
systems: PROFIBUS DP, Modbus/TCP,
EtherNet/IP™, CANopen®, DeviceNet™,
PROFINET, etc.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

19

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Network-capable hybrid motor
starters with reversing function
These 3-phase hybrid motor starters
provide up to four functions: right
contactor, left contactor, motor protection
relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
They offer the following advantages:
– Connection to INTERFACE system (IFS)
via TBUS
– Connection to SmartWire-DT™ (SWD)
– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 3 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

new

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

H
D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

Motor protection and
SmartWire-DT™ support

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC EN+
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
-

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Surge current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

W/H/D

550 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-5 °C ... 55 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2
IEC 60947-1
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
Load current 0.075 - 0.6 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2905073

1

ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2905074

1

2903107

10

Accessories
Device plug, 8-pos.
DIN rail connector

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
new

new

H

H
W

D

D

W

Motor protection, emergency stop, and
INTERFACE system support

Motor protection and
INTERFACE system support

Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
-

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

550 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-5 °C ... 60 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849
IEC 60947-1
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

550 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-5 °C ... 60 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2
IEC 60947-1
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905151
2905138

ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905152
2905139

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1
1

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905157
2905144

1
1

1
1

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905159
2905146

1
1

2707437

50

Accessories
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2707437

50

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

21

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with
reversing function
These 3-phase hybrid motor starters
provide up to four functions: right
contactor, left contactor, motor protection
relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
They offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

H
D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

Motor protection
and emergency stop


Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Surge current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
7
3 x 10 cycles
EN 60947 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Load current [A]

Description

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
0

50
10
20
30
40
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Load current [A]

Derating curve for ELR H5...24DC...

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
0

10

20

30

50
40
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

= aligned with 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing
Derating curve for ELR H5...230AC...

22

PHOENIX CONTACT

Load current 0.075 - 0.6 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Load current 1.5 - 9 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Load current 0 - 9 A
Screw connection
Screw connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900582
2903902
2900692

1
1
1

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900414
2903904
2900420

1
1
1

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900421
2903906
2900422

1
1
1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
D

H
W

D

W

Motor protection

Reversing function only




Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
7
3 x 10 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
7
3 x 10 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900573
2903908
2900691

1
1
1

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900574
2903910
2900575

1
1
1

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900576
2903912
2900578

1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900538
2900539

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

23

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Network-capable hybrid motor
starters with direct start function
These 3-phase hybrid motor starters
provide up to three functions: right
contactor, motor protection relay, and
emergency stop up to category 3.
They offer the following advantages:
– Connection to INTERFACE system (IFS)
via TBUS
– Connection to SmartWire-DT™ (SWD)
– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 3 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

new

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

H
D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

Motor protection and
SmartWire-DT™ support

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC (according to IEC 60947-1)
0.8 ... 1.25

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC EN+
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
-

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Surge current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

W/H/D

550 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-5 °C ... 55 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2
IEC 60947-1
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
Load current 0.075 - 0.6 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06

2905076

1

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2905078

1

2903107

10

Accessories
Device plug, 8-pos.
DIN rail connector

24

PHOENIX CONTACT

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
new

new

H

H
W

D

D

W

Motor protection, emergency stop, and
INTERFACE system support

Motor protection and
INTERFACE system support

Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
-

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

550 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-5 °C ... 60 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849
IEC 60947-1
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

550 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-5 °C ... 60 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2
IEC 60947-1
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905154
2905141

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905155
2905142

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1
1

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2905162
2905148

1
1

1
1

ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905163
2905149

1
1

2707437

50

Accessories
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2707437

50

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

25

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with
direct start function
These 3-phase hybrid motor starters
provide up to three functions: right
contactor, motor protection relay, and
emergency stop up to category 3.
They offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Reduction in wiring
– Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

H
D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

Motor protection
and emergency stop


Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Surge current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
7
3 x 10 cycles
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Load current [A]

Description

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
0

50
10
20
30
40
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

Load current [A]

Derating curve for ELR H3...24DC...

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
0

10

20

30

50
40
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

= aligned with 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing
Derating curve for ELR H3...230AC...

26

PHOENIX CONTACT

Load current 0.075 - 0.6 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Load current 1.5 - 9 A
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Load current 0 - 9 A
Screw connection
Screw connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900566
2903914
2900689

1
1
1

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900567
2903916
2900568

1
1
1

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900569
2903918
2900570

1
1
1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
D

H
W

D

W

Motor protection

Direct start function only




Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
7
3 x 10 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
7
3 x 10 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
can be aligned with spacing: see derating
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900542
2903920
2900685

1
1
1

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900543
2903922
2900544

1
1
1

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900545
2903924
2900546

1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900530
2900531

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

27

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

These short-circuit-proof 3-phase hybrid
motor starters for mounting on 30 mm
DIN rails or 60 mm power busbars combine
four functions in one device: right
contactor, left contactor, motor protection
relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

They offer the following advantages:
22.5 mm wide
Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
Long service life
Space-saving
Reduction in wiring
3-phase loop bridging
Plug-in motor output terminal block
Coordination type 2 according to
IEC/EN 60947-4-2

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

Description
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter
Hybrid motor starter
DIN rail adapter
Power rail adapter, 160 mm
Power rail adapter, 200 mm
Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and
adapter
- with DIN rail adapter
- with power rail adapter, 160 mm
- with power rail adapter, 200 mm
Fuse
Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V
Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V
Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V

28

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H

H
W

D

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A


Ex: 
Reset
Autoreset
Us
T
T

MAN
RES
AUT

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

Reset
Autoreset
Us
T

24
VDC
& Error

E
R

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A


Ex: 
Reset2

T

Reset

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

MAN
RES
AUT


Ex: 
Reset2

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

Reset
Autoreset
Us
T

24
VDC
& Error

E
R

24VDC

L

W

D

T

Reset

L

Technical data

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Reset2

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

24
VDC
& Error

E
R

24VDC

MAN
RES
AUT

Reset

24VDC

L

Technical data

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A

75 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

180 mA
< 0.4 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

1.5 A
< 0.6 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
3 x 107 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
3 x 107 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV (safe isolation)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
3 x 107 cycles
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902746
2902747
2902748
2902831

ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET
ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2902952
2904333
2904334

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902744
2902747
2902748
2902831

1
1
1

ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET
ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2902953
2904335
2904336

Accessories
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902745
2902747
2902748
2902831

1
1
1
1

1
1
1

ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET
ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET

2902954
2904337
2904338

1
1
1

2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

29

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Loop bridge for
hybrid motor starters
The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge
(BRIDGE-...) simplifies the supply and
looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2 to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.
Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:
– Saves considerable wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series
- ELR H3...
- ELR H5...
- ELR (W)3...
- EMM...IFS
– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum
module spacing of 22.5 mm
– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A
– Additional bridge versions available on
request

0.3 m connecting cable for hybrid motor starter
with screw connection


Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
Cross section

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
≤ 25 A
2.5 mm²

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

3-phase loop bridge
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way

BRIDGE- 2
BRIDGE- 3
BRIDGE- 4
BRIDGE- 5
BRIDGE- 6
BRIDGE- 7
BRIDGE- 8
BRIDGE- 9
BRIDGE-10

2900746
2900747
2900748
2900749
2900750
2900751
2900752
2900753
2900754

≤22,5 mm
2

3

4

...

10

≤55 mm

1

30

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
new

3 m connecting cable for hybrid motor starter
with screw connection

3 m connecting cable for hybrid motor starter
with push-in connection




Technical data

Technical data

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
≤ 25 A
2.5 mm²

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
≤ 25 A
2.5 mm²

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

BRIDGE- 2-3M
BRIDGE- 3-3M
BRIDGE- 4-3M
BRIDGE- 5-3M
BRIDGE- 6-3M
BRIDGE- 7-3M
BRIDGE- 8-3M
BRIDGE- 9-3M
BRIDGE-10-3M

2901543
2901656
2901659
2901545
2901697
2901698
2901700
2901701
2901702

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

BRIDGE-PT 2
BRIDGE-PT 3
BRIDGE-PT 4
BRIDGE-PT 5
BRIDGE-PT 6
BRIDGE-PT 7
BRIDGE-PT 8
BRIDGE-PT 9
BRIDGE-PT 10

2904490
2904491
2904492
2904493
2904494
2904495
2904496
2904497
2904498

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

31

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Devices can be integrated seamlessly into
the fieldbus world via SmartWire-DT™ with
the SmartWire-DT™ “EM SWD-ADAPTER”
adapter for CONTACTRON 24 V DC
devices. Corresponding gateways are available
for the following bus systems:
– PROFIBUS DP
– CANopen®
– Modbus/TCP / EtherNet/IP™

SmartWire-DT™ adapter


Technical data
Input data
Supply voltage UAUX
Rated current IAUX
Supply voltage UPOW
Rated current IPOW
Input data
Description
Input voltage
Input current
Output data
Description
Output supply
Output current
SmartWire-DT™ interface
Connection method
Data rate
Current consumption IAUX
Current consumption IPOW
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

Enable input
24 V DC
5 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
120 mA
25 mA

W/H/D

-25 °C ... 55 °C
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
IP20
any
On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter
0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
SmartWire-DT™ adapter
Gateways
CANopen®
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
I/O modules
Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs
Digital, 4 inputs
Digital, 8 outputs
Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs
Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™
devices

32

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

EM SWD-ADAPTER

2902776

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
D

H
W

D

Gateways

H
W

D

W

Input/output modules



Power feed


Technical data


Technical data

Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

Digital inputs
24 V DC
typ. 4 mA
Digital outputs
24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %
typ. 500 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

-25 °C ... 55 °C
EN 50178
IP20
any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm

EN 50178
IP20
any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm

24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %
3A
24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %
700 mA
-

Ordering data

Technical data

Analog inputs
Analog outputs
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %
3A
24 V DC -15 % ... +20 %
700 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
EN 50178
IP20
any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC

2903098
2903100
2903244

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC

2903101
2903102
2903103
2903104

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC

2903113

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

33

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Description

Color

Pliers for device plugs
Pliers for flat plugs
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m

Plug tools

Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SWD4-CRP-1 PXC

2903110

1

SWD4-CRP-2 PXC

2903114

1

Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC

2903111

1

SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC

2903112

1

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and
SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.

Description
Plug and coupling
Network dummy plug
Device plug, 8-pos.
Flat plug, 8-pos.
Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug
Programming adapter

34

PHOENIX CONTACT

Color

Plug and coupling

Programming adapter

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SWD4-RC8-10 PXC
SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC
SWD4-8MF2 PXC
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC

2903106
2903107
2903108
2903109

1
10
10
1

Type

Order No.

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC

2903465

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
F1

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3

Intended use
The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in
conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor
starters. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in
particular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.

+24V DC
GND

Motor protection and safe shutdown
S22

S12

S21

S11

S1

PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2
A1

A2

13

23

14

24

S33 S34

SWD

SWD

SWD

+

EN+ EN– –
SWD EN

2900573
2900574
2900576
2900542
2900543
2900545

AUX

EM SWD-ADAPTER
EU5C SWD-DP PXC

L GND_E

MAN RES AUT
PROFIBUS-DP

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Config.

US GND R

CONTACTRON N in1

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

POW

96 95 97

2900582
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900414
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900421
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900566
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900567
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900569
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2297031
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I
2297057
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I
2902952
ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET
2902953
ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET
2902954
ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET
2902746
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
2902744
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
2902745
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
Motor protection only
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9

M
3~

PE
Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)

SWD

EN+ EN– –
SWD EN

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

SWD

SWD

+

Output current [A]

F1

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3

10

20

40

30

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

AUX

EM SWD-ADAPTER

CONTACTRON N in1

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

POW

96 95 97

Output current [A]

MAN RES AUT

EU5C SWD-DP PXC

L GND_E

PROFIBUS-DP

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Config.

US GND R

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
100% operating time

M
3~

PE
Wiring example without emergency stop

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

35

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors
The three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications
such as control valves, slides, separating
filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state
reversing contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring
– Thermal fuse optional

Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green

H
D

W

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

R
L
T

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

ELR ...-2

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]

10

20

40

ELR ...-37

3-phase solid-state reversing contactor

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

PHOENIX CONTACT

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

40

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297293
2297303

1
1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

Thermal fuse
20

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A (see derating curve)

Ordering data

ELR ...-16

10

36

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions

Description

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A (see derating curve)

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Insulation
Reversing frequency
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations

ELR ...-9

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A



For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A


1/L1

3/L2

W



5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

R
R

L

L

L
T

R

T

T
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4/T2

6/T3

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A (see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A (see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A (see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A (see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A (see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A (see derating curve)

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297316
2297329

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16

2297332
2297345

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297374
2297387

1
1

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

37

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase solid-state contactors

Motors of mixers, machine tools,
conveying systems, pumps and fans up to
575 V AC/3x37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase solid-state
contactors.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state
contactor:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Thermal fuse optional

Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green

H
W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

ON

T

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

ELR ...-2

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]

10

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5

20

40

PHOENIX CONTACT

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
≤ 10 Hz
≤ 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Thermal fuse

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

38

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 2 A (see derating curve)

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297196
2297206

1
1

2900796

1

Accessories

ELR ...-16

20

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions

Three-phase solid-state contactor

ELR ...-37

10

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 2 A (see derating curve)

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Insulation
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations

ELR ...-9

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40

THERMAL FUSE TF104

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H

H
W

H
W

D

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A



For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A


1/L1

3/L2

W

D



5/L3

1/L1

ON

3/L2

5/L3

ON

T

T
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4/T2

6/T3

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

ON

T

D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity
Surge protection
reversal, surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 9 A (see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 16 A (see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 37 A (see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 9 A (see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 16 A (see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
≤ 37 A (see derating curve)
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
≤ 10 Hz
≤ 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
≤ 10 Hz
≤ 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Basic insulation
≤ 10 Hz
≤ 1 Hz
-25 °C ... 70 °C
EN 60947
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297219
2297222
2900796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16

2297235
2297248

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297277
2297280

1
1

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

Accessories

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

39

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Solid-state reversing contactor with
soft starter

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be
used to increase the service life of a 3-phase
induction motor.
– Parameterization is performed directly on
the device via display and keyboard
– Friction time
– Torque, start
– Start time
– Stop time
– Torque, stop
– Braking time and
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via
keyboard

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5


Parameterization

24V DC UIN
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3

Logic

L

24V DC

Memory

&

24V DC
R

Alarm

Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN
Quiescent current
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Max. switching voltage

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
85 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
110 V AC ... 433 V AC
1000 V
< 8 A (IL1, at 20 °C Ta, see derating)

Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

< 8 A (IL2, at 20 °C Ta, see derating)
< 8 A (IL3, at 20 °C Ta, see derating)
230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)
150 mA
typ. 1.5 V (For IL)
5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
RC element, surge protection

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

2.5 kV
-20 °C ... 60 °C
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
DIN EN 50178
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Load current [A]

Ordering data
Description

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

Order No.

ELR W3/ 9-400 S

2963569

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

40

Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors

ON
delay

Operation

OFF
delay

100% operation positive

Torque, start
Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch
operation

Stop time

100% operation positive

Torque, start
Braking time

Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch
operation

100% operation negative
Switch-off procedure

The figure shows the control of the
reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

41

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relays for
DC motors
The ELR-DC electronic reversing load
relays allow mechanically commutated DC
motors to be switched. They reverse and
reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24
V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit,
surge-voltage and overload-proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left”
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity of
the voltage is inverted on the output.
By triggering both inputs, i.e. “right” and
“left”, the motor is short-circuited internally
via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring effort is reduced to
a minimum.

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation


+U

M+

Logic

R

M-

L

GND

Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Application example

R

L

L

U

R

24V GND
M+ M-

M

24 V DC

-

+

Status table
Input
Left

M+

M–

0

0

High resistance

High resistance

1

0

+24 V

GND

0

1

GND

+24 V

1

1

GND

GND

Load current [A]

Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT

1

6
5
4
3

2

2
1
10

20

1 Single device
2 Aligned without spacing

42

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
2 A (aligned without spacing)

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

PHOENIX CONTACT

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
6 A (see derating curve)

approx. 7 mA (when switched off) approx. 7 mA (when switched off)
15 A
20 A
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / - / -

Quiescent current
Current limitation at short-circuits
Output protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations

2.5 kV AC
-20 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
EN 50178 / Basic insulation

Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Class A product, see page 625

W/H/D

Ordering data

Output

Right

0

24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
3 mA
3 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Green LED / yellow LED, forward running (R), yellow LED,
reverse running (L) / -

Description
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor, for
controlling DC motors

Type

Order No.

ELR W1/ 2-24DC
ELR W1/ 6-24DC

2963598
2982090

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

43

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Single-phase solid-state contactors

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/20 A



A1
+

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

Single-phase solid-state contactors are
used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The robust power semiconductors switch
in zero voltage crossing and thus produce
no additional high frequency interference.
The modules are resistant to shock loads
and vibrations – they can even be used in
aggressive, polluted environments without
any problems.
They offer the following advantages:
– High switching frequency
– Wear-free and output-free
– 24 V DC and 230 V AC input voltage
versions
Common areas of application are:
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems

H
D

A2
-

2/T1

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Typ. input current at UN
Switching level
Transmission frequency flimit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Phase angle (cos φ)
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions

4 V DC ... 32 V DC
approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (in off state)
0.5
525 A2s

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)

250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (in off state)
0.5
525 A2s
RCV circuit

4 kVrms
Basic insulation
-30 °C ... 70 °C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

W/H/D

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data
Description
Output current [A]

Single-phase electronic load relay
50
40
30

28,5

20
16

1011

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

44

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

40

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20

2297138
2297141

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D

H
W

D

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/30 A

W

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/50 A





A1
+

2/T1

A2
-

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

A1
+

A2
-

Technical data
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

Technical data

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)
400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (in off state)
0.5
1800 A2s

2/T1

4 V DC ... 32 V DC
approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)

400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (in off state)
0.5
1800 A2s
RCV circuit

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)
1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (in off state)
0.5
18000 A2s

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)

1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (in off state)
0.5
18000 A2s
RCV circuit

4 kVrms
Basic insulation
-30 °C ... 70 °C

4 kVrms
Basic insulation
-30 °C ... 70 °C

EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30

2297154
2297167

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50

2297170
2297183

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

45

Electronic switching devices and motor control
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starters

Motor starters in robust stainless steel
housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.
The motor starter can be used to control
three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and
actuators can be directly connected to
PROFINET without the need for further
intermediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter
consists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F
– IBS PG SET
Additional features:
– Performance classes: 1.1 kW to 3.0 kW
– One and two-motor reversing starters
(CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter)
– Easy assembly
– Plug-in connection system
– Exchangeable module electronics
– Status and diagnostics indicators on the
module
– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators

Electronic motor starters,
1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW

   PROFIBUS
Technical data
ELR 5011 IP PN

Interface
Fieldbus system
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter
24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

Power supply for sensors
Minimum voltage
Nominal current per sensor
Type of protection
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Output current
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Operating voltage

UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection
10
M12 connector
2, 3, 4-wire
4
M12 connector
2-wire
max. 500 mA (per channel)
POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

Nominal current range
Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Motor monitoring
Parameterization range
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
EMC note

0.18 A ... 2.4 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)
0.2 A ... 2.4 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947
2115 g

2425 g
IP67 in acc. with IEC 60529
-25 °C ... 50 °C (non-condensing)

Ordering data
Description
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
Lower housing part, stainless steel
- Standard version
Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and
PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 5011 IP PN
ELR 5011-2 IP PN

2700745
2701007

1
1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

2732868

1

2836599

1

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

IBS PG SET

Accessories
RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2
- gray for straight cables
- green for crossed cables
Bus system cable
Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors

46

PHOENIX CONTACT

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

Electronic switching devices and motor control
IP67 motor starters

Electronic motor starters,
1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW

Stainless steel lower housing part,
IP67 protection




Technical data

ELR 5030 IP PN

Technical data

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter

-

24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

-

UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection

-

10
M12 connector
2, 3, 4-wire

-

4
M12 connector
2-wire
max. 500 mA (per channel)

-

POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

-

2.4 A ... 6 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)

-

2.4 A ... 6 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947

-

2115 g

2425 g
IP67 in acc. with IEC 60529
-25 °C ... 50 °C (non-condensing)

1130 g
IP67 in acc. with IEC 60529
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 5030 IP PN
ELR 5030-2 IP PN

2701006
2701008

1
1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

2732868

2836599

IBS PG SET

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F

2732868

1

1

IBS PG SET

2836599

1

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

Accessories
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

-

-

Accessories
2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

47

Electronic switching devices and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters

Inline frequency inverters for the control
cabinet are the compact solution for
extending your Easy Automation solution
to include electronic speed regulation for
asynchronous motors. The devices
seamlessly integrate into the Inline system
and have IP20 protection. Depending on the
drive task, you can select frequency
inverters from various performance classes,
up to a maximum of 4 kW. In order to
connect to the Inline system via the
Fieldline local bus, you just need the
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline module. The Inline
frequency inverter can be connected to a
Phoenix Contact controller via the Inline
module.
Additional features:
– Max. motor power of
0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW
– 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz
– DTM for parameterization and
diagnostics
– 8 freely programmable parameter records
– PTC evaluation for
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions
– Integrated line filter
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes
– S-ramp function
– Motor protection function (I2t)
– Connection of a braking resistor
– DC braking
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in
the motor
– Voltage boost
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output,
1 x relay output

Frequency inverter for max.
motor power of up to 0.75 kW

Technical data
Interface
Designation
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Analog inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Analog outputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Frequency inverter output
Rated current
Frequency range
Parameterization
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Width
Height
Depth

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB connector/socket
24 V DC ±15 %
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15 %
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
2.6 A +20 %
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
Via INTERBUS
5.6 A OC tripping current
1400 g
IP20 in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529
90 mm
173 mm
153.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VFD 5007 IL IB

2701054

1

Inline frequency inverter for the control cabinet

48

PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories

Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one
Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

2736903

1

Remote bus cable, highly flexible, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm²

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

Electronic switching devices and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters

Frequency inverter for max.
motor power of up to 1.5 kW

Frequency inverter for max.
motor power of up to 2.2 kW

Frequency inverter for max.
motor power of up to 4.0 kW

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB connector/socket

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB connector/socket

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB connector/socket

24 V DC ±15 %
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15 %

24 V DC ±15 %
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15 %

24 V DC ±15 %
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15 %

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

4.1 A +20 %
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
Via INTERBUS
8.8 A OC tripping current

5.8 A +20 %
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
Via INTERBUS
12.5 A OC tripping current

9.5 A +20 %
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
Via INTERBUS
21 A OC tripping current

1400 g
IP20 in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529
90 mm
173 mm
153.5 mm

2200 g
IP20 in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529
117 mm
173 mm
174.5 mm

2200 g
IP20 in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529
117 mm
173 mm
174.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VFD 5015 IL IB

2701055

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

IBS RBC/F-T/

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

1

VFD 5022 IL IB

2701057

2736903

1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

2740151

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

VFD 5040 IL IB

2701058

1

2736903

1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC

2736903

1

2740151

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Accessories

PHOENIX CONTACT

49

50

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
From highly compact 6 mm signal
conditioners to functionally safe signal
conditioners through to signal isolators for
intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area: our
signal conditioner range offers a solution for
all applications in analog signal conditioning.
We offer the following product ranges:
Highly compact signal conditioners
with plug-in connection technology –
MINI Analog Pro
For maximum convenience during
installation and service
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Current measurement without isolation
– Safe electrical isolation
Highly compact signal conditioners –
MINI Analog
For significant space savings and efficiency
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– System cabling and multiplexer solutions
– Electrical isolation
Signal conditioners, head transducers,
and digital displays – MCR Analog
– Electrical isolation
– Record and convert temperatures
directly in the field
– Display process values
Signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog
For maximum signal safety
– Consistent SIL certification
– Safe electrical isolation

Product range overview
Product overview

52

Selection guide for signal conditioners

56

Basics

58

Highly compact signal conditioners with
plug-in connection technology – MINI Analog Pro

64

Highly compact signal conditioners –
MINI Analog

90

Signal conditioners, head transducers, and
process indicators – MCR Analog

128

Signal conditioners with functional safety and
explosion protection - the MACX ranges

142

Signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog

152

Signal conditioners with
PL functional safety – MACX Safety

184

Ex i signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex

188

Ex i signal conditioners with
PL functional safety – MACX Safety Ex

218

Multiplexers for HART signals

222

Ex i 2-wire field devices

223

Signal conditioners with
PL functional safety – MACX Safety
The proven MACX range for safety
applications according to the Machinery
Directive
Ex i signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
– Safe electrical isolation
Ex i signal conditioners with
PL functional safety – MACX Safety Ex
The proven MACX EX range for safety
applications according to the Machinery
Directive

PHOENIX CONTACT

51

MCR technology
Product overview
Highly compact signal conditioners with
plug-in connection technology

MINI Analog Pro

Page 64

Accessories for MINI Analog Pro

Highly compact signal conditioners

Page 84

MINI Analog

Page 90

Signal conditioners with
PL functional safety

Signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety

MACX Analog

Page 152

Ex i signal conditioners with
PL functional safety

MACX Safety Ex

Page 218

Supply components, feed-through terminal
blocks, marking material
Page 116

Supply components, marking material
Page 178

Multiplexers

Multiplexers for HART signals

System cabling, Termination Carriers
Page 182

Ex i 2-wire field devices

Page 222

Ex i 2-wire field devices

Page 223

MACX Safety

Page 184

Energy and
power measurement

EMpro energy meters, function and
communication modules
Page 238

Monitoring and diagnostics

AC current transducers, AC/DC, AC current
protectors
Page 272

52

PHOENIX CONTACT

Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Page 282

EMD-BL
Compact monitoring relays

Page 298

MCR technology
Product overview
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and
process indicators

System cabling, Termination Carriers
Page 120

Surge protection

Page 126

MCR Analog

Page 128

Process indicators

Page 140

Ex i signal conditioners with
SIL functional safety

Configuration software

Page 187

MACX Analog Ex

Page 188

Supply components, marking material
Page 213

System cabling, Termination Carriers
Page 216

Current measurement

Software for usage data acquisition
Page 244

Controllers

Controllers
See Catalog 8

PSK compressed air meters

Page 246

PACT current transformers

Page 252

PACT RCP current transformers for
retrofitting
Page 298

Surge protection

Surge protection for MCR technology
See Catalog 6

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

53

MCR technology
Selection guide for signal conditioners

Highly compact signal conditioners MINI Analog Pro
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioners
4-way signal duplicators
3-way repeater power supplies

2-way passive isolators
3-way output isolator
Process indicators

Page
Configurable
Fixed signal combinations
Configurable
Single-channel
Signal duplicators
Two-channel
Input loop-powered
Output loop-powered
Fixed signal combinations
Standard signals
Setpoint adjusters

From 68
70
71

72

Temperature
Temperature transducers

Temperature head transmitters

Universal
Universal, output loop-powered
For resistance thermometers (RTD)
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100
For Pt 100, output loop-powered
For thermocouples
For thermocouples, type J and K
Universal, output loop-powered
Pt 100, output loop-powered

74

76

Frequency
Frequency transducers
Analog frequency transducers

Universal

78

Potentiometer/resistor
80

Potiposition transducers
Setpoint potentiometers

Digital IN
Signal conditioners

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts

82

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel
NAMUR sensors on NAM

Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers

Loop-powered
With line fault detection

Threshold values
Threshold value switches

Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals

83

Temperature

Accessories
Configuration
Programming adapters
Constant voltage source/constant current source
Setpoint potentiometers
System cabling

Multiplexers
Supply components
Marking material
Surge protection
Shield fast connection
Resistance circuit
Connector set

54

PHOENIX CONTACT

System adapters
1:1 feed-through terminal block
Termination Carriers
Analog multiplexers
Multiplexers for HART signals
Power terminal/fault signaling modules/
DIN rail connector/system power supply

89
84
88

From 86
89

For line fault detection
Screw connection or push-in connection

85

MCR technology
Selection guide for signal conditioners

Highly compact signal conditioners MINI Analog

Signal conditioners, head transducers,
and process indicators - MCR Analog

Page

Page

From 92
97
98
99
101
102
100

103
From 104
106
107
108

109
110
111

130

140
141

133

134
135
136

139

112

113

89
114
122
116
125
123
222

138
132
138

139

From 116
117
126
227
180

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

55

MCR technology
Selection guide for signal conditioners

Signal conditioners with SIL
functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioners
4-way signal duplicators
3-way repeater power supplies

2-way passive isolators
3-way output isolators
Process indicators

Page
Configurable
Fixed signal combinations
Configurable
Single-channel
Signal duplicators
Two-channel
Input loop-powered
Output loop-powered
Fixed signal combinations
Standard signals
Setpoint adjusters

From 154
158
159
161
162

Temperature
Temperature transducers

Temperature head transmitters

Universal
Universal, output loop-powered
For resistance thermometers (RTD)
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100
For Pt 100, output loop-powered
For thermocouples
For thermocouples, type J and K
Universal, output loop-powered
Pt 100, output loop-powered

From 163
166

168

Frequency
Frequency transducers
Analog frequency transducers

Universal

Potentiometer/resistor
From 164

Potiposition transducers
Setpoint potentiometers

Digital IN
Signal conditioners

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel

172
176
174
177

NAMUR sensors on NAM

Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers

Loop-powered
With line fault detection

Threshold values
Threshold value switches

Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals
Temperature

163

Accessories
Configuration

Multiplexers
Supply components
Marking material
Surge protection
Shield fast connection
Test plugs
Resistance circuit

56

PHOENIX CONTACT

Configuration software
Programming adapter
Display unit and operator interface, removable
Holder module for display unit and operator interface
Termination Carriers
Analog multiplexer
Multiplexer for HART signals
Power terminal/fault signaling modules/
DIN rail connector/system power supply

89
170
170
183
222
From 178
179

For line fault detection

227
180
180

MCR technology
Selection guide for signal conditioners

Signal conditioners with PL
functional safety - MACX Safety

Ex i signal conditioners with SIL
functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Ex i signal conditioners with PL
functional safety - MACX Safety Ex

Page

Page

Page

190
185

190
191
192

219
220

194

186

From 198
223
195

221

196
224
225

186

From 198

201
205
203
206
207
From 209
209

186

200

89

226

221

89

216
222
178
179
227
180
180

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

57

MCR technology
Basics

Input

Analog output

Digital output

Maximum input signal
The maximum input signal describes the
value achieved before any damage occurs to
the module and the signal generator. If these
values are exceeded, suppressor diodes can
be triggered to short circuit this input when
a surge voltage is detected. The
transmission range of the analog signals is
located exclusively within the specified
input ranges.

Maximum output signal
During uninterrupted operation of the
devices, an overload at the input cannot
cause greater values than at the output.

Relays
Many of the products with a relay output
that are shown in the catalog feature hard
gold-plated relay contact material. The
voltage range has an important role to play
in terms of how this contact material can be
used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with
voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
Even very small currents are transmitted
perfectly. If the afore-mentioned voltage
range is exceeded and values of 250 V
AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2
A can flow. However, in this case the
subsequent transmission of small currents
can no longer be guaranteed.

Input resistance
The input resistance of a signal
conditioner or measuring transducer is
determined in such a way as to ensure that
the input signal is loaded only slightly. This
results in a low-resistance input for current
inputs and a high-resistance input for
voltage inputs.
Voltage drop
In the case of passive isolators, the input
voltage drop occurs as a result of the
voltage drop of the operational load and the
auxiliary power consumption of the
module. The greater the auxiliary power
consumption of the passive isolator, the
smaller the operational output load is
allowed to be. Low auxiliary power
consumption is regarded as an indicator of
device quality.
Common mode rejection
In the case of signal conditioners,
operational amplifiers are used internally for
transmission. In theory, operational
amplifiers should display ideal transmission
and amplification behavior. However, it is a
different matter in practice. When both
input voltages are changed in the same
direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to
ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output
signal. Theoretically, if the operational
amplifier is ideal, no output signal should
appear since the differential input signal is “0
V”. Common mode rejection indicates the
factor (in dB) by which the common input
voltage at both inputs is amplified to a lesser
extent than the difference in voltage
between the two inputs.

58

PHOENIX CONTACT

Zero/span adjustment
When the zero point is set, the zero point
of an analog output is adjusted and set in
relation to the input signal.
When the “amplification” span is set, the
analog output is adjusted in relation to the
input signal. In this case, the output
characteristic curve is increased or
decreased by an amplification factor.
Load
The load on the output side indicates the
load-carrying capacity of a measuring
transducer or a signal conditioner. Current
outputs can usually drive a maximum of
500 , voltage outputs can be loaded with a
minimum of up to 10 k.
Residual ripple/ripple
A superimposed ripple can appear on the
output signal due to signal conditioning
required by the circuit. The residual ripple is
indicated in mVPP or mVrms.
Open-circuit behavior
With some measuring transducers, the
input signal is permanently monitored for
possible open circuits in the signal line. If the
signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance
limit, an open circuit is detected and a
defined output signal is sent. With
programmable devices, the output signals
can be freely selected.

Transistor
A PNP transistor switching output can be
used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
up to approximately 100 mA.

General data
Supply voltage
The product range includes DC and AC
power supplies for specific products. There
is a standard power supply available in the
form of a 24 V DC version that operates
within a voltage range of 20 ... 30 V DC. For
other supply voltages, please refer to the
technical data.
Current consumption
The value specified here describes the
self-consumption of the devices. It also
includes the output current and, where
applicable, the switching output load.
Transmission errors
The transmission precision is a gauge of
the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
the deviation from the ideal transmission
characteristic curve and includes linearity,
span, and offset errors.
Non-linearity
Non-linearity is the deviation from the
ideal transmission precision without
including span and offset errors.
The non-linearity of a signal makes it
possible to evaluate the course from zero
to end point. Normally, the linearity errors
are expressed as a percentage that indicates
the extent of deviation from the ideal
transmission characteristic curve.

MCR technology
Basics
Temperature coefficient
The temperature coefficient provides an
assessment of the extent to which precision
deviates when the ambient temperature
around a signal conditioner or measuring
transducer changes. In most cases this is
specified as a percentage. An alternative
definition is ppm/K (parts per
million/Kelvin). Example:
250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K.
Cut-off frequency
Signal conditioners are generally designed
for transmitting DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a cut-off frequency.
At the same time, a low cut-off frequency
can be used to suppress higher-frequency
AC components.
Step response
The step response indicates the response
time of the output signal when an input
signal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step
response is inversely proportional to the
cut-off frequency. This means that the
response time decreases as the cut-off
frequency increases.

Ambient temperature range
The temperature limits specified here
relate exclusively to operation. These limits
do not apply to storage and transport. It is
here where the temperature limits of the
materials used are the decisive factor. If the
devices are outside of the specified
temperature range during assembly, they
must be brought back within the specified
temperature range prior to system startup.
It is important to make sure that no
condensation occurs.

Protective circuit
In order to protect the measurement and
control modules against surge voltages,
suppressor diodes are connected upstream
of the signal and supply paths. These diodes
behave in a similar manner to conventional
Zener diodes. Except for the fact that
suppressor diodes have faster response
times and a higher maximum current.

Information on directives and standards
When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of
equipment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to
installation must be observed.

The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to
installation in devices.
(Standards applicable at the time of going to print)

Directives

EU

International

Test voltage
The test voltage indicates the electric
strength of an isolated distance and is
determined by type tests. In this test, a
50 Hz voltage is applied for one minute;
it describes the value achieved before a
disruptive discharge is able to move to
another potential level in the device.

Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC)

2004/108/EC

-

Low-Voltage Directive (LVD)

2006/95/EC

-

Ex Directive (ATEX)

94/9/EC

-

EN 50178:1997

-

Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use - EN 61010-1:2001
Part 1: General requirements

IEC 61010-1:2004

Safe isolation
“Safe isolation” is defined as protection
against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided
according to EN 61010, a distinction is
made between error-free operation and
operation under fault conditions. With
error-free operation, nominal supply
voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are valid.

Programmable logic controllers Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61131-2:2007

IEC 61131-2:2007

EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-2:2005

IEC 61000-6-2:2005

EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-4:2007

IEC 61000-6-4:2006

Electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use
EMC requirements

EN 61326-1:2006

IEC 61326-1:2005

Electrical equipment for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0: General requirements

EN 60079-0:2006

IEC 60079-0:2007

Explosive atmospheres Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i”

EN 60079-11:2007

IEC 60079-11:2006

Electrical equipment for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15: Construction, test, and marking of protection type “n” electrical equipment

EN 60079-15:2005

IEC 60079-15:2005

Environmental testing Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold

EN 60068-2-1:2007

IEC 60068-2-1:2007

Environmental testing Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat

EN 60068-2-2:2007

IEC 60068-2-2:2007

Environmental testing Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal)

EN 60068-2-6:2008

IEC 60068-2-6:2008

Product standards
Electronic equipment for use in power installations

EMC

ATEX

Environmental tests

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

MCR technology
Basics

Active isolation
3-way isolation
Input signal

Input isolation
IN

OUT

Output signal

Input signal

Repeater power supply
IN

OUT

Output signal

Power for the
measuring transducer

IN

OUT

Output signal

Input signal
POWER

POWER

In the case of modules with this isolation
method, all components that are connected
to the input, output or power supply are
protected against interference from each
other. All three directions (input, output,
and power supply) are electrically isolated
from one another accordingly.
The 3-way isolation provides electrical
isolation between the measurement sensor
and the controller as well as between the
controller and the actuating element.
On the input side, the modules need
active signals. On the output side, they
provide a filtered and amplified signal.

POWER

In the case of modules with this isolation
method, the electronics connected on the
output side (e.g., the controller) are to be
protected from interference from the field.
For this reason, only the input is electrically
isolated from the output and the power
supply which are at the same potential.
On the input side, the modules need
active signals (e.g., from measurement
sensors). On the output side, they provide
a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).

Passive isolation

Applications

Passive isolation, supplied on the
input side

Passive isolation, supplied on the
output side (loop-powered)

Power via signal
IN

Input signal

Repeater power supplies use the signal
input side not only for measured value
acquisition, but also to provide the
necessary power to the passive
measurement sensors connected on the
input side.
On the output side, they provide a
filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
The isolation method used by these
modules is input isolation.

Output signal
OUT

The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output
side, a conditioned current signal is
provided to the controller or to actuating
elements.
This passive isolation allows signal
conditioning (interruption of ground loops)
and filtering without an additional power
supply.

Input signal

IN
OUT

Power
via signal
Output signal

The modules obtain the power needed
for signal transmission and electrical
isolation from the active output circuit,
ideally from the PLC input board that
supplies power.
On the output side, the loop-powered
modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA
standard signal. On the input side, the
passive isolator processes active signals.
When this isolation method is used, it is
important to make sure that the active
signal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load.

Problem: disruptive radiation

I
RE

Solution:

I
RE

Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential

RE

~
Ground current loop P
Ground 2

PGround 1
Solution:

RE

~
PGround 1

60

PHOENIX CONTACT

No ground current
loop

PGround 2

MCR technology
Basics

Resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometers:
Resistance change as a function of the temperature

Two-conductor connection technology
The resistance
i
R
thermometer is connected

to the MCR measuring
R
transducer using a two-core
cable. Please note that the supply cable
resistances are added to the measured
resistance and consequently distort the
result.
A distance of 10 m should not be
exceeded.

Pt 1000

1000

L2

Pt 100

100

800

600

700

400

500

200

300

0

100

-200

Pt 10
-100

Resistance []

L1

10000

Temperature [°C]

Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100,
Ni 1000) change their resistance value
depending on the temperature. The MCR
temperature transducers detect this change
and convert it into a proportional analog
signal.
To avoid unwanted self-heating of the
sensor, the constant measured current
used is kept as low as possible
(MCR-T-UI...  250 A).

Example: a 50 meter long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2
has a specific resistance of 3.4 .. A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change
per 1 K temperature change of 0.384 . This corresponds to an error of
8.8°C.

Three-conductor connection technology
Three-conductor
i
R
technology is normally used

R
to minimize the effect of
cable resistances. An
R
additional cable is connected
to the resistance thermometer, so that the
latter can be measured using two measuring
circuits, one of which acts as a reference. In
this way, it is possible to compensate for the
cable resistance.
L1
L2

L3

Identical cable lengths and an identical
ambient temperature are essential here.
Since this is more or less the case in the
majority of applications, three-wire
technology is the most commonly
encountered today. Line compensation is
not necessary.

Four-conductor connection
technology
Four-conductor connection technology is
an ideal connection technology for
resistance thermometers.
The measurement result is affected
neither by cable resistances nor by their
temperature-dependent fluctuations. The
voltage drop on the supply and return lines
can therefore be measured and
compensated for separately. Line
compensation is not necessary.

Thermocouples

80

Typ E
Typ J

60

Typ K
Typ N

40
Typ R

Typ T

20

Typ S
Typ B

1800

1400

1600

1000

1200

600

800

200

400

0

0
-200

Thermocouple voltage [mV]

Thermocouples:
Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature

Temperature [°C]

In contrast to resistance thermometers,
thermocouples are active sources that
generate a voltage in the microvolt range.
The temperature difference measured
between the measurement junction and the
cold junction is converted into an absolute
temperature with the help of cold junction
compensation.

measuring junction (1) and
Fe
Cu
the cold junction (2), no

current will flow because the 1
Cu
CuNi
generated partial voltages
cancel each other out.
However, if the temperatures at the
measuring junction and the cold junction
are different, different voltages are
produced that do not completely cancel
each other out, and thus current flows.
A thermocouple thus always measures
only a temperature difference. This is
derived from the difference between the
thermal voltages at the measuring junction
and at the cold junction.
The voltage produced by the
thermoelectric effect is very low; only a few
microvolts per Kelvin.

Therefore, only the difference in the
thermal voltages between constantan
(Cu-Ni) and iron is of relevance.
A role is also played by the temperature
at the terminal point. If it is known, the
temperature at the measuring junction can
be derived by adding the thermal voltage
measured at the same junction.
The MCR temperature transducers for
thermocouples therefore detect the
temperature at the terminal points and
compensate this value, which is also
referred to as the reference junction or the
cold junction.
This process is sometimes called cold
junction compensation.

Example: If a thermocouple type J (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper
terminal, thermal voltages with opposite signs will be generated (at the
iron-copper and copper constantan transitions) and cancel each other out.

Operating principle:
If different metals are joined together, a
thermal voltage is produced in the metal
atoms as a result of the different binding
energies of the electrons. This voltage is
dependent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.
If the same temperature prevails at the

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

61

MCR technology
Basics

Digital displays

Parameterization of the
characteristic curve using
interpolation points
With non-linear input signals, the
received analog values can be assigned to
the value to be displayed by means of a
programmable characteristic curve. This
characteristic curve can consist of up to 24
interpolation points. This allows flow
sensors with a non-linear characteristic
curve to be adapted, for instance. The
analog signal digital displays in the Function
Line additionally feature a summing function
which - to take a typical example of use
from bottling technology - allows you to

Switching behavior of relay or
transistor outputs:
A different kind of switching behavior can
be defined for each relay or each transistor
when it reaches a preset switching point.
All the possible settings for the switching
behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis,
i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on
the direction from which a switching point
is reached.
– For the remaining options, with the
exception of the last two (“on” and “off”),
a switching tolerance is taken into account
to prevent the relay contact from
“chattering”. The relay is not switched
until the switching point plus switching
tolerance has been reached.

62

PHOENIX CONTACT

switch over at the touch of a button from
the instantaneous value (= flow rate in
l/min) to the total flow integrated in the
background, which can be displayed in any
unit. This saves space and money, because
there is no need for a second digital display.
Limit values can also be called at the
touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can
be assigned to either the actual value or the
cumulative value. If the latter value is
exceeded, one of the two output relays is
activated.
Other applications include indicating
liquid levels, pressures, and temperatures.
With servo motors, the analog output
signals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the
tachometer can be supplied to the input of
the digital display in order to indicate the
motor speed.

Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I
4...20 mA

bar

Table:

Analog signal

Display value

Interpolation
point 1

4 mA

15 bar

20 mA

30 bar

Interpolation
point 2

Characteristic curve:
Measured value [mA]

Use of the freely programmable
characteristic curve
The freely programmable characteristic
curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed
value to the input value, is important in
process applications for indicating flow
rates or liquid levels.
The purpose of level measurements is
very often not to determine how much
liquid is still inside the tank, but rather to
establish how much has been drawn out of
it. In this case, the characteristic curve can
simply be inverted in order to display the
required value.

Interpolation point 2

Interpolation point 1
Pressure [bar]

– In the “on” state, the relay is permanently
picked up. It only responds if there is an
open circuit and in this case, if the relay is
set to drop out when this happens.
– In the “off” state, the relay only responds
if there is an open circuit and it has been
set to pick up when this happens.

Possible settings for the switching behavior
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
Hysteresis active
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
Hysteresis active
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL
Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded
Relay picks up when the value is below SPH
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded
Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH
Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH
Relay is permanently dropped
Relay is permanently picked up
SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)

MCR technology
Basics

Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive
areas
Electrical equipment operated in systems
with potentially explosive areas is subject to
different usage requirements, depending on
the application.
For example, electrical equipment could
be used in the following locations when
analog signals are being transmitted:
– Sensors and actuators can be located in
zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2.
– Signal transmitters can be located in
zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area.
– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area.
For examples of the kinds of electrical
devices that can be installed for the purpose
of transmitting signals, please see the figure.
Devices must be designed to offer a
suitable protection type if they are to be
used in zone 2. The MINI Analog Pro, MINI
Analog, and MACX Analog ranges are
designed to provide protection type “n” for
this purpose and must be installed in zone 2
in suitable and approved housing

(EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-0) with at
least IP54 protection class.
Example:
A sensor/actuator with protection type
“n” can be connected to an isolator from
the MINI Analog Pro, MINI Analog or
MACX Analog ranges in zone 2.
When selecting suitable devices for zone
2, it must be ensured that the electrical data
of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded.
If the sensors/actuators are mounted in
explosion-proof housing or if they have
their own explosion-proof housing, they
can also be installed in zone 1.

Installation requirements
The figure shows a range of options for
installing electrical devices in areas with a
danger of gas explosions. Special
requirements regarding the configuration,
selection, and installation of electrical
systems in areas with a danger of gas
explosions can be found in EN 60079-14.
In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents
of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in
EN 60079-14.
EN 61241-14 must still be observed when
installing electrical equipment in areas
containing combustible dust. Other
important factors when it comes to running
systems in potentially explosive areas are
inspection, maintenance, and repairs.
Stipulations regarding these matters can be
found in EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.

Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission

Safe area
Zone 2

Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MACX
Ex n

Zone 1
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MACX
Ex n

Housing
e.g., Ex d
MACX
Ex n

Sensor/
actuator

Housing
IP54*

Housing
e.g., Ex d

MINI
Ex n

Sensor/
actuator
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MINI
Ex n

Housing
IP54*

Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MINI
Ex n

*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

63

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro

Easier than ever but as slim as before
MINI Analog Pro offers you the easiest
installation and startup in confined spaces.
– Space savings of up to 65%
Select from the following categories
– Analog IN/OUT
– Temperature
– Frequency
– Potentiometer
– Digital IN
– Threshold values
– Accessories

64

PHOENIX CONTACT

Easy installation
– Easily visible and accessible terminal
points and FASTCON Pro plug-in
connection terminal blocks

Power bridging and fault monitoring
– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply
and enables group error monitoring via
remote diagnostics

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the modular bridging of
the 24 V supply voltage.

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro

Measure current signals during
operation
Measure signals conveniently for startup
and servicing during operation, thanks to
integrated knife disconnect terminal blocks.
– The circuit does not have to be separated
in order to integrate the measuring device
in the signal circuit
– By setting the connector to the
disconnect position, signal circuits can be
easily interrupted during servicing and
startup

Numerous parameterization options
– Via DIP, PC or smartphone app

Choice of connection technology
– Wiring with screw connection or fast and
tool-free with push-in connection
technology

Optimum signal quality
– The latest transmission technology and
safe electrical isolation between input,
output, and supply with 3 kV test voltage

App functions via NFC communication

Service-friendly
– Large-surface marking areas for complete
loop identification using standard marking
material as well as constantly visible
status LEDs in every module

Access to information
– Access module information

DIP switch setting help
– Access module information
– Display DIP switch setting help on the smartphone
Configuration via NFC
– Access module information
– Display DIP switch setting help
– Wireless configuration via smartphone

Suitable for any application
– Extended supply voltage and temperature
range as well as multifunctional device
types.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

65

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Analog IN/Analog OUT
4-way signal conditioner

Sensor / Field

OUT

IN

PLC / DCS

S-Port

TI–
+ 1

OUT
1
U, I+
US

4-wire
OUT
2
U, I–

– 2

+ 3

U,I

– 4

OUT

5
passive

6 –
OUT U, I–

IN U, I–

U,I
IN

TI+
5 +
OUT U, I+
active

IN U, I+

PWR+

RO+

7 +

PWR–

RO–

6

8 –

FM

Universal 4-way signal conditioner with
switching output, configurable

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Universally configurable, highly compact
signal conditioner with switching output
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 4-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable
via DIP switches
– Freely configurable via software or
smartphone app
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Limiting behavior at the output
configurable
– Status and error indicator LEDs
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Input data
Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Technical data

U input
0 V ... 10 V
2 V ... 10 V
0 V ... 5 V
1 V ... 5 V
10 V ... 0 V
10 V ... 2 V
5 V ... 0 V
5 V ... 1 V
0 V ... 12 V
> 120 kΩ
U output
0 V ... 10 V
2 V ... 10 V
0 V ... 5 V
1 V ... 5 V
0 V ... 10.5 V
approx. 12.3 V
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)
U output
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
32 mA (at 24 V DC)

I input
0 mA ... 20 mA
4 mA ... 20 mA
0 mA ... 10 mA
2 mA ... 10 mA
20 mA ... 0 mA
20 mA ... 4 mA
10 mA ... 0 mA
10 mA ... 2 mA
0 mA ... 24 mA
approx. 50 Ω
I output
0 mA ... 20 mA
4 mA ... 20 mA
0 mA ... 10 mA
2 mA ... 10 mA
0 mA ... 21 mA
24.6 mA
≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)
I output
63 mA (at 12 V DC)
≤ 1 W (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC,
600 Ω load)

0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K
approx. 140 ms (15 Hz sample rate)
approx. 45 ms (60 Hz sample rate)
approx. 25 ms (240 Hz sample rate)
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

4-way signal conditioner with switching output, for
electrical isolation of analog signals
Standard configuration
Push-in connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Push-in connection
Order configuration
Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT
MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO
MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-C

2902028
2902026
2902027
2902024

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

66

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Order key for MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO(-PT)(-C) 4-way signal conditioner (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Input
Input signal

2902024

/

2902024 
MINI MCR-2UNI-UI-UIRO-C

I
II
UU

2902027 
MINI MCR-2UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C

Start
/

Sample rate

End
0.0

/

20.0

/

0.0  0 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
24 mA

20.0  20 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
24 mA

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
12 V

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
12 V

15

NE43DO

I

Start
/

II
UU

Output
limitation

End
0.0

/

20.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
21 mA

20.0  20 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
21 mA

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
10.5 V

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
10.5 V

/

0

/ ...

0  OFF
1  ON

Output signal span at least 0.5 V/1 mA
Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA

Failure information
Behavior in the event of an error

FD  freely definable

/

15  15 Hz
60  60 Hz
240  240 Hz

Measuring range span at least 0.5 V/1 mA
Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA

... /

Output
Output signal

Open circuit/short circuit
/

0.0
0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(free definition only for
unlimited output)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Overrange
/

Underrange
0.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(free definition only for
unlimited output)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

/

0.0
0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(free definition only for
unlimited output)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Note: failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output
NE43UP  NE 43 upscale
NE43DO  NE 43 downscale
NE430  NE 43 0 mA
NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
3.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

67

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

TI–
+ 1

OUT
1
U,I
US

IN U, I+

4-wire
GND

2

– 2

+ 3

IN

U,I

U,I

– 4

OUT

PLC / DCS

TI+
5 +
OUT U, I+
active

5
passive

6 –
OUT U, I–

IN U, I–

PWR+

PWR+

PWR–

6

7 +

PWR–

8 –

FM

3-way signal conditioner for standard signals,
configurable

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Configurable, highly compact signal
conditioner for electrical isolation,
conversion, amplification, and filtering of
standard analog signals
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable
via DIP switches
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status LED

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Notes:
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption

Technical data

U input
0 V ... 5 V
1 V ... 5 V
-5 V ... 5 V
0 V ... 10 V
2 V ... 10 V
-10 V ... 10 V
0 V ... 20 V
4 V ... 20 V
-20 V ... 20 V
0 V ... 24 V
4.8 V ... 24 V
-24 V ... 24 V
0 V ... 30 V
6 V ... 30 V
-30 V ... 30 V
> 1000 kΩ
U output
0 V ... 5 V
1 V ... 5 V
-5 V ... 5 V
0 V ... 10 V
2 V ... 10 V
-10 V ... 10 V

I input
0 mA ... 20 mA
4 mA ... 20 mA
-20 mA ... 20 mA

approx. 63 Ω
I output
0 mA ... 20 mA
4 mA ... 20 mA

22 mA
< 17 V

< 32 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)
U output
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
25 mA (current output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)
I output
54 mA (current output,
at 12 V DC incl. load)
≤ 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA,
9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load)

≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K
30 Hz (via DIP switch)
< 8.5 ms (with 30 Hz filter)
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-UI
MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-C

2902040
2902037
2902039
2902036

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals

68

PHOENIX CONTACT

Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-UI(-PT)(-C) 3-way signal conditioner (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2902036
2902036 
MINI MCR-2UI-UI-C
2902039 
MINI MCR-2UI-UI-PT-C

Input
/

Output
IN03

/

IN 01  0 ... 20 mA
IN 02  4 ... 20 mA
IN 03  0 ... 10 V
IN 04  2 ... 10 V
IN 05  0 ... 5 V
IN 06  1 ... 5 V
IN 21  -5 ... 5 V
IN 22  -10 ... 10 V
IN 23  -20 ... 20 V
IN 32  0 ... 20 V
IN 35  -20 ... 20 mA
IN 38  0 ... 24 V
IN 39  0 ... 30 V
IN 80  -30 ... 30 V
IN 93  -24 ... 24 V
IN 94  4.8 ... 24 V
IN 95  6 ... 30 V
IN 96  4 ... 20 V

Cut-off frequency
OUT01

/

5K

OUT 01  0...20 mA
OUT 02  4 ... 20 mA
OUT 03  0 ... 10 V
OUT 04  2 ... 10 V
OUT 05  0 ... 5 V
OUT 06  1 ... 5 V
OUT 13  -5 ... 5 V
OUT 14  -10 ... 10 V

30 Hz
5 kHz

Signal combination for MINI MCR-2-UI-UI(-PT)(-C) signal conditioner
Output
Input

0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 5 V

1 ... 5 V

-5 ... 5 V

0 ... 10 V

2 ... 10 V

-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4 ... 20 mA

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-20 ... 20 mA

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0 ... 5 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

1 ... 5 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-5 ... 5 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0 ... 10 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2 ... 10 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-10 ... 10 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0 ... 20 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4 ... 20 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-20 ... 20 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0 ... 24 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

4.8 ... 24 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-24 ... 24 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0 ... 30 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

6 ... 30 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-30 ... 30 V

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

69

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

Sensor / Field

OUT

IN

OUT
1
U+
US

OUT
2
U-

IN U+
– 2

+ 3

IN

U,I

U,I

– 4

OUT

TI+
5 +
OUT I+
active

+ 1

4-wire

PLC / DCS

IN U–

OUT I–

PWR+

PWR+

PWR–

5
passive

6 –

6

7 +

PWR–

8 –

FM

3-way signal conditioner with
fixed signal combinations

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER



Zone 2

Ex:  

Technical data

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals
– Fixed signal combinations
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status LED
Notes:
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85

Input data
Input resistance
Output data
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Typ. current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Degree of protection
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

U input
approx. 100 kΩ
U output
11 V

I input
approx. 63 Ω
I output
22 mA
< 17 V

< 15 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
25 mA (at 24 V DC)
0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K
approx. 30 Hz
approx. 10 ms
IP20
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Input signal

Output signal

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Push-in connection
Screw connection

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-U-I0-PT
MINI MCR-2-U-I0

2902023
2902022

1
1

Push-in connection
Screw connection

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-U-I4-PT
MINI MCR-2-U-I4

2902030
2902029

1
1

Push-in connection
Screw connection

0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-I0-U-PT
MINI MCR-2-I0-U

2902001
2902000

1
1

Push-in connection
Screw connection

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-I4-U-PT
MINI MCR-2-I4-U

2902003
2902002

1
1

Push-in connection

0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-2-I-I-PT

2901999

1

MINI MCR-2-I-I

2901998

1

0 ... 10 V,
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V,
2 ... 10 V

0 ... 10 V,
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V,
-10 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-2-U-U-PT

2902043

1

MINI MCR-2-U-U

2902042

1

Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

70

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way repeater power supply

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT
TI+
+ 1
PWR OUT +

PWR
1
IN+
2-wire
OUT I–

3-wire

I

I

OUT

PWR
1
IN+
3
OUT I+
4
OUT I–
OUT I+

IN
US

FM
POWER

– 2

IN I–

TI–
+ 3

PWR+

IN I+
– 4

3

TI+
5 +
OUT I+
active
6 –
OUT I–

passive
6

7 +

PWR–

IN I–

5

8 –

3-way repeater power supply with
HART transmission

FM

4-wire
OUT I–

4

PWR–
PWR+

POWER

2

PLC / DCS

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact repeater power supply
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals
– Supply of 2-wire and passive 3-wire
sensors
– Can also be used as an isolator without
supply
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Bidirectional HART transmission as an
option
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status LED
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal

Technical data

0 ... 20 mA, isolator operation /
4 ... 20 mA, repeater power supply and isolator operation
approx. 68 Ω
> 19.5 V

Input resistance
Transmitter supply voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
24 mA
< 20 V
≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
25 mA (at 24 V DC and in isolator operation)
≤ 1400 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load)

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Communication

0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K
> 1.75 kHz (typ.)
HART specification in both operating modes
(RPSS isolator / RPSS repeater power supply)
< 200 µs (typ.)
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I-PT
MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I

2902015
2902014

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way repeater power supply with HART transmission
Push-in connection
Screw connection

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

71

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Analog IN/Analog OUT
2-way passive isolator,
output loop-powered

new

OUT I+
US

IN I+

4-wire
OUT I-

IN

U,I

I

TI–
+ 1

1

2

– 2

3

+ 3

OUT U+
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

TI+
5 +
PWR In
passive

IN I–

5
PWR
active

6 –

OUT I

6

7

IN U+

4-wire

POWER

OUT U-

4

– 4

8

IN U–

Configurable,
up to 74 signal combinations

OUT

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact passive isolator for
electrical isolation and filtering of
standard analog signals
– Safe 2-way isolation
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– Plug-in connection technology
– Voltage input from mV voltages up to 30 V
– Current input from 2 mA right up to
40 mA
– Status LED
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key.
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Technical data

U input
I input
2 ... 10 V, additional ranges can be configured, see table

Maximum input signal

< 30 V

Input resistance

approx. 100 kΩ (at ≤ 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 MΩ)

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 40 mA
(electric strength up to 30 V)
≤ 50 Ω

4 ... 20 mA
29 mA
(UB - 8 V) / 22 mA
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)
3 mA
< 0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K, typ. 0.005 %/K
approx. 30 Hz
15 ms
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP
MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-C

2902063
2902061
2902062
2902060

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output loop-powered 2-way isolator, for isolating current signals
without auxiliary power
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP(-PT)(-C)
Order No.
2602060
2902060 
MINI MCR-2UI-I-OLP-C
2902062 
MINI MCR-2UI-I-OLP-PT-C

72

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input
/ 0 mV ... 1000 mV
0 mV ... 1000 mV
0 mV ... 750 mV
0 mV ... 500 mV
0 mV ... 300 mV
0 mV ... 250 mV
0 mV ... 200 mV
0 mV ... 150 mV
0 mV ... 125 mV
0 mV ... 120 mV
0 mV ... 100 mV
0 mV ... 75 mV
0 mV ... 60 mV
0 mV ... 50 mV

0 V ... 10 V
0 V ... 7.5 V
0 V ... 5 V
0 V ... 3 V
0 V ... 2.5 V
0 V ... 2 V
0 V ... 1.5 V
0 V ... 1.25 V
0 V ... 1.2 V
0 V ... 30 V
0 V ... 25 V
0 V ... 20 V
0 V ... 12.5 V
0 V ... 12 V
0 V ... 15 V

-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
-750 mV ... 750 mV
-500 mV ... 500 mV
-300 mV ... 300 mV
-250 mV ... 250 mV
-200 mV ... 200 mV
-125 mV ... 125 mV
-120 mV ... 120 mV
-150 mV ... 150 mV
-100 mV ... 100 mV
-75 mV ... 75 mV
-60 mV ... 60 mV
-50 mV ... 50 mV

-10 V ... 10 V
-7.5 V ... 7.5 V
-5 V ... 5 V
-3 V ... 3 V
-2.5 V ... 2.5 V
-2 V ... 2 V
-1.25 V ... 1.25 V
-1.2 V ... 1.2 V
-1.5 V ... 1.5 V
-30 V ... 30 V
-25 V ... 25 V
-20 V ... 20 V
-12.5 V ... 12.5 V
-12 V ... 12 V
-15 V ... 15 V
1 V ... 5 V

0 mA ... 40 mA
0 mA ... 30 mA
0 mA ... 20 mA
0 mA ... 12 mA
0 mA ... 10 mA
0 mA ... 8 mA
0 mA ... 7.5 mA
0 mA ... 5 mA
0 mA ... 6 mA
0 mA ... 4 mA
0 mA ... 3 mA
0 mA ... 2.5 mA
0 mA ... 2 mA
4 mA ... 20 mA
2 mA ... 10 mA
1 mA ... 5 mA

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

73

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Temperature
Temperature transducer for
resistance thermometers
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

S-Port
1

1

ϑ

U,I

IN

ϑ

2

2

3

3

TI+
5 +
OUT U, I+
active
6 –
OUT U, I–

5

passive
6

ϑ

4

OUT

PLC / DCS

PWR+

4

7 +

PWR–

8 –

FM

Universal temperature transducer
for resistance thermometers

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Universally configurable, highly compact
temperature transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of resistance thermometer and
remote resistance-type sensor signals
– For 2, 3 or 4-wire sensors according to
IEC 751, JIS, GOST
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable
via DIP switches
– Freely configurable via software or
smartphone app
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status and error indicator LEDs
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Linear resistance measuring range
Output data
Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

Technical data

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-wire
-200 °C ... 850 °C (range depends on sensor type, range can be set
freely via software or in increments via DIP switches)
≥ 20 K
0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
measuring range)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
approx. 12.3 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption

20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA
< 17.5 V

< 31.5 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP

≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
32 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 850 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load)

Transmission error

0.1 % * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1 % > 350 K (Pt/Ni)
0.3 % * 200 K / set measuring range; 0.3 % > 200 K (Cu)

Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)

0.01 %/K
typ. 200 ms (2-wire)
typ. 500 ms (3-wire)
typ. 500 ms (4-wire)
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT
MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI
MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-C

2902052
2902049
2902051
2902048

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

74

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Order key for MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2902048

Connection
technology

/

2902048 
MINI MCR-2RTD-UI-C
2902051 
MINI MCR-2RTD-UI-PT-C

PT100

/

PT100  Pt 100 IEC 751
PT200  Pt 200 IEC 751
PT500  Pt 500 IEC 751
PT1000  Pt 1000 IEC 751
PT100G  Pt 100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00394)
PT1000G  Pt 1000 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00394)
PT100J  Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997
PT1000J  Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997
NI100  Ni 100 DIN 43760
NI1000  Ni 1000 DIN 43760
CU50  Cu 50 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
CU100  Cu 100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
CU53  Cu 53 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)

3

Measuring range
Start
/

2  2-wire
3  3-wire
4  4-wire

-50

Measuring unit

End
/

freely selectable
between
-200°C ... 850°C
(measuring
range limits
depend on
sensor type)

150

/

freely selectable
between
-200°C ... 850°C
(measuring
range limits
depend on
sensor type)

C

Output
Output signal
/

C  °C
F  °F

Minimum measuring span 20 K

Failure information
Behavior in the event of an error
... /

Open circuit

NE43DO

/

FD  freely definable

/

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

/

End
4.0

/

20.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0
... 21 mA

20.0  20 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0
... 21 mA

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0
... 10.5 V

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0
... 10.5 V

/ ...

Output signal span at least 0.5 V/1 mA
Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA

Short circuit
0.0

I
II
UU

Start

Overrange
0.0

/

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Underrange
0.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

/

0.0
0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Note: failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output
NE43UP  NE 43 upscale
NE43DO  NE 43 downscale
NE430  NE 43 0 mA
NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
3.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
3.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

Sensor types and measuring ranges for MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducer
Sensor type

Standard

Measuring range

Pt100
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt200
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt500
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt1000
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt1000
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt100
JIS C1604-1997
Pt1000
JIS C1604-1997
Ni100
DIN 43760
Ni1000
DIN 43760
Cu50
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.0428)
Cu100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.0428)
Cu53
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.0426)
Customer-specific characteristic curves

-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-50°C ... +180°C
-200°C ... +850°C

Smallest measuring
span

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K

Adjustable using:
DIP switch
DIP switch
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

75

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Temperature
Temperature transducer
for thermocouples
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

S-Port
+ 1

1
TC
2

– 2

U,I

TI+
5 +
OUT U, I+
active

PWR+

4

OUT

5
passive

6 –
OUT U, I–

3

IN

PLC / DCS

6

7 +

PWR–

8 –

FM

Universal temperature transducer
for thermocouples

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Universally configurable, highly compact
temperature transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of thermocouple signals
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584
and GOST
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable
via DIP switches
– Freely configurable via software or
smartphone app
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status and error indicator LEDs
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Technical data

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L

Temperature range

-250 °C ... 2500 °C (range depends on sensor type, range can be set
freely via software or in increments via DIP switches)

Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

min. 50 K
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
approx. 12.3 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption

20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA
< 17.5 V

< 31.5 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP

≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
32.7 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 850 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load)

Transmission error

0.1 % * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1 % > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L,
U, M Gost, L Gost) 0.2 % * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2 % > 600
K (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

- ( typ. 2 K (2 K + (0.2 K * ΔT)) )
≤ 0.01 %/K
typ. 400 ms
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT
MINI MCR-2-TC-UI
MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-C

2905249
2902055
2905248
2902053

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

76

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Order key for MINI MCR-2-TC-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2902048

Sensor type
/

2902053 
MINI MCR-2TC-UI-C

Cold junction
error
compensation
J

/

B  B IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
E  E IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
J  J IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
K  K IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
N  N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
R  R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
S  S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
T  T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
L  L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
U  U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
A1G  A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A2G  A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A3G  A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
MG  M GOST 8.585-2001
LG  L GOST 8.585-2001

2905248 
MINI MCR-2TC-UI-PT-C

1

Measuring range
Start
/

0  OFF
1  ON

Measuring
unit

End

-200

/

freely selectable
between
-250°C ... 2500°C
(measuring range limits
depend on
sensor type)

1200

/

freely selectable
between
-250°C ... 2500°C
(measuring range limits
depend on
sensor type)

C

/

C  °C
F  °F

Minimum measuring span 50 K

Failure information
Behavior in the event of an error
... /

NE43DO
FD  freely definable

Open circuit
/

0.0

I

Start
/

II
UU

End
4.0

/

20.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
21 mA

20.0  20 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
21 mA

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
10.5 V

U: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
10.5 V

/ ...

Output signal span at least 0.5 V/1 mA
Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA

Overrange
/

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Output
Output signal

Underrange
0.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

/

0.0
0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Note: failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output
NE43UP  NE 43 upscale
NE43DO  NE 43 downscale
NE430  NE 43 0 mA
NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
3.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

Sensor types and measuring ranges for MINI MCR-2-TC-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducer
Sensor type

Standard

B
IEC 584-1
E
IEC 584-1
J
IEC 584-1
K
IEC 584-1
N
IEC 584-1
R
IEC 584-1
S
IEC 584-1
T
IEC 584-1
L
DIN 43710
U
DIN 43710
A-1
GOST 8.585
A-2
GOST 8.585
A-3
GOST 8.585
M
GOST 8.585
L
GOST 8.585
Customer-specific characteristic curves

Measuring range
+500°C ... +1820 °C
-230°C ... +1000°C
-210°C ... +1200°C
-250°C ... +1372°C
-200°C ... +1300°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-200°C ... +400°C
-200°C ... +900°C
-200°C ... +600°C
0°C ... +2500°C
0°C ... +1800°C
0°C ... +1800°C
-200°C ... +100°C
-200°C ... +800°C
-250°C ... +2500°C

Smallest measuring
span

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Adjustable using:
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
DIP switch
DIP switch
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app
Software or smartphone app

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

77

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Frequency
Analog frequency transducer

new

OUT

PLC / DCS

OUT I+
US

TI–
+ 1

1

OUT f

5 +
PWM+
passive

IN U, I+

4-wire
OUT I-

2

– 2

OUT f
PWM–

IN U, I–

5

supply
max. 30VDC
+
max.
100mA

6 –

6

RL
+ 3

IN

U, I

PWR+

RO +

f
– 4

OUT

7 +

8 –

RO -

PWR–

FM

Configurable,
frequency, PWM or switching output

PWR+
PWR–

FM
POWER

OUT +

S-Port

OUT -

IN

Sensor / Field

II 3 G
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Universally configurable highly compact
analog-to-frequency transducer for
electrical isolation, amplification,
conversion and filtering of standard
analog signals to frequencies or
PWM signals
– Plug-in connection technology
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Additional switching output
– Frequency output can be used as second
switching output
– Standard signal combinations configurable
via DIP switches
– Freely configurable via software or
smartphone app
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status and error indicator LEDs
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Input data
Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

Minimum load
Load current maximum
Maximum switching voltage
Overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption

Technical data

U input
0 V ... 10 V
2 V ... 10 V
0 V ... 5 V
1 V ... 5 V
10 V ... 0 V
10 V ... 2 V
5 V ... 0 V
5 V ... 1 V
0 V ... 12 V
12 V
> 120 kΩ
Frequency output
0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz

I input
0 mA ... 20 mA
4 mA ... 20 mA
0 mA ... 10 mA
2 mA ... 10 mA
20 mA ... 0 mA
20 mA ... 4 mA
10 mA ... 0 mA
10 mA ... 2 mA
0 mA ... 24 mA
24 mA
approx. 50 Ω
PWM output
15.6 kHz (10 bit) / 1.9 kHz (10 bit)

0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz
0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz
0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz
4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 100 mA
100 mA
30 V
Can be set (via software)

3.9 Hz (12 bit) / 488 Hz (12 bit)
977 Hz (14 bit) / 122 Hz (14 bit)
244 Hz (16 bit) / 31 Hz (16 bit)
12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 100 mA

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
25 mA (12 V DC)
12.5 mA (24 V DC)
≤ 350 mW (9.6 V DC)
≤ 0.1 % (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2 %)
< 0.01 %/K
120 ms (15 Hz sample rate)
Further values can be set via software
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid /stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO
MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-C

2902032
2902031
2906202
2906201

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Analog frequency converter with limit value function
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

78

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO(-PT)(-C) measuring transducer (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
2906201

Input
Input signal
/

2906201 
MINI MCR-2UI-FRO-C

I

Start
/

II
UU

2906202 
MINI MCR-2UI-FRO-PT-C

Sample rate

End
0.0

/

20.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 24 mA

20.0  20 mA
I: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 24 mA

U: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 12 V

U: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 12 V

/

15

Output
Output signal
/

Carrier frequency

I

15 Hz  15 Hz
60 Hz  60 Hz
240 Hz  240 Hz

/

0

/

... /

FD
FD  freely definable
Failure information only adjustable for
unlimited output

0

/

1000

0  at frequency
output

0  0 Hz
f: freely
selectable
between
0...10 kHz

10000  10 kHz
f: freely
selectable
between
0...10 kHz

PWM  PWM

15.6 k  15.6 kHz

D: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 100%

D: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 100%

15.6 kHz (10 bits)
1.9 kHz (10 bits)
7.8 kHz (11 bits)
977 Hz (11 bits)
3.9 kHz (12 bits)
488 Hz (12 bits)
1.9 kHz (13 bits)
244 Hz (13 bits)
977 Hz (14 bits)
122 Hz (14 bits)
488 Hz (15 bits)
61 Hz (15 bits)
244 Hz (16 bits)
31 Hz (16 bits)

/

15

/ .

0  off
1  on

Output signal span at least 10 Hz/1%
Increment 1 Hz/0.1%

Open circuit/short circuit
/

Output
limitation

End

ff

Measuring range span at least 0.5 V/1 mA
Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA
Failure information
Behavior in the event of an error

Start

0

Overrange
/

Underrange
0

/

0

0  0 Hz
f: freely selectable between
0 ... 11 kHz
D: freely selectable between
0.0 and 100%

0  0 Hz
f: freely selectable between
0 ... 11 kHz
D: freely selectable between
0.0 and 100%

0  0 Hz
f: freely selectable between
0 ... 11 kHz
D: freely selectable between
0.0 and 100%

(free definition only for
unlimited output)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

(free definition only for
unlimited output)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

(free definition only for
unlimited output)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

79

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

S-Port
1

1

IN

R

U,I

2

2

3

3

IN

TI+
5 +
OUT U, I+
active

5
passive

6 –
OUT U, I–

IN

PWR+

IN

4

OUT

PLC / DCS

6

7 +

PWR–

8 –

FM

Potiposition transducer,
configurable

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Universally configurable, highly compact
potiposition transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of potentiometer signals
– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ
– Automatic potentiometer detection
without manual adjustment
– Plug-in connection system
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard signal combinations configurable
via DIP switches
– Freely configurable via software or
smartphone app
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status and error indicator LEDs
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key.

Input data
Potentiometer
Output data
Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software)

Technical data

100 Ω ... 100 kΩ
U output
1 ... 5 V / 10 ... 0 V

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
approx. 12.3 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption

20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA
< 17.5 V

< 31.5 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
configurable

≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
33 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 850 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load)

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.1 % (R < 240 Ω = < 0.2 %)
0.01 %/K
< 60 ms
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
Potiposition transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT
MINI MCR-2-POT-UI
MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-C

2902017
2902016
2905006
2905005

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

80

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Order key for MINI MCR-2-POT-UI(-PT)(-C) potiposition transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2905005

Automatic potentiometer
detection
/

2905005 
MINI MCR-2POT-UI-C

AUTO
AUTO  ON
OFF  OFF

Output
Output signal
/

Start

I
II
UU

2905006 
MINI MCR-2POT-UI-PT-C

Filter

End
4.0

20.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
21 mA

20.0  20 mA
I: freely
selectable
between 0.0 ...
21 mA

U: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 10.5 V

U: freely
selectable
between
0.0 ... 10.5 V

/

Open circuit
detect
1

/

ON

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

/ ...

ON  ON
OFF  OFF

Output signal span at least 0.5 V/1 mA
Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA
Failure information
Behavior in the event of an error
... /

NE43DO
FD  freely definable

Open circuit slider
/

0.0
0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(only if open circuit detection
is on)
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

/

Input open (no potentiometer
connected)
0.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Overrange
/

Underrange
0.0

0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

/

0.0
0.0  0 mA
I: freely selectable
between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA
U: freely selectable between
0.0 ... 11 V
(signal type corresponds to
selected output signal)

Note: failure information according to NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output
NE43UP  NE 43 upscale
NE43DO  NE 43 downscale
NE430  NE 43 0 mA
NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
3.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
3.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
0 mA
21.5 mA

PHOENIX CONTACT

81

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Digital IN
Signal conditioner

new

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1
IN +

1

2

5 +
OUT 1+

– 2

OUT 1–

IN–
1

PLC / DCS

+ 3
PWR+

OUT 2+

5
DI1

6 –

7 +

2
– 4

OUT

IN

6

8 –

OUT 2-

PWR–

FM
1

2

PWR+
PWR–

3

FM
POWER

DI2
4

Configurable,
for NAMUR sensors and floating contacts

II 3 G
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, amplification, and
duplication of proximity sensor signals
– For proximity sensors in accordance with
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227
– Floating contacts and contacts with
resistance circuit can be connected
– Plug-in connection technology
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– Transistor switching contacts on the
output
– Second output can be used as a doubler
or error signaling output
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current
and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status LEDs
Notes:
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85

Input data
Input signal

Technical data

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points (in acc. with IEC 60947-5-6)

8.2 V DC 10 %
< 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
> 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
< 0.35 mA (in the event of an open circuit)

Line fault detection
Switching output
Transistor output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption

2 N/O contacts
30 V DC
50 mA
5 kHz
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
35 mA (12 V DC)
18 mA (24 V DC)
450 mW (9.6 V DC)
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Power consumption
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
NAMUR signal conditioner

82

PHOENIX CONTACT

Push-in connection
Screw connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO-PT
MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO

2902005
2902004

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Limit values,
threshold value switch

new

IN

OUT

PLC / DCS

Sensor / Field

S-Port

IN

U,I

14

1

11

2

2

11

3

3

12

4

OUT

TI5 +
IN U, I+

1

4

OUT
U,I +

6

OUT
U,I -

4-wire US

6 –
IN U, I–

PWR+

5

7 +

PWR–

8 –

FM

Configurable,
with relay PDT output

PWR–
PWR+

FM
POWER

II 3 G
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Universally configurable highly compact
threshold value switch for switching
analog limit values
– Plug-in connection technology
– Safe 3-way isolation
– Standard switching behavior can be
configured via DIP switches
– Freely configurable via software or
smartphone app
– PDT relay at output
– Limiting continuous current up to 6 A
– Power supply and fault monitoring
possible via DIN rail connector
– Status and error indicator LEDs
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89
Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from
page 85

Technical data

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
0 ... 10 V / 0 ... 12 V

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Specification of the switching point

12 V
24 mA
> 120 kΩ
approx. 50 Ω
Can be set via software or in increments via DIP switches

Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch)
Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP
switch)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 24 mA

1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC
6A
can be set freely via software
0 s ... 10 s (can be set freely via software)
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
20 mA (at 24 V DC)
40 mA (at 12 V DC)
≤ 0.5 W
0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K
typ. 140 ms (can be set via software)
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-REL

2902035
2902033

1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Threshold value switch with relay PDT output
Push-in connection
Screw connection

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

83

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Accessories
Constant voltage/constant current
source

new

OUT

OUT

Sensor / Field

TI+
+ 1
OUT U,I+
– 2

TI+
5 +
OUT U,I+

OUT U,I–

OUT U,I–

+ 3

7 +

UCV
ICC

IN

6 –

PWR+

PWR+

POWER

PLC / DCS

– 4

OUT

PWR-

Output signals, configurable
PWR+
PWR–

FM

8 –
PWR-

FM

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Constant voltage/constant current
source for potentiometers, measuring
bridges, encoders, etc.
– Plug-in connection technology
– Highly precise
– Output signals can be configured via
DIP switches
– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and therefore energy supply
and fault monitoring via the DIN rail
connector
– For voltages up to 10 V and currents up
to 20 mA
– Status LED

Input data
Input signal
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Short-circuit current
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

9.6 ... 30 V
U output
10 V DC
8.75 V DC
7.5 V DC
6.25 V DC
5 V DC
3.75 V DC
2.5 V DC
1.25 V DC
> 32 mA
< 20 mVPP (at 600 Ω)

I output
20 mA
17.5 mA
15 mA
12.5 mA
10 mA
7.5 mA
5 mA
2.5 mA

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 1.1 W (9.6 V DC)
≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
< 0.01 %/K
Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

Ordering data
Description
Constant voltage/constant current source

Push-in connection
Screw connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-CVCS-PT
MINI MCR-2-CVCS

2902065
2902064

1
1

2940252
2942124

10
10

Accessories

Setpoint potentiometer, for individual setpoint definition
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ

84

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Accessories
Screw connection connector set

new

– FASTCON Pro connector set
– Consisting of four connectors, one each
for every position on the module
– Suitable for all MINI Analog Pro modules
– Four-way coding prevents incorrect
insertion into the device
– Screw connection technology

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FASTCON PRO-SET

2906227

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FASTCON Pro connector set with screw connection technology

Accessories
Push-in connection connector set

1

new

– FASTCON Pro connector set
– Consisting of four connectors, one each
for every position on the module
– Suitable for all MINI Analog Pro modules
– Four-way coding prevents incorrect
insertion into the device
– Push-in connection technology

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FASTCON PRO-SET-PT

2906228

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FASTCON Pro connector set with push-in connection technology

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

85

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connector
– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduces wiring costs
– Module replacement without interrupting
the supply to the remaining modules
(hot swappable)
– One DIN rail connector for two
MINI Analog Pro modules
– Only distinguished by color coding

Description

For bridging the supply voltage

For bridging the supply voltage

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GY

2695439

10

DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can
be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL
approval
Color: green
Color: gray

Accessories
Power terminal
IN

IN

OUT FM
+ 1
+9,6 V
…+30 V

+9,6 V
…+30 V

5 +

PWR 1 IN
OUT-FM

PWR 1 IN

– 2

6 –

+ 3

7 +

PWR 2 IN
OUT-FM

PWR 2 IN

– 4

+9,6 V
…+30 V

+9,6 V
…+30 V

8 –

+
PWR OUT
–

– Power terminal for supplying the supply
voltage to the DIN rail connector
– Plug-in connection system
– Increased output current of 3.2 A
– For up to 115 MINI Analog Pro modules
– Monitoring of supplies in combination
with the fault monitoring module
– Flexible redundant supply from one or
both module sides
– Status and error indicator LEDs

Zone 2

Redundant supply for existing 24 V

Notes:
Observe the supply instructions for the MINI and MACX modules.

Technical data
Input data/output data
Input voltage range
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

9.9 V DC ... 30 V DC
Input voltage - 0.3 V
≤ 3.2 A
-40 °C ... 70 °C
PBT
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

Ordering data

86

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MINI Analog Pro power terminal
Push-in connection
Screw connection

MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT
MINI MCR-2-PTB

2902067
2902066

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-... DIN rail connector
– For bridging the supply voltage when
using a MINI POWER system power
supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, two ME 17,5 TBUS DIN rail
connectors are required. This allows you to establish the
connection to the ME 6,2 TBUS DIN rail connector of the
MINI Analog system and provide an effective power supply.

For system power supply
Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2709561

10

DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply

Accessories
System power supply

H
W

D

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
DIN rail connector where AC voltages
are available
– Nominal input voltage range
100 ... 240 V AC
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostics
LEDs

For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Ordering data
Description
System power supply, primary-switched, with zone 2 approval.
Further information can be found in Catalog 6, Surge protection and
power supplies.
System power supply, primary-switched (not for zone 2)
Further information can be found in Catalog 6, Surge protection and
power supplies.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX

2866653

1

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5

2866983

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

87

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Accessories
Feed-through terminal block
– Feed-through terminal block for
1:1 forwarding of signals that are already
electrically isolated in the MINI Analog
Pro group
– Plug-in connection system

Sensor / Field

IN

OUT
1

5
IN

2

3

4

PLC / DCS

OUT

IN

OUT

IN

OUT

IN

6

7

OUT

8

For signals already electrically isolated
Technical data
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

IP20
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
MINI Analog Pro feed-through terminal block

Screw connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-TB

2902068

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Accessories
Fault signaling module
IN

+9,6 V…+30 V

OUT

+ 1
PWR 1
IN

5 +
OUT RC

– 2

+9,6 V…+30 V

OUT RC

+ 3
PWR 2
IN

FAULT
CONTACT

6 –

7 +
PWR
OUT

– 4

+9,6 V…+30 V

8 –
FM

PWR–
PWR+

– Fault monitoring module for evaluating
and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system
– Monitoring of up to 115 connected
MINI Analog Pro modules
– Plug-in connection system
– Monitoring of supply voltages of
MINI MCR-2-PTB(-PT) power terminals
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– Fault signaling via an N/C contact
– Status and error indicator LEDs
– CE-compliant

Zone 2

For group error indication and
supply monitoring
Technical data

Input data/output data
Input signal
Output signal
Switching output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

9.9 V DC ... 30 V DC
9.6 V DC ... 29.7 V DC
30 V DC
50 mA
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Class A product, see page 625

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
MINI Analog Pro fault signaling module

88

PHOENIX CONTACT

Push-in connection
Screw connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT
MINI MCR-2-FM-RC

2904508
2904504

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology - MINI Analog Pro
Accessories
Programming adapters
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER and
NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programmable
adapters for configuring Phoenix Contact
interface modules with S-PORT or NFC
interface.
The adapters are used with the FDT/DTM
or the ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog,
MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog.
Technical data
General data
EMC note

Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
NFC interface

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2900013

1

Accessories
Marking labels for transparent cover
– Snap-in labels and adhesive labels with
large area for marking
– For snapping-into or sticking onto
MINI Analog Pro covers, without
overlapping the status and error LEDs
– The sheets can be marked quickly and
easily using the BLUEMARK CLED and
the THERMOMARK CARD...
– They can also be custom printed
according to customer requirements

Unmarked and marked according to
customer specifications
Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

0801505
0801589
0819301
0824550

10
1
10
1

Type

Order No.

SK 5,0 WH:REEL

0805221

Pcs. /
Pkt.

UniCard, can be marked with THERMOMARK CARD and
BLUEMARK, 24-section, 8 individual labels per strip, lettering field
size: 30 x 5 mm
white
Lettering field size: 30 x 5 mm
white
10-section, lettering field size: 15 x 5 mm
white
10-section, lettering field size: 15 x 5 mm
white
Self-adhesive marker strips, unprinted, continuous, material
off the roll, for marking with thermal transfer printer, can be
separated using cutter, pitch as desired, strip length of up to
1000 mm, 10 strips, strip height of 5.0 mm, 1 roll = 90 m
white

UCT-EM (30X5)
UCT-EM (30X5) CUS
UC-EMLP (15X5)
UC-EMLP (15X5) CUS

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

89

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog

Extremely compact and efficient
The signal conditioners from the
MINI Analog range offer the full spectrum
of analog signal conditioning. They are
therefore extremely efficient with regard to
saving costs, space, and energy.
Choose the right MINI Analog signal
conditioner for your application:
– Analog IN/OUT
– Temperature
– Frequency
– Potentiometer/resistor
– Digital IN
– Threshold values
– Accessories
90

PHOENIX CONTACT

Low power consumption
– The resulting minimal self-heating ensures
long service life and a high degree of
operational reliability

Clearly arranged wiring
– Eight connections with a choice of screw
or spring-cage terminal blocks

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables modular
bridging of the 24 V supply voltage.

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog

Fault monitoring and power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply
and enables group error monitoring

High operational reliability
– 3-way electrical isolation increases the
operational reliability against system
disturbances

Easy configuration
– Can be configured easily via DIP switches
or software, for extended functionality
and monitoring

Reduction in analog inputs on
controllers
– The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up
to eight analog signals to a 4 ... 20 mA
signal

Time-saving system cabling
– Plug and Play – for eight channels on the
signal conditioner and controller side

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact Termination Carriers connect
MINI Analog devices to the automation
systems – Plug and Play and hot-swapcapable

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

91

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

OUT
1
U,I
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U,I

U,I

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U,I

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

6

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
up to 36 signal combinations

+24V
GND 3

POWER

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals
– Up to 36 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption

Technical data

U input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
approx. 100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
approx. 12.5 V

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
approx. 50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
approx. 12.5 V

approx. 22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
U output
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 9 mA (voltage output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
I output
< 19 mA (current output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

Power consumption

< 200 mW (voltage output)

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
approx. 100 Hz
approx. 3.2 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

GL

< 450 mW (current output)

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

92

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC

2864383
2864710
2864150
2864163

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input

Order No.
2864383

Output

/

2864383 =
MINI MCR-SLUI-UI
2864710
MINI MCR-SLUI-UI-SP

IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 5 V
1 ... 5 V

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 5 V
1 ... 5 V

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
NONE
NONE = without FCC
Yes
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

Configuration table for input and output signals
Input
0 - 10 V

Output
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V

2 - 10 V

0-5V

1-5V

0 - 20 mA

4 - 20 mA

DIP 1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON

DIP switch SW 2
DIP 3
DIP 4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON

DIP 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

DIP switch SW 1
DIP 1
DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

DIP 6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Application example: level measurement

24V

Level sensor

0...10V

0...20mA
1 IN

OUT 5

2 GND1

GND2 6
Controller

3 UB+

UB+ 7

4 GND3

GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI

24V

Mains voltage

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

93

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U

U,I

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

6

7 +

GND 3

OUT

8 –

Configurable, for shunt measurements

+24V
GND 3

POWER

D W
H

Zone 2


Ex: 

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of mV signals to
create standard analog signals
– Ideal for converting signals in the case of
shunt measurements
– Up to 280 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

0 ... 50 mV

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

approx. 30 V DC
approx. 10 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V

Technical data

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
(the bipolar output can only be
used for bipolar input signals)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

12.5 V
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

28 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 450 mW (current output)
≤ 0.2 %
< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable
3.5 ms (at 100 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

94

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way signal conditioner, for converting mV voltages to
standard signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC

2810858
2810874
2810780
2810793

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2810858
2810858 =
MINI MCR-SLSHUNT-UI
2810874 =
MINI MCR-SLSHUNT-UI-SP

Input

Output

/

IN40
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN42
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN45
IN27

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 50 mV
0..60 mV
0..75 mV
0..80 mV
0..100 mV
0..120 mV
0..150 mV
0..200 mV
0..240 mV
0..300 mV

IN28
IN46
IN47
IN48
IN29
IN49
IN50
IN30
IN51
IN52

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0..500 mV
0..600 mV
0..750 mV
0..800 mV
0 ... 1.0 V
0 ... 1.2 V
0 ... 1.5 V
0 ... 2.0 V
0 ... 2.4 V
0 ... 3.0 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN55
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN58
IN16

/
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-50..+50 mV
-60..+60 mV
-75..+75 mV
-80..+80 mV
-100..+100 mV
-120..+120 mV
-150..+150 mV
-200..+200 mV
-240..+240 mV
-300..+300 mV

IN17
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN18
IN62
IN63
IN19
IN64
IN65

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-500..+500 mV
-600..+600 mV
-750..+750 mV
-800..+800 mV
-1.0 ... +1.0 V
-1.2 ... +1.2 V
-1.5 ... +1.5 V
-2.0 ... +2.0 V
-2.4 ... +2.4 V
-3.0 ... +3.0 V

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 5 V
1 ... 5 V

OUT13 = -5 ... +5 V
OUT14 = -10 ... +10 V

Cut-off
frequency
/
100
30 = 30 Hz
100 = 100 Hz

Factory calibration certificate
(FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Note:
A bipolar output (-5 ... +5 V, -10 ... +10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.

Combination table for input and output signals
Input
0 ... 50 mV
0..60 mV
0..75 mV
0..80 mV
0..100 mV
0..120 mV
0 ... 150 mV
0..200 mV
0..240 mV
0..300 mV
0..500 mV
0..600 mV
0..750 mV
0..800 mV
0 ... 1 V
0 ... 1.2 V
0 ... 1.5 V
0...2 V
0 ... 2.4 V
0...3 V
-50 ... 50 mV
-60..60 mV
-75..75 mV
-80 ... 80 mV
-100 ... 100 mV
-120 ... 120 mV
-150 ... 150 mV
-200 ... 200 mV
-240 ... 240 mV
-300 ... 300 mV
-500 ... 500 mV
-600 ... 600 mV
-750 ... 750 mV
-800 ... 800 mV
-1 ... 1 V
-1.2 ... 1.2 V
-1.5 ... 1.5 V
-2 ... 2 V
-2.4 ... 2.4 V
-3 ... 3 V

Voltage output
2 ... 10 V -5 ... +5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

-10 ... +10 V 0 ... 10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0 ... 5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Current output
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1 ... 5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Application example: monitoring of loading and unloading currents

G
M

Shunt
resistor

+

–

Battery

IN

OUT

±...mV

U/I
GND1

GND2

UB+

UB+

GND3

GND3

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI

Controller

24V
Supply

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

95

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

2

– 2

– 4

U,I

5 +

5

active

+ 3

U

OUT U,I

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

+ 1

1

PLC / DCS

passive

GND 2

GND 1

+24V

+24V

GND 3

D W
H

6

6 –

7 +

GND 3

8 –

OUT

Configurable,
for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals

+24V
GND 3

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of 24 V or
30 V DC signals to create standard analog
signals
– Up to 12 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Technical data

0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V
approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V)
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
≤ 12.5 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
≤ 12.5 V

≤ 22 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 450 mW
< 0.1 % (of final value)
< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
approx. 100 Hz
approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog
signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC

2864053
2811213
2865007
2810078

Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
0...24V

0...10V
IN U

OUT

GND1

GND2

1

2

3

4

UB+
GND3

5

GND3

7

8

24V

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI

Mains voltage

96

Signal conversion according to
uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
PHOENIX CONTACT

2864053

2864053 = MINI MCRSL-UI-UI

6

UB +

Order No.

2811213 = MINI MCRSL-UI-UI-SP

/

Input

IN38
IN39

IN39
= 0...24 V
= 0...30 V

/

Output

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

OUT01
=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 20
4 ... 20
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

+ 1

2

– 4

U,I

GND 1

– 2
+ 3

U,I

OUT I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

PLC / DCS

+24V

passive

GND 2

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

D W
H

6

6 –

8 –

With fixed signal combinations

+24V
GND 3

POWER


Ex: 

Zone 2

Technical data

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals
– Fixed signal combinations
– Entry-level alternative to configurable
signal conditioners
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the
foot element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and
marking components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input resistance
Output data
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Degree of protection
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

U input
approx. 100 kΩ
U output
12.5 V

I input
approx. 50 Ω
I output
28 mA
approx. 12.5 V

approx. 2 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 20 mA
≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
approx. 100 Hz
approx. 3.5 ms
IP20
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Input signal

Output signal

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of
analog signals
Screw connection
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
Spring-cage connection
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP

2813512
2813570

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP

2813525
2813583

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP

2813541
2813554

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP

2813538
2813567

1
1

Screw connection

0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-I-I

2864406

1

MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP

2864723

1

0 ... 10 V,
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V,
-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 10 V,
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V,
-10 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-U-U

2864684

1

MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP

2864697

1

Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

97

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal duplicator

OUT
1
U,I
US

+ 1

OUT1

2

PLC / DCS

OUT 1 I

5 +

5

active

– 2
+ 3

GND 3

OUT 2 I

passive

GND 1

6 –

+24V

D W
H

6

7 +

active

I
– 4

U,I

IN U,I

4-wire
GND

IN

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

I

GND 2

GND 4

OUT2

8 –

Configurable,
with two current output signals

3
+24V
GND 4

POWER

passive
4

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, filtering, and duplication of
standard analog signals
– Duplication of a standard analog signal on
two current outputs
– Up to 8 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 4-way isolation
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– Standard configuration:
Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA,
output 2: 0 ... 20 mA
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V
30 V
approx. 100 kΩ

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

22 mA
9V
≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω)

GL

Technical data
I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
approx. 50 Ω

2x; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load)
< 600 mW
≤ 0.2 % (of final value), typ. < 0.1 %
< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.004 %/K
approx. 35 Hz
approx. 10 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC

2864794
2864804
2864176
2864189

Explanation for output combination:
Output 1
A
0 ... 20 mA
B
0 ... 20 mA
C
4 ... 20 mA

Output 2
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2864794
2864794 =
MINI MCRSL-UI-2I
2864804 =
MINI MCRSL-UI-2I-SP
1)

Input
/

IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN06

=
=
=
=

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
1...5 V

Output
Behavior of the analog
combination 1) outputs
/
A
/
0
A
B
C

0 = Analog behavior
1 = Limitation

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE = without FCC
Yes
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

98

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
repeater power supply

OUT I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

– 1

1

IN I

PWR
2
IN

+ 2

OUT I

POWER

I

OUT

I

1
PWR
2
IN
3
GND

OUT I

IN
US

OUT I

5 +

5

active

2-wire

3-wire

PLC / DCS

– 3

– 4

PWR OUT

GND 1

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 1

D W
H

7 +

GND 3

1

6

8 –

Available with HART transmission
as an option

4-wire

POWER

GND

3

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2



Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact repeater power supply
for electrical isolation, amplification, and
filtering of standard analog signals
– Supply of 2-wire and passive 3-wire
sensors
– Can also be used as an isolator without
supply
– 3-way isolation
– Bidirectional HART transmission as an
option
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 99

Input data
Input signal

Technical data

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
approx. 50 Ω
16.5 V

MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
approx. 50 Ω
14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC
UB - max. 4.5 V for load
0 mA ... 20 mA

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
21 mA
approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)

20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC

< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply
operation)
≤ 0.2 % (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1 % (of final value)

< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply
operation)
≤ 0.2 % (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1 % (of final value)

Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Communication

< 0.005 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
175 Hz (typ.)
HART specification in both
operating modes
(RPSS isolator / RPSS repeater
power supply)

< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
approx. 100 Hz
-

Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 2 ms (typ.)
approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
IP20
-20 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 60 °C
any
any
PBT
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

Input resistance
Transmitter supply voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error

GL

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

4...20mA
1

2

3

4

IN I
PWR OUT

GND1
GND1

OUT I

5

GND2

6

UB +
GND3

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I

Control system
7

8

MCR repeater power supply
with HART® protocol
with HART® protocol

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP

2864079
2810230
2864422
2864752

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1

24V

Mains voltage

Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

99

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way output isolator

new

COMMUNICATION

IN I

IN

+

1

OUT I

1

GND

-

2

+

OUT

I

IN I

PLC / DCS

+

5

5

passive

2-wire

I

PROTOCOL

OUT

Sensor / Field

-

IN

4

2

3

GND 2

GND 1

PWR
active

GND 3

GND 3

-

6

+24V

+24V

OUT I

7

6

GND

D W
H

+

8

-

HART transmission

POWER

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact output signal conditioner
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of standard
analog signals
– For controlling I/P converters, control
valves, and displays
– 3-way isolation
– Bidirectional HART transmission
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and
marking components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Communication
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Technical data

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 mA
< 2 V (20 mA)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
≤ 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 600 mW (at 24 V DC)
≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
typ. < 0.01 %/K
> 175 Hz
HART specification
< 2 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 60 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

Ordering data
Description
3-way output isolator

100

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-IDS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-IDS-I-I-SP

2905577
2905578

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
2-way passive isolator,
input loop-powered

OUT I
US

4-wire

OUT I

IN

I

+ 1

IN I 1

PLC / DCS

OUT I 1

5 +

5

active
2

– 2

3 + 3

passive

GND 1

GND 2

IN I 2

OUT I 2

PWR
4-wire max.18 VDC
GND

OUT

I

1

PWR
max.18 VDC
GND

US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

6 –

7 + 7

passive

active
4 – 4

GND 3

GND 4

D W
H

6

8– 8

Either 1 or 2-channel
Zone 2


Ex:  

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact 2-wire passive isolator
for electrical isolation and filtering of
standard analog signals
– Input loop-supplied
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– 2 channels in conj. with an overall width
of just 6.2 mm
– Voltage drop on signal conditioner of
just 1.7 V
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage
drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in Catalog 7, Interface technology and
switching devices or at phoenixcontact.net/products

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current / overload
Maximum input voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Technical data

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
1.7 V (at I = 20 mA)
approx. 190 µA
40 mA
18 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω)
≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
0.03 % (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002 %/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
75 Hz
5 ms (at 600 Ω load)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
two-channel
Screw connection
two-channel
Spring-cage connection
single-channel
Screw connection
single-channel
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP

2864655
2864781
2864419
2864749

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

UB

UV = 1,7 V

I
UE

I

I
RB

I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

101

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
2-way isolator, output loop-powered

OUT
1
I
US

2

OUT
3
U
US

POWER

IN

+ 1

PLC / DCS

PWR IN

IN I

5 +

5
PWR
active

passive

4-wire
GND

U, I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

– 2
+ 3

GND

OUT I

6 –

IN U

D W
H

6

7

4-wire
GND

4 – 4

GND
8

OUT
I



Zone 2

Configurable,
up to 74 signal combinations,
output loop-powered

Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, conversion, and
filtering of standard analog signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– Voltage input from mV voltages right up
to 30 volts
– Current input from 2 mA right up
to 40 mA
– 2-way isolation
– Standard configuration:
Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA
Notes:
Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on
request.
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in Catalog 7, Interface technology and
switching devices or at phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
2 ... 10 V, additional ranges can be configured, see table

Maximum input signal

< 40 V

Input resistance

approx. 100 kΩ (at ≤ 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 MΩ)

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 50 mA
(electric strength up to 30 V)
≤ 50 Ω

4 ... 20 mA
35 mA
(UB - 8 V) / 22 mA
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
28 mW (without signal)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
0.01 %/K, typ. 0.005 %/K
±2%/±2%
approx. 30 Hz
approx. 16 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25 °C ... 70 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Ordering data
Description
MCR isolator, output loop-powered

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC

2902829
2902830

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)
0...40 mA
0...30 mA
0...20 mA
0...12 mA
0...10 mA
0...8 mA
0...7.5 mA
0...6 mA
0...5 mA
0...4 mA
0...3 mA
0...2.5 mA
0...2 mA

102

PHOENIX CONTACT

4...20 mA
2...10 mA

1...5 mA

0...30 V
0...25 V
0...20 V
0...15 V
0...12.5 V
0...12 V

0...10 V
0...7.5 V
0...5 V
0...3 V
0...2.5 V
0...2 V
0...1.5 V
0...1.25 V
0...1.2 V

2...10 V
1...5 V

0...1000 mV
0...750 mV
0...500 mV
0...300 mV
0...250 mV
0...200 mV
0...150 mV
0...125 mV
0...120 mV
0...100 mV
0...75 mV
0...60 mV
0...50 mV

±30 V
±25 V
±20 V
±15 V
±12.5 V
±12 V

±10 V
±7.5 V
±5 V
±3 V
±2.5 V
±2 V
±1.5 V
±1.25 V
±1.2 V

±1000 mV
±750 mV
±500 mV
±300 mV
±250 mV
±200 mV
±150 mV
±125 mV
±120 mV
±100 mV
±75 mV
±60 mV
±50 mV

1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer
for resistance thermometers
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

S-Port

1

OUT U,I

1

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

U,I

4

OUT

6 –

6

ϑ
+24V

3

3

IN

passive

GND 1

4

GND 2

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
GND 2

FM
POWER

Universal measuring transducer for
resistance thermometers

+24V

Zone 2



Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Universal temperature transducer for
electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of resistance
thermometers and remote resistance-type
sensors
– High level of accuracy over the entire
measuring range
– For 2, 3 or 4-wire sensors according to
IEC 751, JIS, GOST
– Configurable via DIP switches and
software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: Pt 100 IEC 751
sensor; 3-wire; -50 ... 150°C; output
4 ... 20 mA; error evaluation according to
NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds to any errors

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Linear resistance measuring range
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89

GL

Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-wire
-200 °C ... 850 °C (range depends on sensor type, range can be set
freely via software or in increments via DIP switches)
min. 50 K
0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
measuring range)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
< 20 mVPP

Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Notes:

Technical data

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
0.1 % * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1 % > 350 K (Pt/Ni)
0.3 % * 200 K / set measuring range; 0.3 % > 200 K (Cu)
0.01 %/K
typ. 200 ms (2-wire)
typ. 500 ms (3-wire)
typ. 500 ms (4-wire)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
GL applied for

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC

2902849
2902850

1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Sensor type
Standard
Pt100
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt200
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt500
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt1000
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt1000
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt100
JIS C1604-1997
Pt1000
JIS C1604-1997
Ni100
DIN 43760
Ni1000
DIN 43760
Cu50
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu53
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426)
Customer-specific characteristic curves

Measuring range
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-50°C ... +180°C

Smallest measuring range span
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

103

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

4

U,I

passive
6 –

D W
H

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

GND 1

+24V

4

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -50°C ... +200°C

PT100
+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of Pt 100
signals to create standard signals
– Optimized temperature measuring range
of -50°C to +200°C for increased
accuracy
– For 2, 3 or 4-wire Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal

Technical data

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751): 2, 3, 4-wire
-50 °C ... 200 °C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measuring range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.25%; ((50 K / Δ Temp)+ 0.05)%
< 0.02 %/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC

2864309
2864192
2864370
2864202

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Order configuration
Unconfigured
Unconfigured

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

1
1
1
1

Order key MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2864309
2864309 =
MINI MCR-SLPT100-UI-200
2864192 =
MINI MCR-SLPT100-UI-200-SP
1)

Connection
technology
/
3
2 = 2-wire
3 =

3-wire

4 =

4-wire

Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
formation 1) certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
0
Range
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
-5
(increment)
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA
B
Yes
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
-10
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
-15
0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
-20
OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-30
OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA
points (a fee is
-40
OUT08 = 20 ... 4 mA
charged)
-50
OUT09 = 10...0 V

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

104

PHOENIX CONTACT

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
A
B
C
D

Underrange
Short circuit
0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3.5 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

4

U,I

6 –

D W
H

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

passive

GND 1

+24V

4

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +850°C

PT100
+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of Pt 100
signals to create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +850°C
– For 2, 3 or 4-wire Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Technical data

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751): 2, 3, 4-wire
-150 °C ... 850 °C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measuring range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2%; ((100 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.1)%

Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.02 %/K
< 160 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC

2864435
2864736
2864273
2864286

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Order configuration
Unconfigured
Unconfigured

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

1
1
1
1

Order key MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2864435
2864435 =
MINI MCR-SLPT100-UI
2864736 =
MINI MCR-SLPT100-UI-SP
1)

Connection
technology
/
3
2 = 2-wire
3 = 3-wire
4 = 4-wire

Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
formation 1) certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
0
Range
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA
B
Yes
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
-20
OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V
C
-30
0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
-40
110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20 ... 4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
A
B
C
D

Underrange
Short circuit
0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3.5 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

105

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

PWR IN

5 +

5
PWR
active

passive
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

I
PT100

4

POWER

6 –

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

OUT I

7

4

D W
H

8

OUT

Zone 2

Configurable,
for temperature measuring range -150 ... 300°C,
output loop-powered


Ex: 

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact output loop-powered
temperature transducer for electrical
isolation, conversion, amplification, and
filtering of Pt 100 signals to create
standard signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +300°C
– 2, 3 or 4-wire Pt 100 sensors
– Input signals can be configured via
DIP switches
– 2-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measuring range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751): 2, 3, 4-wire
-150 °C ... 300 °C (configurable)
min. 50 K
4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
(Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 42 mW (without signal current)
≤ 0.25%; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05)%
< 0.02 %/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature transducer, for Pt 100 temperature sensors,
output loop-powered
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage connection
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP

2810298
2810382
2810308
2810395

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2810298
2810298 =
MINI MCR_SLPT100-LP
2810382 =
MINI MCR_SLPT100-LP-SP
1)

Connection
technology
/
3
2 = 2-wire
3 = 3-wire
4 = 4-wire

Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
formation 1) certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
0
/
100
/
OUT02
/
1
/
NONE
0
Range
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA
1
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
-20
OUT08 = 20 ... 4 mA
2
-30
0 ... 300 (5 K)
3
-40
4
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
points (a fee is
-100
charged)
-150

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

106

PHOENIX CONTACT

Failure information:
Overrange

Open circuit

1
2
3
4

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA

Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA

Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA

1
2
3
4

Underrange

Short circuit

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer
for thermocouples
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

S-Port

1

OUT U,I

+ 1

2

U,I

5

– 2

6 –

+24V

4

OUT

passive

GND 1

3

IN

5 +

active

TC

GND 2

6

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
GND 2

FM
POWER

Universal measuring transducer for
thermocouples

+24V

Zone 2



Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of thermocouple
signals.
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584
and GOST
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Configurable via DIP switches and
software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: TC sensor type J
IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation
“ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA
output; error evaluation according to
NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds on any error.

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA
< 17.5 V

< 31.5 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
0.1 % * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1 % > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L,
U, M Gost, L Gost) 0.2 % * 600 K / set measuring range;
0.2 % > 600 K (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

GL

Information on the programming adapters can be found on
page 89

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L
-250 °C ... 2500 °C (range depends on sensor type, range can be set
freely via software or in increments via DIP switches)
min. 50 K
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
approx. 12.3 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Notes:

Technical data

< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
≤ 0.01 %/K
typ. 400 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
GL applied for

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples
Standard configuration

Screw connection

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Sensor type

Standard

Measuring range

Sensor type

Standard

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T

IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1

+500°C ... +1820°C
-230°C ... +1000°C
-210°C ... +1200°C
-250°C ... +1372°C
-200°C ... +1300°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-200°C ... +400°C

L
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +900°C
U
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +600°C
A-1
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +2500°C
A-2
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
A-3
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
M
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +100°C
L
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +800°C
Customer-specific characteristic curves

MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC

Accessories

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2902851

1

2811271

1

Measuring range

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

107

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Temperature,
temperature transducer for
type J and K thermocouples
IN

Sensor / Field

1

OUT

1

PLC / DCS

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
TC
2

3

+ 2
– 3

U,I

6 –

+24V

4

IN

passive

GND 1

D W
H

6

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +1350°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of
thermocouple signals to create standard
signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +1350°C
– For J and K thermocouples according to
IEC 584-1
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range

Technical data

Thermocouples, type J, K (IEC 584-1)
Type J: -150 °C ... 1200 °C (configurable)
Type K: -150 °C ... 1350 °C
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
approx. 12.5 V
approx. 10 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measuring range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2%; ((150 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.1)%

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
< 0.02 %/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC

2864448
2864299

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer, for thermocouples
Order configuration
Unconfigured

Screw connection
Screw connection

1
1

Order key MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
formation 1) certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
J
/
0
/
1000
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
J = Type J
0
Range
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
MINI MCR-SL-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA
B
Yes
= with FCC (a fee
TC-UI
is charged)
K = Type K
-20
OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V
C
-30
OUT05 = 0 ... 5 V
D
-40
0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750 ... 1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20 ... 4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10 ... 0 V

Order No.
2864448

1)

Sensor type

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

108

PHOENIX CONTACT

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
A
B
C
D

Underrange
0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3.5 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Frequency
Frequency transducer
for up to 80 kHz
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

Teach In

1

NAMUR

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
4

IN

2

3

2

NPN
PNP
U,I

4

OUT

NPN

4

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

PNP

GND 1

GND 3

6

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
3

FM
POWER

GND 2

Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz

+24V

4

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Configurable 3-way isolated frequency
transducer.
– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR
proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a
frequency signal
– The device is configured via DIP switches
– Frequency range is freely adjustable via a
press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration:
NAMUR sensor; mean-value generation
“OFF”; 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency
range; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation
NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds on any error
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input sources

Technical data

NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch)
0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (teach-in wheel)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Frequency measuring range
Maximum input signal
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error of the set measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

0.1 %
0.01 %/K
< 35 ms (at f > 500 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
GL applied for

Ordering data
Description
MCR frequency transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC

2902832
2902833

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

109

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Frequency
Analog frequency transducer

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS
supply
max. 30VDC

+ 1

GND

2

U,I

f

– 2

– 4

OUT

+

OUT

5 +

GND 1

6 –

+24V

GND 3

POWER

max. 20mA

GND 2

+24V

–

5

passive

+ 3

IN

IN U,I

4-wire

6

7 +

GND 3

RL

GND – OUT +

OUT
1
U,I
US

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
frequency and PWM output

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2


Ex: 

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact analog-to-frequency
transducer for electrical isolation,
amplification, conversion, and filtering of
standard signals to create frequencies or
PWM signals
– Configurable interference suppression
filter
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
– PWM output of 5 ... 95%
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Minimum load
Load current maximum
Maximum switching voltage
Overrange/underrange
Protective circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Technical data

U input
I input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA 30 V DC
100 mA
approx. 110 kΩ
approx. 50 Ω
Frequency output
PWM output
0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz
7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit)
0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz
1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit)
0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit)
0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz
122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit)
4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
20 mA
30 V
Can be set (via DIP switch)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 10 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 200 mW
≤ 0.1 % (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2 %)
< 0.02 %/K
< 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter)
< 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description
MCR Analog frequency transducer
Frequency output
T

T

T

T

T

T

Variable frequency / Period duration T

PWM output (pulse width modulation)
T

T

T

T

T

T

Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T

110

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP

2864082
2810243

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Potentiometers
Potiposition transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

IN

1

PLC / DCS

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2

2

3

3

IN

IN

6

7 +

GND 2

OUT

U,I

6 –

+24V

4

R

IN

passive

GND 1

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
automatic potentiometer detection

+24V
GND 2

POWER

Zone 2


Ex: 

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact potiposition transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion,
amplification, and filtering of
potentiometer positions to create
standard signals
– Automatic potentiometer detection
without manual adjustment
– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ
– Configurable measuring range and output
signals
– A potentiometer sub-range can be
linearized via the “teach-in” switch on the
device
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Potentiometer
Reference voltage source
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Technical data

100 Ω ... 100 kΩ
< 3.6 V
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
12.5 V
approx. 10 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
0 % ... 105 % (configurable)

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
approx. 12.5 V
< 500 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
< 0.2 %
< 0.02 %/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description
MCR potiposition transducer

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP

2864095
2810256

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Lifting platform

M

Actuator motor

ACTUAL TARGET
0...10 V 0...10 V

Potentiometer

1

2

3

4

OUT

Controller
Control system

5

GND1

6

UB +
GND2
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI

7

8

24V
Mains voltage

Height adjustment of a lifting platform with
setpoint and actual value control

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

111

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

1

IN

PLC / DCS

OUT 1

5

5

13
DI 1

2

– 2

1
3

OUT 1

IN

+24V

OUT 2

6

6

14

7 +

D W
H

2
1

IN

4

OUT 2

GND

OUT

8 –

2

3
+24V

POWER

13
DI 2

GND
4

14

Zone 2


Ex: 

Configurable,
for NAMUR sensors and
floating contacts

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact signal conditioner for
electrical isolation, amplification, and
duplication of proximity sensor signals
– For proximity sensors in accordance with
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227
– Floating contacts and contacts with
resistance circuit can be connected
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– N/O contacts at output
– Second output can be used as a doubler
or error signaling output
– 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current
and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)
– Error signaling via diagnostics LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Input data
Input signal

Technical data

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points (in acc. with IEC 60947-5-6)
Line fault detection
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Min. contact current
Switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

8.2 V DC 10 %
< 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
> 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
< 0.35 mA (in the event of an open circuit)
2 N/O contacts
Hard gold-plated AgNi
250 V AC
2A
1 mA (at 5 V DC)
0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A)
10 Hz (without load)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA
< 600 mW
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description
MCR NAMUR signal conditioner

112

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP

2864105
2810269

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Limit values,
threshold value switch

OUT
5
U,I
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 5

6

– 6
+ 7

U,I

1

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U,I

PLC / DCS

– 8

OUT

POWER

GND 1

2

+24V

3

2

14

3

11

4

12

D W
H

GND 2
4

Configurable,
with relay PDT output

GND 2
+24V

Zone 2


Ex:  

Housing width 6.2 mm

– Highly compact threshold value switch for
switching analog limit values
– Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can
be configured via DIP switches
– Limit value can be freely adjusted via
potentiometer on front
– 3-way isolation
– PDT relay at output
– Operating current/quiescent current
switchover
– Status and error signaling via two
diagnostics LEDs
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (DIN rail connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found from page 116

Technical data

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
0 ... 10 V

I input
0 ... 20 mA

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Specification of the switching point
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch)

30 V
> 100 kΩ
With 25-speed potentiometer

100 mA
50 Ω

Operating and closed-circuit current behavior
Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP
switch)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Linearity error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
UL, USA
UL, Canada
GL

Can be selected via DIP switch
0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s)

1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC
2A
0.1 %; 1 %; 2.5 %; 5 %

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC ±15 %
< 14 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 330 mW (at 24 V DC)
< 0.02 %/K
< 35 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T5
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC T5 Gc
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description
MCR threshold value switch

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP

2864480
2864493

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

113

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories,
constant voltage source

OUT

+ 1
– 2
+ 3

POWER

– 4

OUT U

GND 1

+24V

OUT

OUT U

5 +

GND 1

6 –

+24V

GND 2

7 +

GND 2

OUT

IN
UCV

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
output signals: 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V

+24V
GND 2

Zone 2



Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

– Constant voltage source for
potentiometers, measuring bridges,
encoders
– Highly precise
– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply
can be provided via the foot element
(DIN rail connector)
– Standard configuration:
Output 10 V DC

Input data
Input signal
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Short-circuit current
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

9.6 ... 30 V
10 V DC
7.5 V DC
5 V DC
2.5 V DC
approx. 32 mA
< 20 mVPP
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 600 mW (at 24 V IN)
≤ 0.1 % (of final value)
< 0.01 %/K, typ. < 0.002 %/K
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Ordering data
Description
MCR constant voltage source

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC

2902822
2902823

1
1

2940252
2942124

10
10

Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer, for individual setpoint definition
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ

114

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
Programming adapter
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-Port interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM
software or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog,
MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog.



Ex: 

Technical data
General data
EMC note

Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

Type

Order No.

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

115

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
Feed-through terminal block
– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1
forwarding of signals in the MINI Analog
group
– For plugging gaps in system cabling with
the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there
are fewer than eight signals
– Used in conjunction with the
MINI Analog multiplexer
– For direct mounting in the case of
applications without signal conversion
and without electrical isolation

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

OUT

5

6

OUT

IN

3

PLC / DCS

OUT

IN

2

4

1:1

IN

OUT

IN

D W
H

7

8

1:1 connection
Technical data
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
GL

IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block

Screw connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-TB

2811420

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Accessories
Fault signaling module
IN

Fault monitoring module for evaluating
and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system.
– Monitoring of supply voltages of
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power
terminals
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– The error is reported via an N/C contact
– Standard configuration: group error
detection “ON”; redundancy monitoring
“ON“; relay “active”

1

OUT

2
OUT RC

+ 1
+24V

PWR 1
IN

OUT RC

– 2

+ 3
+24V

5 +
FAULT
CONTACT
6 –

7 +
PWR
OUT
8 –

PWR 1
IN

– 4

+24V

FM

– +
+24V

D W
H

Zone 2

Group error indication and
supply monitoring
Technical data
Input data/output data
Input signal
Output signal
Output signal maximum current
Switching output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Test voltage input/output
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
8.8 V DC ... 29.2 V DC
2A
30 V AC/DC
50 mA
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Class A product, see page 625

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

116

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog fault signaling module
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC

2902961
2902962

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
Power terminal
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules
– The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power
terminal is used to supply the supply
voltage to the DIN rail connector
– Monitoring of supplies in combination
with the fault monitoring module
– Flexible redundant supply from one or
both module sides
– Extended supply voltage range from
0 ... 30 V DC

IN

1

OUT FM

2

3

4

+ 1

+24V

IN
5 +
PWR 1
IN
6 –

PWR 1
IN / OUT-FM

– 2

+ 3
+24V

7 +
PWR 2
IN
8 –

PWR 2
IN / OUT-FM

– 4

+24V

+24V

D W
H

PWR OUT

– +
+24V

Zone 2

Power terminal, can be monitored
Technical data
Input data/output data
Input voltage range
Output voltage
Output current
General data
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

0 V DC ... 30 V DC
Input voltage - 0.8 V
≤2A
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
GL applied for

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI Analog power terminal
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP

2902958
2902959

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Accessories
Marking material
– Flexible marking system with hinged
transparent cover and matching insert
strips
– Transparent cover that can be snapped
onto the module instead of the standard
cover
– Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets
– Marking option for standard cover in the
form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking
labels

Transparent cover with insert strips
Ordering data
Description
Hinged transparent cover, for marking MINI Analog modules with
insert strips

Type

MINI MCR DKL

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2308111

10

2810272

10

Accessories
Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover

MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL

Zack marker strip, flat
UniCard sheets, for marker groove

ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5)
UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

117

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connector
– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduces wiring costs
– Module replacement without interrupting
the supply to the remaining modules
(hot swappable)
– One DIN rail connector for two
MINI Analog modules
For bridging the supply voltage
Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage,
can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with
UL approval
Color: green

Accessories
Power terminal
IN

IN

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (DIN rail connector) where
DC voltages of up to 30 V are already
available
– Option of redundant supply decoupled
from diode
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 2 A
– Status and error signaling via diagnostics
LEDs

+ 1
+24V

5

+

PWR 1 IN

PWR 2 IN
6

– 2
3

+24V

–
7

4

8

D W
H

PWR OUT

– +
+24V

Zone 2

Redundant supply for existing 24 V

Notes:
Recommended fuse for power terminal:
Fuse in acc. with IEC 60127-2/V
Nominal current: 2.5 A
Characteristics: slow-blow
(e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse)

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Input voltage - 0.8 V
≤2A
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

118

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR power terminal
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

MINI MCR-SL-PTB
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP

2864134
2864147

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-... DIN rail connector
– For bridging the supply voltage when
using a MINI POWER system power
supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, two ME 17,5 TBUS DIN rail
connectors are required. This allows you to establish the
connection to the ME 6,2 TBUS DIN rail connector of the
MINI Analog system and provide an effective power supply.

For system power supply
Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2709561

10

DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply

Accessories
System power supply

H
W

D

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
DIN rail connector where AC voltages
are available
– Nominal input voltage range
100 ... 240 V AC
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostics
LEDs

For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Ordering data
Description
System power supply, primary-switched, with zone 2 approval.
Further information can be found in Catalog 6, Surge protection and
power supplies.
System power supply, primary-switched (not for zone 2)
Further information can be found in Catalog 6, Surge protection and
power supplies.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX

2866653

1

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5

2866983

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

119

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
System cabling
A high number of channels enables analog
signal transmission across 6 mm in a
confined space for many applications. In this
kind of context, in particular, it is really
important to have access to wiring
solutions that avoid errors and are timeefficient, thereby cutting costs.
The MINI Analog system cabling solution
allows you to wire up to eight channels
quickly, easily, and without errors.
System cabling can take various forms.
System cabling with a front adapter
This includes:
– A 16-pos. FLK cable
– The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
modules
– A front adapter that needs to be
specifically selected based on the analog
card of the controller
With this solution, all you need to do is
connect the components together. There is
virtually no wiring effort involved. What's
more, it completely rules out wiring errors,
as the pre-assembled components ensure
correct assignment by virtue of their design.
System cabling without a front
adapter
The version that does not require the use
of a front adapter is the ideal addition.
This solution involves using a 16-pos.
FLK cable with open ends on one side. The
open ends are fitted with ferrules and are
numbered. This allows you to create a
system cabling connection to virtually any
module without having to fit a front
adapter. The other advantage is that you
can implement system cabling on the
module side quickly, easily, and without
errors.

V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog

16-pos. FLK cable

Front adapter for analog card

System cabling with a front adapter

The tables below are designed to serve as
a configuration aid. Details of other
solutions are available on the Internet or on
request.

Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling
Controller

Analog card

Siemens
SIMATIC S7-300 /
ET 200 M

6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0
6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0

Yokogawa
Centum CS 3000 R3

Front adapter

FLK cable

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog

FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 606)

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 122)

CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 535)

2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 122)

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 522)

6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0
(for current signals)

FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 523)

6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0
(for current signals)

FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 523)

AAI 141
Not required
AAI 143

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 602)
Miscellaneous controllers /
actuators / sensors

All cards

Not required

or alternatively
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M
(molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 602)

120

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 122)

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog

V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog

Plug-in connection

16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with
open ends

Innovative concept

System cabling without a front adapter

Innovative concept
Thanks to its innovative design concept,
the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI
Analog system adapter can be used on both
the input and output side. Consequently,
there is nothing at all to prevent you from
using the same components for system
cabling on both output and input modules.
Complete flexibility
The proven FLK cable series offers
complete flexibility in terms of selection
and is the ideal solution for system cabling
with a front adapter. The flat and flexible
plug connections mean that the products
can be easily installed in any analog module.

Increased protection
The new VIP cables with molded FLK
plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh
industrial environments. If you opt for
system cabling without a front adapter,
you can enjoy all the advantages of the new
VIP cables on the system adapter side.

Complete flexibility

Addition
If the application demands a form of
system cabling with fewer than eight
channels, the MINI MCR-SL-TB feedthrough terminal block (page 116)
represents the perfect addition.

Increased protection

Addition

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

121

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog system adapter
– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to
unique plug-in concept
– System cabling on PLC side
– Plug and Play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduces wiring costs and errors

System adapter


Ex: 

Housing width 50.4 mm

Technical data

General data
Contact resistance
Current carrying capacity
Test voltage
Vibration resistance
Surge voltage category / Pollution degree
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to the signal level
Insertion/withdrawal cycles (system adapter / FLK 16)
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

< 10 mΩ
≤1A
≤ 0.7 g
III / 2
-20 °C ... 60 °C
PBT
50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm
Flat-ribbon cable connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13
10 / ≥ 200

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2811268

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System adapter, for MINI Analog modules with screw connection

MINI Analog system cabling

122

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories,
MINI Analog multiplexer

AO
1 2

1xIOUT
IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 2 3
PWR I
In Out

4

5

6

7

8

BIT1
BIT2
BIT3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

POWER

8xIIN

OUT
3xDO
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
D1+ D1- D2+ D2- D3+ D3-

FLK pin strip assignment

Ex: 
Housing width 50.4 mm

Technical data

– Generates an analog output from up to
eight analog input signals – parallel analog
signals are transmitted serially via a cable
– The desired number of channels is
selected via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or
2 channels).
– The channel currently switched is
indicated as a bit pattern via three digital
outputs
– Two clock cycles for execution can be
selected via DIP switches (one or twosecond clock)
– Supplied by an output loop
– For 4 ... 20 mA current signals
– Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog
modules with screw connection technology
– Huge reduction in analog inputs at
controllers
– System cabling on the output side using
pre-assembled FLK cables with open
ends.

Input data
Description
Can be configured/parameterized
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Switching cycles
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Status indication active input
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to control level
Insertion/withdrawal cycles (system adapter / FLK 16)
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

2, 4, 6 or 8-channel (can be selected)
Via DIP switches
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
2 or 1 sec. (can be selected)
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
(Usupply - 7 V) / I max
1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected)
3 x PNP optocouplers
30 V DC
7 V DC ... 30 V DC (loop-powered)
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 24 mW (without signal current)
0.3 % (0.1%, typical)
< 0.01 %/K
-20 °C ... 65 °C
PBT
50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm
Flat-ribbon cable connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13
10 / ≥ 200
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

Ordering data

Notes:
For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding
number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 16

2811815

1

2811420

1

Accessories

1 x Analog IN

MINI Analog feed-through terminal block

MINI MCR-SL-TB

For round cable with one open end, see “System cabling for
controllers” section
For round cable with one open end, see “System cabling for
controllers” section

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

Controller
8 x Analog IN

Power
MINI MCR-SL-MUX..

....

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI

AO

4...20 mA
DO
DO
DO

00
t0 l1
Bi nne
a
Ch ve
ti
Ac

Controller

3 x Digital IN

Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one
analog control input

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

123

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Termination Carriers for
MINI Analog signal conditioners

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... Termination Carriers are
compact solutions for conveniently and
smoothly connecting standard DIN rail
signal conditioners from the MINI Analog
series to input/output cards of automation
systems using system cables.
The most compact signal conditioners
combined with the most compact and
flexible module carriers on the market
enable you to achieve a hitherto
unparalleled packing density in your control
cabinet together with professional system
cabling.

Compact
– The compact design associated with
MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
the control cabinet
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from signal
conditioners
– PCB without active electronics
– Redundant supply via separate DIN rail
module
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
Flexible
– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in cable sets
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any
controller or higher-level control system
– Solutions tailored to your requirements
on request
– Available pre-assembled with modules
and wired, or for self-assembly

124

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Termination Carriers for
MINI Analog signal conditioners
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
universal Termination Carrier is a compact
solution which connects signal conditioners
from the MINI Analog series to analog or
binary input/output cards of automation
systems.
In conjunction with the
MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer,
the TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI
Termination Carrier version also allows
communication between HART-capable
field devices and a management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
signal conditioners
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a
37-pos. D-SUB connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring via
separate MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM
power terminal and
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC fault signaling
module
Notes:
Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your
automation system with the Termination Carrier for MINI Analog.
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI (Order No. 2902933) is not a class
A product.



Ex: 
Housing width 136 mm

Technical data

General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Max. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Rated surge voltage
Clearance and creepage distances
Ambient temperature range

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (per signal/channel)
23 mA (signal/channel)
50 V
2
II
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Dimensions W / H / D
EMC note
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
136 / 170 / 160 mm
Class A product, see page 625
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

Status indication

2 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

Switching output

Ordering data
Description
Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI

2902933
2902934

1
1

2902958
2902961
2865599

1
1
1

Accessories

15
34
16
35

13
32
14
33

11
30
12
31

9
28
10
29

7
26
8
27

5
24
6
25

3
22
4
23

1
20
2
21

X1 DSUB 37

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC
MACX MCR-S-MUX

CH15

CH16

+
+
-

1

CH14

CH13
+
+
-

1

CH11

CH12

+
+
-

1

CH9

CH10

+
+
-

1

CH8

CH7
+
+
-

1

CH6

CH5
+
+
-

1

CH4

CH3
+
+
-

1

CH2

CH1
+
+
-

1

PTSM

1

T-BUS

5
6
7
8

MINI MCRSL-PTB-FM
FBS 2-6 2902958

+

-

MINI MCRSL-FM-RCNC
2902961

5
6

7
8

1

FM

PTB

PW2

PW1

F2

5 (+)
PW2
6 (-)

Alarm

3 (+)
4 (-) PW1

1
2

F1

X20 COMBICON

MINI Analog power terminal
MINI Analog fault signaling module
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

125

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog
Accessories
Surge protection
LINETRAB LIT
The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the
innovative surge protection solution in
6.2 mm housing.
Since the LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog
housing is the same shape, you can benefit
from the numerous advantages of system
cabling. The advantage of combining
MINI Analog and LINETRAB LIT products is
that it enables you to set up a space-saving,
protected, and optimally coordinated signal
chain from the sensor right up to the
controller.
The tables below are designed to serve as
configuration aids for combining MINI Analog
and LINETRAB products.
On the left, you will find a list of the
components and combination options
for setting up system cabling between
MINI Analog and LINETRAB.
For details of system cabling solutions
that can be used between MINI Analog
and the controller side, please refer to
page 120.
For more detailed information on
LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules,
please see the TRABTECH catalog.

Assembled 16-pos. round cable
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR...

V8 system adapters
for MINI Analog

LINETRAB LIT
LINETRAB LIT surge protection
modules
Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type

LIT 1X2-24

MINI Analog
Order No.

Type

Order No.

2804610

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-IDS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-U-U
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC

2864383
2864150
2865007
2813512
2813525
2813541
2813538
2864406
2905577
2864684
2864794
2864176
2864422
2864079
2864419
2864082
2864105
2864480
2810858
2810780

Components required for system cabling
Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables
Type

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Length

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M
0.5 m
2900154
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M
1.0 m
2900155
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M
2.0 m
2900156
VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.

126

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 122)

MCR technology
Highly compact signal conditioners - MINI Analog

VIP system cable
The new VIP cables provide a way of
setting up secure and robust connections,
even in harsh industrial environments.
Innovative concept
The MINI Analog system adapter does
not just support system cabling on the input
and output sides. It also allows cabling to be
installed with LINETRAB surge protection
modules quickly, easily, and without errors.

Increased protection
In addition to all the advantages
associated with electrical isolation, filtering,
amplification, and the conversion of
standard analog signals using MINI Analog,
there is now also the option of effective
surge protection.
Surge protection
Surge protection is a reliable means of
actively preventing and protecting against
system damage and downtimes. LINETRAB
is able to limit transient surge voltages
safely and without affecting the signal - all in
a compact device with an overall width of
just 6.2 mm.

VIP system cable

Innovative concept

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Manual cabling
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)

MINI Analog
Increased protection

Type

LIT 1X2-24

Order No.

2804610

LIT 2X2-24

2804623

LIT 2-12
(for 2-conductor connection
technology)

2804665

LIT 4-12
(for 3 and 4-conductor connection
technology)

2804678

LIT 1X2-24

2804610

LIT 4-24

2804678

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-IDS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP

2864383
2864150
2864710
2864163
2810874
2810793
2811213
2810078
2813570
2813583
2813554
2813567
2864723
2905578
2864697
2864804
2864189
2864752
2810230
2864749
2864655
2864781
2864309
2864370
2864192
2864202
2864435
2864273
2864736
2864286
2810298
2810308
2810382
2810395
2810243
2810269
2864493
2864095
2810256

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Surge protection

PHOENIX CONTACT

127

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog

MCR signal conditioners, head
transducers, and process indicators
The MCR signal conditioners in
conjunction with proven DIN rail housings
and plug-in connection technology offer you
a large number of input signal types which
can be converted to standard signals.
When using off the DIN rail, you can
display or specify your process values with
the process indicators and the head
transducers convert your temperature
values directly into a standard signal.
Choose the right MCR Analog signal
conditioner for your application:

Analog IN/Analog OUT
– Configurable signal multipliers to double
standard analog signals
Temperature
– Temperature relay for 2-wire Pt100
– Output loop-powered temperature
transducer for thermocouples and
resistance thermometers
– Head transducers for thermocouples and
resistance thermometers
Frequency
– Programmable frequency transducer for
frequencies up to 120 kHz
Limit values
– Universal threshold value switch for
temperature sensors and standard signals
Process indicators
– Programmable process indicators for
standard signals
– Setpoint adjuster
Accessories
– Setpoint potentiometers

128

PHOENIX CONTACT

Your advantages:
– High operational reliability in the event of
disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation
– Configuration via software, DIP switches
or display keypad
– Process indicators including mounting
accessories and IP65 protection
– Clearly legible LED 7-segment display

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog

– High operational reliability in the event of
disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation

– Configuration via software, DIP switches
or display keypad

– Process indicators including mounting
accessories and IP65 protection
– Convenient reading of process indicators
thanks to LED 7-segment display
– Process indicator programming without
software

– Convert temperature signals directly into
standard analog signals with temperature
head transmitters

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

129

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT,
signal multiplier

D W
H

OUT
OUT I2 1
OUT U2 2
GND 2 3

OUT1
U,I
IN

U,I

U,I

OUT2

OUT

D

A
D

IN I 4
IN U 5
GND 3 6

A

7 OUT I1
8 OUT U1
9 GND 1
+24V DC
GND 4
12 GND 4

10

A
D

11

IN

POWER

With freely configurable input and two outputs


Ex: 

Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

– 4-way isolation
– Calibrated reversible input and output
signals
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Input data
Input signal

U input
0 V ... 12 V (freely selectable in
0.1 V increments)

I input
0 mA ... 24 mA (freely selectable
in 0.1 mA increments)

Measuring range span
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error

min. 4 V
30 V
200 kΩ
U output
refer to the order key
15 V
≥ 10 kΩ

min. 8 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
refer to the order key
35 mA
≤ 600 Ω

Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.015 %/K, typ. 0.0075 %/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25 °C ... 55 °C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA
≤ 0.15 % (of final value), typ. 0.05 % (of final value)

CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or Non-Hazardous Locations

Ordering data

130

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration
Standard configuration

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC

2814854
2814867

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2814854

Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
0.0
/

Input signal
/
I
I = Current
U = Voltage

Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01

20.0

0.0 = 0.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA

20.0 = 20.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA

U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V

U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16

8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span
0.1 mA/0.1 V increment

Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
5.3
/

Ordering examples:
2814854

/

I
I = Current

I = 5.3 mA

I

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA

Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01

13.3

= 13.3 mA

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

NONE

= without FCC

NONE

= without FCC

8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., can be ordered.
2814854

/

U

/

U = Voltage

7.8

/

U = 7.8 V

11.8

/

U = 11.8 V

OUT01

/

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

OUT03

/

OUT03 = 0...10 V

NONE

4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., can be ordered.

Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches
Input

Output 1
0...10 V

0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 mA
2...10 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1...5 V

2...10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Output 2
0...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

2...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication

Level sensor
0...20mA
24V

0...20mA

IN

OUT 2
I2

I

5

U

2

U2

6

GND 3

3

GND 2

1

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
POWER

4

7

POWER
+24V

U1

8

GND 4

11

GND 1

9

GND 4

12

OUT 1
I

10

Controller

0...10V
15m3

24V

Mains voltage

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

131

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Temperature,
temperature relay

D W
H

IN

SETPOINT

1
Pt 100

U

2

IN

OUT

5

11

6

12

OUT
+24 VDC 3

PT100

DC

GND 4

POWER

DC

7

11

8

14

For Pt 100



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Switching point in the temperature range
from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable
– Changeover relay output
– Electrically isolated
– Adjustable switch hysteresis

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range
Sensor input current
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching current
Operate delay time
Off delay time
Switching hysteresis

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751): 2-wire
-100 °C ... 700 °C
approx. 1 mA
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
approx. 6 ms
approx. 200 ms
Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)

Error/status indicator

Red LED (short-circuit/open circuit) / Yellow LED (relay active)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Linearity error
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.1 %
< 1 %, typ. < 0.5 %
< 0.01 %/K, typ. 0.005 %/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-PT100-SP

2814948

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR-SL-PT100-SP

MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-wire system

Pt 100

SP
ERROR

10

0

20
K
30

50

40

SETPOINT
IN

GND

+24V

1 2
3 4

24V

Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium
1 = mains voltage

132

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Temperature,
temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

-

OUT

1
2

IN

I

POWER

DC
D

C

DC

5 OUT I

D
A

IN

6 POWER

3

OUT
+

Loop-powered,
programmable

4


Ex: 

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Output loop-powered temperature
transducer
– Freely configurable
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-wire connection.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); minimum measuring range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; minimum measuring range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measuring range 10 Ω/100 Ω

Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB

-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measuring range 5 mV)

Output signal with short-circuit

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange / underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error

12 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output)

Resistance thermometers

Step response (10-90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
± 0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ± 1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)
<2s
4s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40 °C ... 85 °C
any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type and
voltage sensors

MCR-FL-T-LP-I

2864561

1

2309000

1

Accessories
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m in length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

MCR-PAC-T-USB

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

133

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Temperature,
temperature head transmitter

IN

OUT

3
4

IN

POWER

I

DC
D

C

DC

1 OUT I

D
A

IN

2 POWER

5

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

6


Ex: 
Technical data

– Output loop-powered temperature head
transmitter
– Freely configurable
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-wire connection.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); minimum measuring range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-wire

Thermocouple sensors

B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; minimum measuring range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measuring range 10 Ω/100 Ω

Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB

-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measuring range 5 mV)
4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Max (Vsupply - 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output)

Output signal with short-circuit

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange / underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error

8 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Resistance thermometers

Step response (10-90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
± 0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ± 1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)
<2s
6s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
any
Polycarbonate, PC
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type and
voltage sensors

MCR-FL-HT-T-I

2864529

1

Software adapter cable, 2.4 m in length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

MCR-PAC-T-USB

2309000

1

MCR temperature head transmitter, loop-powered

Accessories

∅44
∅33

4

6

2

∅7

∅5

5

3

21

1

134

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Temperature,
temperature head transmitter

IN

OUT

3
4

IN

POWER

I
PT100

D
D

C

A

1

OUT I

2

IN
POWER

5

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

6


Ex: 
Technical data

– Output loop-powered temperature head
transmitter for Pt 100 sensors
– Freely configurable
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-wire connection.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt 100; minimum measuring range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-wire

Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Max (Vsupply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output)

Output signal with short-circuit
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange / underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error
Step response (10-90%)
Pickup delay
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Resistance thermometers

10 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K
<2s
4s
IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
any
Polycarbonate, PC
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature head transmitter, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I

2864516

1

2309000

1

Accessories
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m in length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

MCR-PAC-T-USB

∅44
∅33

4

6

2

∅7

∅5

5

3

21

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

135

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Frequency,
frequency transducer

D W
H

NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

U,I
IN

f,U,I

1
2

+8,2 V

3
4

f in

5
6

NPN
PNP
+15 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN

DC

GND 1

mC

A

OUT
0-10 V

7

U in

8

I in

0-20 mA

D

D
D

+24 V
GND

11

SW

12

GND

13

NC

14

I OUT

15
16

U OUT
GND 2

A

D
A

POWER

9
10

A

Frequencies up to 120 kHz,
configurable


Ex: 

Housing width 45 mm

– Frequencies up to 120 kHz
– For NAMUR sensors, floating contacts,
frequency generators, and NPN/PNP
transistor outputs
– Analog and switching output
– 3-way isolation
– Configurable via membrane keypad or
software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Display of input or output signal
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.

Input data
Frequency range
Input sources

Transducer supply
Signal level
Maximum input signal
Signal form
Pulse length
Resolution
Signal conversion time
Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Resolution
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
Switching output
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Step response (10-90%)
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Status indication
Operating elements
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Technical data

Frequency input
0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz
NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
Frequency generator
approx. 15 V DC / max. 25 mA (constant)
2 VPP (in case of square 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
2 VPP (in case of sine 8 Hz ... 120 kHz)
13 VPP (in case of sine 1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
any
≥ 1 µs
> 12 bit
≤ 32 ms
Signal conditioner function
0 V ... 10 V (freely adjustable)
0 mA ... 20 mA (freely
adjustable)
12 V
24 mA
95 kΩ
200 Ω
14 bit (full-scale)
14 bit (full-scale)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
12.5 V
25 mA
≥ 500 Ω
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP
Transistor output, pnp
Switches supply voltage to terminal block SW,
can carry a load of 100 mA, not protected against short-circuit
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (without load, without switching output)
≤ 0.15 % (of measured value), typ. 0.1 %
0.015 %/K, typ. 0.01 %/K
± 25 % / ± 25 %
< 25 ms
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C (for specified data)
LC display
Membrane keypad with 3 keys and LCD display
ASA-PC (V0)
45 / 75 / 110 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or Non-Hazardous Locations
Germanischer Lloyd

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-F-UI-DC

2814605

1

MCR frequency transducer, for conversion of frequencies into
analog signals 0(4)...20 mA, 0...(5)10 V and their inverse signals

Accessories

136

PHOENIX CONTACT

Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB),
1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and
MCR-F-... modules

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814388

1

Connecting cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Example connections for common frequency transmitters

7 U IN
8 I IN

2 NAMUR
IN

• With NPN transistor output
bu

npn

2 NAMUR
IN

bk

3 f IN
4 GND 1
5 NPN
PNP

1 +8,2 V
bk
bu

bn

2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND 1
5 NPN
PNP

6 +15 V

7 U IN

7 U IN

7 U IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

bk

3 f IN
4 GND 1

Incremental rotary transducer with push-pull:
• External supply of signal generator
UB = 5-30 V DC 1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V

4 GND 1
5 NPN
PNP
UB = 0 V DC

7 U IN
• With NPN transistor output

2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND 1
5 NPN
PNP

UB = 24 V DC

15 V/25 mA

4 GND 1

K1, K2 K0

5 NPN
PNP
6 +15 V

7 U IN

2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND 1
5 NPN
PNP

2 NAMUR
IN

K1, K2 K0

6 +15 V

1 +8,2 V

1 +8,2 V
3 f IN

7 U IN
UB = 0 V

• Supply of signal generator from the module

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V

Incremental rotary transducer with HTL logic:
• External supply of signal generator

8 I IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

• Supply of signal generator from the module

The external supply can
also be tapped from
terminal blocks ⑨
+24VDC and ⑩ GND.
3-way isolation is then
no longer provided.

1 +8,2 V

15 V/25 mA

2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

K1, K2 K0

4 GND 1

K1, K2 K0

5 NPN
PNP

6 +15 V

6 +15 V

6 +15 V

7 U IN

7 U IN

7 U IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

Application examples:
The MCR-F-UI-DC frequency
transducer converts the pulse signal into a
standard analog signal, which, for example,
corresponds to the number of bottles filling
systems recorded during a specified time
unit.
For speed detection, it is possible to
enter the measuring range in revolutions
per minute (RPM) and display the current
measured value on the unit.
The frequency transducer has an
automatic measuring range selection
function (autorange) to ensure the best
possible resolution. This permits response
times to be reduced to a minimum and the
measured value is optimally adapted to the
input value.

Application example:
Flow measurement

1
2
3
4
NPN
PNP

NAMUR sensor

MCR-f-UI-DC

6 +15 V

6 +15 V

6 +15 V

wh

1 +8,2 V

bn

• NPN transistor with pull-up resistor

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V

2 NAMUR
IN

bk

6 +15 V

8 I IN

5 NPN
PNP

npn

5 NPN
PNP

bn

8 I IN

bu

bu

4 GND 1

7 U IN

4-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output

bn

3 f IN

bu

7 U IN

5 NPN
PNP

wh

2 NAMUR
IN

bk

6 +15 V

4 GND 1

pnp

3 f IN

1 +8,2 V

6 +15 V

3 f IN

bn

bk

5 NPN
PNP

MCR-f-UI-DC

bu

2 NAMUR
IN
4 GND 1

2-wire DC NAMUR sensor
bn

pnp

1 +8,2 V

bu

MCR-f-UI-DC

5 NPN
PNP

bn

MCR-f-UI-DC

4 GND 1

Alternatively instead
of terminal block ⑥
terminal block ①
possible.

Dry
Contact

5
6

+8,2 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN
F in

0-10 V

7
8

9 +24 V
10 GND

DC

11 SW

GND 1

μC

NPN
PNP

12 GND

24 V

13 NC

+15 V

A

0-20 mA

MCR-f-UI-DC

2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V

MCR-f-UI-DC

bu

3-wire DC
• PNP transistor with pull-down resistor

MCR-f-UI-DC

bn

3-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output

MCR-f-UI-DC

2-wire DC (mechanical contact)

U in

A

D
A

I in

14 I OUT

D

15 U OUT

D
A

D

Mains voltage

16 GND 2

Controller

Application example:
Speed detection of a drive

1
2
3
4
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

5
6

+8,2 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN
F in

11 SW

GND 1

μC

NPN
PNP

0-10 V

7
8

U in

I in

24 V

13 NC
14 I OUT

D
A

D
A

NAMUR
actuated:
 1.2 mA
not actuated:  2.1 mA

12 GND

+15 V

A

0-20 mA

9 +24 V
10 GND

DC

15 U OUT

D
D

A

Mains voltage

16 GND 2

Controller

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

137

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Threshold values
Programmable threshold value switch

D W
H

(+) 24 VDC 1
POWER
2
(-) GND

-

9

0000

10

MM
shield
IN

3
4

12
11
14

IN

,U,I,R

OUT

POWER

I (±)
12
U (±)
13 GND (±)
14
U (-)
15
U (+)
16
I
11

D

μC

5

A

OUT
22
21
24

6
7
8

E

Configurable threshold value switch for
standard and temperature signals



Housing width 45 mm

– For thermocouple sensors, resistance
thermometers, and linear resistors
– For current or voltage signals
– Four independently adjustable switching
thresholds
– With or without electrical isolation of
input signals
– Configuration via membrane keypad or
software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Continuous measured value display
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
phoenixcontact.net/products.

Input data
Input sources

Measuring rate
Input resistance
Discontinuous control resolution
Switching output
Contact type

Technical data

Resistance thermometer 2, 3 or 4-wire system
(in acc. with DIN 43760/DIN IEC 751 or SAMA RC 21-4-1966),
e.g. PT sensors, Ni sensors etc.
Thermocouple sensors (in acc. with DIN IEC 584-1/DIN 43710):
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U
Resistance: 0 kΩ ... 8 kΩ (only 2-wire connection)
Current: - 30 mA...+ 30 mA
Voltage: - 30 V...+ 30 V

Current / voltage

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Response delay
Mechanical service life
Error/status indicator
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Status indication
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

2 Hz
50 Ω / 200 kΩ
0.1 °C / 0.01 V / 0.01 mA / 0.1 Ω
2 x PDT contact, / 2 switching points each, pick-up/drop-out
(can be switched)
AgNi 0.15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
250 V AC
2 A AC
0 s ... 2 s (adjustable)
2 x 107 cycles
LED display
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA
0.1 % (of final value)
≤ 0.01 %/K
1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
5-position 7-segment display and LEDs
any
ABS
45 / 75 / 110 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant
cULus

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

With electrically isolated input

MCR-PSP-DC
MCR-PSP

2811925
2811912

1
1

Software adapter cable (6-pos./D-SUB 25-pos.), 1.5 m in length,
for programming MCR-PSP modules

MCR-TTL-RS232

2814391

1

Connecting cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR threshold value switch, with two relay contacts

138

PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer

D W
H

Uref
IN

OUT
U

10 V

Sw

0V

0V



Housing width 30 mm

– For direct setpoint definition in
combination with a constant voltage
source

Input data
Resistance value
Linearity
Load capacity
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
4.7 kΩ ±20 %
5 % (of final value)
1W

Technical data
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
10 kΩ ±20 %
5 % (of final value)
0.5 W

0 °C ... 40 °C
any
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F
30 / 75 / 68 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2940252
2942124

10
10

2902822
2902823

1
1

Setpoint potentiometer, for individual setpoint definition
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ
MCR constant voltage source

Accessories

MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

139

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Analog IN,
standard signals

10 VDC/30 mA

1

GND 1 2

-

GND 1 3

μC

LATCH 4

U,I

IN

00000
IN

I 5
GND 2 6
U 7

A
D

0000

For standard analog signals, configurable

POWER



Housing width 48 mm

– For 0 ... 10 V and 0(4) ... 20 mA standard
analog signals
– Configurable
– 5 positions displayed
– 8 mm LED, 7-segment
– Electrically isolated
– Min./max. value saved
– Latch/hold function for storing the display
value
– Display 48 x 24 mm

Technical data

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance

U input
0 ... 10 V
30 V DC
> 1 MΩ

Resolution
Measuring rate
Input latch signal
Switching level

1 mV
0.5 to 2 measurements/second
Display stop
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 V DC ... 2 V DC

Output data
Display
Number of positions displayed
Accuracy
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Mass storage
Resolution A/D
System hum suppression
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Control panel cutout
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
approx. 100 Ω with 5 mA /
approx. 70 Ω with 20 mA
2 µA

7-segment LED; 8 mm; red
5
< 0.1 % ±1 digit (at an ambient temperature of 20°C)
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years
14 bit
Digital filtering 50/60 Hz
500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
IP65 from the front
-10 °C ... 50 °C
Macrolon 2405
48 / 24 / 68 mm
22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description
MCR process display, for measuring and
displaying standard signals

MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing

140

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

max. 19,3

24

48

Type

MCR-SL-D-U-I
MCR-SL-D-RA

Order No.

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2864011

1

2810081

1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners, head transducers, and process indicators - MCR Analog
Analog OUT,
setpoint adjuster

0000

Uref
Iref

+10...30 V

1

GND 1

2

HOLD

4

GND 2

3

DC
DC

7
µC

OUT

6
IN

D
0000

A

5

0...12 V
U OUT
GND 3
I OUT
0...24 mA

With manual and automatic ramp function

POWER



Housing width 48 mm

– Manual setpoint definition with increment
setting
– Manual setpoint definition via direct input
– Automatic setpoint definition with hold
function and 20 support points
– Flexibly adjustable 0 ... 12 V or 0 ... 24 mA
signal ranges
– Data backup in case of a power failure
– Display value parameterization
– Electrical isolation between output and
supply

Input data
Display
Number of positions displayed
Switching level
Output data
Output signal
Length of step
Load RB

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")

Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Control panel cutout
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

7-segment, 8 mm, red
4
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 V DC ... 2 V DC
U output
0 ... 12 V
10 mV
≥ 2 kΩ
≤ 10 mVPP

Technical data

I output
0 ... 24 mA
10 µA
≤ 500 Ω (up to 20 mA)
≤ 400 Ω (> 20 mA)

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
1 W (with 24 mA/12 V)
< 0.2 % ((full-scale) at rated voltage)
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP65 from the front
-20 °C ... 65 °C
Macrolon 2405
48 / 24 / 68 mm
45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description
MCR digital setpoint adjuster, for presetting current and
voltage signals

MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing

Type

MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI
MCR-SL-D-RA

Order No.

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2710314

1

2810081

1

59

max.19,3

24

48

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

141

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges

Machine building/process industry
EN ISO 13849-1
EN 62061
IEC 61508
EN 60511

Process industry
IEC 61508
EN 60511

No intrinsic safety

142

PHOENIX CONTACT

Signal conditioner
with PL functional
safety
MACX Safety

Ex i signal conditioner
with PL functional
safety
MACX Safety Ex

Signal conditioner
with SIL functional
safety
MACX Analog

Ex i signal conditioner
with SIL functional
safety
MACX Analog Ex

Intrinsic safety
ATEX/IECEx
EN 60079-11

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges

Reliable and safe
Maximum safety for your machines and
systems.
Phoenix Contact meets the requirements
of functional safety according to IEC 61508
in a standardized development process. We
take measures for fault avoidance and fault
control into consideration, from the
development and production of a device up
to device operation.

Tested quality and safety
Independent test centers are involved
throughout the entire development cycle
and audit the measures as part of a full
assessment. The certificates, technical
information, and the safety manual are
available for you to download.

A solution for every type of signal
Safely isolate, condition, filter, and amplify:
MACX Analog offers comprehensive
solutions for analog signal processing.

Analog signals with performance level
MACX Safety is also equipped with
performance level PL d. This means that you
can integrate analog signals easily into your
safety application according to the
Machinery Directive.

Maximum explosion protection
Highly compact and leading technology:
with an overall width of just 12.5 mm,
MACX Analog Ex offers single and twochannel signal isolators for intrinsically safe
circuits in the hazardous area.

Analog Ex i signals with performance
level
Also for intrinsically safe circuits in the
hazardous area: in addition to PL d. MACX
Safety Ex also has ATEX and IECEx
approvals.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

143

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
Facts about explosion protection
The chemical and petrochemical
industries involve industrial processes
which produce explosive atmospheres.
They are caused, for example, by gases,
fumes or vapors. Explosive atmospheres are
also likely to occur in mills, silos, and sugar
and fodder factories due to the dust present
there.
Therefore, electrical devices in potentially
explosive areas are subject to special
directives.
Devices and protective systems in
potentially explosive areas
European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of
March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer
directive) is of particular importance within
CENELEC (European Community and
Western European EFTA states). It is
designed to facilitate the harmonization of
legal provisions in the member states of the
European Union for devices and protective
systems in terms of ensuring correct use in
potentially explosive areas. Directive
94/9/EC must be applied to all explosionprotected devices and protective systems
placed on the market in the European
Union.
The scope of this directive also includes
safety, monitoring, and control devices
which are used outside of potentially
explosive areas, but which are necessary for,
or contribute towards, the safe operation of
devices and protective systems with respect
to explosion hazards.
The term device includes machines,
equipment, stationary or mobile devices,
control components, and system
accessories. The directive also covers alarm
and protection systems which are meant to
be used, either individually or in
combination, for the generation,
transmission, storage, measurement,
control, and conversion of energy as well as
for processing materials and which have the
potential to ignite and cause an explosion.
Protective systems are devices
designed to stop an incipient explosion
immediately and/or restrict the area
affected by the explosion, and which are
placed on the market separately as
autonomous systems.

Components are defined as those parts
that are necessary for ensuring the safe
operation of devices and protective
systems, but do not perform an
autonomous function in themselves.
European directives are implemented in
ordinances or laws at a national level.
Systems in potentially explosive areas
Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator
Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate
the operation of systems in potentially
explosive areas.
Terminology associated with the Ex area
Explosive atmosphere
A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in
atmospheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once
ignited.
Potentially explosive area
An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to
local or operational conditions (“Ex area”).
Electrical equipment
The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric
circuits that are usually located within a single housing.
Intrinsically safe electrical equipment
An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe.
Note: these devices may be used directly in the Ex area.
Associated equipment
Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and nonintrinsically safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the
non-intrinsically safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones.
Note: associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in
potentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a
further protection type.

Classification into groups
The general stipulations of EN 60079-0
divide electrical devices for potentially
explosive areas into three groups.
Group I:
Electrical devices for firedamp areas
(mines) which are susceptible to pit gases
(methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal
dust).

144

PHOENIX CONTACT

Group II:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive gas atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This also includes devices for the
chemical, petrochemical, and
pharmaceutical industries as well as for
wastewater treatment.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
In the case of the intrinsic safety
protection type, classification is based on
the minimum ignition energy of the gas or
vapor.
Designation

Typical gas

Ignition energy/J
Intrinsic safety

II A
II B
II C

Propane
Ethylene
Hydrogen

> 180
60 ... 180
< 60

Group III:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This includes devices for areas associated
with the food industry (mills, silos), for
example.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
Designation

Dusts

III A
III B
III C

Combustible flyings
Non-conductive dust
Conductive dust

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
Classification into temperature classes

Zone classification

Categories

Simply dividing the various gases into
explosion or gas groups according to their
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to
describe the gases adequately with regard
to their explosive properties.
A gas may explode either when the
ignition energy is exceeded or where there
is an excessively high temperature caused by
a hot surface. This ignition temperature is,
however, not usually linked to the ignition
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy
does not necessarily explode at a low
temperature. Consequently, devices that
are used directly in potentially explosive
atmospheres are divided into temperature
classes. Temperature classes define the
maximum surface temperature even in the
event of errors. Parallel to this, the gases
are classified according to their different
ignition temperatures.

Potentially explosive areas are divided
into zones according to the probability of
their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1
standard defines the zones containing
explosive atmospheres as follows:

The ATEX Directive assigns devices for
use in potentially explosive areas to
categories. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment
Protection Level (EPL)” is the term used
instead of “category”.
In the same way that there are different
zones, there are also different device
categories. These consist of categories M1
and M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and
3 for Group II. The categories for
equipment group II are described in
more detail below:

Temperature class

Maximum
permissible surface
temperature of
equipment

Ignition
temperatures of
combustible
substances

°C

°C

T1

450

> 450

T2

300

> 300  450

T3
T4

200
135

> 200  300
> 135  200

T5
T6

100
85

> 100  135
> 85  100

The following table provides an overview
of the ignition energies and ignition
temperatures for certain gases:
Substance

Tign

Temperature
class

Emin

Zone 0:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous or long periods.
These conditions are usually present
inside containers, pipelines, apparatus, and
tanks.
Zone 1:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
to be expected only occasionally during
normal operation.
This includes the immediate area
surrounding zone 0, as well as areas close to
filling and emptying equipment.
Zone 2:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
not expected during normal operation;
however, if it does occur, then it does so
only rarely and for a short period.
Zone 2 includes areas that are used
exclusively for storage, areas around pipe
connections that can be disconnected, and
generally the immediate area surrounding
zone 1.
Areas that are potentially explosive as a
result of combustible dusts are divided
into the following zones according to EN
60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10):

Group

Ethoxyethane

170

T4

190

II B

Ethylene
Ammonia

425
630

T2
T1

82
14000

II B
II A

Butane
Methane

365
595

T2
T1

250
280

II A
I

Propane

470

T1

250

II A

Carbon disulfide
Hydrogen

95
560

T6
T1

9
16

II C
II C

Zone 20:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous, frequent or long
periods in the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust.
Zone 21:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust is to be expected only
occasionally during normal operation.
Zone 22:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust is not expected during
normal operation. However, if it does occur,
then it does so only for a short period.

Category 1:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
Devices in this category must guarantee
the required degree of safety even in the
unlikely event of a device failure and
therefore be provided with measures to
protect against explosion, so that:
– In the event of one integrated protection
measure failing, a second, independent
protection measure is able to guarantee
the necessary safety.
– In the event of two independent errors,
the necessary safety is guaranteed.
Category 2:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
The explosion protection measures
associated with this category guarantee the
required degree of safety, even in the case of
frequent device failures or common error
states.
Category 3:
Devices constructed to guarantee a
standard degree of safety.
Devices in this category guarantee an
adequate degree of safety in normal
operation.
The table below shows which categories
are assigned to which zones:
Category

For zone

Also possible

1

0
20

1 and 2
21 and 22

2

1
21

2
22

3

2
22

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

145

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
Protection types
Protection principle

Protection type

Oil immersion
Isolation

Sand filling

o
q

Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices

EN 60079-6

Transformers, relays, capacitors

EN 60079-5

m*

Exclusion

Pressurized enclosure

p

Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers

EN 60079-2

Special mechanical design

Flameproof enclosure

d

Motors, switching devices, power electronics

EN 60079-1

Clearance from electrically
conductive parts

Increased safety

e

Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors

EN 60079-7

Electronics, measurement and control

EN 60079-11

Energy limitation

Intrinsically safe systems

i*

Electronic systems

EN 60079-25

Fieldbus systems

EN 60079-27

Motors, housing, lights, electronics

EN 60079-15

Intrinsic safety
C

Standard

Molded encapsulation

R L
U

Usage range (selection)

Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems

Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems EN 60079-18

Improved industrial quality
nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures

Protection type “n”

n**

* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only

Marking according to
ATEX Directive

Designation according to
EN 60079-0

Current year of manufacture


0344

10


0344

10



II (1) G

Intrinsic safety

[Ex ia Ga] IIC

IBExU 08 ATEX 1069

Increased safety



II

Ex e IIC T6 Gb

2 G
Atmosphere
(G = Gas, D = Dust)

Equipment category
(1, 2, 3)

Equipment group
(I, II)

Notified body, production
monitoring (e.g., KEMA)

 mark does not apply to components.

146

EC-type examination certificate

Associated electrical
equipment

Conformity assessment
according to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC
Associated electrical
equipment

** Application in zone 2 only

PHOENIX CONTACT

Certificate number
Equipment protection level (EPL)
(Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)
Temperature class,
for items of equipment
used directly in the Ex area
(T1 ... T6)
Gas group
(IIA, IIB, IIC) or
Dust group
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)
Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)
Explosion-protected

Type-tested according to
94/9/EC

Year of EC-type examination
certificate

Notified body

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

147

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
Safety-related function for the
hazardous area
The term SIL (safety integrity level) is
becoming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the
requirements that a device or a system is
expected to fulfill so that the probability of
failure can be established. The aim is to
achieve the maximum possible operational
reliability. If a device or system fails, a
defined state is attained. Standard-based
inspections are carried out to determine
statistical probability.
Application of SIL on the basis of
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
The SIL standard is used for a wide range
of industries within the process industry,
including the chemical industry, refineries,
oil and gas production, paper
manufacturing, and conventional power
generation. In addition to functional safety
requirements, systems in potentially
explosive areas are also subject to Ex
standards EN 60079-0 ff.
IEC 61508: “Functional safety of
electrical/electronic/programmable
electronic safety-related systems”
This standard describes the requirements
that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.
IEC 61511: “Functional safety - Safety
instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”
The IEC 61511 standard describes the
requirements for achieving systems with
functional safety
Compliance with the standard is
determined by operators, owners, and
planners on the basis of safety plans and
national regulations. In addition, the
standard also describes the requirements
for using a device in an application on the
basis of its proven effectiveness (proven in
use).

SIL marking on devices
The products in the MACX range from
Phoenix Contact, which have been
developed according to IEC 61508, are
marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3.
This indicates clearly that the devices may
be suitable for safety instrumented
functions (SIF).
To determine whether they can actually

Overview of terms from SIL standards IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
SIL

Safety Integrity Level
One of four discrete levels for the specification of
requirements for the safety integrity of safety
instrumented functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE
safety instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest
and SIL 1 the lowest level.

EUC

Equipment under control
Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in
production, materials processing or transport.

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failures
The expected mean time between failures.

PFD

Probability of failure on demand
The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented
system failing to perform its function when required.

PFDavg

148

PHOENIX CONTACT

be used, you need to calculate the sum of
the probability of failure values for all the
devices in the signal circuit. The values
required for this can be found in the safety
user manual accompanying any SIL product.

Average Probability of Failure on Demand
The average probability of the function failing on
demand.

E/E/PES

Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic
systems
This term is used for all electrical devices or systems
which can be used to execute a safety instrumented
function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types
of programmable logic controllers (PLCs).

PFH

Probability of dangerous Failure per Hour
Describes the probability of dangerous failure occurring
per hour.

SFF

Safe failure fraction
Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.

SIF

Safety Instrumented Function
Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.

SIS

Safety Instrumented System
An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented
functions.

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
SIL inspection
The complete signal path must be taken
into account during the SIL inspection. The
example shows how in a typical safety
application the calculation is based on
average failure probabilities of individual
devices.
Table 2 of the IEC 61508-1 standard
describes the relationship between the
average failure probability and the attainable
SIL. Here, the level required determines the
overall budget for the sum of all PFD values.

A system with a single-channel structure
with a low demand rate is used as an
example; the average PFD value is between
10-3 and < 10-2.
Safety integrity
level
SIL

The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE
Ex product ranges include products that
meet the requirements for explosion
protection as well as functional safety.

Operating mode with a low demand rate
(average probability of the specified function failing
on demand)

4

 10-5 to < 10-4

3

 10-4 to < 10-3

2

 10-3 to < 10-2

1

 10-2 to < 10-1

Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is
operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.

Example:
A sensor and actuator are assembled in
the field and are exposed to chemical and
physical loads (process medium, pressure,
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
these components have a high risk of failure:
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall
PFD
– The actuator accounts for 40% of the
overall PFD
Neither the failsafe controller nor the
interface modules come into contact with
the process medium and both are usually
located in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of
the overall PFD
– Each of the interface modules accounts for
10% of the overall PFD

Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit

Sensor
Sensor

PFD1

Digital
input

Digital
output

Analog
input

Controller

PFD2

PFD3

10%
Signal path

35%
Sensors and signal path

Analog
output

PFD4

Actuator
Actuator

PFD5

10%
Signal path

15%
SPLC

50%
Actuator and signal path

Typically, the values form the basis for a
calculation.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

149

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
Functional Safety Performance Level
(PL) according to EN ISO 13849-1 and
EN 62061
General
In modern industrial systems, the amount
of complex technical equipment used is
constantly increasing. The purpose of safety
technology is to reduce the risk as far as
possible but at least to a reasonable degree.
At the same time, the availability of
production equipment should not be
restricted any more than is absolutely
necessary.
The Machinery Directive defines the
requirements machinery must meet before
it can be placed on the market and operated
in the European Economic Area. It also
contains essential health and safety
requirements for the planning and
construction of machinery and safety
components.
However, the number of systems subject
to the directive that do not belong to
classical machine building is increasing
continually. For example, this includes wind
power plants. However, biogas systems,
distributed energy generation in general and
other process engineering systems also
focus on the statutory requirements.
For this reason, analog signals are
increasingly being handled according to the
specifications of the Machinery Directive.
Every “machine” or system poses a risk.
According to the requirements of the
Machinery Directive, a risk assessment
must be carried out for every machine. If
the risk is greater than the level of risk that
can be tolerated, risk reduction must be
implemented.

Functional Safety
In order to achieve the necessary
“functional safety” of a system, it is essential
for the safety-related parts of the safety
equipment and control devices to operate
correctly and, in the event of failure, for the
system to remain in the safe state or enter
a safe state. The requirements for achieving
functional safety are based on the following
objectives:
– Avoidance of systematic errors
– Control of systematic errors
– Control of random faults or failures
The EN ISO 13849 (and EN 62061)
standard specifies the various safety levels in
the form of the Performance Level “PL”
(and the Safety Integrity Level “SIL”)
depending on the extent of the risk and
describes the characteristics of the safety
functions.
Practical procedure according to
EN ISO 13849
In practice, the following steps have
proved to be effective:
1. Definition of the safety function
The information is derived from the risk
assessment.
2. Determination of the required
Performance Level (PL)
For each safety function, the required
performance level is estimated using the
adjacent risk graph (Fig. 3).
3. Technical implementation
This step involves the technical preplanning of the safety function, taking
possible technologies and components into
account.
4. Dividing the safety function into
subsystems
Implementation takes place in block
diagrams. As a rule, a safety function
consists of a sensor-logic actuator.

Im
I

L

Im
O

How to proceed

Design-related
measures

Figure 2:
Safety technology
block diagram (according to EN 13849-1)

Has everything been done?
Protective
measures

Has everything been done?
Organization

Risk

Figure 1:
Risk reduction according to EN ISO 12100

150

PHOENIX CONTACT

5. Determination of the achieved PL for
each subsystem
A characteristic value when determining
the performance level is the so-called PFHd
value, the statistical “probability of
dangerous failure per hour”. The safety
technology characteristics are in the
product data sheet, the FUNCTIONAL
SAFETY CHARACTERISTICS data sheet or

the SISTEMA library (Fig. 4).
Further safety technology characteristic
data is in the category, the DC value, and
the MTTFD value (Fig. 5).
6. Determination of the achieved PL
The manufacturer of subsystems states
the category and makes the specifications
on the achieved PFHd value and the PL
available.
7. Verification of the achieved PL
Each individual subsystem and the entire
safety chain must both meet the
requirements of the necessary PL. This
includes both the quantitative evaluation
and the consideration of systematic aspects,
such as proven components and safety
principles.
8. Validation
Finally, it is necessary to check whether
the selected measures achieve the required
risk reduction and therefore, the protection
objectives of the risk assessment. The result
is included in the final risk assessment.
Definitions:
PFHD: probability of dangerous failure per
hour
DC: diagnostic coverage
MTTFd: mean time to dangerous failure
Category:
B10d: number of operating cycles, after
which 10% of the devices have failed
CCF: common cause failure

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection - the MACX ranges
Low
risk

Start

P2

S1

b

P1
F2
P2

c

P1
F1
P2

S2

d

P1
F2

Required
performance level

a

P1
F1

e

P2

Figure 4: SISTEMA library

High
risk

Figure 3: Risk graph

Meaning of individual parameters:
S: severity of injury
– S1: slight (reversible) injuries
– S2: severe (irreversible) injuries
F: frequency and duration of exposure to
the hazard
– F1: seldom to not very frequent
– F2: frequent to continuous or long
P: possibility of avoiding or limiting damage
– P1: possible under certain conditions
– P2: hardly possible

SISTEMA is a product library with which
safety functions can be easily calculated. The
products from MACX Safety and MACX
Safety Ex are included in a SISTEMA library.
It is available from the product download
area on the Phoenix Contact homepage.

PFHD
MTTFd

Low

a
10

-5

MTTFd

b
10

-6

c
10

-7

Medium

MTTFd

High

d
10

-8

e
Kat. B
Dcavg

None

Kat. 1
Dcavg

None

Kat. 2

Kat. 2

Kat. 3

Kat. 3

Dcavg

Dcavg

Dcavg

Dcavg

Low

Medium

Low

Kat. 4
Dcavg

Medium

High

Figure 5:
Relationship between PL, category, DC, and MTTFd (according to EN 13849-1)

4 … 20 mA

3. 1

3.2

3. 2

MACX
MAC
C X PL
P L--EE X-T
X-T--U
UIRE
UI RE LL -UP
UP

Phoenix Contact offers a series of
services surrounding the topic of functional
safety.
It covers everything from initial planning
and startup to the modernization of the
safety lifecycle. There is also a training
concept. Dates are published on the
homepage.
In addition, all questions are answered via
the free safety hotline.

mV,

4. 1

4.2

3. 4

3.5

3. 6

DO, SIL
1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

44. 2

Application example:
safety-related temperature monitoring in a wind power plant
For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

151

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Reliable and safe
MACX Analog - safe and highperformance signal conditioners. This
product range enables you to safely isolate,
condition, filter, and amplify all the signals of
your system.
In all phases of the product life cycle, the
MACX Analog range has been consistently
developed and produced according to
standards for functional safety. Save planning
and operating costs – by combining high
signal flexibility with safe isolation and SIL
evaluation.
Even for the hazardous area
The devices of the MACX Analog range
are approved according to the Ex n
protection type for use in Ex zone 2.

Choose the right MACX Analog signal
conditioner for your application:
The universal nature of the product range
provides you with a solution for all
applications using analog signal
transmission. You are free to choose
between either multifunctional high-end
devices or reasonably-priced standard
modules with exactly the right functions.

Digital IN
– NAMUR signal conditioner with input for
NAMUR proximity sensors or switches.
– Different versions in single or
two-channel design, with relay or
transistor output or for signal duplication.

Analog IN/OUT
– Universal configurable 3-way signal
conditioners
– Repeater power supply and signal
duplicator with HART signal transmission
– Output signal conditioners with HART
signal transmission
Temperature
– Universal temperature transducers for
resistance thermometers, resistance-type
sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples,
and mV sources – also with safe limit
value relays as an option
– Configurable temperature transducer for
resistance thermometers and resistancetype sensors
– Configurable temperature transducer for
thermocouples and mV sources

Flexible energy supply
DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables modular
bridging of the 24 V supply voltage.
Wide range supply
The modules featuring a wide range supply (...-UP)
can be used in all power supply networks the world over
without the need for additional power supply units.

152

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Precise, interference-free signal
transmission
– Precise and interference-free signal
transmission due to a patented
transmission concept with safe electrical
isolation.

Long service life and high operational
reliability
– Long service life and high operational
reliability over the entire operating
temperature range, thanks to low power
consumption and self-heating

Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator
interface and display unit.

Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function

Easy installation, power bridging, and
diagnostics
– Flexible supply voltage bridging and the
option of redundant, diode-decoupled
supply and error indication.
– Plug-in, coded connection terminal blocks
with test sockets; with screw connection
or with fast push-in connection
technology as an option

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact Termination Carriers connect
MACX Analog devices to the automation
system – Plug and Play

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

153

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

US

4-wire
[mA]

4-wire
[mV]

4.2

4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT

US

4-wire
[V]

PLC / DCS

4.1
5.2

4.1
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.1

3.2 passive
+
3.1

2.2

2.2

3.2

+

+

GND
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

2.1
GND

5.1

+24 V
5.2

active
2.1

1.2

Universal,
more than 1600 signal combinations

1.1

POWER
GND +24 V

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Universal signal conditioner for operating
4-wire measuring transducers
– Analog signal conditioner for isolating,
filtering, amplifying, and converting
standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals,
including bipolar current and voltage
signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– 10 kHz cut-off frequency for time-critical
applications
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering 0 ... 1 mA,
configurable via DIP switches

Maximum input signal
Input resistance

± 100 V
± 100 mA
approx. 1 MΩ
approx. 10 Ω
(± 1 V DC ... ± 100 V DC)
(± 10 mA DC ... ± 100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 10 V, configurable via DIP switches
0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Load RB

≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Cut-off frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10-90%)
Electrical isolation

≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax

12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%)
< 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1 % (compared to the final value)
0.0075 %/K
±4%/±4%
10 kHz (can be switched to 30 Hz)
35 µs (at 10 kHz)
11 ms (at 30 Hz)
Input/output/power supply

Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-UI-UI
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC

2811284
2811572
2811446
2811556

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

154

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input

Order No.
2811284

Output

/

IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69

2811284 =
MACX MCR-UI-UI
2811572 =
MACX MCRUI-UI-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0..50 mV
0..60 mV
0..75 mV
0..100 mV
0..120 mV
0..150 mV
0..200 mV
0..300 mV
0..500 mV
0..1000 mV
0 ... 1.0 V
0 ... 1.5 V
0 ... 2.0 V
0 ... 3.0 V
0 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 15 V
0 ... 20 V
0 ... 30 V
0 ... 50 V
0 ... 100 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

-50..+50 mV
-60..+60 mV
-75..+75 mV
-100..+100 mV
-120..+120 mV
-150..+150 mV
-200..+200 mV
-300..+300 mV
-500..+500 mV
-1000..+1000 mV
-1.0 ... +1.0 V
-1.5 ... +1.5 V
-2.0 ... +2.0 V
-3.0 ... +3.0 V
-5 ... +5 V
-10 ... +10 V
-15 ... +15 V
-20 ... +20 V
-30 ... +30 V
-50 ... +50 V
-100 ... +100 V

IN06 = 1 ... 5 V
IN04 = 2 ... 10 V

IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 1.0 mA
0 ... 1.5 mA
0 ... 2.0 mA
0 ... 3.0 mA
0 ... 5 mA
0 ... 10 mA
0 ... 15 mA
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 30 mA
0 ... 50 mA
0 ... 100 mA

IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-1.0 ... +1.0 mA
-1.5 ... +1.5 mA
-2.0 ... +2.0 mA
-3.0 ... +3.0 mA
-5 ... +5 mA
-10 ... +10 mA
-15 ... +15 mA
-20 ... +20 mA
-30 ... +30 mA
-50 ... +50 mA
-100 ... +100 mA

OUT01
OUT19 = 0 ... 2.5 V
OUT05 = 0 ... 5 V
OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V

OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA
OUT16 = 0 ... 10 mA
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA

OUT20 = -2.5 ... +2.5 V
OUT13 = -5 ... +5 V
OUT14 = -10 ... +10 V

OUT21 = -5 ... +5 mA
OUT22 = -10 ... +10 mA
OUT23 = -20 ... +20 mA

OUT24 = 0.5 ... +2.5 V
OUT06 = 1 ... 5 V
OUT04 = 2 ... 10 V

OUT25 = 1 ... 5 mA
OUT26 = 2 ... 10 mA
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA

OUT27 = 2.5 ... 0 V
OUT11 = 5 ... 0 V
OUT09 = 10 ... 0 V

OUT28 = 5 ... 0 mA
OUT29 = 10 ... 0 mA
OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA

Cut-off
frequency
/
10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

IN91 = 1 ... 5 mA
IN92 = 2 ... 10 mA
IN02 = 4 ... 20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACX MCR-UI-UI

Level sensor
4.2

0...20 mA

24 V

OUT

IN

4.1
5.2
5.1

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

–
active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

+

GND

3.2
3.1
2.2

passive

±1 V... ±100 V

2.1
GND
+24 V

1.2
1.1

Controller
24 V

GND +24 V

Mains voltage

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station

MACX MCR-UI-UI

M

IN

Shunt resistor

4.2

mV

4.1

OUT

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

–
active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

+

3.2

D

3.1
AI2

5.2
5.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

GND

+

1

2.1

+24 V

–

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

1.2
1.1

Battery
GND +24 V

2

1

24 V

Mains voltage
IB IL AI 2/SF
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

155

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way signal conditioner

US

4-wire
[mA]

4-wire
[mV]

4.2

4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT

US

4-wire
[V]

PLC / DCS

4.1
5.2

4.1
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
±10 mA... ±100 mA

active

5.1

3.2 passive
+
3.1

2.2

2.2

+

GND
±1 V... ±100 V

3.1

3.2

+

passive

2.1

active
2.1

1.2

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

Universal,
more than 1600 signal combinations,
wide range power supply

1.1

5.2

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Analog signal conditioner for isolating,
filtering, amplifying, and converting
standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals,
including bipolar current and voltage
signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

± 100 V
± 100 mA
approx. 1 MΩ
approx. 10 Ω
(± 1 V DC ... ± 100 V DC)
(± 10 mA DC ... ± 100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches

Maximum output signal
Load RB

15 V
≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

35 mA
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.9 W (at 230 V AC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1 % (compared to the final value)
0.0075 %/K
±4%/±4%
Input/output/power supply

Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
IP20
-20 °C ... 70 °C
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC

2811459
2811585
2811297
2811569

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals
with long-range power supply
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

156

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection

1
1
1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input

Order No.
2811459

Output

/

IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69

2811459 =
MACX MCRUI-UI-UP
2811585 =
MACX MCRUI-UI-UP-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0..50 mV
0..60 mV
0..75 mV
0..100 mV
0..120 mV
0..150 mV
0..200 mV
0..300 mV
0..500 mV
0..1000 mV
0 ... 1.0 V
0 ... 1.5 V
0 ... 2.0 V
0 ... 3.0 V
0 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 15 V
0 ... 20 V
0 ... 30 V
0 ... 50 V
0 ... 100 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

-50..+50 mV
-60..+60 mV
-75..+75 mV
-100..+100 mV
-120..+120 mV
-150..+150 mV
-200..+200 mV
-300..+300 mV
-500..+500 mV
-1000..+1000 mV
-1.0 ... +1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0 ... +2.0 V
-3.0 ... +3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10 ... +10 V
-15...+15 V
-20 ... +20 V
-30 ... +30 V
-50 ... +50 V
-100 ... +100 V

IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V

IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 1.0 mA
0 ... 1.5 mA
0 ... 2.0 mA
0 ... 3.0 mA
0 ... 5 mA
0 ... 10 mA
0 ... 15 mA
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 30 mA
0 ... 50 mA
0 ... 100 mA

IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-1.0 ... +1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0 ... +2.0 mA
-3.0 ... +3.0 mA
-5 ... +5 mA
-10 ... +10 mA
-15 ... +15 mA
-20 ... +20 mA
-30 ... +30 mA
-50 ... +50 mA
-100 ... +100 mA

OUT01
OUT19 = 0 ... 2.5 V
OUT05 = 0 ... 5 V
OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V

OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA
OUT16 = 0 ... 10 mA
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA

OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10 ... +10 V

OUT21 = -5 ... +5 mA
OUT22 = -10 ... +10 mA
OUT23 = -20 ... +20 mA

OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V

OUT25 = 1 ... 5 mA
OUT26 = 2 ... 10 mA
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA

OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10 ... 0 V

OUT28 = 5 ... 0 mA
OUT29 = 10 ... 0 mA
OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA

Cut-off
frequency
/
10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

IN91 = 1 ... 5 mA
IN92 = 2 ... 10 mA
IN02 = 4 ... 20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

IN

Level sensor
4.2

0...20mA

24V

4.1
5.2
5.1

OUT

±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA

–
active

±10mA... ±100mA

+

GND

3.2
3.1
2.2

passive

±1V... ±100V

2.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2
≃

1.1

Controller

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

M

IN

Shunt resistor

4.2

mV

4.1

OUT

±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA
±10mA... ±100mA

–
active

+

3.2

D

3.1
AI2

5.2
5.1

+

–

GND
±1V... ±100V

2.2
passive

1

2.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

2

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

1.2
≃

1.1

Battery

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
IB IL AI 2/SF
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

157

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
repeater power supply

COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

4.2
2-wire
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

4.1

3.1

3.1

-

active
+
3.2

+

or

2.2
5.2

US

POWER

I

I

4-wire
5.1

OUT

+

2.2

5.2
2.1

250 Ω

5.1

GND

IN

+24V

POWER

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner

1.2
1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional Safety
Ex:  

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input signal
conditioner for the operation of 2-wire
measuring transducers, 4-wire measuring
transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (powered or not
powered)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to
increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA
> 21.5 V (20 mA)
< 3.5 V
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 1000 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 76 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 1000 );
< 55 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 )
< 1.1 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.95 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 )
< 1.2 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 0 )
< 0.01 %/K
< 200 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step, load 600)

Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP

2865955
2924207

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Push-in connection

158

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
repeater power supply

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

3.2 - 3.2

OUT 1
4.1

3.1

+

3.1

OUT1
or

POWER

I

2.2

2.2

OUT 2

I

5.2 - 5.2

I

OUT2

5.1

IN

+

2.1

GND

5.1

2.1

-

passive

+

+

1.2

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner,
with two electrically isolated outputs

passive

+24V

POWER

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input signal
conditioner for the operation of 2-wire
measuring transducers, 4-wire measuring
transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (powered or not
powered)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 21.5 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data
Output signal (per output)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2924825
2924838

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Push-in connection

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

159

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
repeater power supply

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.3

+

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

S2

250 Ω
S1

or
-

POWER
IN

I

I

OUT

US

4-wire

+

active
-

3.3

3.3
3.2

passive
3.2

3.1

3.1

+
3.2

+

250 Ω

2-wire

PLC / DCS

4.3
4.2
Power
–
~
24V ...230V AC/DC

POWER

– 1.2
1.2 ~

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner,
wide range power supply

– 1.1
1.1 ~

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional Safety
Ex:  

Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input signal
conditioner for the operation of 2-wire
measuring transducers, 4-wire measuring
transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (powered or not
powered)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP
switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART
impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 80 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 1.6 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2865968
2924210

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Push-in connection

160

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
repeater power supply

new

Sensor / Field

OUT

IN

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
CH1
+
4.1
4.1

3.2

3.2

CH1

active

3.1

3.1

HHT

+
HHT
passive

POWER
IN
POWER
IN

I
I

I
I

5.2 - 5.2
CH2
+
5.1
5.1

OUT

2.1

HHT

OUT

2.2 2.2
CH2

active

GND
+24V
Power

POWER

2.1

+
HHT

1.2

2-channel repeater power supply

1.1

GND +24V

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply for the operation
of 2-wire measuring transducers.
– 2-channel
– Input: 4 ... 20 mA (powered)
– Output: 4 ... 20 mA (active)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Underload/overload signal range
Output data
Output signal
Load
Underload/overload signal range
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
≤ 450 Ω (20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
Input/output, power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2/ power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
3

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
Repeater power supply, 2-channel

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2904089
2904090

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

161

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog OUT
Output signal conditioner

OUT

Sensor / Field

-

P
+

+

OUT

I

I

IN
-

4.1

+

4.1

3.1

+

+

+
3.1

4.2
4.1

GND

POWER

active

3.2 - 3.2

4.2 - 4.2

IN
-

PLC / DCS

1.2

4.2

+24V
4.1

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional Safety
Ex:  

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Output signal conditioner for controlling
I/P transducers, control valves, and displays
– 0/4...20 mA input
– 0/4 ... 20 mA output
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 46 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 140 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II,
pollution degree 2))
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
Output signal conditioner

162

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2865971
2924223

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature,
temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
-

RTD

TC
-

passive
3.3 -

3.3
ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

U OUT

ϑ

+

3.1

3.1

3x

Poti

3.2

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31

DI

4.2
3.4 32

U,I
IN

4.1

OUT
3x

5.3

5.3

NC 1.3

5.2

5.2

1.2

5.1

5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

2.6

24

2.5

21

DI

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

Universal, with three limit value relays, wide
range power supply

DI

1.4 12

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 35 mm

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Cold junction compensation with
separate connector
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on page
170

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

Technical data

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
0 mA ... 20 mA ±10 V
(in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
± 11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
according to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
3 PDTs
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01 %/K
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89
Description
Temperature transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Order No.

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2811378
2811828

1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

MACX MCR-CJC

2924993

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Cold junction compensation connector for thermocouples

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

163

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature,
temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

RTD

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

U,I
IN

OUT

I

3.3

U OUT

3.3 -

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

+

3.1

3.1

4.3

2.3

2.3

4.2

2.2

2.2

11

4.1

2.1

2.1

12

Poti
ϑ

-

GND

S-PORT

-

ϑ

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC

TC

+

14

DI

NC 1.3
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

Universal, with switching output,
wide range power supply

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Cold junction compensation with
separate connector
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 170
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
0 mA ... 20 mA ±10 V
(in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
± 11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
according to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
30 V AC (30 V DC)
0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 1.5 W
0.01 %/K
< 0.1 % (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
2

Ordering data
Description
Temperature transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection

Order No.

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2811394
2811860
2811873
2811970

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

MACX MCR-CJC

2924993

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Cold junction compensation connector for thermocouples

164

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2811873

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON

2811873 =
MACX MCRT-UI-UP-C

ON

= active

NONE = not active

2811970 =
MACX MCRT-UI-UP-SP-C

ON only with output
range = OUT02

Sensor type
/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

See below

4

Cold junction
compensation
/

2 = 2-wire
3 = 3-wire
4 = 4-wire

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R,
potentiometer,
mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see
below

150
see
below

1 = on, e.g., with TC

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

Output range
/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

OUT02
OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA
OUT16 = 0 ... 10 mA
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA
OUT25 = 1 ... 5 mA
OUT26 = 2 ... 10 mA
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA
OUT05 = 0 ... 5 V
OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V
OUT06 = 1 ... 5 V
OUT04 = 2 ... 10 V
OUT13 = -5 ... +5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the
software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely
configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-wire)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 150  resistor
0 ... 600  resistor
0 ... 1200  resistor
0 ... 6250  resistor
0 ... 12500  resistor
0 ... 50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-wire)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0 ... 150  potentiometer
0 ... 600  potentiometer
0 ... 1200  potentiometer
0 ... 6250  potentiometer
0 ... 12500  potentiometer
0 ... 50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set acc. to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output
(limit values, times, etc.)
(standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

165

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature,
temperature transducer

ϑ

IN

I

ϑ

ϑ

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

PLC / DCS

3.2 - 3.2

μC

μC
3.1

OUT

GND
+24V

+

3.1

passive
+

1.2
1.1

Power

POWER

For resistance thermometers and resistancetype sensors

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for operating resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors. The measured
values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA
or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)

Transmission error, total
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
200 μA ... 1 mA
> 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01 %/K
typ. 800 ms (with SIL)
max. 1200 ms (with SIL)
typ. 700 ms (without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (without SIL)
0.05 % x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05 %
±5%/±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Input/output
Input/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Description
Temperature transducer
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2865065
2924317
2865078
2924320

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

166

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key and temperature ranges
for the MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP)
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2865065

Sensor type
/

2865065 =
MACX MCRSL-RTD-I

Safety integrity level
(SIL)

Pt100

/

See below

Connection
technology

ON

/

ON
= Active
NONE = not active

RES01
PT50
Pt100
Pt200
Pt500
PT100S
PT500S
NI100DIN
NI500DIN
CU50
CU53

... /

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Alarm signal
Short circuit/
Overrange

I035

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

3

/

2 = 2-wire

ON only with output range
= OUT02

2924317 =
MACX MCRSL-RTD-I-SP

Measuring range:
Start
End

3 = 3-wire

/

100
see
below

/

C
C =
F =
O =

Output range
/

°C
°F


OUT02

Filter
Oversampling
/

OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

4 = 4-wire

Resistor
Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760
Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)

/

0
see
below

Measuring
unit

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
Underrange

I215

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

I035 only with output range = OUT02

0
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-50
-50

2000
850
850
850
850
600
600
250
250
200
180

Smallest measuring
range span

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

Filter
Moving mean value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

25 
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

167

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature,
temperature transducer

4.2
4.1

IN

I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

μC

μC
3.1

4.1

OUT

GND
+24V

+

3.1

passive
+

1.2

For thermocouples and mV sources

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for operating thermocouples and mV
sources. The measured values are
converted into a linear 0 ... 20 or 4 ... 20 mA
signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage
Measuring range span

-20 mV ... 70 mV
Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources

Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)

Transmission error, total
Cold junction errors
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01 %/K
typ. 800 ms (with SIL)
max. 1200 ms (with SIL)
typ. 700 ms (without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (without SIL)
0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
±1K
±5%/±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Input/output
Input/power supply

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
Temperature transducer
Order configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Screw connection

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC

2924333
2924346

1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

168

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key and temperature ranges
for the MACX MCR-SL-TC-I
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2924333

Sensor type
/

MACX MCRSL-TC-I

J

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

Cold junction
compensation

ON

see below

/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0 = switched off
(e.g., for mV
voltage
measurement)

Voltage (mV)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

Alarm signal
Overrange
... /

1
1 = switched on

ON only with output range
= OUT02
V03
E
J
K
N
L

Measuring range:
Start
End

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

/

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
Underrange

I215

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

I035 only with output range = OUT02

0
see
below

-20
-250
-210
-250
-250
-200

/

1000
see
below

+70
1000
1200
1372
1300
900

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C

/

C = °C
F = °F
V = mV

mV
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

OUT02
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA

Filter
Oversampling
/

Filter
Moving mean value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
3 mV
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

169

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories,
operating and display unit
–
–
–
–
–

Local display of actual values
Copy function
Easy guided operation
Easy configuration without PC software
Operating and display unit can be snapped
directly onto compatible devices with a
housing width of 35 mm
– DIN rail mounting possible for thinner
devices in conjunction with cradle unit
– Backlighting
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

Can be snapped directly onto
compatible 35 mm devices
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx

PC side
Measuring transducer side

-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4°F ... 149°F)
90 % (at 25 °C, non-condensing)
PA 6.6
35 / 99 / 20 mm
S port (socket)
S port (connector)
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA ic IIC T4 X

Ordering data
Description
Operating and display unit

Type

Order No.

IFS-OP-UNIT

2811899

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Accessories,
cradle unit
– For snapping onto the DIN rail
– For control cabinet mounting of the
operating and display unit

H
D

W

Cradle for operating and display unit
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface
Measuring transducer side

-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4°F ... 149°F)
90 % (at 25 °C, non-condensing)
PA 6.6
35.2 / 29 / 99 mm
S port (socket)
S port (connector)
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA ic IIC T4 X

Ordering data
Description
Cradle unit, for snapping the operating and display unit onto the
DIN rail

170

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

IFS-OP-CRADLE

2811886

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
Programming adapter
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-Port interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM
software or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog,
MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog.



Ex: 

Ordering data
Description
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

Type

Order No.

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

171

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

4.1

3.1

-

4.2

+

2.2

11

DI
3.1

14

2.2

12

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1
GND
+24V

Signal output: PDT relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

1.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
21 mA (24 V DC)
< 650 mW

Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output/input, supply, TBUS

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

Ordering data
Description
NAMUR signal conditioner

172

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP

2865997
2924252

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2
OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

OUT2

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1
GND
+24V

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

DI

DI

1.2

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

3.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP

2865010
2924265

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

173

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1
+

4.2
4.1

3.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

DI

-

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2
+

5.2

DI

5.1

+

Faultsignal

+

IN1

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

Power

POWER

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 N/O contact per channel
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
Input/supply, DIN rail connector

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
NAMUR signal conditioner

174

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2865049
2924294

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1

+

4.3

3.3

3.3 12

3.2

3.2 11

DI

4.1
3.1

3.1 14

2.3

2.3 12

2.2

2.2 11

2.1

2.1 14

+

IN1

OUT1

IN2

CH2

+

5.3
5.1

-

OUT2

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

+

DI

1.2

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 180

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT per channel
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
≤ 20 Hz (load-dependent)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 % ... +10 %, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz)
< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
≤ 1.3 W
Input/power supply

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

-20 °C ... 60 °C
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP

2865052
2924304

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

175

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2
OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

IN

+
4.1

OUT2

4.2

Faultsignal

OUT2

OUT1

GND
+24V

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

DI

DI

1.2

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

3.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up
to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with
inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line fault detection
Switching output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data

NAMUR signal conditioner

PHOENIX CONTACT

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II; pollution
degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

Description

176

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2865023
2924278

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1
+

4.2
4.1

3.2

3.2 -

3.1

3.1 +

2.2

2.2 -

2.1

2.1 +

DI

-

OUT1

IN2

CH2
+

5.2

-

OUT2

DI

5.1

+

Faultsignal

+

IN1

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

Power

POWER

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with
inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 178
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 182

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line fault detection
Switching output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II; pollution
degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Listed
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
2

SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description
NAMUR signal conditioner

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP

2865036
2924281

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

177

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

3.1

14
12 Fault out
11

2.2

–

3.3
3.2

2.1

Faultsignal

Power and fault signaling module
Power and fault signaling module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against
polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

LFD

+

1.2

–

1.1

+

PWR 2

H
D

W

PWR 1

+24V

GND


Ex:  

Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (50 V DC (0.3 A) / 50 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A))
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2865625
2924184

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Power and fault signaling module, including the relevant DIN rail
connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Push-in connection

178

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide
MACX Analog modules
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
white
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels, marked according to
customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or phoenixcontact.net/product.

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

10

10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

1

Description
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can
be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with
UL approval
Color: green

Accessories

Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control
cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range

Ordering data
Description

Color

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels

white

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

179

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

Resistance circuit
Double-level terminal block with
resistance circuit according to NAMUR for
line fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts
Important:
– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in
combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

D-UKK 3/5
D-UKK 3/5 BU

2770024
2770105

50
50

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MPS-MT
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH BK
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH WH

0201744
0201676
0201731
0201728
0201702
0201692
0201689
0201663

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors
With screw connection
Cover, width 2.5 mm

gray
blue

Accessories

Test plug

Ordering data
Description
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

180

PHOENIX CONTACT

Color
silver
red
black
gray
green
yellow
blue
white

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

181

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination Carriers for
MACX Analog Ex signal conditioners

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... Termination Carriers are
compact solutions for quickly and smoothly
connecting DIN rail devices from the
MACX Analog Ex series to input/output
cards of automation systems using system
cabling.
The Termination Carriers combine the
advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by Plug and Play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from
modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of
channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with
different system plug types

182

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination Carriers for
MACX Analog Ex signal conditioners
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-PUNI universal Termination Carrier is a
compact solution which connects signal
conditioners from the MACX Analog series
to analog or binary input/output cards of
automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
Termination Carrier design, when
combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX
HART multiplexer, also enables
communication between HART-capable
field devices and a management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i) signal conditioners
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.
D-SUB connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Notes:
Contact us: specific Termination Carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be
implemented according to your specifications.



Ex: 
Housing width 242 mm

Technical data

General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Max. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Rated surge voltage
Clearance and creepage distances
Ambient temperature range

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (per signal/channel)
23 mA (signal/channel)
50 V
2
II
0.5 kV (basic insulation)
DIN EN 50178
-20 °C ... 60 °C (please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Dimensions W / H / D
EMC note
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
242 / 170 / 160 mm
Class A product, see page 625
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

Status indication

1 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Switching output
Maximum switching voltage

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

2924854
2902932

1
1

2904673
2865599

1
1

Universal Termination Carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

15
34

14
33

13
32

12
31

11
30

10
29

9
28

8
27

7
26

6
25

5
24

4
23

3
22

2
21

1
20

X1 DSUB 37

5 (+)
PW2
6 (-)

+

CH16
3.2

3.1

1

-

CH15
-

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH14
3.2

3.2

3.1

1

-

CH13
+

-

CH12
+

-

1
3.2

3.1

CH11
+

-

1
3.1

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH10
-

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH9
-

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH8
-

+

1
3.2

3.1

+

CH7
3.2

3.1

1

-

CH6
3.2

3.1

3.2

1

-

CH5

+

-

CH4

+

-

1
3.2

3.1

CH3

+

-

1
3.1

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH2
-

3.2

3.1

T-BUS

3.2

1

+

CH1
-

+

1

PTSM

3.1

PW2
1
2.3
2.1
2.2

TC-MACXMCR-PTB
2904673

3.1
3.3
1.3
1.1
1.2

1

PW1

PW2

PW1

F2

Alarm

1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PW1

F1

X20 COMBICON

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-S-MUX

16
35

Accessories
Power and fault signaling module
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

183

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety

Integrate analog signals safely
Integrate analog signals easily into your
safety application according to the
Machinery Directive. The MACX Safety
analog signal conditioners are certified
according to EN ISO 13849-1 with
performance level PL d.
Choose the right MACX Safety signal
conditioner for your application:
Analog IN
– 4...20 mA repeater power supplies and
input signal conditioners with
2 electrically isolated outputs
Temperature
– Universal temperature transducers

Direct switching of limit values
possible without an additional safety
controller
– Cost savings: direct, safe switching of limit
values possible without an additional
safety controller
– Easy to combine active or passive analog
signals with other safety modules

Easy planning of the safety application
with SISTEMA
– Easy planning of the safety application
with SISTEMA: the required data is
already stored there

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the modular bridging of
the 24 V supply voltage.

184

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety
Analog IN
Repeater power supply

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

3.2 - 3.2

OUT 1
4.1

3.1

+

3.1

OUT1
or

POWER

I

2.2

2.2

OUT 2

I

5.2 - 5.2

I

OUT2

5.1

IN

+

2.1

GND

5.1

2.1

-

passive

+

+

1.2

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner,
with two electrically isolated outputs

passive

+24V

POWER

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2



Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– 4...20 mA input, powered and not
powered
– Two electrically isolated 4...20 mA
(active) outputs
– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and push-in connection
technology
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Bidirectional HART communication
possible
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (per output)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

4 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 21.5 V (20 mA)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (24 V DC)
< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508
Performance level according to ISO 13849

Output 1/output 2

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

2
PLd

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner,
signal duplicator, with performance level
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX PL-RPSSI-2I
MACX PL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2904961
2904962

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

185

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety
Temperature,
temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

RTD

TC
-

ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

3.3

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

GND
I

3.1

Poti
ϑ

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31
4.2
3.4 32

I
IN

4.1
5.3

OUT

DI
NC 1.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

24

2.5

21

Universal, with limit value relay,
wide range power supply

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

2.6

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

DI

1.4 12

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 35 mm

– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, mV sources
– A safety-related limit value relay, by
bridging two relays
– Differential measurement possible with
Pt 100
– An additional limit value relay for nonsafety-related function
– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Configuration via software
(ANALOG-CONF or FDT/DTM)
– Cold junction compensation with
separate connector
– Wide range power supply
19.2...253 V AC/DC
– Status indicators for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Installation in zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and push-in connection
technology

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

Technical data

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
4 mA ... 20 mA
22 mA
≤ 600 Ω (at 20 mA)
according to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01 %/K
0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508
Performance level according to ISO 13849

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 65 °C
typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
2
PLd

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Temperature transducer and threshold value switch with
performance level
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP
MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2904901
2904903

1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

MACX MCR-I20

2905680

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Connector, for current signals between +20 mA and -20 mA

186

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

MCR technology
Signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety
Configuration software
ANALOG-CONF and FDT/DTM

Input configuration with indication of the pin assignment

Relay configuration

ANALOG-CONF
The user-friendly ANALOG-CONF
software allows you to quickly and clearly
configure the temperature modules. The
pin assignment for the input and output is
directly displayed. You have access to the
complete range of configurable parameters.
You have the option to pre-configure
parameters and then import them into any
number of temperature transducers or read
the data from the device and directly display
the settings and measured values.
FDT/DTM
Configuration is also possible via the
FDT/DTM universal configuration tool. The
DTM files can simply be downloaded in the
download area for the item.

The following parameters can be
configured:
– Restart following failsafe
Input:
– Resistance thermometer
– Thermocouples
– Potentiometer
– Remote resistance-type sensor
– Voltage signals ±1 V
– User characteristic curve
– Additional analog signals
– Filter
– Cold junction
Analog output:
– Type of fault signaling

Monitoring function

Switching outputs:
– Acknowledgment, switching behavior
– Switch-on/off delay
Monitoring:
– Representation in diagram or value list,
recording possible
Service:
– Reset, password protection, display
DIP switch position
– And much more

Configuration with FDT/DTM

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

187

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Highly compact – leading technology
MACX Analog Ex – single and twochannel signal conditioners for intrinsically
safe circuits in the Ex area. The MACX
Analog Ex signal conditioners ensure
maximum system safety and explosion
protection within a minimum amount of
space. With an overall width of just 12.5
mm, this comprehensive range for analog
signal conditioning is approved according to
ATEX and IECEx and consistently SILcertified.
Safe and reliable functions
Consistent SIL certification. The MACX
Analog Ex signal conditioners are developed
and produced according to functional safety
and IEC 61508 standards. This ensures the
highest level of reliability and safety for your
systems.
Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
As associated equipment according to the
intrinsic safety (Ex i) protection type, the
MACX Analog Ex signal conditioners isolate
intrinsically safe circuits from nonintrinsically safe circuits and ensure safe
limitation of the energy supplied to the Ex
area. Furthermore, they handle extensive
signal conditioning tasks.

188

PHOENIX CONTACT

All MACX Analog Ex signal conditioners
are approved in accordance with the
applicable ATEX/IECEx standards:
– [Ex ia] – for intrinsically safe circuits up to
Ex zone 0 and Ex zone 20
– Ex n – for installing devices in Ex zone 2
– In addition, relevant national approvals
such as UL and GOST are available

Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioners for the
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and switches.
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe
operation of solenoid valves and alarm
transmitters.

Choose the right MACX Analog Ex
signal conditioner for your
application:
Analog IN
Measuring transducer repeater power
supply and input signal conditioner for the
intrinsically safe operation of 2-wire
transmitters, 4-wire measuring transducers,
and current sources.
Analog OUT
Output signal conditioners for the
intrinsically safe operation of control valves,
I/P converters, and displays.
Temperature
Configurable temperature transducers
for the intrinsically safe operation of
resistance thermometers, remote
resistance-type sensors, thermocouples,
and mV sources – with safe limit value relays
as an option.

Flexible energy supply
DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the modular bridging of
the 24 V supply voltage.
Wide range supply
The modules featuring a wide range supply (...-UP) can
be used in all power supply networks the world over
without the need for additional power supply units.

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Significant space savings
– Housing width of just 12.5 mm for all
single and two-channel devices with DIN
rail connector connection
– Space saving of up to 45% compared to
other Ex i signal conditioners on the
market

Long service life and high operational
reliability
– Long service life and high operational
reliability over the entire operating
temperature range, thanks to low power
consumption and self-heating

Precise, interference-free signal
transmission
– Precise and interference-free signal
transmission due to a patented
transmission concept with safe electrical
isolation.

Easy installation, power bridging, and
diagnostics
– Flexible supply voltage bridging and the
option of redundant, diode-decoupled
supply and error indication.
– Plug-in, coded connection terminal blocks
with test sockets; with screw connection
or with fast push-in connection
technology as an option

Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or alternatively via
user-friendly stand-alone software – with
integrated monitoring function
– Or without software via DIP switches on
the housing front or with the operator
interface and display unit

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact Termination Carriers connect
MACX Analog Ex devices to the
automation system – Plug and Play

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

189

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

OUT

IN

AI
passive

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

4.1

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

HHT
2.2
2.1

I

OUT

5.1

IN

+

active

250 Ω

GND

5.1

HHT

+24V

POWER

3.2

1.1

2.2

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner

HHT

GND +24V

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

+

1.2

Power

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

-

2.1

5.2 - 5.2

I

+
HHT

or

POWER

-

2.1

+

Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   EAC Ex 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input signal
conditioner for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring transducers,
4-wire measuring transducers, and mA
current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to
increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal

4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (20 mA)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 1000 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 76 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 1000 );
< 55 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 )
< 1.1 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 1000 )
< 0.95 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 )
< 1.2 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 0 )
< 0.01 %/K
< 200 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step, load 600)

Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

Input/output
Input/power supply

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
 I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
UL 61010 Listed
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP

2865340
2924016

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

190

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1

OUT1

+

3.2

3.2

OUT 1
4.1

3.1

or

3.1

2.2

passive

OUT 2

I
POWER

I

2.1

5.2 - 5.2

I

OUT2

5.1

+

GND

5.1

IN

+24V

1.2

+

2.2
2.1

+

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner,
with two electrically isolated outputs

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   EAC Ex 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input signal
conditioner for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring transducers,
4-wire measuring transducers, and mA
current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input signal conditioner)

Output data
Output signal (per output)

4 mA ... 20 mA (active)

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2865366
2924236

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

191

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive

4.2 - 4.2
CH1
+
4.1
4.1

3.2

3.2

CH1

active

3.1

3.1

HHT

-

+
HHT
passive

POWER
IN
POWER
IN

I
I

I
I

5.2 - 5.2
CH2
+
5.1
5.1

OUT

2.1

HHT

OUT

2.2 2.2
CH2

active

GND
+24V
Power

POWER

2.1

-

+
HHT

1.2

2-channel repeater power supply

1.1

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 1

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply for the operation
of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring
transducers installed in the Ex area.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2-channel
4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered)
4 ... 20 mA output (active)
Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
Up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
Installation in zone 2 permitted

Notes:
Information on the power and fault signaling module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 213
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Underload/overload signal range
Output data
Output signal
Load
Underload/overload signal range
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
≤ 450 Ω (20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
Input/output, power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2/ power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
3

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2865382
2924676

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

192

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i
IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

AI
- 4.2
+

4.1

passive
4.3
4.2

250 Ω

or

POWER

3.2

S1

I

I

OUT

3.1

+

4.2

+

3.1

active

- 4.3

IN

3.2

250 Ω

4.1

3.3

S2

3.3

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

-

1.2
1.1

3.2

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner,
wide range power supply

+

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

 Functional Safety
Ex:   EAC Ex  // Applied for: GL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input signal
conditioner for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex i) 2-wire measuring transducers,
4-wire measuring transducers, and mA
current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP
switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART
impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on marking material can be found on page 179
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation)

Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 80 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.6 W
< 0.01 %/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43

Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

Input/output
Input/power supply

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2865793
2924029

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

193

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog OUT
Output signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

AO
-

P
+

+

OUT

I

I

IN

+

POWER

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

3.2

3.2
+

4.1

3.1

3.1

4.2
4.1

GND
4.2

+24V
4.1

1.2
1.1

Power

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

GND +24V

  Functional Safety
Ex:   

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Output signal conditioner for controlling
intrinsically safe (Ex i) I/P converters,
control valves, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.
– 0/4...20 mA input
– 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology, with integrated sockets for
HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LFD)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
0 mA ... 20 mA (intrinsically safe) /
4 mA ... 20 mA (intrinsically safe)
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 140 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.1 % (of final value)

Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

Output/input
Output/supply

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II,
pollution degree 2))
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
27.7 V
92 mA
633 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2865405
2924032

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output signal conditioner, smart, intrinsically safe output
Screw connection
Push-in connection

194

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
ϑ

IN

I

ϑ

ϑ

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

μC

OUT

GND
+24V

passive
+

1.2

For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2


Ex:   

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers and resistance-type sensors
installed in Ex areas. The measured values
are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or
4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 197
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)

Transmission error, total
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

Sensors (2, 3, 4-wire)
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
≤ 50 Ω per cable
200 μA ... 1 mA
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
≤ 40 mA (at 24 V DC)
<1W
0.01 %/K
typ. 800 ms (with SIL)
max. 1200 ms (with SIL)
typ. 700 ms (without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (without SIL)
0.05 % x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05 %
±5%/±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Input/output
Input/power supply

Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
6V
6.3 mA
9.4 mW
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers,
intrinsically safe input
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Push-in connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2865939
2924142
2865573
2924168

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

195

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
4.2
4.1

IN

I

+

4.2

μC

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

μC

4.1

OUT

GND
+24V

passive
+

1.2

For thermocouples and mV sources

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2


Ex:   

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of
thermocouples and mV sources installed in
Ex areas. The measured values are
converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or
4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources,
[Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method,
measuring range, measuring unit, filter,
alarm signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 197
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage
Measuring range span

-20 mV ... 70 mV
Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources

Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0–99%)

Transmission error, total
Cold junction errors
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01 %/K
typ. 800 ms (with SIL)
max. 1200 ms (with SIL)
typ. 700 ms (without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (without SIL)
0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
±1K
±5%/±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Input/output
Input/power supply

Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
6V
4.7 mA
7 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature transducer for thermocouples, intrinsically safe
input
Order configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC

2865942
2865586

1
1

2811271

1

Accessories

196

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key and temperature ranges for
the MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP)
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2865939

/

2865939 =
MACX MCR-EXSL-RTD-I

Safety integrity level
(SIL)

PT100

/

See below

Connection
technology

ON

/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

RES01
PT50
PT100
PT200
PT500
PT100S
PT500S
NI100DIN
NI500DIN
CU50
CU53

... /

3

/

0

2 = 2-wire

Alarm signal
Short circuit/
overrange

I035

/

/

Output range

C

see
below

0
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-50
-50

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange

C =
F =
O =

/

OUT02

°C
°F


Filter
Oversampling
/

10

OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA

1
3
5
7
10
20

OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA

Smallest measuring
range span

2000
850
850
850
850
600
600
250
250
200
180

Filter
Moving average value

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

25 
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K


°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

100

Measuring
unit

4 = 4-wire

Resistor
Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760
Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760
CU50 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.428)
CU53 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.426)

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

see
below

3 = 3-wire

ON only with output range
= OUT02

2924142 =
MACX MCR-EXSL-RTD-I-SP

Measuring range:
Start
End

/

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

NONE

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

NONE = without FCC
Yes
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

I035 only with output range = OUT02

9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.

Order key and temperature ranges
for the MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2924942

/

MACX MCR-EXSL-TC-I

J

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

Cold junction
compensation

ON

see below

/

ON
= active
NONE = Not active

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0 = switched off
(e.g., for mV
voltage
measurement)

Voltage (mV)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

Alarm signal
Overrange
... /

1
1 = Enabled

ON only with output range
= OUT02
V03
E
J
K
N
L

Measuring range:
Start
End

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

/

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange

I215

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

I035 only with output range = OUT02

0
see
below

-20
-250
-210
-250
-250
-200

/

1000
see
below

+70
1000
1200
1372
1300
900

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C

/

C = °C
F = °F
V = mV

mV
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

OUT02
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA

Filter
Oversampling
/

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
3 mV
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE = without FCC
Yes
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

197

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

RTD

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

U,I
IN

OUT

I

3.3

U OUT

3.3 -

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

+

3.1

3.1

4.3

2.3

2.3

4.2

2.2

2.2

11

4.1

2.1

2.1

12

Poti
ϑ

-

GND

S-PORT

-

ϑ

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC

TC

+

14

DI

NC 1.3
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

Universal, with switching output,
wide range power supply

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for
intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistancetype sensors, and potentiometers installed
in Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Cold junction compensation with
separate connector
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 170
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA
(in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
± 11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
according to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
30 V AC (30 V DC)
0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 1.5 W
0.01 %/K
< 0.1 % (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20 °C ... 65 °C
typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
2

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2865654
2924689
2811763
2924692

1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
Push-in connection

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

198

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key for MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2811763

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON

2811763 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UI-UP-C

ON

= Active

NONE = not active

2924692 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UI-UP-SP-C

ON only with output
range = OUT02

Sensor type
/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

See below

4
2 = 2-wire
3 = 3-wire
4 = 4-wire

Cold junction
compensation
/

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R,
potentiometer,
mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see
below

150
see
below

1 = on, e.g., with TC

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

Output range
/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

OUT02
OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA
OUT16 = 0 ... 10 mA
OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA
OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA
OUT25 = 1 ... 5 mA
OUT26 = 2 ... 10 mA
OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA
OUT05 = 0 - 5 V DC
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the
software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely
configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-20091 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-wire)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-wire)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set acc. to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output
(limit values, times, etc.)
(standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

199

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
-

RTD

TC
-

passive
3.3 -

3.3
ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

U OUT

ϑ

+

3.1

3.1

3x

Poti

3.2

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31

DI

4.2
3.4 32

U,I
IN

4.1

OUT
3x

5.3

5.3

NC 1.3

5.2

5.2

1.2

5.1

5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

2.6

24

2.5

21

DI

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide range power supply

DI

1.4 12

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 35 mm

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for
intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistancetype sensors, and potentiometers installed
in Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Cold junction compensation with
separate connector
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 170
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 89

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

Technical data

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
0 mA ... 20 mA ±10 V
(in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
± 11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
according to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
3 PDTs
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01 %/K
0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20 °C ... 65 °C
typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
2

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2865751
2924799

1
1

2811271

1

Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Push-in connection

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

200

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

11

4.1

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

12

-

4.2

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1
GND
+24V

Signal output: PDT relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

1.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
≤ 20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
21 mA (24 V DC)
< 650 mW
1

Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Input/supply, DIN rail connector

Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, 1-channel, intrinsically safe input,
output: PDT contact
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP

2865434
2924045

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

201

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

OUT2

OUT1
OUT2

IN

4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1
GND
+24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

1.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
≤ 20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
1
Input/output
Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data

202

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, 1-channel, intrinsically safe input,
output: 2 N/O contacts
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP

2865450
2924061

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2

-

+

CH1

3.2

3.2 13

3.1

3.1 14

2.2

2.2 13

2.1

2.1 14

CH1

+

4.1

-

CH2

+

CH2
5.1
Faultsignal

OUT1

IN2

5.2

-

+

IN1

-

OUT2

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

Power

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 N/O contact per channel
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
≤ 20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
35 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
2
Input/output
Input/supply, DIN rail connector

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, intrinsically safe input,
output: N/O contact
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2865476
2924087

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

203

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

4.3

CH1

3.3

3.3 12

3.2

3.2 11

CH1

+

4.1
3.1

3.1 14

2.3

2.3 12

2.2

2.2 11

2.1

2.1 14

+

IN1

OUT1

IN2

5.3

CH2

+

CH2

5.1

-

OUT2

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

+

1.2

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   EAC Ex 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with deexcitation of output relay
– Wide range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 180

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT per channel
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
≤ 20 Hz (load-dependent)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line fault detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20 % ... +10 %, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz)
< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
≤ 1.3 W
Input/output
Input/power supply

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category III;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

-20 °C ... 60 °C
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC/DC (supply terminals)
250 V AC (output terminals)
120 V DC (output terminals)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data

204

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, intrinsically safe input,
output: PDT
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP

2865984
2924249

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

IN

+
4.1

OUT2

4.2

Faultsignal

OUT2

OUT1

GND
+24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

1.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up
to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with
inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
≤ 5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line fault detection
Switching output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
≤ 800 mW
1
Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated nsulation voltage (surge voltage category II; pollution
degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II; pollution
degree 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, intrinsically safe input, output:
transistor, passive
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2865463
2924074

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

205

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

CH1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

CH1
4.1

-

OUT1

IN2

CH2

+

5.2
CH2
5.1

-

OUT2

+

Faultsignal

+

IN1

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

Power

POWER

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors and mechanical contacts installed in
Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current
behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be
activated/deactivated, error message
signaled by red flashing LED with
inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the power and fault signaling module as well as
about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found
from page 213
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
1 transistor output, passive (per channel)
30 V DC
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
≤ 5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line fault detection
Switching output
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
≤ 1000 mW
2
Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II; pollution
degree 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1))
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
2

Ordering data

206

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, intrinsically safe input,
output: transistor, passive
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP

2865489
2924090

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR signal conditioner, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI-NAM
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

4.1

3.1

3.2
3.1

+

-

4.2

+

IN

OUT

4.2

Faultsignal

4.1

GND
+24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

With line fault transparency

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

1.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 1



Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

NAMUR signal conditioner for the
intrinsically safe operation of proximity
sensors or mechanical contacts installed in
the Ex area.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output with resistive behavior
(transistor)
– Signal output with line fault transparency:
line fault indicated directly via output to
PLC or PCS. The output responds in
accordance with EN 60947-5-6.
– Up to 5 kHz
– Direction of operation can be selected
– Line fault detection can be
activated/deactivated
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on the power and fault signaling module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 213
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 180

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
~ 8 V DC
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Resistive (transistor, passive)
typ. 8.2 V DC ±10 % (according to EN 60947-5-6)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line fault detection
Switching output
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Impedance 0-signal
Impedance 1-signal
Impedance fault
Switching behavior
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

≤ 5 kHz (ohmic load)
11 kΩ ±5 %
1.4 kΩ ±5 %
> 100 kΩ
can be inverted using DIP switch
12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
25 mA (24 V DC)
< 0.6 W
Input/output
Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector

Input/supply, DIN rail connector
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR signal conditioner, intrinsically safe input, output with
line fault transparency
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP

2866006
2924883

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

207

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Solenoid drivers for
controlling solenoid valves
In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i
solenoid valves, you have to have an
intrinsically safe control circuit. This is
provided by the solenoid drivers that are
available from Phoenix Contact.
The following must be taken into account
when dimensioning your intrinsically safe
control circuit:
– Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance
– Solenoid driver
As a result, it may be the case that not all
valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.

Below is an extract from a table showing
possible combinations of valves and
solenoid drivers.
A complete and updated list (along with
details of the technical data of suitable
valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
maximum cable resistances of the individual
combinations) can be found on the Internet
at:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Type designation

Ex certificate

ASCO

Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Piezo
Piezo
Coil VZ07
Coil VZ33
Coil VZ08
Coil VZ09
Coil VZ95
Coil VZ23
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Solenoid

LCIE 08 ATEX 6083
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175

Norgren Herion

Hörbiger
Parker

Samson

Seitz

208

PHOENIX CONTACT

Safe area

PLC

Associated equipment, e.g.,
MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...
 II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC

INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver

Manufacturer

FESTO

Hazardous area

Intrinsically safe
equipment
 II 1 G
Ex ia IIB T6

Overview of valves

Bürkert

Example circuit

195
302 (12 V)
302 (24 V)
AC 10, standard
AC 10, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
(J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
2050
2051
2052
2053
2085
2086
3039
2003
P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65
P20 381RF-NG-CPN61
488650.01
494035.10
488660.01
488670.01
482160.01
482870.01
3701-11 (6 V)
3701-12 (12 V)
3701-13 (24 V)
3963-11 (6 V)
3963-12 (12 V)
3963-13 (24 V)
3964-11 (6 V)
3964-12 (12 V)
3964-13 (24 V)
3965-11 (6 V)
3965-12 (12 V)
3965-13 (24 V)
3967-11 (6 V)
3967-12 (12 V)
3967-13 (24 V)
PV 12F73 Ci oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH-2
11 G 52

PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 03 ATEX 2134
PTB 04 ATEX 2010
DMT 01 ATEX E026X
DMT 01 ATEX E025X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 99 ATEX 2146
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 01 ATEX 2020

Condition

700 mW/65°C
700 mW/65°C
900 mW/45°C
900 mW/45°C
900 mW/60°C
900 mW/60°C
600 mW/50°C
600 mW/50°C
800 mW/40°C
800 mW/40°C
1000 mW/40°C
1000 mW/40°C

30 V type
30 V type

EEx ia IIB T6

MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EXSL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

DO
-

4.2

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

4.1

4.1

3.1

3.1

+

Faultsignal

+

IN

4.2

+

4.1

Faultsignal

+

OUT

GND
+24V

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

LFD +24V
GND

Div. 1,2

2.2

2.2

2.1

2.1

DI

Current limitation 48 mA,
with line fault detection

1.2
1.1

Zone 2
Div. 1

 Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe
control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm
transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V,
[Ex ia]
– Line fault detection (can be
activated/deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output
– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication
possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or push-in connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on the power and fault signaling module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 213

Input data
Switching level 0 signal ("L")
Switching level 1 signal ("H")
Input current
Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output
Transparent for test pulses
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
Line fault detection
Error message output
Switch contact
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
Short-circuit-proof
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)
15 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 12 mA
3 MΩ (high resistance (Mega Ω))
Yes
≥ 9.5 V DC (at 48 mA)
> 48 mA (with line fault detection)
> 23.3 V DC
≥ 269 Ω (internal resistance Ri)
Yes
< 30 ms
< 50 Ω (short circuit on the line)
> 10 kΩ (line break)
N/C contact
30 V DC
50 mA
Yes
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 90 mA
< 1.5 W

Input/output, supply, error message output

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Degree of protection
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yellow LED (switching state)
Red LED (line fault)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.3 V
94 mA
595 mW
253 V
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault
detection
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP

2924867
2924870

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

209

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

DO
+

+

OUT

+

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

4.1

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

4.2
4.1

IN

Current limitation 25 mA

+

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

 Functional Safety
Ex:   

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Solenoid drivers for controlling
intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm
transmitters, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.
– 20 ... 30 V DC input
– Output [Ex ia]
– Various output characteristic curves
compatible with standard solenoid valves
– Loop-powered: the required power is
supplied via the control signal on the
input side.
– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail
connector
– 2-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are
available from the download center at
phoenixcontact.net/products.
Information on marking material can be found on page 179
Information on Plug and Play connection using system cabling can
be found from page 216

Input data
Input signal
Input current
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
General data
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
5.5 V DC (at 25 mA)
25 mA
21.9 V DC
641 Ω (internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms
<1W
0.01 %/K
Output/input

Ambient temperature range
Status indication

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

Degree of protection
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

25.1 V
39 mA
245 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
3

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP

2865492
2924113

1
1

40

60

Solenoid driver, loop-powered, intrinsically safe output

output voltage UV [V]

Screw connection
Push-in connection

30
21,9 V
20

10
5,5 V
0

0

10

20

30

50

output current IV [mA]

210

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 40 mA

Current limitation 48 mA

Current limitation 58 mA,
[Ex ia] IIB

 Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

 Functional Safety
Ex:   

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

10 V DC (at 40 mA)
40 mA
21.9 V DC
287 Ω (internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms

10.5 V DC (at 48 mA)
48 mA
24 V DC
276 Ω (internal resistance Ri)
Yes
30 ms

12.9 V DC (at 58 mA)
58 mA
21.9 V DC
133 Ω (internal resistance Ri)
Yes
30 ms

< 1.2 W
0.01 %/K

< 1.4 W
0.01 %/K

< 1.4 W
0.01 %/K

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

25.1 V
87 mA
550 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)

27.7 V
101 mA
697 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)

25.1 V
188 mA
1.18 W
253 V AC (125 V DC)

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
3

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
3

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
3

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

2865764
2924139

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

21,9 V
20

10,0 V

10

20

30

40

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP

2865609
2924126

output voltage UV [V]

30

50

60

output current IV [mA]

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

30
24 V
20
10,5 V

10

0

0

10

20

30

40

50

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP

2865515
2924100

output voltage UV [V]

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP

output voltage UV [V]

Order No.

0

Technical data

Ordering data

Type

0

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Ordering data

10

 Functional Safety
Ex:   

60

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

30
21,9 V
20
12,9 V
10

0

output current IV [mA]

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

output current IV [mA]

PHOENIX CONTACT

211

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories
Programming adapter
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-Port interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM
software or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog,
MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog.



Ex: 

Technical data
General data
EMC note

Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

212

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide
MACX Analog Ex modules.
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable

3.1

14
12 Fault out
11

2.2

–

3.3
3.2

2.1

Faultsignal

Power and fault signaling module
Power and fault signaling module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the
DIN rail connectors and signaling line faults
and power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against
polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

LFD

+

1.2

–

1.1

+

PWR 2

H
W

D

PWR 1

Power and fault signaling module

+24V

GND


Ex:  

Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (50 V DC (0.3 A) / 50 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A))
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010 Listed
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2865625
2924184

1
1

2869728

10

Power and fault signaling module, including the relevant DIN rail
connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Push-in connection
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can
be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with
UL approval

Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

213

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories

Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control
cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
white
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or phoenixcontact.net/product.

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

10

10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

1

Description

Color

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels

white

Accessories

Resistance circuit
Double-level terminal block with
resistance circuit according to NAMUR for
line fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts
Important:
– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in
combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

D-UKK 3/5
D-UKK 3/5 BU

2770024
2770105

50
50

Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors
With screw connection
Cover, width 2.5 mm

214

PHOENIX CONTACT

gray
blue

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

215

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Termination Carriers for MACX
Analog Ex signal conditioners

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... Termination Carriers are
compact solutions for quickly and smoothly
connecting DIN rail devices from the
MACX Analog Ex series to input/output
cards of automation systems using system
cables.
The Termination Carriers combine the
advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by Plug and Play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from
modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of
channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with
different system plug types

216

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Termination Carriers for MACX
Analog Ex signal conditioners
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-PUNI universal Termination Carrier is a
compact solution which connects signal
conditioners from the MACX Analog Ex
series to analog or binary input/output
cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
Termination Carrier design, when
combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX
HART multiplexer, also enables
communication between HART-capable
field devices and a management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i) signal conditioners
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.
D-SUB connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Notes:
Contact us: specific Termination Carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be
implemented according to your specifications.



Ex: 
Housing width 242 mm

Technical data

General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Max. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Rated surge voltage
Clearance and creepage distances
Ambient temperature range

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (per signal/channel)
23 mA (signal/channel)
50 V
2
II
0.5 kV (basic insulation)
DIN EN 50178
-20 °C ... 60 °C (please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Dimensions W / H / D
EMC note
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
242 / 170 / 160 mm
Class A product, see page 625
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

Status indication

1 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Switching output
Maximum switching voltage

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

2924854
2902932

1
1

2904673
2865599

1
1

Universal Termination Carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

15
34

14
33

13
32

12
31

11
30

10
29

9
28

8
27

7
26

6
25

5
24

4
23

3
22

2
21

1
20

X1 DSUB 37

5 (+)
PW2
6 (-)

+

CH16
3.2

3.1

1

-

CH15
-

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH14
3.2

3.2

3.1

1

-

CH13
+

-

CH12
+

-

1
3.2

3.1

CH11
+

-

1
3.1

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH10
-

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH9
-

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH8
-

+

1
3.2

3.1

+

CH7
3.2

3.1

1

-

CH6
3.2

3.1

3.2

1

-

CH5

+

-

CH4

+

-

1
3.2

3.1

CH3

+

-

1
3.1

3.2

3.1

1

+

CH2
-

3.2

3.1

T-BUS

3.2

1

+

CH1
-

+

1

PTSM

3.1

PW2
1
2.3
2.1
2.2

TC-MACXMCR-PTB
2904673

3.1
3.3
1.3
1.1
1.2

1

PW1

PW2

PW1

F2

Alarm

1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PW1

F1

X20 COMBICON

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-S-MUX

16
35

Accessories
Power and fault signaling module
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

217

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety Ex

Integrate analog signals safely
Integrate analog signals easily into your
safety application according to the
Machinery Directive. The MACX Safety
Ex analog signal conditioners are certified
according to EN ISO 13849-1 with
performance level PL d.
Universal use for intrinsically safe circuits
in all Ex zones and for all gas and dust
groups, thanks to international approval
package.
Choose the right
MACX Safety Ex signal conditioner
for your application:
Analog IN
– 4...20 mA repeater power supplies and
input signal conditioners with
2 electrically isolated outputs
Temperature
– Universal temperature transducers

Direct switching of limit values
possible without an additional safety
controller
– Cost savings: direct, safe switching of limit
values possible without an additional
safety controller
– Easy to combine active or passive analog
signals with other safety modules

Easy planning of the safety application
with SISTEMA
– Easy planning of the safety application
with SISTEMA: the required data is
already stored there

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the modular bridging of
the 24 V supply voltage.

218

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1

OUT1

+

3.2

3.2

OUT 1
4.1

3.1

or

3.1

2.2

passive

OUT 2

I
POWER

I

2.1

5.2 - 5.2

I

OUT2

5.1

+

GND

5.1

IN

+24V

1.2

+

2.2
2.1

+

Repeater power supply and
input signal conditioner,
with two electrically isolated outputs

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2


Ex:   

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– 4...20 mA input, [Ex ia], powered and not
powered
– Two electrically isolated 4...20 mA
(active) outputs
– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Installation in zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and push-in connection
technology
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Bidirectional HART communication
possible
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (per output)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Underload/overload range
Electrical isolation

4 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
approx. 3.9 V
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
according to NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da], Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
2
PLd

IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508
Performance level according to ISO 13849

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I
MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I-SP

2904959
2904960

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner, signal
duplicator, with performance level, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

219

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive

4.2 - 4.2
CH1
+
4.1
4.1

3.2

3.2

CH1

active

3.1

3.1

HHT

-

+
HHT
passive

POWER
IN
POWER
IN

I
I

I
I

5.2 - 5.2
CH2
+
5.1
5.1

OUT

active

2.1

HHT

OUT

2.2 2.2
CH2

GND
+24V
Power

POWER

2.1

-

+
HHT

1.2

2-channel repeater power supply

1.1

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 1

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2-channel
4...20 mA input, [Ex ia], powered
4 ... 20 mA output (active)
PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
Up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
Installation in zone 2 possible
Plug-in screw and push-in connection
technology
– 3-way electrical isolation, per channel
– Bidirectional HART communication
possible
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Underload/overload signal range
Output data
Output signal
Load
Underload/overload signal range
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
≤ 450 Ω (20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01 %/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05 % (of final value)
< 0.1 % (of final value)
Input/output, power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2/ power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508
Performance level according to ISO 13849

300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
3
PLd

Ordering data

220

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

Repeater power supply, two-channel, with performance level,
intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2904963
2904964

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

MCR technology
Ex i signal conditioners with PL and SIL functional safety - MACX Safety Ex
Temperature
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

RTD

TC
-

ϑ
ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

+

3.1

Poti
ϑ

3.3 3.2

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31
4.2
3.4 32

I
IN

4.1
5.3

OUT

DI
NC 1.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

24

2.5

21

Universal, with limit value relay,
wide range power supply

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

2.6

Zone 2

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

DI

1.4 12

  Functional Safety
Ex:   
Housing width 35 mm

– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
potentiometers, mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Differential measurement possible with
Pt 100
– A safety-related limit value relay, by
bridging two relays
– An additional limit value relay for
non-safety-related function
– PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
– Up to SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
– Configuration via software
(ANALOG-CONF or FDT/DTM)
– Cold junction compensation with
separate connector
– Wide range power supply
19.2...253 V AC/DC
– Status indicators for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Installation in zone 2 possible
– Plug-in screw and push-in connection
technology
Notes:
You can find the ANALOG-CONF and FDT/DTM configuration
software on page 187

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Max. switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

Technical data

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-wire
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
4 mA ... 20 mA
22 mA
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
according to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01 %/K
0.1 % (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (surge voltage category II;
pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1))

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. output voltage Uo
Max. output current Io
Max. output power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20 °C ... 65 °C
typ. 5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Class A product, see page 625

IECEx
SIL in accordance with IEC 61508
Performance level according to ISO 13849

[Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
2
PLd

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature transducer with threshold value switch, with
performance level, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Push-in connection

MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP
MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2904910
2904912

1
1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

2811271

1

Accessories

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

221

MCR technology
Multiplexers for HART signals
Multiplexers for HART signals
H
D

Multiplexer for digital connection of
HART-capable field devices (such as
measuring transducers or control valves) to
a PC or management system.
– Supports online configuration and
diagnostics for the connected
HART-capable field devices
– Constant documentation of process
variables and states
– 32 HART channels per multiplexer
– Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one
PC interface
– Communication via software tool
(e.g. HART OPC Server) using RS-485
interface
– Electrical isolation between auxiliary
energy, RS-485 bus, and the HART
channels
– HART field devices are accessed at the
same time that the measurement signal is
transmitted without affecting measured
value processing
– HART field devices connected via
universal HART connection boards; direct
connection if processing non-Ex signals,
with separate Ex i signal isolator
connected upstream if processing
Ex signals
– Power supplied via HART connection
board

W

Housing width 35.2 mm

Technical data

Field devices interface (HART)
Channels
Connection method
Signal
HART specification

16 or 32; adjustable using a switch
Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive)
HART FSK
HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible
up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1)

Data transmission display
Display error

Two yellow "Tx" and "Rx" "HART" LEDs
Red "ERR" LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)

RS-485 interface
Connection method
Signal
Data flow control/protocols

D-SUB-9 socket
RS-485
Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM

Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment
Address setting
Data rate

Max 31
0...127; using a rotary switch at the front
9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front

Transmission length
Display
General data
Supply voltage range
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Operating voltage display
Undervoltage monitoring

≤ 1200 m
Two yellow "Tx" and "Rx" "RS-485" LEDs

Electrical isolation between HART signal/RS-485
Electrical isolation between HART signals
Electrical isolation between HART signal/supply
Electrical isolation between RS-485/supply
Error monitoring
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

18 V ... 31.2 V
24 V DC
55 mA
1.35 W
Green "PWR" LED
Yes (no faulty devices / output states)
350 V AC
100 V DC (capacitive)
350 V AC
350 V AC
Processor error: “PWR” LED flashes;
HART communication error: “ERR” LED flashes
-20 °C ... 60 °C
≤ 95 % (non-condensing)
35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables

Type

MACX MCR-S-MUX

Order No.

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2865599

1

Universal Termination Carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators

222

PHOENIX CONTACT

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI

2902932

1

Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI

2902934

1

HART connection board
Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to
RS-485, with electrical isolation, DIN-rail-mountable, changeover of
data direction self-controlling or through RTS/CTS

MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P

2308124
2744416

1
1

Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range

PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P

2744429

1

MCR technology
Ex i 2-wire field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature transducer, Ex i

D W
H

– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 1
– 2-way electrical isolation
– HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX)
– Configuration using software

-

1
2

DC

D

D

DC

5 OUT 1

A

6

GND 1

3
+

Loop-powered,
programmable

4

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100
sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-wire connection.



To configure the MCR-FL-T-LP-EX device (2864574), you need
the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software, see page 226

Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Block diagram MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX

To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device
(2864587), you need a HART modem.

Technical data

Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measuring range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measuring range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measuring range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measuring range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measuring range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 23 mA
≤ 520 Ω (at UV = 24 V; Usupply - 12 V / 0.023 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA

General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error

12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. voltage Ui
Max. current Ii
Max. power Pi
Max. voltage Uo
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
Gas group
- Max. external inductance Lo
- Max. external capacitance Co
Max. ambient temperature

-

1
2

+

DC

D

DC

D

5 OUT 1

A

6

Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional Safety (SIL)

[mH]
[µF]

Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
± 0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ± 1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4s
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
30 V
30 V
100 mA
100 mA
750 mW
750 mW
5 V DC
4.4 V DC
5.9 mA
9.6 mA
7.2 mW
10.6 mW
IIA
IIB
IIC
IIA
IIB
IIC
100
100
100
100
100
100
10
10
2
12
12
2.4
T4 = 85 °C, T5 = 70 °C,
T4 = 85 °C, T5 = 65 °C,
T6 = 55 °C
T6 = 50 °C
CE-compliant

 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6
cULus
SIL 2

CE-compliant

 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
cULus
-

Ordering data

GND 1

3

Description

4

MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors
HART-compatible

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

2864587
2864574

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Block diagram MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

223

MCR technology
Ex i 2-wire field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature transducer with
connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– 2-way electrical isolation
– HART-compatible

3
4

DC

D

1 OUT 1

D

DC

A

2 GND 1

5

Loop-powered,
programmable

6

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100
sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-wire connection.



To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device, you
need a HART modem.

Ex:  

Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measuring range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measuring range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measuring range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measuring range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measuring range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 23 mA
≤ 630 Ω (at UV = 24 V; Usupply - 10 V / 0.023 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error

12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Connection
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. voltage Ui
Max. current Ii
Max. power Pi
Max. voltage Uo
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
Gas group
- Max. external inductance Lo
- Max. external capacitance Co
Max. ambient temperature

∅44
∅33

4

6

∅5

5

3

∅7

Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional Safety (SIL)

[mH]
[µF]

Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
± 0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ± 1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
± 20 µV (-10...75 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6s
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Connecting head in acc. with DIN 43729 form B
Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polycarbonate, PC
V0
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
30 V
100 mA
750 mW
5 V DC
5.4 mA
6.6 mW
IIA
IIB
IIC
100
100
100
9.9
9.9
2
Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C
CE-compliant

 II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
cULus
SIL 2

2

Ordering data
1

21

Description

224

PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR temperature transducer, smart, for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors and
voltage sensors

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

2864545

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

MCR technology
Ex i 2-wire field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature transducer with
connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– 2-way electrical isolation
– Configuration using software

3
4

DC

D

1 OUT 1

D

DC

A

2 GND 1

5

Loop-powered,
programmable

6

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Pt 100
sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-wire connection.



You can implement your own measuring range settings,
linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this
purpose, you need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter
and the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 226

Ex:  

Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measuring range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measuring range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measuring range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measuring range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measuring range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 25 mA
≤ 720 Ω (For UV = 24 V; Usupply - 8 V / 0.025 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10-90%)
Transmission error

8 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Connection
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Max. voltage Ui
Max. current Ii
Max. power Pi
Max. voltage Uo
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
Gas group
- Max. external inductance Lo
- Max. external capacitance Co
Max. ambient temperature

∅44
∅33

4

6

∅5

5

3

∅7

Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

[mH]
[µF]

Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
± 0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ± 1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
± 20 µV (-10...100 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6s
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Connecting head in acc. with DIN 43729 form B
Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polycarbonate, PC
V0
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
30 V
100 mA
750 mW
8.2 V DC
4.6 mA
9.35 mW
IIB
IIC
8.5
4.5
1.9
0.974
Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C
CE-compliant

 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4

cULus

2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

2864532

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

21

MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors and voltage sensors

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

225

MCR technology
Ex i 2-wire field devices
Accessories

Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
configuration software package is used
to configure and visualize all parameters for
the programmable loop-powered
temperature transducers.
– For temperature transducers:
MCR-FL-T(S)-LP-I-EX and
MCR-FL-HT-T(S)-I-EX
– Electrically isolated
– Configuration possible during operation
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
The computer and the measuring
transducer communicate with one another
via a software adapter cable and a serial
interface.

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Notes:

1

The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Accessories

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
For connecting the programmable
MCR-/PI modules to the USB interface of a
computer, the USB adapter cable
CM-KBL-RS232/USB can be used
together with the relevant adapter cables.
Programming with the MCR/PI-CONFWIN software is supported under
Windows 98™, Windows 2000™ and
Windows XP™.
The following modules are supported:
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

Ordering data
Description
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m in length, with USB connection, for
programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

2309000

1

2761295

1

MCR-PAC-T-USB

Accessories
Adapter cable, flexible, 9-pos. D-SUB socket to
25-pos. D-SUB pin

226

PHOENIX CONTACT

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

MCR technology
Accessories
Accessories

Shield fast connection
– For connecting cable shielding to cable
terminal points
– Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT
– Easy assembly

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SSA 3-6
SSA 5-10

2839295
2839512

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MPS-MT
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201744
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Shield fast connection, for connection to PLUGTRAB PT
For Ø 3-6 mm
For Ø 5-10 mm

Accessories

Test plug

Ordering data
Description
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Color
silver
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

227

228

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
EMpro energy meters measure, analyze,
and communicate electrical system
parameters.
Monitoring software ensures efficient
energy and power measurement.
Stand-alone data loggers are the
complete package for decentralized data
acquisition.
PSK sensors acquire the operating
pressure of gaseous media.
PSK meters record compressed air
consumption.
Current measurement
PACT current transformers convert
currents up to 4000 A into secondary
currents of 1 and 5 A.
MCR current transducers convert
currents into standard analog signals.
Monitoring and diagnostics
The SOLARCHECK modular monitoring
system is used for string monitoring in
photovoltaic systems.
RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply
systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage before they result in forced
shutdown.
EV Charge Control is the charging
controller used to charge electric vehicles
on the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
EMD monitoring relays detect and
indicate deviations in important system
parameters at an early stage.
ETD timer relays are used for
straightforward time control functions.
Diode modules, lamp testing modules,
and EMG display modules allow industrial
use of simple components such as diodes with professional housing and connection
technology.

Product range overview
Product overview

230

Measuring power and energy
EMpro energy meters
EMpro function and communication modules
Accessories
Software for usage data acquisition
Complete packages for data logging
Pressure sensors and compressed air meters

232
238
240
243
244
245
246

Current measurement
Current transformers
Current transformer selection guide
PACT current transformers
Accessories for PACT current transformers
PACT RCP current transformers for retrofitting
Current transducers
Accessories for current transducers

250
252
253
263
266
272
280

Monitoring and diagnostics
Solar system monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EMD electronic monitoring relays
ETD electronic timer relays
Diode modules, lamp testing modules, EMG display modules

282
286
290
296
308
312

PHOENIX CONTACT

229

Monitoring
Product overview
Measuring power and energy

EMpro energy meters for front-panel
installation
Page 238

EMpro energy meters for DIN rail mounting
Page 239

Function and communication modules for
EMpro
Page 240

DIN rail adapter for EMpro

PACT window-type current transformers
Page 254
Can be calibrated
Page 264

PACT winding current transformer
Page 262

PACT RCP... current transformers for
retrofitting
Page 268

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Current measuring module
Page 285

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Voltage measuring module
Page 285

Page 243

Current transformers

PACT bus-bar current transformers
Page 252
Can be calibrated
Page 264

Solar system monitoring

Accessories
Configuration software and USB adapter
cable
Page 226

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Communication module
Page 282

Timer relays

EMD
Multifunctional monitoring relays

230

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 300

ETD-BL
Ultra-narrow timer relays

Function modules

Page 308

ETD
Multifunctional timer relays

Page 310

EMG
Diode modules, lamp testing modules,
display modules
Page 312

Monitoring
Product overview

Software for usage data acquisition
Page 244

Complete packages for data logging
Page 245

Pressure sensor with IO-Link

Page 248

Compressed air meters

Page 246

Current measurement

Mounting accessories, shock protection
Page 263

Residual current
monitoring

RCM residual current monitoring for
DC residual currents and pulsating DC and
AC residual currents
Page 288

Lightning monitoring
system

Lightning monitoring system
See Catalog 6

MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents
Page 272

MCR current transducers for sinusoidal and
distorted AC currents
Page 276
Passive, up to 5 A
Page 278

Components for E-Mobility

EV Charge Control
Charging controller

HMIs

HMIs
See Catalog 8

Page 292

MCR current protector for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 16 A
Page 279

Monitoring relays

EV Charge Lock Release
Mains failure plug release

Page 292

EMD-BL
Compact monitoring relays

Page 298

Signal towers

Signal towers
See Catalog 8

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

231

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy

Energy costs at a glance
Within industry, energy is viewed as a
variable cost factor. As a result, lower
energy costs are becoming increasingly
important in terms of providing companies
with a major competitive advantage in the
areas of production, process, and industrial
engineering.
Alongside energy consumption, the
quality of the energy supplied, the reliability
of supply, and effective system utilization
also play an important role in ensuring
profitability. This calls for continuous
measurement and analysis of all sources of
energy.

232

PHOENIX CONTACT

Advantages of energy data acquisition
Continuously recorded energy flow
provides the basis for a target-oriented
energy management system.
Access comprehensive information
regarding the characteristic electrical data
of your machinery and benefit from the
advantages of this:
– Reduce your energy costs by identifying
potential energy savings.
– Optimize your system capacity: through
intelligent switching of system parts,
uniform network load, and reduced
harmonics.
– Reduce peak loads using forward-looking
trend calculation and load management.
– Safeguard your production processes and
minimize downtimes by continuously
monitoring important system
parameters.

Measurement – monitoring –
communication
Efficient energy management – networkcapable EMpro energy meters can be used
to acquire and monitor the characteristic
electrical data of your machines and
systems.
They can be freely extended with
communication modules and function
modules, enabling your energy meters to
keep pace with your growing requirements.
Future-proof planning and investment is
therefore ensured.

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy

The communication expert
The EMpro MA600 is capable of
performing all measurement tasks
associated with power supply applications
up to 700 V AC.
– From simple current and power
measurement to the detection of
harmonics including spectral analysis
– Flexible integration into Ethernet,
PROFIBUS or RS-485 networks
– Remote access via web server
– Optional DIN rail adapter for DIN rail
mounting
– Can be extended with communication
modules and function modules

The universal solution on the front
panel
The EMpro MA400 performs standard
measuring tasks up to 519 V AC.
– Optional DIN rail adapter for DIN rail
mounting
– Communication module for integration
into RS-485 networks (Modbus/RTU)
– Function module for pulse or alarm
output

The measuring device with RS-485
communication
The EMpro MA250 performs standard
measuring tasks up to 519 V AC.
– DIN rail device
– With pulse or alarm output
– Integrated RS-485 communication
(Modbus/RTU)

Software for usage data acquisition
In conjunction with a 100-series modular
controller, the EMwise software from
Phoenix Contact is the efficient solution for
recording energy data related to heat, cold,
air, or electricity. You can therefore keep an
eye on your resources at all times and
efficiently manage their use in your
machines and systems.

Sensors and meters
Use of resources at a glance - determine
all relevant states using sensors and meters.
– Detailed procurement measurement,
thanks to precise sensor and meter
technology
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology

Inline power measurement terminal
The Inline power measurement terminal
enables analysis of AC networks.
– For measuring current, voltage, and
power, as well as identifying distortion
and harmonics
The power measurement terminal can be
found in Catalog 8, Control technology,
I/O systems, and network structure.

The measuring device with pulse
output
The EMpro MA200 is ideal for simple
measuring tasks up to 519 V AC.
– DIN rail device
– With pulse or alarm output

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

233

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Energy meters

Ethernet

SHDSL modem

PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643

RS-485
EthernetGateway

VCC

RS-485
EMpro

EMpro

692,1 V
U2-3689,9
3-1690,3
F 50,00 Hz
50

50

50

C 000217683 kWh

87,2 kW
1,5 kvar

481,6 kVA

87,2 kVA

LINK
STAT
STAT

LINK

Energy meter
EMpro MA600

ETH

USB

ERR

DSL A
ETH

LINK

DSL B

DIAG
ACT

EMpro

470,8 kW
101,2 kvar

100 100 100

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

DSL (up to 20 km)

Measurement – monitoring –
communication
In order to achieve efficient energy
management, all energy data that has been
determined is acquired and analyzed
centrally in the control center.
For data transmission, integrate the
EMpro measuring devices flexibly into your
network structures.
The network components from Phoenix
Contact offer interference-free and highperformance communication of energy
data, even in harsh industrial environments:
– Copper-based and fiber optic data
transmission
– Ethernet and modem communication
– Industrial wireless transmission

SHDSL modem

PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643

VCC

STAT

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

LINK

ETH

USB

ERR

DSL A
ETH

LINK

LINK
STAT

DSL B

DIAG
ACT

COM-Server
EMpro

720,2 kW
UL

350,6 kvar

FD

Ethernet

100
TD
RD

RS-485

801,0 kVA

Direct access to measured values
Analyze your system parameters quickly
on site. At the touch of a button, you can
access precisely those measured values that
are of relevance.
You can also use the user-friendly web
server function to request measured values
directly from the control center.

234

PHOENIX CONTACT

Planning reliability and investment
security
EMpro extension modules, function
modules, and communication modules
enable you to remain flexible and extend
your EMpro measuring devices at any time:
– Digital inputs and outputs
– Pulse outputs
– Analog outputs
– Communication interfaces
– Measured mass storage
– Temperature measurement

Remote access to multiple meters with just one IP address
The web server that has been integrated
into the Ethernet communication modules
allows you to conveniently configure key
parameters online. It also allows remote
access to key electrical characteristics such
as current, voltage, power, energy, and
harmonics.

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Selection guide
You can easily select the right device for
your application by referring to the table
below:

Product type

EMpro MA600

EMpro MA400

EMpro MA200/250

2901366 EEM-MA600

2901364 EEM-MA400

2901362 EEM-MA200

up to 700 V

up to 519 V

up to 519 V

∙
∙
∙

∙

∙

direct up to 6 A or current transformer

Current transformer

Current transformer

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙

∙

∙
∙

∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙

∙
∙

∙
∙

2902352 EEM-MA600-24DC

Voltages

Voltage measurement direct
Voltage converter

up to 500 kV

Voltages U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3
Maximum mean value
Mean value
Currents

Current measurement
Currents I1, I2, I3

Neutral conductor current IN (calculation)
Maximum mean value
Mean value

Frequency
F

Maximum mean value
Mean value
Power

Real power, reactive power, apparent power:
ΣP (+/-), ΣQ (+/-), ΣS (+/-)
P, Q, S per phase

Maximum mean value
Mean value

Trend performances
Power factor
ΣPF
PF per phase
Metering

Real energy (kWh)

kWh+/kWh-

Reactive power (kvarh)

Apparent energy (kVAh)
Operating hours

Accuracy class (EN62053-22)
Harmonics analysis

Distortion factor THD I/U/V
Spectral analysis

kvarh+

∙

∙

kWh+

kvarh+
2

∙

0.5 S

0.5 S

0.5 S

up to 63rd

up to 51st

up to 51st

up to 63rd

Functions

kWh+

kvarh+/kvarhkVAh

Multi-tariff meter

2901363 EEM-MA250

Temperature recording

∙
∙

Digital input

Function modules (optional)
1 pulse or alarm output
2 pulse outputs

2904313 EEM-IMP-MA600

2 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs

2901371 EEM-2DIO-MA600

3 Pt100 inputs and 1 internal temperature measurement

2901949 EEM-TEMP-MA600

Memory

2901370 EEM-MEMO-MA600

RS-485 (Modbus/RTU)

2901367 EEM-RS485-MA600

2 analog outputs

D-SUB (PROFIBUS)

2901418 EEM-PB12-MA600

Ethernet gateway (Modbus/TCP/RTU) with integrated web server

Key
I1, I2, I3
IN
U12, U23, U31
V1, V2, V3

Conductor currents
Neutral conductor current
Phase conductor voltages
Phase/N conductor voltages

Integrated

2901365 EEM-RS485-MA400

integrated (MA250 only)

2901475 EEM-2AO-MA600

Communication modules (optional)

Ethernet (Modbus/TCP) with integrated web server

2904314 EEM-IMP-MA400

2901374 EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
2901373 EEM-ETH-MA600

P
Q
S
PF

Real power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Power factor

THD
Σ

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Total harmonic distortion
Total values

PHOENIX CONTACT

235

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Transmit electrical characteristics
wirelessly and easily

Radioline
wireless
module
Class 100 ILC smallscale controller
RS-485

Radioline
wireless
module

RS-485

EMpro MA250
energy meter

Radioline
wireless
module

EMpro RS-485
communication
modules

RS-485
RS485
+
–
°
13 15 17

EMpro MA600
energy meter

EMpro MA400
energy meter

EMpro MA250
energy meter

EMpro MA600
energy meter

Direct connection from the
PC to the EMpro MA600

PC

Ethernet
EMpro Ethernet
communication
module

EMpro MA600
energy meter
EMpro function
module (DIO)

PSK compressed
air meter

236

PHOENIX CONTACT

Water meter

EMpro MA400
energy meter

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Connect up to six external meters to
one EMpro MA600

PC Worx
PLC programming
Class 100 ILC
small-scale controller

RS-485
EMpro RS-485
communication
module

EMpro MA600
energy meter
EMpro function
module (DIO)

PSK
compressed
air meter

Controller
status messages

Alarm light

Gas meter

Water meter

Easy machine monitoring communicate electrical characteristics via Modbus/RTU

EMpro MA250
energy meter

RS-485

COM

°
13

Controllers

RS485
+
–
15 17

Motor

Power
supply
PACT
current
transformer

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

237

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Energy meters
H

EMpro energy meters are capable of
acquiring, monitoring, and displaying all
electrical system and machine parameters
locally.
EEM-MA600
– Can be extended with function and
communication modules
– Remote access via web server, integrated
into Ethernet communication module
– Acquisition of individual harmonic
components up to 63rd order
– Trend calculation for real and reactive
power
EEM-MA400
– Can be extended with output module
– Can be extended with RS-485
communication module
(JBUS/MODBUS)
– Acquisition of total harmonic content up
to 51st order
EEM-MA250
– Two-tariff measurement via digital input
– Pulse or alarm output
– RS-485 interface ( JBUS/MODBUS)

Measuring voltage up to 700 V AC,
can be extended with function and
communication modules


Technical data
Input data
Measuring principle
Acquisition of harmonics
Measured value
Voltage measuring input V1, V2, V3
Input voltage range

Accuracy
Current measuring input I1, I2, I3
Input current range (via external transformers)

EEM-MA200
– Two-tariff measurement via digital input
– Pulse or alarm output

Overload capacity
Operate threshold
Accuracy
Power measurement
Measuring range

EEM-MKT-DRA
– DIN rail adapter for the EEM-MA600 and
EEM-MA400 front panel devices see
page 243.

Accuracy
Real power (IEC 62053-22)
Reactive power (IEC 62053-23)
Digital input
Voltage input signal

Notes:
The EEM-MA600-24DC energy meter (Order No. 2902352) is not
CE-compliant.

W

D

Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Current carrying capacity
Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
Display
Type
Measuring rate
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Installation depth with extension module
Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG)
Voltage and other connections
Current connection
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)
18 V AC ... 700 V AC (phase/phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
Secondary: 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC
0.2 %
9999 A (primary)
1 A and 5 A, secondary
6 A (permanent)
10 mA
0.2 %
0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA
0.5 %
Class 0.5 S
Class 2
Via function module
Via function module
Via communication module
LCD display, backlighting
1s
10 VA
20 VA (with maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
80 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description
Energy meter, for front-panel installation
Energy meter, for front-panel installation, 24 V DC
Energy meter, for mounting on a DIN rail

238

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA600

2901366

1

EEM-MA600-24DC

2902352

1

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
H

H
W

D

W

D

Measuring voltage up to 519 V AC,
can be extended with RS-485 interface
and output module

Measuring voltage up to 519 V AC,
DIN rail installation,
also with RS-485 interface




Technical data

Technical data

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

50 V AC ... 500 V AC (phase/phase)
28 V AC ... 289 V AC (phase/neutral conductor)
-

50 V AC ... 519 V AC (phase/phase)
28 V AC ... 300 V AC (phase/neutral conductor)
-

0.2 %

0.2 %

9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (permanent)
5 mA
0.2 %

9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (permanent)
5 mA
0.2 %

0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 MVA

0 kW ... 9999 kW / 0 kvar ... 9999 kvar / 0 kVA ... 9999 kVA

0.5 %
Class 0.5 S
Class 2

0.5 %
Class 0.5 S
Class 2

-

230 V AC 10 % (tariff switchover: e.g., day/nighttime tariff)

Via function module
Via communication module
-

Transistor output, active
30 V DC
27 mA
EEM-MA250
Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485
2.4 ... 38.4 kbps

LCD display, backlighting
1s

LCD display, backlighting
1s

5 VA
10 VA (with maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
80 mm

5 VA

EEM-MA200
None

IP51 (front), IP20 (back)
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
72 / 90 / 64 mm

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8
Class A product, see page 625

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA400

2901364

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA250
EEM-MA200

2901363
2901362

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

239

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Function modules

Plug-in function modules for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter.
EEM-2DIO-MA600
– Two digital inputs and outputs
– Configurable threshold values
EEM-2AO-MA600
– Two 0 ... 20 mA/4 ... 20 mA analog
outputs, configurable

Digital input
Voltage input signal
Input pulse length
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Two digital inputs, two digital outputs

Two analog outputs

Technical data

Technical data

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 ms

-

Relay output
250 V AC/DC

Current output
-

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description
Function module (for EEM-MA600)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EEM-2DIO-MA600

2901371

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Type

Order No.

EEM-2AO-MA600

2901475

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Function module

Plug-in function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter.
EEM-MEMO-MA600
– Stores P (+/-) and Q (+/-) with an internal
or external synchronization pulse of
5, 8, 10, 20, 30 or 60 minutes, e.g.,
synchronization pulse of 15 minutes over
45 days
– Stores the last ten alarms with time stamp
(2DIO function module necessary)
– Stores the last smallest and largest
instantaneous values for voltages,
currents, frequency, actual power, reactive
power, entire harmonic distortion
– Stores the mean values of the cable
voltage, line to line voltage and frequency
(maximum 60 days)
– Stores undervoltage, surge voltage, and
phase failure
– Cannot be combined with PROFIBUS
communication module

240

PHOENIX CONTACT

Memory module
Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal
General data
Supply voltage
Memory size
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
9 V (via EEM-MA600)
512 kByte
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Function module (for EEM-MA600)
Memory module

EEM-MEMO-MA600

2901370

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Communication modules

EEM-PB 12-MA600
– PROFIBUS DP, with transmission speeds
of 12 Mbps
EEM-RS485-MA...
– JBUS/Modbus/RTU

Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Modbus/RTU (RS-485)

PROFIBUS

Technical data

Technical data

Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485
2.4 ... 38.4 kbps

PROFIBUS DP
12 Mbps

9 V (Via EEM-MA600/EEM-MA400)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description
Communication module (for EEM-MA400)
RS-485 (JBUS/Modbus/RTU)
Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
RS-485 (JBUS/Modbus/RTU)
D-SUB (PROFIBUS DP)

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EEM-RS485-MA400

2901365

1

EEM-RS485-MA600

2901367

1

Type

Order No.

EEM-PB 12-MA600

2901418

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Communication modules

EEM-ETH-MA600
– Ethernet
– Modbus/TCP
– Integrated web server
EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
– Ethernet gateway to RS-485
– Modbus/TCP / Modbus/RTU
– Integrated web server

Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Ethernet with integrated web server

Ethernet gateway with integrated web server

Technical data

Technical data

Modbus/TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
10/100 Mbps

Modbus/TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
10/100 Mbps

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
Ethernet
Ethernet gateway

EEM-ETH-MA600

Ordering data
Order No.
2901373

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Type

Order No.

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600

2901374

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

241

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Function modules

Plug-in function module for the
EEM-MA400 energy meter.
EEM-IMP-MA400
– One configurable pulse output or one
configurable threshold value

Pulse module
Technical data
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Relay output
100 V DC
9 V (via EEM-MA400)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Function module (for EEM-MA400)
with one pulse or alarm output

EEM-IMP-MA400

2904314

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Function module

Plug-in function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter.
EEM-IMP-MA600
– Two configurable pulse outputs

Pulse module
Technical data
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Relay output
100 V DC
9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data

242

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

Function module (for EEM-MA600)
with two configurable pulse outputs

EEM-IMP-MA600

2904313

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Function module

Plug-in function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter.
EEM-TEMP-MA600
– Temperature recording for up to three
Pt 100 temperature sensors
– Temperature measuring range
–20°C...+150°C
– Internal temperature recording of the
ambient temperature –10°C...+55°C
– CE-compliant

Temperature module
Technical data
Input data
Description of the input
Temperature range
Transmission error
Basic accuracy
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
EMC note

Pt 100 input: 2, 3, 4-wire
-20 °C ... 150 °C (connected sensors)
-10 °C ... 55 °C (in the immediate vicinity)
0.5 K/m (2-wire)
0.25 K/m (3-wire)
0 K/m (4-wire)
±1K
9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10 °C ... 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Function module (for EEM-MA600)
for temperature recording

EEM-TEMP-MA600

2901949

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Accessories
H
D

DIN rail adapter
– For mounting the EEM-MA600 or
EEM-MA400 energy meters on a 35-mm
DIN rail according to EN 60715

W

For mounting on DIN rails
Technical data
General data
Vibration resistance
Weight
DIN rail clip material
Fixing sheet material
Dimensions W / H / D

57 Hz ... 150 Hz (2 g)
265 g
Aluminum, natural anodized
Stainless steel VA
116 / 112 / 115 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MKT-DRA

2902078

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DIN rail adapter for EEM-MA600 and EEM-MA400

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

243

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Software for
usage data acquisition
The EMwise software from
Phoenix Contact is the efficient solution for
acquiring energy data regarding heat, cold,
air or electricity in conjunction with a
compact controller.
Integrate up to 24 digital inputs, 8 analog
channels, 50 EMpro energy meters,
30 M-bus counters, and 4 IO-Link
measuring sensors.
A web-based interface is available for
system parameterization. Each
device/channel can be configured
individually, without any programming
knowledge. The configuration is saved to a
file and can be reused for identical systems.

Monitoring software

Technical data
See phoenixcontact.net/products

Your advantages:
– Startup without programming knowledge
– Direct parameterization of predefined
sensors

Ordering data
Description

Three software versions, suitable for
every application:
– EMWISE IMPULS: for up to 16 digital
signals
– EMWISE IMP ANALOG: for up to
16 digital and 6 analog signals
– EMWISE EXTENDED: for up to 24 digital
and 8 analog signals, EMpro energy
meters, M-bus counters, M-bus level
converters, IO-Link sensors

244

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SD FLASH 2GB EMWISE IMPULS

2701745

1

SD FLASH 2GB EMWISE IMP ANALOG

2701746

1

SD FLASH 2GB EMWISE EXTENDED

2701747

1

Program and configuration memory, plug-in, 2 GB with license
key and application program for reading from measuring devices
via pulses
Program and configuration memory, plug-in, 2 GB with license
key and application program for reading from measuring devices
via pulses and analog values
Program and configuration memory, plug-in, 2 GB with license
key and application program for reading from measuring devices
via pulses, analog values, M-bus, Modbus RTU, and IO-Link

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Complete packages for data logging

new

The PSK RTU 50 is a multifunctional RTU
(Remote Telemetry Unit), which combines
the functions of a data logger, gateway, and
alarm manager. The PSK RTU 50 offers
various communication options, was
developed with low power technology and
allows independent operation, e.g., with
batteries or solar cells.
Your advantages:
– GSM/GPRS modem
– Ethernet interface
– IEC 60870-5-101
– IEC 60870-5-104
– Modbus/RTU

Multifunctional data logger

Technical data
Interfaces
Interfaces

Digital inputs/outputs
Number of inputs
Number of outputs
Analog inputs
Number of inputs
IEC-61131 runtime system
Program memory
Retentive mass storage
Realtime clock
Power supply
Supply voltage
Typical current consumption
General data
Weight
Width
Height
Depth
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)

RS-232
RS-232/-485
Serial
Ethernet
4
2 (relay output)
2
832 kByte
1 Mbyte
Yes (battery-backed)
24 V DC
5 mA
475 g
210 mm
110 mm
45 mm
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C

Ordering data
Description
Multifunctional data logger

Type

Order No.

PSK RTU 50

2400018

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

245

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Compressed air meters

Compressed air meters
Use meters from Phoenix Contact to
monitor the use of compressed air, an
expensive production resource. By using
compressed air efficiently, you can decrease
compressor usage and therefore reduce
energy costs. The calorimetric measuring
procedure records even the smallest
consumption rates. You can therefore
detect wear or leaks based on the amount
of air consumed.
Use compressed air meters to acquire
the following values:
– The current volumetric flow according to
ISO 2533 and DIN 1343
– The total volume used
– The temperature of the compressed air in
the monitored operating processes
The compressed air meters impress
thanks to their:
– Detailed reference measurement with
flow rate, total volume, and temperature
display
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology
– A measuring range from 0.06 Nm3/h to
700.0 Nm3/h
– Flexible use, thanks to IP65 protection:
resistant to dust and splash water

Compressed air meter up to 75 Nm3/h


Technical data
Flow monitoring
Measuring range
Display range
Repeatability
Response time
Measured value error

PSK AFS6050IOL

PSK AFS6000IOL

0.20 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h
0.00 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h
±1.5% of the measured value
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
±15 % of the measured value
Depending on the air quality:
+1.5 % of the measuring range
±3% of the measured value +
final value
0.3% of the measuring range
final value; ±6% of the measured
value + 0.6% of the measuring
range final value

Temperature monitoring
Measuring range
Display range
Response time
Resolution
Accuracy
Supply for module electronics
Connection method
No. of pos.
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Digital outputs
Pulse value
Pulse length
Delay time
Analog outputs
Type of protection
Current output signal
Load/output load current output
General data
Weight
Width
Height
Depth
Degree of protection
Protection class
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Vibration resistance in acc. with EN 60068-2-6/IEC 60068-2-6

0 °C ... 60 °C
-12 °C ... 72 °C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5 °C
± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
M12 connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA
0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.04 s
0.5 s (operational readiness)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
581 g
111 mm
79.5 mm

45 mm
IP65
III
0 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 85 °C
5g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

961 g
300 mm
76.8 mm

Ordering data
Description
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection, measuring
range up to 75 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection, measuring
range up to 75 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1/4 process connection, measuring
range up to 15 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1 process connection, measuring range
up to 225 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R2 process connection, measuring range
up to 700 Nm3/h

246

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS6050IOL

2700704

1

PSK AFS6000IOL

2700707

1

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy

Compressed air meter up to 15 Nm3/h

Compressed air meter up to 225 Nm3/h



Compressed air meter up to 700 Nm3/h





Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

0.04 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h
0.00 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h
±1.5% of the measured value
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value + 0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value + 0.6%
of the measuring range final value

0.70 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h
0.00 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h
±1.5% of the measured value
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value + 0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value + 0.6%
of the measuring range final value

2.30 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h
0.00 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h
±1.5% of the measured value
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value + 0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value + 0.6%
of the measuring range final value

0 °C ... 60 °C
-12 °C ... 72 °C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5 °C
± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

0 °C ... 60 °C
-12 °C ... 72 °C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5 °C
± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

0 °C ... 60 °C
-12 °C ... 72 °C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5 °C
± 2.5 °C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

M12 connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

M12 connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

M12 connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.2 s
0.5 s (operational readiness)

0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³
min. 0.02 s
1 s (operational readiness)

0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³
min. 0.043 s
0.5 s (operational readiness)

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

887 g
45 mm
193.3 mm
74.5 mm
IP65
III
0 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 85 °C
5g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

2.053 kg
45 mm
475 mm
88.5 mm
IP65
III
0 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 85 °C
5g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

4.332 kg
133 mm
475 mm
IP65
III
0 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 85 °C
5g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS5000IOL

2700705

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS8000IOL

2700708

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS2000IOL

2700709

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

247

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy
Pressure sensor

Pressure sensor with IO-Link
Pressure sensors from Phoenix Contact
detect the operating pressure of gas media
in a range from -1 to 10 bar. The overloadproof ceramic measuring cell is designed for
in excess of 100 million cycles and enables a
high switching point accuracy. The pressure
switch offers the option of using the set
switching points via two switching outputs
or reading all process data via the IO-Link
interface.
Your advantages:
– IO-Link communication
– Parameterization, diagnostics, and
process value monitoring via IO-Link
– Programmable function
– 4-character alphanumeric display

Pressure sensor up to 10 bar


Technical data
Pressure monitoring
Measuring range
Pressure resistance
Process connection
Supply for module electronics
Connection method
No. of pos.
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Delay time
IO-Link
Specification
Transmission speed
General data
Weight
Width
Height
Depth
Degree of protection
Protection class
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Vibration resistance in acc. with EN 60068-2-6/IEC 60068-2-6

-1 bar ... 10 bar (minimum burst pressure 150 bar)
75 bar
G1/4 I
M12 connector
4
18 V DC ... 36 V DC
< 35 mA
2 (OUT1 = switching output, OUT2 = switching output or diagnostic
output)
M12 connectors, assigned four times
0.3 s (operational readiness)
V1.1
38.4 kbaud
263 g
34 mm
91.5 mm
48 mm
IP65
III
-25 °C ... 80 °C
-40 °C ... 100 °C
20g (10 Hz ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data
Description
Pressure sensor with indicator,
G1/4 I process connection, IO-Link communication

248

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

PSK APS7004IOL

2700710

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Monitoring
Measuring power and energy

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

249

Monitoring
Current measurement

Extremely versatile
PACT current transformers offer a
complete product range for converting
alternating currents up to 4000 A into
secondary currents of 1 A and 5 A.
Depending on requirements, bus-bar, plugin, and winding current transformers are
available. PACT current transformers are
available in different transformation ratios,
accuracy classes, and rated powers - in
3000 versions, for your current
measurement requirements.

250

PHOENIX CONTACT

Also available for higher accuracy
classes
For standard applications, such as in
machine building or systems manufacturing,
Phoenix Contact offers current
transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1
in a version that cannot be calibrated.
For higher accuracy or for billing purposes
in energy supply, type-tested transformers
that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
transformers are available - with classes
0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.

Monitoring
Current measurement

I PN
120 %

100 %

t

Fast and secure installation
The current transformer quick-action
mechanism offers the following advantages:
– Tool-free mounting
– Considerable reduction in installation
time
– Easy handling and secure fastening by
pressing with finger
– Current transformers align themselves –
no need for subsequent alignment

ETH

PLC
MRESET

LNK
ACT
100

FAIL

PLC

RUN / PROG

10/100

LNK
ACT
100

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999
RESET

IB

RC

RB IN

RB OUT

LNK
ACT
100

RUN
STP

FAIL

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999
RESET

IB

RB IN

RB OUT

IL

PRG

RDY / RUN

BA

RD

BSA

RD

BSA

TR

FAIL

TR

FAIL

BA

PLC

RUN / PROG

10/100

LNK
ACT
100

RC

IL

PRG

PLC
MRESET

RUN
STP

RDY / RUN

PF

PF

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I

OUT GND GND GND

PWR

ERR

ON OFF
1
2

0,5

nc

1.1

1.1

Current
transducer

D

PWR

ERR

ON OFF
1
2

0,5

0,5

nc

Current
transducer

D

PACT MCR V2
12020-1 59

0,5

1.1

OUT GND GND GND

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I

ETH

Variable and space-saving mounting
In addition to the vertical and horizontal
mounting position, the optional accessories
offer further installation options such as
mounting on the DIN rail or on the control
cabinet panel.
All PACT current transformers are just
30 mm wide. This saves space – for example
flat mounting when measuring branch
outlets.

Current transformer
According to EN 60044-1

PACT current transformer

Safe detection of current peaks
PACT current transformers can be used
to safely detect current peaks greater than
the rated nominal current strength –
without resulting in any damage: the
transformers are designed for a continuous
thermal nominal current that is 120% of the
primary rated current strength.
Example: a PACT transformer with a
specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed
deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis.

Safe isolation
PACT current transformers are
manufactured in accordance with
EN 50178. This is relevant for electronic
equipment for use in power installations.
EN 50178 differs considerably from
EN 60044, the usual standard for
transformers, with regard to safety.
Your advantages:
– PACT current transformers offer safe
isolation, thanks to greater clearance
and creepage distances.
– PACT current transformers ensure that
there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet.
– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage
possible
– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s)
– Surge voltage category 3 is met

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

251

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformer selection guide

– Complete range consisting of winding,
bus-bar, and window-type current
transformers
– Popular types available from stock;
alternatively, order key can be used for
custom dimensioning
– Versions available to support official
calibration
Selection
– Select your transformer in accordance
with the dimensions of the copper rail
– Specify the four electrical characteristics
of the transformer:
1.The primary rated current
strength Ipn - the maximum amperage
occurring in the path to be measured
2.The secondary rated current Isn supplied to the downstream measuring
devices
3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the
specified tolerances
4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes
account of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit

Calculation guide

Technical data
Input data
Thermal rated short-time current
Rated surge current
Rated frequency
Surge current limitation factor
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Test voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulating material class
Connection capacity of secondary terminals
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Housing material

Ith = 60 * In
Idyn = 2.5 * Ith
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
FS 5
1 kV
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
12 kV (1.2 / 50 μs)
E
2 x (2.5 x 4) mm
-25 °C ... 40 °C
IEC 60044-1, EN 50178
Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced

Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.

Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and
return line)
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices
(measuring devices)
– Add a reserve requirement

Order No.
2277271

IP02000
IP00600
IP00750
IP00800
IP01000
IP01250
IP02000
IP02500

Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

IS05

60 A
75 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
200 A
250 A

Class
/

IS01 = 1 A
IS05 = 5 A

C10

2.

Secondary current Isn
1A

0.2917
0.1750
0.1094
0.0729

0.0117
0.0070
0.0044
0.0029

Example:
Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power
Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA

Selection table (extract)
Isn

1A

1.25

2.5

2.5

2.5

1

Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device)
Sn reserve = 2 VA

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

0.5
5A

1.25
1

PHOENIX CONTACT

Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
60
75
80
100
125
150
1.25
2.5
2.5

0.5

Sn measuring device = 2 VA

Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA

Cl.

1.25
1.5

1.25
2

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
3.75
5

200
2.5
3.75

250
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10

P750
P125
P250
P375
P500
P750
P1000

3.

Rated power Sn [VA]

Secondary current Isn
5A

Rated power Sn
/

C02 = 0.2
C05 = 0.5
C10 = 1

Rated power in VA/m
(consider the forward and return line)

1.5
2.5
4
6

252

/

1.

Power requirement of copper cables with a different
diameter
Conductor cross
section in mm2

Secondary current Isn

Primary current Ipn
/

=
=
=
=
=
=

1.25 VA
2.5 VA
3.75 VA
5.0 VA
7.5 VA
10 VA

4.

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V1-21-44
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...500) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm

30

16

44

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

26

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

Bus-bar curr. transf.,
official calibration as an option

21

50

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 264

Ordering data
Rated power Sn

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 50 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
2.5 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1

2277019
2277611
2277022
2277763
2277035
2277776
2277048
2277789
2277051
2277792

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V1-21-44

2277268

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277268

/

IP05000

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

IS05
=5A

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

1.25

1.25
1.5

2.5

2.5

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

/

C05

/

Rated power Sn

P1000

150
2.5
3.75

200
2.5
5

250
2.5
5
7.5

300
2.5
5

400
2.5
5
7.5

500
2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

1.25
1.5

1.25
2.0

1.25
2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

Description

253

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

30

60

16

PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...750) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm
– Rail dimensions:
30x15 mm; 20x20 mm

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

28

23x23

16x33

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 264

64

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

33x16

Notes:

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

Ordering data
Description

Rated power Sn

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277815
2277828
2276502
2277831
2277064
2277624
2277844
2277077
2277637
2277857
2276544
2277860
2277080
2277640
2277093
2277653
2277103
2277666

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277271

1

Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 60 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.5 VA
- 80 A
1.25 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 200 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
10 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

2277271

/

IP07500

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277271)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

IS05
=5A

254

PHOENIX CONTACT

/

1.25

1.25
1.5

1.25
2

2.5

2.5
3.75

/

Rated power Sn

P1500

150
2.5

200
2.5
3.75

250
2.5
5

300
2.5
5
7.5

400
2.5
5
10

500
2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
10
15

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

C05

2.5
3.75
5

2.5
5
10

600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

750
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

13x40,5

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

33

74

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 264

31x31

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

16

70

40,5x13

PACT MCR-V2-4012-70
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(75...1000) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm
– Rail dimensions:
40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

Ordering data
Description

Rated power Sn

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277116
2277679
2277129
2277682
2277132
2277695
2277145
2277158

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70

2277284

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

1

2277284

/

IP010000

/

IS05

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277284)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
75
80
100
125
150
200
1.25
2.5
2.5
C05
3.75
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
5
5
=1

IS05
=5A

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

1.25

1.25

2.5

/

C10

/

Rated power Sn

P250

250
2.5
5

300
2.5
5

400
2.5
5
7.5

500
2.5
5
10

600
2.5
5
10

750
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

1.25

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

2.5
5
10
15

800
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

1000
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add to order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

255

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

85

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 264

30

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

42

41x31

13x50,5

16

31x41

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

92

Notes:

50,5x13

PACT MCR-V2-5012-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(100...1500) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm
– Rail dimensions:
50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

Ordering data
Description

Rated power Sn

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
15 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 600 A
15 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1

2276117
2276120
2276133
2276146
2277161
2276159
2277174
2276162
2276175
2277187
2276463
2277190
2277200
2276188

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85

2277297

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

1

2277297

/

IP02500

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277297)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
100
125
150
200
250
300
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
IS01
=1A

C10
=1

IS05
=5A

256

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.25

2.5

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

1.25

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

1.25

2.5
5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

/

400
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

C10

500
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

/

600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
20
15
5
10
15
20

Rated power Sn

P750

750
2.5
5
10

800
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

1000
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

1250
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
30
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

85

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 264

16x60,5

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

52

42x42

32x52

52x32

92

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

16

Notes:

60,5x16

PACT MCR-V2-6015-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...1600) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

Ordering data
Description

Rated power Sn

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1

2277873
2277886
2277899
2277909
2277912
2277925
2277938
2277941
2277954
2277967
2277970
2277983

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85

2277336

1

Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 200 A
2.5 VA
- 250 A
2.5 VA
- 300 A
2.5 VA
- 400 A
2.5 VA
- 500 A
5 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

2277336

/

IP05000

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277336)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

IS05
=5A

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

2.5

/

C10

/

Rated power Sn

P375

600
2.5

750
2.5
5

800
2.5

1000
2.5

1250
2.5
5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
3.75

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

1.25

1.25

1.25
2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

1500

1600

5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30

5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

5
10
15

PHOENIX CONTACT

257

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-6315-95
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2500) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm
– Rail dimensions:
63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm
PACT MCR-V2-6040-96
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2000) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x40 mm; 50x50 mm

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

96
95

16

61

44x64

105

54x54

53

32x54

54x32

42x42

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

105

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 265

64x16

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

16x64

16

Notes:

Ordering data
Description

Rated power Sn

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
15 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

30

30

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1

2276191
2276201
2276214
2277705

1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2276227
2277718

1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1

2276230
2276243

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96

2277349

1

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1

2277213
2277226
2277239

1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1

2277242
2277255

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95

2277307

1

Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Accessories

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

/

IP25000

/

IS05

/

C05

/

Rated power Sn

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
IS01
20
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
15
=1
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
20
15
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
3.75 5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
15 15 20 20
30
20
30
30
30
30
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
10 10 10 10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10 10 15 15 15 15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15 20 20 30 30
30
30

258

PHOENIX CONTACT

P500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
IS01
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1
7.5 7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10

IS05
=5A

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 3.75 5
=1

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5

2.5

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

5
10
15
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277307

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...2500) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(500...2000) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Notes:

30

70

31x81

60x64

16
116

61

33x63

Ordering data
Rated power Sn

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
15 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
10 VA
- 2000 A
20 VA
- 2500 A
20 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Type

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1

2276256
2276269
2276272
2276285
2276298
2277721
2276308
2276311
2277734
2276324

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1

2276337
2276340

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105

2277352

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277352

/

IP25000

/

IS05

/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277352)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1250
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
7.5
10
IS01
=1A

C10
=1

IS05
=5A

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15

C10

1600
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

/

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2277747

1

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1

2277750

1

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1

2276382

1

PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105

2277365

1

Rated power Sn

2000
5
10
15
20
10
15
20
25
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

P3000
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277365)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
IS01

2500

5
10
15
20
10
15
20
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

Description

Ordering data

=1A

C10
=1

IS05
=5A

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

1600
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

2000

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

116

53x53

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

64x53

16x83

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 265

30

105

16

105

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

5
10

PHOENIX CONTACT

259

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
3x 100x12 mm

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Window-type curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

140

85

64x84

Ordering data
Rated power Sn

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 2500 A
15 VA
- 3000 A
15 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A

2276395

1

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

2277378

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277378

/

IP40000

/

IS05

/

C05

/

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A

2276405

1

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

2277381

1

Rated power Sn

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30

260

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

P2500

Rated power Sn [VA]

Description

Ordering data

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277381)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

140

81x54

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

56x101

31x101

16

Current transformers that support official calibration: to specify the
type of current transformer you require, please use the order key
on page 265

30

129
16

129

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Circular conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm;
80x80 mm
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
4x 120x10 mm

Window-type current transformer

Notes:

30
16
172

96

72x122

34x126
55x103

Ordering data
Description

Rated power Sn

Type

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 4000 A
15 VA
Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

2277404

/

IP08000

/

IS01

/

C05

/

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A

2276418

1

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

2277404

1

Rated power

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 (Order No.: 2277394)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
= 1A
2.5
5
5
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
C10
5
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
=1
10
15
15
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
15
20
20
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
45
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
10
5
5
5
10
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
15
10
10
10
15
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
15
15
30
15
15
15
30
30
IS05
15
15
30
30
45
30
30
30
45
45
=5A
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15
20
20
20
30
30
30
45
30
30
45
45
45

P250
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 (Order No.: 2277404)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

1

2277394

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

= 1A

C10
=1

IS05
=5A

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

10
15
30

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

172

83x83

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

30

159

16

159

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Window-type current transformer

261

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V3-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(1...40) A
30

Our configurator, which is available at
phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Winding current transformer

64

Notes:

16

60

– Current-carrying copper lines connected
directly to the screw terminal blocks on
the primary side

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 263

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V3-60

2277417

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Current transformer, observe the order key below to determine
the desired current transformer type

2277417

/

IP00025

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
1
2
2.5
4
5
6
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1

IS05
=5A

262

PHOENIX CONTACT

C05
= 0.5
C10
=1

/

C10

/

Rated power Sn

P250

7.5
2.5
5

10
2.5
5

12.5
2.5
5

15
2.5
5

20
2.5
5

25
2.5
5

30
2.5
5

40
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

Add to order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class

1

Monitoring
Current measurement
Accessories

Quick-action mechanism for PACT
current transformers
– No tools necessary for mounting
– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure
fastening by pressing with finger
– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a
holding latch
Notes:
The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for
larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is
sufficient.

General data
Material
Ambient temperature (operation)

for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85...

for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85..., ...-V2-6315-95...

Technical data

Technical data

PA 6
-25 °C ... 120 °C

PA 6
-25 °C ... 120 °C

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276641
2276638

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276625
2276612

1
1

Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm

1
1

Accessories

–
–
–
–

Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter
Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps

Description

Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter

Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-ETC-60
PACT MCR-ETC-75

2277572
2277585

9
9

PACT MCR-ICAP

2277608

18

Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during
the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The
size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole
of the current transformer.
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-...
DIN rail adapter

Ø 21/8 mm
Ø 21/12 mm
Ø 28/12 mm
Ø 42/12 mm

Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearance and
creepage distances
Length: 60 mm
Length: 75 mm
Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with
mounting screws of the primary rail

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8
PACT MCR-CB-21-12
PACT MCR-CB-28-12
PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277569
2277556
2277543
2277530

1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-RA

2277598

12

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

263

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers that can be calibrated - order key
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/

IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

/

IS05 = 5 A

/

C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =

0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5

P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000

=
=
=
=
=
=

/
2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA

Calibration

/

NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated

Calibration certificate

NONE
YES

= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points)
(a fee is charged)

PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420)
You will find information about the product on page 253.
Add order key from the selection table
2277420
/ IP03000 / IS05 / C02 / P250
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
150
200
250
300
400
500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
=

/ NONE / NONE

C05
= 0.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433)

PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446)

IS05
=5A

C02
= 0.2
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

You will find information about the product on page 255.
Add order key from the selection table
2277446
/ IP06000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Cl.
Isn
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
=
10
10
0.2S

Rated power Sn [VA]

You will find information about the product on page 254.
Add order key from the selection table
2277433
/ IP02000 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Cl.
Isn
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S

IS05
=5A

264

PHOENIX CONTACT

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

PACT MCR-V2C-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277459)

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

PACT MCR-V2C-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277462)

You will find information about the product on page 257.
Add order key from the selection table
2277462
/ IP02500 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]

You will find information about the product on page 256.
Add order key from the selection table
2277459
/ IP10000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.2S
20
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
IS05
30
30
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.5S
30
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
15
15
30
30

C02
= 0.2

Rated power Sn [VA]

C05S
=
0.5S

2.5
5

IS05
=5A

C02
= 0.2
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

IS05
=5A

C02
= 0.2

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers that can be calibrated - order key
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

IS05 = 5 A

/

C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =

0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5

P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000

PACT MCR-V2C-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277475)

1500
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30

PACT MCR-V2C-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277491)

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277514)

IS05
=5A

C02
= 0.2
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points)
(a fee is charged)

IS05
=5A

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C02
= 0.2
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
5

PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277527)

You will find information about the product on page 260.
Add order key from the selection table
2277527
/ IP16000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000

2500
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2500

C02S
=
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)

You will find information about the product on page 258.
Add order key from the selection table
2277488
/ IP12000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=
10
0.2S
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.2
10
10
IS05
15
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05S
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
10
10
10
0.5S
15
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15

C05
= 0.5

You will find information about the product on page 260.
Add order key from the selection table
2277514
/ IP08000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=

NONE
YES

0.2S

Rated power Sn [VA]

IS05
=5A

C02
= 0.2

2.5
5
10

NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated

Calibration certificate

You will find information about the product on page 259.
Add order key from the selection table
2277501
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05S / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Cl.
Isn
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=

0.2S

2.5
5
10

/

PACT MCR-V2C-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277501)

You will find information about the product on page 259.
Add order key from the selection table
2277491
/ IP05000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Cl.
Isn
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
C02S
5
=
2.5
5

2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA

Calibration

PACT MCR-V2C-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277488)

Rated power Sn [VA]

You will find information about the product on page 258.
Add order key from the selection table
2277475
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05 / P3000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
10
10
=
10
15
15
0.2S
20
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
15
IS05
15
15
20
20
20
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
0.5S
15
20
20
20
30
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
30
30
20
30

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

IS05
=5A

C02
= 0.2

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

Rated power Sn [VA]

IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000

/

Rated power Sn [VA]

/

265

Monitoring
Current measurement

Fast installation in a confined space
PACT RCP current transformers for
retrofitting can be conveniently mounted
where there is not enough space for split
core current transformers. System
downtimes are reduced as system parts do
not have to be removed for installation.
Your advantages:
– High system availability due to reduced
downtimes: fast installation without
removing system parts
– Safe installation and operation: no
dangerous open circuit voltages
– No magnetic saturation
– High linearity, even at high currents
– Responds to fast current changes
– The coil is protected against
electromagnetic interference
– The current can rise up to the shortcircuit current without necessarily
destroying the coil
– High nominal insulation voltage

266

PHOENIX CONTACT

Professional holding device for
busbars
The PACT RCP-CLAMP holding device
offers the following advantages:
– Suitable for industrial applications
– Steel bracket ensures permanent fixed
seating at high busbar temperatures
– Designed for rails with a thickness of
10 ... 15 mm
– Rogowski coil is snapped onto the fixing
element
– Rogowski coil has a safe and defined place
on the busbar
– Rogowski coil can be rotated in
15° increments for optimum alignment.
– PACT RCP avoids direct contact of the
measuring coil with its own or adjacent
busbar
– This allows installations on warm busbars
to remain under control

Monitoring
Current measurement

Easy and safe installation
Simply place the handy Rogowski coil
quickly around power rails and circular
conductors. The measuring transducer
connected downstream supplies the same
typical secondary currents as a standard
current transformer.

Fast installation in a confined space
PACT RCP current transformers save
space and are handy as the size and weight
of the Rogowski coil are not dependent on
the amperage and unlike split core current
transformers, remain the same.

One measuring system for all
amperages
Acquire alternating currents up to 4000 A
using a single coil type. Rogowski coils are
available in three different lengths for
optimum adjustment to the busbar and
circular conductor dimensions.

Eight current measuring ranges
The measuring transducer connected
downstream supplies the same typical
secondary currents as a standard current
transformer. Choose between eight
different current measuring ranges via DIP
switches. For optimum measuring accuracy,
compensate for the different coil lengths by
simply using a potentiometer.

Detect harmonics and transients
PACT RCP current transformers for
retrofitting cover a large frequency range
from 10 to 5000 Hz. You can therefore
measure harmonics and transients with
phase accuracy.

Safe seating
The optional holding device ensures safe
seating and optimal alignment of the coil
even on very hot busbars. If the gap
between the busbars is very small, simply
turn the coil diagonally to avoid touching
other rails.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

267

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers for retrofitting

PACT RCP
– Practical handling due to the flexible
measuring coil for opening
– Universal application possibilities through
8 different current measuring ranges in
one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4000 A)
– The large bandwidth (10...5000 Hz)
enables harmonics and transients to be
detected
– It is not possible for dangerous open
circuit voltages to occur
– The bracket ensures optimum alignment
of the measuring coil to the power rail
– Low space requirement in the control
cabinet

Current transformer for subsequent
installation in the field

Technical data
Measuring coil input data
Frequency range
Input signal
Position error
Measuring coil signal output
Output signal (at 50 Hz)
General data, measuring coil
Length of signal cable
Rated insulation voltage
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Measuring transducer input data
Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch
Phase angle
Measuring transducer signal input
Input signal (at 50 Hz)
Measuring transducer signal output
Current output signal
Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer
Nominal supply voltage
Nominal supply voltage range
Transmission error, maximum
Linearity error
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Test voltage
Dimensions W / H / D
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
General data for the set
Altitude
Permissible humidity (operation)
Approvals / conformities
Standards/specifications

10 Hz ... 5000 Hz
Sine
<1%
100 mV (no load, at 1000 A)
3000 mm
1000 V AC (rms CAT III)
600 V AC (rms CAT IV)
10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.)
-30 °C ... 80 °C (measuring coil)
-40 °C ... 90 °C (measuring coil)
100 A, 250 A, 400 A, 630 A, 1000 A, 1500 A, 2000 A, 4000 A
<1°
100 mV (1000 A)
0 A AC ... 1 A AC (effective at sine)
24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
≤ 0.5 % (of range final value)
< 0.5 % (of range final value)
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
IP20
1.5 kV AC (supply/input and output: 50 Hz, 1 min)
22.5 / 70.4 / 85 mm
-20 °C ... 70 °C (measuring transducer)
-25 °C ... 85 °C (measuring transducer)
< 2000 m
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
IEC 61010-1
IEC 61010-031
IEC 61010-2-031
IEC 61010-2-032

Ordering data

Recommendations for the use of coil lengths and power rail
dimensions
Busbar

Diameter/
coil
length

[mm x mm]
30 x 10
40 x 10
40 x 10
50 x 10
50 x 10
60 x 10
60 x 10
60 x 10
100 x 10
100 x 10
120 x 10
120 x 10
160 x 10

[mm]
95/300
95/300
140/450
95/300
140/450
95/300
140/450
140/450
140/450
190/600
140/450
190/600
190/600

268

1 busbar per 2 busbars
phase
per phase

PHOENIX CONTACT

3 busbars
per phase

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Current transformer for retrofitting, set consisting of
Rogowski coil and measuring transducer, output signal: 1 A AC
(effective for sine)
Length of measuring coil 300 mm
Length of measuring coil 450 mm
Length of measuring coil 600 mm

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95
PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140
PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190

2904921
2904922
2904923

1
1
1

2904895

1

Accessories
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

Holding device for power rail
X

X

X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X

PACT RCP-CLAMP

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transformers for retrofitting

new

PACT RCP
– Universal application possibilities through
8 different current measuring ranges in
one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4000 A)
– Detection of harmonics and transients in
the frequency range from (16 ... 1000) Hz
– Large number of different standard signals
on output side
– Freely configurable 4-way signal
conditioner with switching output
– FASTCON Pro plug-in connection system
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm
– Easy configuration, e.g., via DIP switches,
programmable software, via smartphone
app or FDT/DTM

Current transformer for subsequent
installation in the field

Technical data
Measuring coil input data
Frequency range
Input signal
Position error
Measuring coil signal output
Output signal (at 50 Hz)
General data, measuring coil
Length of signal cable
Rated insulation voltage
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Measuring transducer input data
Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch
Measuring transducer signal input
Input signal (at 50 Hz)
Measuring transducer signal output
Current output signal

Output signal
Voltage

Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer
Nominal supply voltage
Nominal supply voltage range
Transmission error, maximum
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Test voltage
Dimensions W / H / D
Ambient temperature (operation)
General data for the set
Altitude
Permissible humidity (operation)
Approvals / conformities
Standards/specifications

10 Hz ... 5000 Hz
Sine
<1%
100 mV (no load, at 1000 A)
3000 mm
1000 V AC (rms CAT III)
600 V AC (rms CAT IV)
10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.)
-30 °C ... 80 °C (measuring coil)
100 A, 250 A, 400 A, 630 A, 1000 A, 1500 A, 2000 A, 4000 A
100 mV (1000 A)
0 mA ... 20 mA (via DIP switch)
4 mA ... 20 mA (via DIP switch)
0 mA ... 10 mA (via DIP switch)
2 mA ... 10 mA (via DIP switch)
0 mA ... 21 mA (can be set via software)
0 V ... 10 V (via DIP switch)
2 V ... 10 V (via DIP switch)
0 V ... 5 V (via DIP switch)
1 V ... 5 V (via DIP switch)
0 V ... 10.5 V (can be set via software)
24 V DC
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
≤ 0.5 % (of range final value)
16 Hz ... 1000 Hz
IP20
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm
-40 °C ... 70 °C (measuring transducer)
> 4000 m
5 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)
IEC 61010-1
IEC 61010-031
IEC 61010-2-031
IEC 61010-2-032

Ordering data
Description
Current transformer with screw connection for retrofitting, set
consisting of Rogowski coil and 4-way signal conditioner with
switching output
Length of measuring coil 300 mm
Length of measuring coil 450 mm
Length of measuring coil 600 mm
Current transformer with push-in connection for retrofitting,
set consisting of Rogowski coil and 4-way signal conditioner with
switching output
Length of measuring coil 300 mm
Length of measuring coil 450 mm
Length of measuring coil 600 mm

Order No.

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D95
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D140
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D190

2906231
2906232
2906233

1
1
1

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D95
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D140
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D190

2906234
2906235
2906236

1
1
1

Accessories

Holding device for power rail

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

PACT RCP-CLAMP

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

2904895
PHOENIX CONTACT

1

269

Monitoring
Current measurement

With flexible power supply – current
transducers up to 12 A AC
Active current transducers convert
sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A.
The integrated wide range power supply
unit enables use in various different
countries.
With hinged Rogowski sensor –
current transducers up to 200 A AC
The AC current transducers measure
sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski
sensor ensures very easy installation, as
cables that are to be measured do not have
to be isolated. This enables mounting to be
carried out without interruptions.
Limit value monitoring with the
current protector
At the current protector, a desired
amperage is specified at which a PDT
contact switches a load on or off.

270

PHOENIX CONTACT

Flexible signal conditioning – current
transducers up to 55 A AC/DC
Current transducers up to 55 A offer an
infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
range is mapped over the entire output
signal range. This ensures extremely
accurate resolution of measured values.
Basic configuration can be performed
quickly via the DIP switches. Additional
useful device functions can be set via the
software.
For high currents – current
transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
The universal current transducers are the
ideal solution for measuring high currents
with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current or voltage output.

Monitoring
Current measurement

For sinusoidal alternating currents up
to 12 A
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector
– Input/output can be configured via DIP
switches
– Suitable for potentially explosive areas,
thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents up to 200 A
– Distorted alternating currents up to
6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to
true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS)
– Uninterrupted installation and lossless
current measurement thanks to hinged
Rogowski sensor
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch

With flexible measuring ranges for all
waveforms up to 55 A
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Optimum mapping of the measuring
range up to 55 A, thanks to softwareprogrammable upper and lower limits
– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold
value overrange or underrange up to 55 A
– via relay or transistor output

For high currents – current
transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Compact dimensions also enable
distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm

Limit value monitoring
The current protector converts
sinusoidal alternating currents to binary
switching signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Operating current/quiescent current
behavior can be set

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

271

Monitoring
Current measurement
Current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents
The MCR-SL-CUC-... current
transducers measure DC, AC, and
distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt
required
– Compact dimensions also enable
distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– Simple connection method thanks to
COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 300 A,
voltage output



Housing width 90 mm

ADC

IN

1.4

GND

1.3

OUT U

1.2

NC

1.1

+24 V DC

DAC

μC

U

Technical data
Input data
Frequency range
Curve type
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter
0 ... 10 V
≥ 10 kΩ
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
<± 1 % (of final value)
typ. 0.02 %/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04 %/K (-40 ... 65°C)

Step response (10-90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Spring-cage connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

150 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC
III / 2
IP20
-40 °C ... 65 °C
90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Overload
capacity

Universal current transducer
Input current range: 0 ... 100 A
Input current range: 0 ... 200 A
Input current range: 0 ... 300 A
Input current range: 0 ... 400 A
Universal current transducer without UL approval

6 x IIN
3 x IIN
3.33 x IIN
2.5 x IIN

Input current range: 0 ... 500 A
Input current range: 0 ... 600 A

272

PHOENIX CONTACT

3.6 x IIN
3 x IIN

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-U
MCR-SL-CUC-200-U
MCR-SL-CUC-300-U

2308108
2308205
2308302

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1

Monitoring
Current measurement

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 600 A,
current output



Housing width 90 mm

ADC

IN

1.4

GND

1.3

NC

1.2

OUT I

1.1

+24 V DC

DAC

μC

I

Technical data
20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter
4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
< 300 Ω
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
<± 1 % (of final value)
typ. 0.02 %/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04 %/K (-40 ... 65°C)
150 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC
III / 2
IP20
-40 °C ... 65 °C
90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-I
MCR-SL-CUC-200-I
MCR-SL-CUC-300-I
MCR-SL-CUC-400-I

2308027
2308030
2308043
2308072

1
1
1
1

MCR-SL-CUC-500-I
MCR-SL-CUC-600-I

2308085
2308098

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

273

Monitoring
Current measurement

For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 11 A

Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 280


Ex: 


Ex: 

Housing width 22.5 mm
10A
5A
1A

Housing width 22.5 mm

5
6
7
8

IN

12 1
11 2
14 3
NC 4

OUT

ADC

DAC

OUT

µC

I

ADC

IN

DAC

11 GND 2
12 GND 2

U
Po
wer

13 24VDC
14 GND 1

=

15 SW
16 GND 1

12 1
11 2
14 3
NC 4

OUT

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (normal and inverse)
Load RB
Switching output
Relay output
Transistor output pnp
Setting range of the threshold value
Response delay
Status indication
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Contact material
Max. switching current
Output voltage
Continuous load current

OUT
I

9 O UT I
10 O UT U

DAC

11 GND 2
12 GND 2

U
Po
wer

13 24VDC
14 GND 1

=

15 SW
16 GND 1

Technical data

0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC)
2 % (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A)
15 Hz ... 400 Hz
AC, DC or distorted currents
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw connection
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω

0 A ... 55 A (AC/DC)
0.8 % (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)
15 Hz ... 400 Hz
AC, DC or distorted currents
Depending on through connected conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (not short-circuit-proof)
1 % ... 110 %
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (not short-circuit-proof)
1 % ... 110 %
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5 % (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025 %/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5 % (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025 %/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6

Ordering data
Description

DAC

µC

9 O UT I
10 O UT U

SPAN

To order a configurable product, enter the required configuration
by referring to the adjacent order key.

For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 55 A

SET
TIME POINT ZERO

Notes:

SPAN

The MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI current
transducers measure direct, alternating, and
distorted currents.
– Device can be set via DIP switches or
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration
software
– True r.m.s. value measurement
– 3-way isolation
– With optional relay and transistor output

D W
H

D W
H

SET
TIME POINT ZERO

Current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC

2814650
2814731
2814634
2814715

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI
MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC

2814663
2814744
2814647
2814728

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current transducer for measuring AC, DC, and distorted
currents with relay and transistor switching output
Configurable product
Standard product
Configurable product, without switching output
Standard product, without switching output

274

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

Monitoring
Current measurement
Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
2814634

/

2814650

/

Measuring range:
Start
End
0.00
/

2814634 
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
2814650 
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

Order No.
2814647
2814663

0.00

Output

/

5.00

/

5.00

/

Measuring range
start value
between 0.00 ...
7.50 A

Measuring range
end value
between
0.2 ... 11 A

0.00  0.00 A

5.00  5.00 A

50.0

/

/

50.0

/

2814647 
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
2814663 
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

0.0

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18

Measuring range:
Start
End
/
0.0
/

Threshold value


















/

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 5 V
1 ... 5 V
20 ... 0 mA
20 ... 4 mA
10 ... 0 V
10 ... 2 V
5 ... 0 V
5 ... 1 V
-5 ... +5 V
-10 ... +10 V
+10 ... -10 V
+5 ... -5 V

Output

/

Measuring range
start value
between 0.0 ...
37.5 A

Measuring range
end value
between
9.5 ... 55 A

0.0  0.0 A

50.0  50.0 A

Suppression
time

OUT01
50

/

between 0.1 ...
20 s

50  50% of set
measuring range
final value (here:
2.5 A)

3.0  3 s

OUT01

















0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
2 ... 10 V
0 ... 5 V
1 ... 5 V
20 ... 0 mA
20 ... 4 mA
10 ... 0 V
10 ... 2 V
5 ... 0 V
5 ... 1 V
-5 ... +5 V
-10 ... +10 V
+10 ... -10 V
+5 ... -5 V

/

50

/

Suppression
time

OUT01

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18

3.0

Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%

Threshold value

Switching behavior of relay and transistor

/

between 0.1 ...
20 s

50  50% of set
measuring range
final value (here: 25
A)

3.0  3 s

/

O
O  Overrun

R  Closed-circuit
current
controlled

U  Underrun

Switching behavior of relay and transistor

3.0

Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%

A
A  Operating
current
controlled

/

A

/

O

A  Operating
current
controlled

O  Overrun

R  Closed-circuit
current
controlled

U  Underrun

Functional diagram: switching behavior of relay and transistor output:
1) Operating current controlled when threshold value is exceeded
SW condition

2) Operating current controlled when threshold value is underrun

IIN

SW condition

IIN

t

t

(H)

Operating voltage UB

(H)

Operating voltage UB

(L)

(L)
t

(1)

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

(0)

t1

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t1

Relay N/C contact

(1)

t1

t1

t

3) Closed-circuit current controlled when above threshold value
SW condition

(0)

t

(0)

t

(1)

(0)

Relay N/C contact

(1)

t1

t
t1

4) Closed-circuit current controlled when below the threshold value

IIN

SW condition

IIN

t
Operating voltage UB

(H)

t
Operating voltage UB

(H)

(L)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

Relay N/C contact

(1)
(0)
(0)
(1)

(L)

t
t1

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t1

t
t1

t1

t

t

Relay N/C contact

t

(1)
(0)

t1

(0)
(1)

t
t1

t

(0)  N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed
(1)  N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

275

Monitoring
Current measurement
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
The MCR-SL-CAC-... current
transducers measure sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A.
– Wide range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– 3-way isolation
– Input/output can be configured using the
DIP switch

H

H
W

D

W

D

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A


Ex: 

Ex: 
Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

OUT

L(+) 1.1

OUT

L(+) 1.1

L(+) 1.2

3.1

OUT1

L(+) 1.2

3.1

OUT1

N(-)

1.3

3.2

GND

N(-)

1.3

3.2

GND

N(-)

1.4

3.3

GND

N(-)

1.4

3.3

GND

3.4

GND

3.4

GND

4.1

1A

4.1

12A

4.2

5A

4.2

5A

4.3

NC

4.3

NC

4.4

4.4

IN

IN

Technical data
Input data
Input current (configurable)
Nominal frequency
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (configurable)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category Input/output
Pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable)

0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable)

50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block

50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
1 x IN (continuous)
8 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 32 mA (at UB=24 V DC,
IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5 % (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 30 mA (at UB=24 V DC,
IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5 % (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 33 mA (at 24 V DC)

< 0.02 %/K
max. 300 ms typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

< 0.02 %/K
max. 300 ms typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized

≤ 0.5 % (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

-

< 0.02 %/K
< 300 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

-/-/- ... - / - ... - / -

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
-

Ordering data
Description

-

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP

2810612
2810625

1
1

DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC),
can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP

2810638

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current transducer for sinusoidal alternating currents

Accessories

276

PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories

1

Monitoring
Current measurement
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted
The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current
transducers measure sinusoidal and nonsinusoidal alternating currents within the
range 0 ... 200 A.
– True r.m.s. value measurement from
30...6000 Hz
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the hinged
Rogowski coil

D W
H

D W
H


Ex: 

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A,
voltage output


Ex: 

Housing width 55 mm

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A,
current output (loop-powered)

Housing width 55 mm

OUT

OUT
GND

IN

=

Input data
Input current (configurable)
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cable position error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

OUT

=

U

IN

I

OUT
+24V

+24V

Technical data

Technical data

...-S-100-U
...-S-200-U
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A)
1 % (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

...-S-100-I-LP
...-S-200-I-LP
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)
1 % (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
(0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V
≥ 10 kΩ

4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
(UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 1 % (of final value)
< 0.63 %
< 0.035 %/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 60 °C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 1 % (of final value)
< 0.63 %
< 0.025 %/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 60 °C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant
cULus

CE-compliant
cULus

Ordering data
Description

Type

MCR current transducer for sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents
Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A
Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A

MCR-SL-S-100-U
MCR-SL-S-200-U

Ordering data
Order No.

2813457
2813460

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP

2813486
2813499

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

277

Monitoring
Current measurement
Passive AC current transducer,
sinusoidal

D W
H

The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current
transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC,
reconnectable

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A



Housing width 22.5 mm

IN
1A
5A
NC

OUT
IOUT

1
2
3
4

9 OUT I
J
10
500

OUT U

11

GND

12

GND

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Permissible output range
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB

Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

1 A input
0 A AC ... 1 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient
temperature)
50 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
U output
0 ... 10 V
20 V
> 100 kΩ

< 50 mVPP

5 A input
0 A AC ... 5 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
100 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
I output
0 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 750 Ω
< 250 Ω (when current and
voltage outputs are used
simultaneously)
< 50 mVPP

< 0.5 % (of final value)
< 0.015 %/K
< 200 ms
acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25 °C ... 60 °C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description
MCR passive current transducer for sinusoidal alternating
currents

278

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0

2814359

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Monitoring
Current measurement
AC current protector, sinusoidal
D W
H

The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current
protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0...16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Operating current/quiescent current
behavior can be set

For sinusoidal alternating currents,
0 ... 16 A AC



Housing width 22.5 mm
SETPOINT

5
6
7
8

Delay

IN
=

24V DC 13
GND 14
NC 15
NC 16

=

12
11
14
NC

OUT

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Connection method
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching current

L1

N

Switching hysteresis

0 A AC ... 16 A AC
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5 %, 5 %, 10 %, 15 %)

Response delay

typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (adjustable using a potentiometer)

Operating and closed-circuit current behavior
Relay status display
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10-90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Adjustable using a DIP switch
Yellow LED (relay active)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.5 %
< 0.02 %/K
40 ms
acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010-1
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20 °C ... 65 °C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Lighting system

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24

2864464

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents
10

40
30

NC

Emergency lighting

L2

N

20
K

14

RELAY ACTIV

50

0

SETPOINT

11

DELAY TIME

12

MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24

+ 24V
GND

1

NC
NC

24V

Mains voltage

Lighting system with emergency lighting

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

279

Monitoring
Current measurement
Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
configuration software package is used
to configure and visualize all parameters for
the programmable MCR measuring
transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:

For MCR-S-... current transducer

The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

1

2814317

1

MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Accessories
Labels, for marking MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces.)

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available
for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable

For MCR-S-... current transducer
Ordering data
Description
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814388

1

2761295

1

Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB),
1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and
MCR-F-... modules

Accessories
Adapter cable, flexible, 9-pos. D-SUB socket to
25-pos. D-SUB pin

280

PHOENIX CONTACT

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

Monitoring
Current measurement

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

281

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

Utilize solar electricity efficiently
Detect errors – increase efficiency:
photovoltaic systems should achieve
maximum energy yield within the shortest
possible time.
SOLARCHECK provides reliable
information regarding the performance of
your photovoltaic system. It can be used to
detect faults, which may be caused by
damaged panels, defective contacts or
damage in the cabling. This allows you to
implement countermeasures quickly,
thereby increasing the efficiency of your
system.

282

PHOENIX CONTACT

Current topic: reliable monitoring
Whether a small roof-top system on a
family home or a megawatt outdoor system:
for reliable operation, the photovoltaic
market requires monitoring systems where
status information is continuously available
and visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact
offers a comprehensive portfolio of
hardware and software products specifically
designed for this purpose.

Energy of the future
From installation to monitoring - in the
“Components and systems for
photovoltaics” brochure you will find
further innovative solutions for your
photovoltaic system, such as:
– Connection technology
– Surge protection
– Hardware and software solutions
– Generator connection boxes
– Tools and marking

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

1500 V DC

Contact-free current measurement
Contact-free measurement using Hall
sensors offers many advantages:
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the
cable insulation.
– No contact resistance due to additional
contact points.
– The current is forwarded safely as the line
circuit is not directly accessed.

GSM

E

I2

I10

US

RDY FAIL

I5

I6

I13 I14

UM

BSA PF

I7

I8

I15 I16

Space-saving installation without an
additional power supply
With a width of just 22.5 mm, the
narrow measuring module bundles the
cables in a confined space.
– The 2-wire communication cable is also
used to supply the measuring modules.
– This means that one communication
module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply.

AV TR
UL

MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG

LNK

ACT

SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave

SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
1....8 x SCK-M-...

+24V

GND1 GND1

COM

COM

B

A

T5
T7

P_OUT

P_OUT

SCK BUS

P TX

SCK BUS

D_IN

SCK-M-U-1500V

SCK BUS

P_OUT

P TX

D_IN

SCK BUS

STRING
CURRENT

P TX

SCK BUS

D_IN

P - In

24V 0V

≤4 x 0...20 A DC

2...10 V OUT

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591

+ PE-

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

STRING
CURRENT

+

!

1 x 1500 V

1 x 1500 V

≤4 x 0...20 A DC

P - In

24V 0V

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

2...10 V OUT

P TX

D_IN

SCK-M-I-4S-...

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

STRING
CURRENT

-

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591

+ PE-

P_OUT

VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC

+

!

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC

-

P_OUT

STRING
CURRENT

SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242

P TX

D_IN

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

STRING
CURRENT

SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241

SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241

SCK-M-I-4S-...

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

STRING
CURRENT

SCK BUS

A

T6
T8

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

SCK-M-U-1500V

B

T5
T7

SCK-M-I-8S-...

P_OUT

GND2 GND2

T6
T8

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
2903239

GND2 GND2

GND1 GND1

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239

+24V

1....8 x SCK-M-...

P TX

D_IN

Flexible expansion
Optional extension of voltage
measurement up to 1500 V DC.
– Also suitable for grounded systems.
– Suitable for PV systems with extra high
system voltages
– Flexible use, even outside the
SOLARCHECK system

Easy integration in monitoring
systems
The modular SOLARCHECK
monitoring system consists of various
measuring modules for current and voltage
measurement and an associated
communication module.
The communication module collects the
measured values from the current measuring
modules and forwards them to a higher-level
controller. You can acquire up to eight or
four string currents with one current
measuring module each. A maximum of eight
current measuring modules of any type can
be connected to one communication
module. The 2-wire communication cable is
also used to supply the measuring modules
with power. This means that no additional
power supply is required in the field.
The voltage measuring module is usually
connected to and also supplied via the
analog input provided on the 8-channel
current measuring modules.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

283

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Solar system monitoring
H
D

PV string monitoring
SOLARCHECK
The modular SOLARCHECK monitoring
system consists of various devices for
current and voltage measurement and an
associated communication module.

W

Communication module:
– For connecting and collecting measured
values from up to eight measuring
modules
– Provision of data for transfer to higherlevel controllers

Communication module
RS-485 (Modbus RTU)



Current measuring modules:
– 8-channel current measurement up
to 20 A DC
– Detection of reverse currents
up to -1 A
– 4-channel extension modules
for 20 A DC
– Internal temperature monitoring
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the
remote indication contacts of surge
protection modules
– Supply via the communication module
Voltage measuring module
– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in
any grounded PV system
– Connection and supply is usually via the
analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the
8-channel SOLARCHECK current
measuring module
– Output of the voltage measured value as
a 2 ... 10 V analog signal
– As an option, can also be removed from
the SOLARCHECK group and used
separately

Housing width 22.5 mm
T1
T2

T4
T5
T6

RS-485

A
B

INPUT
SCK-MODBUS

T3

GND2

C

GND2
+24 V
DC

T7

DC

+24 V
GND1
GND1

T8

Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage
Own current consumption
Measuring input
Current measuring range
Transmission error, maximum
Temperature coefficient
Reverse current detection
Number of measuring channels
Voltage measuring range
Connection method
Digital input
Controlled by external floating contact
Analog input
Input voltage range
Analog output
Output voltage range
SCK-C-MODBUS data interface
Cable length (for 0.15 mm²)
Communication protocol
Serial port
Serial transmission speed
Cable length
Communication protocol
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA
UL, USA / Canada

24 V DC -10 % ... +25 %
22 mA (typical)
Proprietary
RS-485
9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps
≤ 1200 m
Modbus/RTU
IP20
-20 °C ... 70 °C
22.5 / 102 / 106 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant
1741 Recognized
508 Listed

Ordering data
Description
Communication module
Current measuring module, 8-channel
Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension
Voltage measuring module

284

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

SCK-C-MODBUS

2901674

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
H

H
W

D

H
W

D

Current measuring module, 20 A DC,
8-channel

D

Extension module, 4-channel
Current measurement 20 A DC



Voltage measuring module,
0...1500 V DC



Housing width 22.5 mm

W



Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

Digital
IN

μC
+
0...10V

–

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

SCKBUS
OUT

Digital
IN

COM

mC

SCKBUS
OUT

RX

U1

COM

U-IN

U_OUT

0...1500 V DC

1
2
3
4

8x

I-IN

RX

U2

4x

I-IN
P_IN

0V
24 V

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

Via SCK-C-MODBUS

Via SCK-C-MODBUS

24 V DC -10 % ... +25 % (or via SSCK-M-I-8S-20A)

43 mA (typical)

43 mA (typical)

8 mA (typical)

0 A DC ... 20 A DC (UL: 0 A DC...25 A DC)
± 1 % (of measuring range final value)

0 A DC ... 20 A DC (UL: 0 A DC...25 A DC)
± 1 % (of measuring range final value)

± 1 % (after additional tuning (valid for 100 - 1500 V DC))

0.02 %/K (TK20)
-1 A DC ... 0 A DC
8
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

0.02 %/K (TK20)
-1 A DC ... 0 A DC
4
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

< 0.01 %/K
1
0 V DC ... 1500 V DC
Screw connection

Floating switch contacts

Floating switch contacts

-

0 V ... 10 V

-

-

-

-

2 V DC ... 10 V DC

≤ 300 m (0.14 mm²)
Proprietary

≤ 300 m (0.14 mm²)
Proprietary

-

-

-

-

IP20
-20 °C ... 70 °C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

IP20
-20 °C ... 70 °C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

IP20
-20 °C ... 70 °C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
1741 Recognized
508 Listed

CE-compliant
1741 Recognized
508 Listed

CE-compliant
1741 Recognized
508 Listed

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-I-8S-20A

2903241

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-I-4S-20A

2903242

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-U-1500V

2903591

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

285

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Detect errors before they actually
occur

RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply
systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage such as those that occur as a
result of insulation errors. They can
therefore be used to prevent forced system
shutdown. Plans can be made to remove
errors outside of operating hours. RCM
devices also act as a form of fire prevention.

Increasing use is being made of equipment
such as frequency inverters. In the event of
an error, residual currents with a frequency
of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+
RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are
already able to detect residual currents with
frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds
present-day requirements of 20 kHz for
type B+ devices.

Single-phase
with smoothing

Single-phase

IL
L

Circuit

IF

IF
N
PE

L3
N
PE

IL

IL

IL

t

IF

IF

t

t

IF

Residual current
to ground potential

PHOENIX CONTACT

L1

L2

N
PE

Correct load current

286

IL

IL

L

Solution

Three-phase
star circuit

IF

t

t

t

Type A

–

–

Type B

Type B

Type B

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

Residual currents can increase continually
due to gradual processes. This can be
attributed, for example, to humidity or
conductive dirt on live parts. Residual
current devices trip at different rated
residual currents In, depending on their
type. Additionally installed residual current
monitoring devices prevent sudden system
downtimes thanks to early warnings. The
continuous supply of information about
gradually increasing residual currents allows
timely intervention. Unplanned system
failures can be avoided.

In

Ialarm

Normal operation

Warning range

Normal operation
following intervention

System failure

Full bridge circuit
between
outer conductors

Semi-controlled
full bridge circuit

Full bridge circuit

L

IF

L1
L2
N

IF

N

PE

PE

PE

IL

IL

IL

t

IF

IL
L
IF

IF

PE

N
PE

N
PE

IL

IL

IL

t

t

IF

t

t

IL
IF

t

IF

Burst control

L

L1
L2
L3

IF

t

IF

Phase-controlled
modulator

IL

IL

IL

IL
L
N

Three-phase
full bridge circuit

IF

IF

t

t

t

t

t

Type A

Type A

–

–

Type A

Type A

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

287

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Residual current monitoring - RCM

– Adjustable residual response current of
30 mA to 3 A
– Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay
time
– Actual differential current can be read via
LED display
– Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm
Notes:
Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line)
can be found in the accessories section by entering the order
number (RCM/converter) at: phoenixcontact.net/products

RCM type B+ for smooth and
pulsating DC and AC residual currents up
to 100 kHz
Total width 71.6 mm

Converter for RCM type B+

Total width 65.5 mm

RJ 45
U

U

I

I
12 14

A1
A2

11

Alarm

RJ 45

12 14
11

Pre-alarm

Technical data
Electrical data
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency fN
Rated current In
Max. required back-up fuse
RCM data
Rated response differential current Idyn
Differential current acquisition characteristic

3A
Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz)

Response differential current IΔn
Discrimination threshold main alarm

Technical data
...SCT-35
125 A
-

...SCT-70
200 A
-

...SCT-105
300 A
-

3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz)

30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80 % ... 100 % (of the set response differential current IΔn)

3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

0.1 A ... 3 A
-

Discrimination threshold pre-alarm

10 % ... 90 % (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)

-

-

-

Response time for 2 x IΔn
Thermal permanent differential current Icth

0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-

Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables
Housing material
Ambient temperature (operation)
Degree of protection
Test standards
Test standards
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Mounting
Mounting type

4 kV

150 A (50 Hz /
20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV

150 A (50 Hz / 20 kHz)

Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith

150 A (50 Hz /
20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Polycarbonate
-25 °C ... 65 °C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-400
2
III

Remote indication contact
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Max. operating voltage
Max. operating current

PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)

85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)

23.00 mm

2
IV

DIN rail: 35 mm

Screw
mounting

Evaluation unit
Current transformer
20 mm Ø
30 mm Ø
35 mm Ø
70 mm Ø
105 mm Ø
140 mm Ø
210 mm Ø

288

PHOENIX CONTACT

8 kV

46.00 mm
70.00 mm
Polycarbonate
-20 °C ... 65 °C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414 / DIN VDE 0664-400
2
2
IV
IV
Screw
mounting

Ordering data
Description

3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz)

Screw mounting
-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-B/50/85-264V

2806210

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

RCM-B-SCT- 35
RCM-B-SCT- 70
RCM-B-SCT-105

2806223
2806236
2806249

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1
1
1

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

RCM type A for pulsating DC and AC
residual currents with 50/60 Hz

Converter for RCM type A

Total width 71.6 mm

Converter for RCM type A

Total width 32 mm

Total width 33 mm

k l
A1
A2

12 14

=

11

Alarm
12 14

l

k

11

l

k

Pre-alarm

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

...SCT-20
50 A
-

...SCT-30
100 A
-

...SCT-35
125 A
-

...SCT-70
200 A
-

...SCT-105
250 A
-

...SCT-140
350 A
-

...SCT-210
400 A
-

30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80 % ... 100 % (of the set response differential current IΔn)

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

10 % ... 90 % (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

-

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

4 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)
3A
Type A (50 / 60 Hz)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Polycarbonate
-25 °C ... 65 °C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664
2
III

13.00 mm

2
IV

DIN rail: 35 mm

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
20.00 mm
23.00 mm
46.00 mm
Polycarbonate
-20 °C ... 65 °C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
2
IV
IV
IV

DIN rail: 35
mm

PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)

Ordering data

DIN rail: 35
mm

-

Screw
mounting

70.00 mm

2
IV

Screw
mounting

Screw
mounting

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
93.00 mm
140.00 mm
Polycarbonate
-20 °C ... 65 °C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
IV
IV
Screw
mounting

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-A/50/85-264V

2806016

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Screw mounting
-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-A-SCT- 20
RCM-A-SCT- 30
RCM-A-SCT- 35
RCM-A-SCT- 70

2806045
2806058
2806061
2806074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

RCM-A-SCT-105
RCM-A-SCT-140
RCM-A-SCT-210

2806087
2806090
2806100

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

289

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility

Control and monitor the charging
process of electric vehicles
Sustainable E-Mobility requires safe and
reliable charging infrastructure functions
that can be intelligently integrated into
energy systems if required. The controller
and monitoring components from Phoenix
Contact allow the setup of charging stations
according to current standards and
therefore ensure a high degree of safety and
interoperability with electric vehicles.
Charging controllers for AC charging
Charge electric vehicles according to the
IEC 61851-1 standard with the
E-Mobility EV-CC-... and EM-CP-PP-ETH
charging controllers. The portfolio addresses
the entire spectrum of charging stations,
from simple autonomous charging points up
to networked stations. Comprehensive
configuration options in the devices are
provided for the specific requirements of our
customers.

290

PHOENIX CONTACT

From the charging point to the
networked charging infrastructure
Phoenix Contact charging controllers can
be operated both autonomously and in
networks. Status data can be acquired via
the integrated communication interfaces
and controlled intervention into the
charging process. Here we rely on
standardized communication interfaces and
protocols and therefore offer easy
connection options to various automation
systems.
Smart charging
Operating a charging infrastructure
requires more than just the charging
technology in the charging station.
Intelligent charging infrastructures are
integrated in management systems and
communicate with billing and operator
systems. Based on Phoenix Contact
products, software function blocks for
implementing charging and energy
management, authorization routines, and
interfaces to back-end systems are available,
for example, via the Open Charge Point
Protocol (OCPP).

Residual current detection in the
charging station
The E-Mobility residual current modules
from the EV-RCM series detect AC and
DC residual currents. In conjunction with
existing residual current protection devices,
the modules increase the voltage protection
level during charging of electric vehicles
according to DIN VDE 0100-722. Based on
IEC 62752, residual current devices
(e.g., RCD type A) are protected against
DC components and can continue to be
operated.

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility

All the necessary functions in one
controller
The EV-CC-... charging controllers are
specially designed for simple charging
points. All functions required for this
application are integrated. From the
interface to the vehicle, the control of the
connector locking and its release in case of
mains failure or control of the charging
contactor, all in one device.

The optimum marking solution for
every version
The versions of the EV-CC-... are
conceived respectively for the possible
charging station types. Corresponding
versions are available, whether for charging
stations with permanently connected
Vehicle Connector or with an Infrastructure
Socket Outlet, classical design with DIN rail
or PCB for integration into the housing.

Interface to power meters
Detection of the actual charging current
and the charging power for each individual
vehicle is necessary for efficient charging
and energy management.
The EM-CP-PP-ETH charging
controller is equipped with a configurable
RS-485/Modbus/RTU interface, to which
various meters can be connected.

Compatible with Phoenix Contact
charging controllers
The universal RCM modules from
Phoenix Contact detect DC and AC
residual current and therefore offer
additional protection during vehicle
charging. Optional status monitoring and
resetting of the RCM module is possible in
conjunction with the charging controllers
from Phoenix Contact.

Vehicle Connectors and
Infrastructure Socket Outlets
Phoenix Contact has a unique and wide
range of Vehicle Connectors, charging
cables, Infrastructure Socket Outlets, and
vehicle inlets. Different standards for the
European, American, and Chinese markets
are covered. Solutions for both
conventional AC and fast DC charging are
available for all standards - in particular
components of so-called “Combined
Charging Systems” (CCS).

Note:
Information on charging systems can be
found in Catalog 4, Sensor/actuator cabling
and industrial connectors.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

291

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging
controller
EM-CP-PP-ETH
– AC charging according to IEC 61851-1,
Mode 3
– Comprehensive configuration options
– Ethernet/Modbus/TCP interface
– Charging and energy management
– Connection of power meters

H

H
D

W

EM-EV-CLR-12V
– Plug release in case of mains failure
– For 12 V actuators

D

Charging controller

W

Mains power failure plug release

Notes:
For information on plug-in charging systems, see Catalog 2,
Connection technology for field devices.

Housing width 71.6 mm

Housing width 35.6 mm

Digital input
24 V
8 mA (24 V)
-3 V ... 5 V (Off)
15 V ... 30 V (On)

Signal input
12 V
approx. 5 mA (at 12 V)
-3 V ... 3 V (Off)
-30 V ... -10 V (lock ON)
10 V ... 30 V (release ON)

Relay output R1.3 and R2.4
30 V AC/DC
6A

Relay output
approx. 11.5 V (operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode voltage
of ~ 0.5 V)
4A

Relay output C1.2 and V1.2
250 V AC
6A
1500 VA

-

Digital output
30 V
0.6 A

-

4
12 V ... 30 V
0.1 A (total current for all outputs; internally supplied)
0.6 A (per output; externally supplied)

-

Ethernet interface, 100Base-TX according to IEEE 802.3u /
10Base-T according to IEEE 802.3
RJ45 socket
10/100 Mbps
100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable)

-

RS-485 interface, 2-wire + GND
Screw connection
8, N, 1
9.6 kbps (standard)
2.4 kbps ... 19.2 kbps (adjustable)
Modbus/RTU (master)

-

Technical data

Input
Description of the input
Nominal input voltage UN
Input current
Input voltage level digital I/O
Switching output
Socket locking
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Switching output
Charging contactor output
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Maximum switching capacity
Switching output
Ventilation control
Maximum output voltage
Maximum output current
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Output current
Ethernet interface
Designation
Connection method
Transmission speed
Transmission length
RS-485 interface
Designation
Connection method
Transmission mode
Transmission speed
Protocols
General data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Max. current consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

12 V DC ±5 %
-

110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
95 V AC ... 264 V AC
40 mA
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
IP20
-25 °C ... 60 °C
71.6 / 61 / 90 mm

IP20
-25 °C ... 60 °C
35.6 / 61 / 90 mm

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description
EV Charge Control charging controller
Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release

292

PHOENIX CONTACT

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EM-CP-PP-ETH

2902802

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EM-EV-CLR-12V

2903246

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV CC Electrical Vehicle Charge
Control

new

new
H

EV-CC-AC1-M3-CBC-SER-...
– AC charging according to IEC 61851-1,
Mode 3
– Comprehensive configuration options
– Adjustable amperage
– Integrated locking controller (12 V) and
mains failure plug release
– RS-485 interface (Modbus/RTU slave)
– PCB version and DIN rail device

Charging controller on PCB

DIN rail housing charging controller

Housing width 120 mm

Housing width 124 mm

Digital input
12 V
≤ 1 mA (12 V)
0 V ... 3 V (Off)
9 V ... 15 V (On)

Digital input
12 V
≤ 1 mA (12 V)
0 V ... 3 V (Off)
9 V ... 15 V (On)

Relay output
12 V (internal supply)
2 A (internal supply)

Relay output
12 V (internal supply)
2 A (internal supply)

Relay output
250 V AC (external supply)
6 A (external supply)
1500 VA

Relay output
250 V AC (external supply)
6 A (external supply)
1500 VA

4
5 V ... 30 V
0.5 A (total current for all outputs; internally supplied)
0.6 A (per output; externally supplied)

4
5 V ... 30 V
0.5 A (total current for all outputs; internally supplied)
0.6 A (per output; externally supplied)

RS-485 interface, 2-wire + GND
Screw connection
8, N, 1
9.6 kbps (standard)
9.6 kbps ... 19.2 kbps (adjustable)
Modbus/RTU (slave)

RS-485 interface, 2-wire + GND
Screw connection
8, N, 1
9.6 kbps (standard)
9.6 kbps ... 19.2 kbps (adjustable)
Modbus/RTU (slave)

100 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
< 1 W (no-load)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
IP00
-35 °C ... 70 °C (operation)
120 / 108 / 20 mm

100 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
< 1 W (no-load)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
IP20
-35 °C ... 70 °C (operation)
124 / 128 / 64 mm

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Technical data

Input
Description of the input
Nominal input voltage UN
Input current
Input voltage level digital I/O
Switching output
Socket locking
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Switching output
Charging contactor output
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Maximum switching capacity
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Output current
RS-485 interface
Designation
Connection method
Transmission mode
Transmission speed
Protocols
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

W

D

Technical data

Ordering data
Description
Charging controller for case B and C

Type
EV-CC-AC1-M3-CBC-SER-PCB

Ordering data
Order No.
1622453

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Type

Order No.

EV-CC-AC1-M3-CBC-SER-HS

1622452

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

293

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV CC Electrical Vehicle Charge
Control

new

new
H
D

EV-CC-AC1-M3-CC-SER-...
– AC charging according to IEC 61851-1,
Mode 3
– Comprehensive configuration options
– Adjustable amperage
– Optimized for charging stations with
vehicle connector (case C)
– RS-485 interface (Modbus/RTU slave)
– PCB version and DIN rail device

Charging controller on PCB

DIN rail housing charging controller

Housing width 120 mm

Housing width 124 mm

Digital input
12 V
≤ 1 mA (12 V)
0 V ... 3 V (Off)
9 V ... 15 V (On)

Digital input
12 V
≤ 1 mA (12 V)
0 V ... 3 V (Off)
9 V ... 15 V (On)

Relay output
250 V AC (external supply)
6 A (external supply)
1500 VA

Relay output
250 V AC (external supply)
6 A (external supply)
1500 VA

4
5 V ... 30 V
0.5 A (total current for all outputs; internally supplied)
0.6 A (per output; externally supplied)

4
5 V ... 30 V
0.5 A (total current for all outputs; internally supplied)
0.6 A (per output; externally supplied)

RS-485 interface, 2-wire + GND
Screw connection
8, N, 1
9.6 kbps (standard)
9.6 kbps ... 19.2 kbps (adjustable)
Modbus/RTU (slave)

RS-485 interface, 2-wire + GND
Screw connection
8, N, 1
9.6 kbps (standard)
9.6 kbps ... 19.2 kbps (adjustable)
Modbus/RTU (slave)

100 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
< 1 W (no-load)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
IP00
-35 °C ... 70 °C (operation)
120 / 108 / 20 mm

100 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
< 1 W (no-load)
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
IP20
-35 °C ... 70 °C (operation)
124 / 128 / 64 mm

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Technical data

Input
Description of the input
Nominal input voltage UN
Input current
Input voltage level digital I/O
Switching output
Charging contactor output
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Maximum switching capacity
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Output current
RS-485 interface
Designation
Connection method
Transmission mode
Transmission speed
Protocols
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

Ordering data
Description
Charging controller for case C

294

PHOENIX CONTACT

W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EV-CC-AC1-M3-CC-SER-PCB

1622460

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Type

Order No.

EV-CC-AC1-M3-CC-SER-HS

1622459

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV RCM residual current monitoring

new

new
H

H

EV RCM...
– Universal residual current monitoring for
AC and DC residual current detection
– Operate values DC 6 mA and AC 30 mA
– Protection of higher-level safety
equipment, such as type A residual
current circuit breakers, against DC
residual currents
– Single or two-channel version

D

W

RCM module for one charging point

Housing width 36 mm
Input
Measuring transducer input
Switching output
Alarm relay K1
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Method of operation
Contact type
Switching output
Alarm relay K2
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Method of operation
Contact type
Residual current measuring range
Rated frequency
Number of channels
Measuring range
Current measuring range
Residual current IΔn1
Residual current IΔn2
Load current
Response time at 1 x IΔn
Response time at 2 x IΔn
Response time at 5 x IΔn
Response time at IN
Measuring current transducer
Cable feed-through diameter
Supply
Connection method
General data
Supply voltage range
Max. current consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Reload function
Operating elements
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
Climatic class

D

RCM module for two separate charging points

Housing width 36 mm

Technical data

EV RCM 1-channel
EV RCM 2-channel

Technical data

plug-in; front

plug-in; front

IΔn DC1
250 V
5A
Quiescent current
1 N/O contact

IΔn AC1 and IΔn DC1
250 V
5A
Quiescent current
1 N/O contact

IΔn AC2
250 V
5A
Quiescent current
1 N/O contact

IΔn AC2 and IΔn DC2
250 V
5A
Quiescent current
1 N/O contact

≤ 2000 Hz
1
± 300 mA (peak)
50 A (45 Hz ... 50 Hz)
30 mA
6 mA
32 A
< 180 ms
< 70 ms
< 20 ms
< 500 ms

≤ 2000 Hz
2
± 300 mA (peak)
50 A (45 Hz ... 50 Hz)
30 mA
6 mA
32 A
< 180 ms
< 70 ms
< 20 ms
< 500 ms

15 mm
via RCM module
Connector

15 mm
via RCM module
Connector

100 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
22 mA
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
IP20
-25 °C ... 80 °C (operation)
3 switch-on attempts at intervals of 15 min.
Test/reset button; 2 status LEDs
36 / 90 / 70.5 mm

100 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
22 mA
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
IP20
-25 °C ... 80 °C (operation)
3 switch-on attempts at intervals of 15 min.
Test/reset button; 2 status LEDs
36 / 90 / 70.5 mm

CE-compliant
According to IEC 60271/-1/-2/-3

CE-compliant
According to IEC 60271/-1/-2/-3

Ordering data
Description

W

Type
EV-RCM-C1-AC30-DC6

Ordering data
Order No.
1622450

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EV-RCM-C2-AC30-DC6

1622451

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

295

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

For high system availability
EMD monitoring relays can be used to
detect deviations in important system
parameters at an early stage. These can be
indicated or system parts can be shut down
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure
error-free and cost-effective operation of
your system. They are an inexpensive
solution for numerous monitoring
functions.
– Surge voltage and undervoltage
– Overcurrent and undercurrent
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase
asymmetry
– Power factor and real power
– Motor winding temperature
– Levels
For system monitoring, choose from two
product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.

296

PHOENIX CONTACT

Perfect timing
ETD timer relays ensure optimum time
sequences.
The modules are the cost-effective
alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration
and fast wiring.
Choose from two product ranges for
your ideal time control application:
– Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one
time range and one function
– Multifunctional timer relays with
selectable time ranges and functions

Professionally packaged components
Function modules with professional
housing and connection technology can be
used to integrate electronic components in
your system. They can be used to perform a
variety of tasks:
– Diode modules provide protection
against polarity reversal. In addition, they
decouple messages in fault reporting
systems.
– Lamp testing modules decouple signals in
isolation in the field of fault reporting
technology.
– Display modules simplify troubleshooting
and provide help for monitoring
processes.

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

Compact monitoring relays
Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from
series production to building installation.
– Compact installation housing
– Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in
technology
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LED

Multifunctional monitoring relays
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning
and short response times
– Worldwide use, thanks to wide range
power supply unit or plug-in transformer
– Space saving – with two PDT outputs in
22.5 mm wide housing
– Electrically isolated measuring and supply
circuits
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LEDs

Multifunctional timer relays
For universal use thanks to wide range of
functions.
– Just three versions for all conventional
time control applications.
– Two floating PDT outputs on an overall
width of just 22.5 mm
– Supply voltage via wide range power
supply unit
– Optimum setting of times ranging from
milliseconds to several days

Function modules
Function modules transform components
such as diodes into a shock-proof and dustproof electronics module.
– Easy installation, thanks to electronics
housing with IP20 protection that can be
installed in a control cabinet
– Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the
foot catch
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical
connection technology

Ultra-narrow timer relays
The space-saving and inexpensive solution
for simple time control applications.
– Each with one time range and one
function
– Overall width of just 6.2 mm - saves up
to 70% space compared to conventional
timer relays
– Precise time setting using the illuminated
thumbwheel
– Fast wiring through the use of jumpers

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

297

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Monitoring relays
H

H

Single-phase current monitoring
The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors
AC currents from 0 ... 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front
Single-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and
AC voltages.
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front

W

D

W

D

Current monitoring, 1-phase
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Voltage monitoring, 1-phase
Undervoltage, window





Housing width 17.5 mm

Housing width 17.5 mm

16 18

16 18
Li

U1

24 V DC

Lk

U2

24 V AC

N

U3

230 V AC

15

U = 230 V AC

Technical data
Functions
Input
Input ranges

Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption

15

GND

Technical data

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Undervoltage, window
0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)

0 A ... 5 A AC
0 A ... 10 A AC
Configurable via rotary switch
3 mΩ
5 % ... 95 % (of IN)
10 % ... 100 % (of IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5 % (of the nominal value)
± 5 % (of the nominal value)
≤2%

75 % ... 115 % (of UN)
80 % ... 120 % (of UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

230 V AC ±15 %
5 VA (0.8 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25 % ... +20 % (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (at 230 V AC (0.6 W))
1.3 VA (at 24 V AC (0.8 W))
0.6 W (at 24 V DC)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

-25 °C ... 55 °C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-25 °C ... 55 °C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-BL-C-10-PT

2903522

EMD-BL-C-10

2903521

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

EMD-BL-V-230-PT

2903524

1

1

EMD-BL-V-230

2903523

1

Compact monitoring relay with push-in connection
Compact monitoring relay with screw connection

298

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Monitoring relays
H

H

Three-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
Phase monitoring
The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit

W

D

W

D

Voltage monitoring, 3-phase
Window, phase sequence

Phase monitoring
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry





Housing width 17.5 mm

Housing width 17.5 mm

16 18

16 18

L1

L1

L2

L2

L3

L3
15

15

Technical data
Functions
Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption

Technical data

Window, phase sequence

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

280 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 400/230 V
70 % ... 120 % (of UN)
80 % ... 130 % (of UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5 % (of the nominal value)
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

187 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

±30 % (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (1 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

±10 % (= measuring voltage)
10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)
16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

-25 °C ... 55 °C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-25 °C ... 55 °C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Compact monitoring relay with push-in connection
Compact monitoring relay with screw connection

EMD-BL-3V-400-PT

2903526

1

EMD-BL-PH-480-PT

2903528

1

EMD-BL-3V-400

2903525

1

EMD-BL-PH-480

2903527

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

299

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Monitoring relays
H

H

Single-phase current monitoring
EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC currents within the range
0 ... 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

W

D

Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring



Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring



Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

16 18 26 28
I1

100 mA

I1

100 mA

I2

1A

I2

1A

I3

10 A

I3

10 A

15

GND

25

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

POWER
MODULE

A2

Technical data
Functions

15

GND
A1

A1 A2

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
Overcurrent

0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA); 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A); 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)

0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA); 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A); 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)

5 % ... 95 % (of IN)
10 % ... 100 % (of IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

5 % ... 95 % (of IN)
10 % ... 100 % (of IN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Input
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Ordering data
Description
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

300

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMD-SL-C-UC-10
Undercurrent

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-C-10

2866022

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
EMD-SL-C-UC-10

2866019
2867937

1
1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Monitoring relays
H

H

Single-phase voltage monitoring
EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC voltages within the range
0 ... 300 V.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

W

D

Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring



Undervoltage monitoring



Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

16 18 26 28
U1

30 V

U1

30 V

U2

60 V

U2

60 V

U3

300 V

U3

300 V

15

GND

25

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

A2

Technical data
Functions

15

GND
A1

A1 A2

POWER
MODULE

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory

Undervoltage

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5 % ... 95 % (of UN)
10 % ... 100 % (of UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5 % ... 95 % (of UN)
10 % ... 100 % (of UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

Electrical service life

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Input
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Ordering data
Description
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

Type
EMD-FL-V-300

Ordering data
Order No.
2866048

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-V-UV-300

2866035

1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

301

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Monitoring relays
H

H

Three-phase voltage monitoring
EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor
three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable response delay
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Adjustable asymmetry

W

D

W

D

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
400 V or 230 V

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
500 V or 690 V





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 45 mm

16 18 26 28

16 18 26 28
L1

L1

L2

L2

L3

L3
15

(N)

25

15
A1

A1 A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

POWER
U = 110...500 V AC
MODULE

A2

Technical data
Functions

Technical data

EMD-FL-3V-400
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-230
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-690
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-500
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ
-30 % ... 20 % (of UN)
-20 % ... 30 % (of UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

161 V AC ... 299 V AC
3 N ~ 230/132 V
470 kΩ

483 V AC ... 897 V AC
3 ~ 690 V
1 MΩ
-30 % ... 20 % (of UN)
-20 % ... 30 % (of UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

350 V AC ... 650 V AC
3 ~ 500 V
1 MΩ

5 % ... 25% / OFF

Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC

302

PHOENIX CONTACT

5 % ... 25% / OFF

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

25

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-3V-400
EMD-FL-3V-230

2866064
2885773

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-3V-690
EMD-FL-3V-500

2885249
2867979

1
1

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304

1
1
1
1

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
new
H

H
W

D

D

Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring,
400 V with/without neutral conductor

H
W

D

W

Phase monitoring, 400 V



Phase monitoring, 690 V



Housing width 22.5 mm



Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18
12 14 22 24

L1

16 18 26 28

L2

L1

L1

L3

L2

L2

L3

L3

15
A1

POWER
MODULE

A2

11

(N)

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

21

15

Technical data

EMD-SL-3V-400
Window, without neutral
conductor connection

EMD-SL-3V-400-N
Window, with neutral conductor
connection

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 ~ 400 V
1 MΩ
-30 % ... 20 % (of UN)
-20 % ... 30 % (of UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ

Technical data

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

Undervoltage, phase sequence, phase failure

± 5 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

342 V AC ... 457 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
15 kΩ
≤ 350 ms (fixed setting)
Fixed, approx. 30 %
-

177 V AC ... 794 V AC
3~ 208 V ... 690 V
0.1 s ... 10 s
25 %
≤ 3 % (of scale end value)
≤ 5 % (of scale end value)
≤2%

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC at +55 °C)
150 VA (5 A/30 V DC at +55°C)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles
20 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

From the measured voltage
9 VA
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

±15 % (= measuring voltage)
2 VA (1.2 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 70 °C (C300)
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-3V-400
EMD-SL-3V-400-N

2866051
2885278

1
1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

25

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-PH-400

2866077

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-PH-690

2905597

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

303

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Monitoring relays
H

H

Real power monitoring
The real power in single and 3-phase
networks can be monitored with the
EMD-FL-RP-480 real power monitoring
relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Temperature monitoring of the motor
winding
– Variable supply voltage range
– Detection of switched off loads
Load monitoring (cos φ)
The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay
is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in
single or three-phase networks.

W

D

D

Real power monitoring

W

Load monitoring (cos φ)





Housing width 45 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

i

16 18 26 28

k
L1I

L1

15

L2

L2

26 28

L3

L3

T1

15

L1K

T2

Y1 Y2

A1 A2

POWER
MODULE
supply≤ 500 V AC

A1
A2

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data
Functions
Input
Description of the input
Measured value
Measuring ranges PN
Nominal input voltage UN
Input ranges
Input ranges
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Switching threshold cos φ
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Rated insulation voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Min.
Max.

Technical data

Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring

Underload, overload, Window

Voltage input
AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz)
Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW

AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)
-

480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.15 A ... 6 A (range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW)
0.3 A ... 12 A (range: 3 kW and 6 kW)
5 % ... 110 % (of PN)
10 % ... 120 % (of PN)
-

3 N ~ 415/240 V
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.5 A ... 10 A (connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

0.1 ... 0.99
0.2 ... 1

107

Approx. 2 x
cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

3.5 VA (3 W)
300 V (according to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
300 V (according to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
UL applied for

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC

304

PHOENIX CONTACT

25

25

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-RP-480

2900177

1

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC
EMD-SL-PS45-500AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304
2885317

1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-PF-400

2885809

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Filling level monitoring
H

H

The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay
monitors the level of electrically conductive
liquids with the help of conductive probes
(not supplied as standard).
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

D

Temperature monitoring (motor windings)



W

Filling level monitoring



Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

12 14 22 24

16 18 26 28

T1

E1

T2

E2

R

E3
11

A1

POWER
MODULE

A2

15

21
A1 A2

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

U = 230 V AC

Technical data
Functions
Input
Total cold resistance
Response value
Release value
Basic accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Measuring input
Max. probe voltage
Max. probe current
Length of probe cable

Switching threshold
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life

25

Technical data

Winding temperature monitoring

Pumping up (minimum monitoring), pumping down (maximum
monitoring)

< 1.5 kΩ
≥ 3.6 kΩ (relay drops out)
≤ 1.8 kΩ (relay picks up)
± 10 % (of scale end value)
≤2%
-

Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3
16 V AC
7 mA
< 1000 m (line capacity 100 nF/km; set value < 50%)
< 100 m (line capacity 100 nF/km; set value 100%)

-

0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

107

Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection

Approx. 2 x
cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110
230 V AC -15 % ... +15% AC
110 V AC -10 % ... +15% AC
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

-25 °C ... 55 °C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMD-SL-PTC

2866093

1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110

2885906
2901137

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

305

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Compact time relay

new

The multifunctional time relay offers
universal use thanks to a variety of functions
and various time settings. The rotary
switches on the front of the housing allow
easy parameterization. The compact design
also allows flexible use.
Main features:
– Adjustable time
– Time range: 50 ms to 1 h
– Non-floating control input
– Delay functions
– Wiper functions
– Output: one floating PDT
– Clear diagnostics via status LED


B1

16

18

A1

t

A2
U = 85...240 V AC/DC

15

Technical data
Functions

Control contact
Connection
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Mechanical service life
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

E: With switch-on delay
R: With release delay and control contact
Es: With switch-on delay and control contact
Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
≥ 50 ms (DC)
1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
15 x 106 cycles
85 V AC/DC ... 240 V AC/DC -15 % ... +10 %
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ETD-BL-1T-230

2905813

1

ETD-BL-1T-230-PT

2905814

1

Compact time relay, multifunctional, with screw connection
Compact time relay, multifunctional, with push-in connection

306

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
Timer relay

Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
The multifunctional plug-in timer module
transforms the relay module into a timer
relay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and
select four time functions. Fine adjustments
to the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input
voltage of 24 V AC/DC.

Time module

Functions:
– With switch-on delay
– With passing make contact
– Flasher/pulse generator
–
–
–
–


12

Time ranges:
0.5 s - 10 s
5 s - 100 s
0.5 min - 10 min
5 min - 100 min

14 22

34 42

24 32

44

A2A1+

t

11

21

31

41

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN
Input circuit
Output data
Limiting continuous current
General data
Mounting position
Repeat accuracy
Ambient temperature (operation)

With switch-on delay

U
LED

t 7 ms)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

TT1

Ambient temperature range
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25 °C ... 55 °C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
A1 Y1 25
Y2

Description

WATCHDOG

Electronic timer relay with adjustable functions and times

25 26 28
16 18 A2

Message for incorrect pulse

310

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

ETD-FL-2T-DTI

2866187

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics
H

H
W

D

W

D

Multifunctional timer relay,
one adjustable time

Impulse encoder,
adjustable pulse and pause times





Housing width 22.5 mm

B1

Housing width 22.5 mm

16

18

26

16

28

18

26

28

A1

A1

t

t

A2

A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

25

15

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

25

15

Technical data

E: With switch-on delay
R: With release delay and control contact
Es: With switch-on delay and control contact
Wu: With single shot leading edge, voltage controlled
Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact
Wa: With single shot trailing edge and control contact
Bi: Flashing beginning with pulse
Bp: Flashing beginning with pause

lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

-

Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1

-

< 10 m
min. 70 ms

-

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25 °C ... 55 °C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

-25 °C ... 55 °C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ETD-SL-1T-DTF

2866161

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

ETD-SL-2T-I

2866174

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

311

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

Diode modules
Diode circuits perform various tasks in
electrical control systems, particularly in
electronic ones:
– Electrical decoupling of messages in fault
signaling systems
– Spark-suppression diodes for limiting
surge voltages of inductive loads,
(solenoid valves, DC relays or similar)
– Can be supplied as “diode gates”
combined with anode or cathode or as
freely assignable diodes
Notes:

D W
H

D W
H

With diode type 1 N 4007

With diode type 1 N 5408



Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
phoenixcontact.net/products.


1

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

2

4

6

8

Technical data
Diodes
Max. operating voltage Umax
Peak reverse voltage per diode
Reverse current per diode
Conducting state voltage per diode
Conducting state current per diode
General data
Ambient temperature range
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

with single load
with simultaneous loads

Technical data

4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M
250 V AC
1300 V
5 µA
approx. 0.8 V

14P / 14M / 32P / 32M
250 V AC
1300 V
5 µA
approx. 0.8 V

4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-...
250 V AC
1000 V
10 µA
approx. 0.8 V

8P-... / 8M-...
250 V AC
1000 V
10 µA
approx. 0.8 V

0.7 A
0.5 A

0.7 A
0.2 A

1.5 A
1A

1.5 A
0.3 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C
300 V (according to EN 50178)
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)

-20 °C ... 50 °C
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

2 (according to EN 50178)

2 (according to EN 50178)

Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

any
Can be aligned without spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

any
Can be aligned without spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Housing width

Diode module, can be individually wired

4 diodes
8 diodes
17 diodes
Diode module, with P-polarity (common cathode)

22.5 mm
45 mm
90 mm

4 diodes
7 diodes
8 diodes
14 diodes
32 diodes
Diode module, with M polarity (common anode)

22.5 mm
22.5 mm
45 mm
45 mm
90 mm

4 diodes
7 diodes
8 diodes
14 diodes
32 diodes

22.5 mm
22.5 mm
45 mm
45 mm
90 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-DIO 4E
EMG 45-DIO 8E
EMG 90-DIO 17E

2950048
2950103
2954895

10
5
5

EMG 22-DIO 7P

2950064

10

EMG 45-DIO14P
EMG 90-DIO 32P

2950116
2954918

5
5

EMG 22-DIO 7M

2950077

10

EMG 45-DIO14M
EMG 90-DIO 32M

2950129
2954934

5
5

2947035

50

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408

2952790
2949389

10
5

EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408

2952198

10

EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408

2954879

5

EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408

2952211

10

EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408

2954882

5

2947035

50

Accessories
Equipment marker

312

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMG-GKS 12

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

Monitoring
Monitoring and diagnostics

Lamp testing modules
Lamp testing modules for checking lamps
that are installed and ready for operation:
– Individual checking of separate lamps
(EMG...-E/LP)
– Centrally controlled checking of lamps
(EMG...-M/LP)
Display modules
– Light indicator modules facilitate the
monitoring of processes on electronic
control systems during troubleshooting
Notes:

D W
H

D W
H

Lamp testing module,
groups of 2 diodes with common cathode



Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
phoenixcontact.net/products.

Light indicator module,
with common return line


1

2

4

3

5

6

7

10

1

2

3

4

8

9 11 12

5

6

7

0

Technical data
Diodes
Max. operating voltage Umax
Peak reverse voltage per diode
Reverse current per diode
Conducting state voltage per diode
Conducting state current per diode
Input
Current required per light indicator
General data
Ambient temperature range
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

with single load
with simultaneous loads

Technical data

8E/16E
250 V AC
1300 V
≤ 5 µA
approx. 0.8 V

14M/32M
250 V AC
1300 V
≤ 5 µA
approx. 0.8 V

0.7 A
0.4 A

0.7 A
0.2 A

-20 °C ... 50 °C
300 V (according to EN 50178)
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)

LA 7S

LED 7S/LED 14S

approx. 1 mA

approx. 3 mA

-20 °C ... 45 °C
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

2 (according to EN 50178)

2 (according to EN 50178)

Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

any
Can be aligned without spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

any
Can be aligned without spacing
75 / 47.5 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

22.5 mm

EMG 22-LA 7S/230

2949677

10

22.5 mm
45 mm

EMG 22-LED 7S/24
EMG 45-LED 14S/24

2952305
2952334

10
5

2947035

50

Housing width

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Lamp testing module, for individual wiring
4-pair
8-pair
Lamp testing module, with common control

45 mm
90 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP
EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP

2954798
2954808

5
5

7-pair
16-pair
Light indicator module, 110 ... 230 V AC input voltage

45 mm
90 mm

EMG 45-DIO14M/LP
EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP

2950132
2954785

5
5

7 glow lamps
Light indicator module, 24 V DC input voltage
7 LEDs
14 LEDs

Accessories
Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

2947035

50

EMG-GKS 12

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Accessories

PHOENIX CONTACT

313

314

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
The importance of the reliability of
industrial automation equipment is growing
with the increase in use of electronic
modules.
Modern relay or solid-state relay
interfaces perform a wide range of tasks.
Whether in production engineering, for the
electrical equipment of machines or in
control engineering for energy distribution,
building automation and materials
processing – the main aim is to guarantee
the exchange of signals between the process
peripherals and the superior, central control
systems. This exchange must provide
reliable operation, be floating and
electrically unambiguous. Safe electrical
interface modules that meet the
requirements of modern system concepts
must include the following features:
– Coupling of different signal levels
– Safe electrical isolation between input and
output
– High degree of resistance to interference
In practice, a relay interface comes into
use when dealing with a flexible interface
configuration with a large switching capacity
range and the possibility of combining
different types of contact. Further
important features of relay interfaces are:
– Electrical isolation between open
contacts
– Switching of independent switching
current types
– High short-term overload resistance in
the event of a short circuit or voltage
peaks
– Practically impervious to electromagnetic
fields
– Easy handling
Solid-state relay modules are used when
an interface between the process
peripherals and electronics is subject to the
following requirements:
– Low control power
– High switching frequencies
– Wear-free switching with no contact
bounce
– Resistance to vibration and impacts
– Long service life

Product range overview
Product overview

316

Basics of relay technology

318

Basics of solid-state relay technology

322

Sensor/actuator configuration aids and
handling of interference signals

324

Industrial relay system with push-in connection RIFLINE complete

326

Industrial relay system with screw connection PR series

376

Highly compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE

398

Programmable logic relay system PLC logic

452

Relay modules in terminal block design DEK series

460

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

466

PHOENIX CONTACT

315

Relay modules
Product overview
RIFLINE complete

RIF-0 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 328

RIF-1 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 334

RIF-2 for industrial relays

PR2 for industrial relays

PR3 for octal relays

Page 342

RIF-3 for octal relays

Page 346

PR series

PR1 for miniature or solid-state relays
Page 378
As sensor/actuator version
Page 404

PLC logic

Page 384
Resistant to interference currents/voltages
Page 414

For railway applications

Page 388
Page 441

Accessories
Types of electronics

Page 379
Page 447

DEK series

Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
Page 454

With miniature relay

Page 461

Actuator series with miniature relays
Page 463

Sensor series with miniature relays
Page 463

Relays for switching lamp loads

Solid-state power relays with
400 V AC/400 V AC/3 A output

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Relay terminal blocks with switch

316

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 467

Interference-free relays and
solid-state relays

Page 468

Page 471

Page 472

Relay modules
Product overview

RIF-4 for high-power relays

Page 350

Accessories

Page 356

PLC-INTERFACE

With relay/solid-state relay
As sensor/actuator version

With solid-state relay

Page 400
Page 404

With switch
For railway applications

Page 430
Page 441

For NAMUR initiators
Types of electronics

Page 446
Page 447

Page 464

Safety devices

Safety devices
See Catalog 8

For high inrush/continuous currents
Page 410
Resistant to interference currents/voltages
Page 414

Monitoring relays

Page 378

Monitoring relays

Timer relays

Page 298

Timer relays

Page 308

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

317

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology

Coil side
Input circuits and voltage types
There are various kinds of input circuit
depending on the type of relay used and the
nature of the control voltage.
If pure AC relays are used (AC input),
the input circuit is generally nothing more
than a visual switching status indicator.
Unless otherwise specified, the
frequency of the control voltage is
50/60 Hz.

To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a
bridge rectifier is connected in the input
circuit. The diodes are simultaneously
responsible for performing rectification,
freewheeling, and polarity reversal
protection functions. The interrupting
voltage of the coil is limited to
approximately 1.4 V.
To protect the input circuit against surge
voltages, a varistor is also connected
(depending on the type) upstream of the
bridge rectifier.

usable working range becomes restricted as
a result.
The diagram below illustrates how the
operating voltage behaves as a function of
the ambient temperature.

Operating voltage

General
Electromechanical relays are used as
interface modules between the process I/O
devices, on the one hand, and the openloop/closed-loop control and signaling
equipment, on the other, for level and
power adjustment purposes.
Essentially, electromechanical relays can
be divided into two main groups:
monostable and bistable relays.
With monostable DC or AC relays, the
contacts automatically return to the release
state as soon as they are de-energized.
In the case of bistable relays, the
contacts remain in their present switch
position when the excitation current is
switched off.

Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input

Bistable latching relays with duplex
winding are operated solely with DC
voltage.
With these types of relay, there are
three coil connections on the coil side. In
addition to the common connection, there
are separate connections for “setting” and
“resetting”; these are controlled by short
pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly
heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both
control inputs is not permitted.
A distinction is made between negative
switching (M) and positive switching (P)
types, depending on the polarity of the
freewheeling and polarity protection
diodes.

Basic construction of a relay with AC input

Ambient temperature in °C
Basic curve of a relay operating voltage

I: Maximum permitted voltage with 100%
operating time (OT) and assuming
compliance with the coil temperature
limit
II: Minimum response voltage
Interference voltages and
interference currents on the coil side
When inductive or capacitive
interference voltages are coupled into the
long supply lines of a relay, this can prevent
the relay from operating safely.
If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the
release voltage required by the IEC 61810-1
“relay standard”, in extreme cases the relay
may fail to release. In the case of DC relays,
this release voltage is  0.05 x U and for
purely AC relays, it is  0.15 x U .
The same disturbances can occur when
a relay with a low input power is controlled
by an electronics module with an AC
voltage output featuring an RC circuit. The
typical leakage current from RC elements of
this kind (generally in the region of several
mA) provides sufficient control power to
prevent the downstream relay from
releasing or even enough power to excite it.
The disturbance level of any
interference voltages that are present can
be reduced by connecting an RC element
parallel to the relay coil. This measure also
subjects the interference voltage to a
capacitive load, causing it to collapse.
N

In the case of a pure DC input, the most
important addition to the circuit is a
freewheeling diode. This limits the voltages
induced on the coil on circuit interruption
to a value of approximately 0.7 V, which
does not pose a danger to any connected
control electronics.
As the freewheeling diode can only
perform its required function if the polarity
of the voltage connection is correct, a
reverse polarity protection diode is also
integrated into the input circuit.

N

Block diagram of a bistable relay, negative switching type

Block diagram of bistable relay, positive switching type

Basic construction of a relay with DC input

318

PHOENIX CONTACT

Operating voltage range
The ambient temperature prevailing at
the location of use has a major impact on
certain relay operating parameters.
As the ambient temperature increases,
the coil winding heats up, causing the
response and release voltages to rise. At the
same time, the maximum permitted coil
voltage decreases, which means that the

Relay modules

UINTERF

Basics of relay technology
Contact material

Typ. properties

Typ. applications

Guide values
for the usage
range*

Gold Au

Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low
and constant contact resistances in the range of
small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver
(AuAg) alloys.

Dry measuring and switching
circuits, control inputs

A ... 0.2 A
V ... 30 V

Silver Ag

High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur,
therefore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m)
as protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys
increase the mechanical resistance and erosion
resistance and reduce the welding tendency.

Universal; suitable for medium
loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15)
for DC circuits with medium to
large loads.

 12 V
 10 mA

Silver, hard goldplated Ag+Au

Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating
(5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and
properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However,
a reduction in the service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

Tungsten W

Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance;
greater contact resistances; very low welding
tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as
lead contact.

Loads with very high switch-on
currents, e.g., glow lamps,
fluorescent lamps.

 60 V
1A

Silver nickel
AgNi

High erosion resistance; low welding tendency;
higher contact resistances than with pure silver.

Universal; suitable for medium to
high loads; DC circuits, and
inductive loads.

 12 V
 10 mA

Silver nickel
AgNi+Au

Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating
(5-10 m) is destroyed and the values and
properties of the AgNi contact are applicable.
However, a reduction in the service life is then to be
expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

Silver tin oxide
AgSnO

Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance
for high switching capacities; low material migration

Application depends heavily on
the relay type; switching circuits
with high make and break loads,
e.g. glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to
different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
for smaller loads.

 12 V
 100 mA
( 10 mA)

Silver tin oxide,
hard gold-plated
AgSnO+Au

Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A the hard gold plating
(5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and
properties of the AgSnO contact are applicable.
However, a reduction in the service life is then to be
expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

External RC interference suppressor to prevent interference
voltage coupling

The following values are recommended
for the purpose of dimensioning the
RC element:
– R = 100 ... 220 
– C = 220 ... 470 nF
The SO46 series have been developed
to provide even higher levels of immunity to
interference. These products already
contain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for
example, PLC...SO46.
Contact side, contact materials
Given the wide variety of potential
applications in the different industrial
sectors, the relays used must be matched to
the various tasks that need to be performed
by selecting the right kind of contact
material.
The voltage, current, and power values
play an important role when determining
the suitability of contact materials. Other
criteria include:
– Contact resistance
– Erosion resistance
– Material migration
– Welding tendency
– Chemical influences
In this way, the various contact materials
(generally noble metal alloys) can be
matched to the relevant usage ranges.
The adjacent table provides details of
some of the key materials.
Contact protection circuit
Every electrical load constitutes a mixed
load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive
components.
When these loads are switched, the
switching contact is in turn subjected to a
load, to either a lesser or greater extent.
This load can be reduced by including a
suitable contact protection circuit.
In view of the fact that loads with a large
inductive component are predominantly
used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid
valves, motors, etc.), these application
scenarios are worth considering in more
detail.
On interruption, voltage peaks with
values of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.
These high voltages cause an electric arc
on the switching contact which can destroy
the contact due to material vaporization
and material migration. The electrical
service life is reduced considerably as a
result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in

* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.

the very first switching cycle with DC
voltage and an electric arc.
A protective circuit must be used to
suppress the formation of an electric arc.
With optimum dimensioning, almost the
same number of cycles can be achieved as
with an ohmic load.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

319

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
In principle, there are a number of
possible ways of achieving an effective
circuit:
1. Contact wiring
2. Load wiring
3. Combination of both wiring methods

Load wiring

Diode

Additional
dropout
delay

Defined
induction voltage
limitation

Effective
bipolar
attenuation

Large

Yes (UD)

No

Advantages:
• Good effect in terms of extending
the service life of contacts
• Easy implementation
• Inexpensive
• Reliable
• Dimensioning not critical
• Low induction voltage
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only via load resistor
• Long dropout delay

Medium to
small

Yes (UZD)

No

Advantages:
• Dimensioning not critical

Load

Diode/Zener diode,
series connection

Contact wiring

In principle, protective measures should
intervene directly at the source of the
interference.
Wiring a load should therefore be given
priority over wiring the contact.
The following points are advantageous
for the load circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the
induction voltage during interruption.
By contrast, the sum of the operating
voltage and the induction voltage is
applied to the contact circuit.
2. When the contact is open, the load is
electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.
3. It is not possible for the load to be
activated or to “stick” due to undesired
operating currents, e.g., from RC
elements.
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be
coupled into parallel control lines.
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve connectors that are
also supplied with LEDs and components
that limit the induction voltage. Valve
connectors with an RC element, varistor or
Zener diode often do not quench the arc and
only serve to comply with legislation
governing EMC. Only valve connectors with
an integrated 1N4007 freewheeling diode
quench the arc quickly and safely, thereby
increasing the service life of the relay by a
factor of 5 to 10. Valve connectors with LED,
integrated 1N4007, and free cable end can be
supplied on request as part of the SAC range.

Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of contacts

Load

Inductive load wiring

Suppressor diode

Medium to
small

Yes (UZD)

Yes

Load

Yes (UVDR)

Yes

Advantages:
• High energy absorption
• Dimensioning not critical
• Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UVDR
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of contacts

Load

R/C combination

Advantages:
• Inexpensive
• Dimensioning not critical
• Limitation of positive peaks
• Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of contacts

Medium to
small

Varistor

Advantages/disadvantages

Medium to
small

No

Yes

Load

Switching small loads
Small loads must be processed mainly in
applications where signals must be
forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC).
With these loads, no switching sparks
(electric arcs) occur on the contacts in the
small load range.
In addition to the constant cleaning
effect due to contact friction, this switching
spark assumes the function of penetrating
non-conductive contamination layers that
are formed on the contact surfaces of
power contacts.

Advantages:
• HF attenuation due to energy
storage
• Suitable for AC voltages
• Level-independent damping
Disadvantages:
• Precise dimensioning required
• High inrush current surge
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of contacts

Evaluation
electronics

Application example: measurement point changeover
Limit switch

PLC
input card

Application example: PLC input signal

320

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
These contamination layers are usually
oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin
oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact
resistance may rise so considerably within a
short time that reliable switching is no
longer possible in the case of small loads.
Due to these properties, the highperformance contact materials mentioned
are not suitable for small load applications.
Gold (Au) has become accepted as the
contact material of choice for these usage
ranges mainly on account of its low and
constant contact resistances even with
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous
atmospheres.
For the smallest of loads and even
greater contact reliability, double contact
relays with gold contacts are used.
The slotted contact spring in this design
provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and
considerably higher contact reliability.

Switching large DC loads
Conventional switching relays can only
switch off relatively small direct currents
(which contrasts with their ability to switch
off the maximum permitted AC current),
since there is no zero crossing to extinguish
the arc automatically. This maximum DC
value is also dependent to a large extent on
the switching voltage and is determined,
among other things, by constructional
features such as contact spacing and contact
opening speed.
The corresponding current and voltage
values are documented by relay
manufacturers in electric arc or load limit
curves.

Switching large loads
A few important points also need to be
considered with regard to switching
operations in the large load range that
involve power contacts made of either silver
(Ag) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO).
A basic distinction must be made
between switching DC and AC loads.

Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)

Switching large AC loads
When switching large AC loads, the
relay can be operated up to the
corresponding maximum values for
switching voltage, current, and power. The
electric arc that occurs during interruption
depends on the current, voltage, and phase
relation. This cut-off arc usually disappears
automatically the next time the load current
passes through zero.
In applications with an inductive load, an
effective protective circuit must be
provided, otherwise the service life of the
system will be reduced considerably.

A non-attenuated inductive DC load
further reduces the values given for
switchable currents. The energy stored in
the inductance can cause an electric arc to
occur, which forwards the current through
the open contacts.
With an effective contact protection
circuit, preferably freewheeling diodes of
the type 1N4007, the service life can be
increased by a factor of 5 to 10 in relation
to unprotected or unfavorably protected
inductive loads (see also “Contact
protection circuit” section).
If higher DC loads than those
documented are to be switched or if the
electrical service life is to be increased,
several contacts of a relay can be connected
in series. See, for example, REL-IR...
industrial relays.
Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC
voltage output can also be used.

Switching lamps and capacitive loads
Regardless of the type of voltage, all
kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component impose extreme requirements
on the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay,
extremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often in the region of several tens
of amps, and not infrequently are known to
exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
the contact. This can be remedied by using
specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
example, PLC...IC type.

Switching capacity according to
utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)
In practice, both the maximum
interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC
cut-off values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for
selecting a relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of
industrial applications have inductive or
capacitive components and the wiring of the
loads can be totally different. As already
described, this sometimes leads to
considerable variations in terms of service
life.
The IEC 60947 contactor standard
seeks to avoid these disadvantages by
dividing the loads into various utilization
categories (DC13, AC15, etc.). This
standard is also partly applied to relays.
However, users must be aware of the fact
that these values are only applicable in
practice to a limited extent as well, since all
DC13 and AC15 test loads are highly
inductive and are also operated without any
protective circuits at all (see “Contact
protection circuit” section). Moreover, the
switching capacity test according to
IEC 60947 only requires 6060 cycles to be
performed by way of a minimum
requirement.
A much more reliable way to determine
the switching capacity and the anticipated
service life is to refer to the specific
application data. Using a comprehensive
data bank, the service life can be accurately
estimated for most applications and, if
necessary, suggestions for improvement can
be made. In the case of critical applications,
the user is advised to gather service life
information based on empirical data.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

321

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Control side
Solid-state relays for various voltage and
power levels are available from Phoenix
Contact for use as interface modules
designed to match process I/O devices to
control, signaling, and regulating devices.
The solid-state relay element which is
actually located in the module is limited to
one defined voltage range by virtue of its
design. The current consumption on the
input side fluctuates depending on the
circuit architecture and voltage level.
To accommodate all industrial voltages
between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is
provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC
voltage must always be differentiated.
DC input
Adjustments are made in accordance
with the various voltage levels by adding
electronics which have been specially
adapted to the desired voltage range. In the
case of most modules, a polarity protection
diode provides reliable protection against
destruction in the event of a control voltage
being connected incorrectly. Specially
coordinated filters reliably suppress possible
high-frequency noise emissions.

Figure 1: block diagram for DC input

AC input
The solid-state relay element requires a
stable control voltage to ensure reliable
operation. In the case of the AC input, this
is achieved by connecting a rectifier and
filter capacitor upstream. Rectifying is
followed, in principle, by the same circuit
architecture as the DC input.
The switching frequency always lies
below half the mains frequency. Due to the
filter capacitor, a higher switching frequency
cannot be achieved. This would result in

322

PHOENIX CONTACT

continuous through-switching.

state power relays. This shows the
maximum load current as a function of
the ambient temperature.
3. Output circuit
The 2-wire output is similar to a
mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
the connections is specified and must be
observed.

Figure 2: block diagram for AC input

Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The
following are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC)
– Short-circuit protection
For these different applications, the
solid-state relay element must also be
processed using additional electronics on
the output side.

DC output
In order to achieve the necessary output
power, the solid-state relay element is
supplemented by one or more
semiconductor components.
The on-site user should nevertheless
simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified
polarity is the only essential requirement.
For practical reasons, the following
criteria should be taken into account when
selecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or
maximum voltage to be switched. The
lower value must be observed in order
to ensure reliable operation. In order to
protect the output transistor, the upper
value must not be exceeded.
2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A)
This value indicates the maximum
continuous current. If this value is
exceeded continuously, the output
semiconductor will be destroyed. The
dependence of the output current on
the ambient temperature of the solidstate relay should also be taken into
consideration. A derating curve is
therefore generally specified for solid-

Figure 3: 2-wire output

The 3-wire output is non-isolated and
requires both potentials from the voltage
source on the output side to be connected
if it is to operate reliably.
When switched off, a permanent
reference to ground (negative potential) is
established. In addition, this output circuit
offers the advantage of an almost constant
internal resistance.

Figure 4: 3-wire output

AC output
In order to control the switching and
control devices for AC voltage, a
semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or
thyristor) is connected downstream of the
solid-state relay element.
As with the DC output, it is particularly
important to consider the maximum
operating voltage range and the maximum
continuous load current as a function of the
ambient temperature.

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Application notes
Input solid-state relays acting in the
direction from the I/O devices to the
controller (signaling, controlling,
monitoring)

Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)

e.g., PLC
IN

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OE...
– EMG 10-OE...
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...

Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)

Zero voltage
switch

In addition, the maximum peak reverse
voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be
exceeded even in the case of voltage
fluctuations or interference voltage peaks in
order to prevent destruction. That is why
the AC outputs of all solid-state relays from
Phoenix Contact have an internal RC
protective circuit to protect against
interference voltage peaks.

e.g., PLC
IN

Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output
Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator

Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads
(contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are
switched off, surge voltages occur and these
can reach very high amplitudes. Electronic
components and switching elements are
particularly susceptible to these. A
protective circuit should therefore always
be provided to prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load
effectively reduces the switching surge
voltage to a harmless level. Depending on
the solid-state relay output and type of load:
– A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode
(DC only)
– A varistor (AC and DC)
– Or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection.

Load

Protection

e.g., PLC
IN

Output (power) solid-state relays acting
in the direction from the controller to the
I/O devices (switching, amplifying,
controlling)

Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(DC load)

e.g., PLC
OUT

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OV...
– EMG 10-OV
– EMG 12-OV
– EMG 17-OV
– OV...
– OPT...

Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(AC load)

e.g., PLC
OUT
Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output

Load

Protection

Remarks:
1)

Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay must not be connected.
DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit
(e.g., diode).
3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
2)

Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

323

Relay modules
Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals
Configuration aid for connecting
sensors and actuators
Electromechanical relays or solid-state
relays are used as a coupling element
between the controller and the sensors or
actuators in the field. This interface ensures
appropriate signal conditioning with respect
to current and voltage between the
controller and field level.

Easy wiring of actuators

Conventional connection
of sensors

-

+

A2
13

11
A2

A1

13

14

BB

+
-

BB
14

Conventional connection
of actuators

A2
11

11
14

+

14

-

12

12

If actuators such as solenoid valves are
connected to the controller via a universal
relay with PDT contact, an additional
terminal block strip must be used for the
common load return line. The positive
potential of the loads is applied to
connection terminal block 11 (PDT contact)
at the relay modules. This can be distributed
over all relay modules using jumpers. This
means only the direct connection of the
potential to a relay is necessary. The loads
are connected to connection terminal
blocks 14 (N/O contact). The negative
potential required is supplied at a terminal
block. This is then distributed to further
terminal blocks by means of jumpers.
However, load return lines for the individual
actuators are applied to every terminal
block. This results in a common load return
line potential for all actuators via the
additional terminal block.
Due to increased space requirements
and additional wiring to the terminal block,
the use of additional terminal blocks for
distributing potential is extremely
time-consuming.

324

PHOENIX CONTACT

A1
12
A1

-

+

14

-

A1

A2

The PLC...ACT relay modules enable
fast and easy connection of actuators. The
positive potential of the loads is applied to
connection terminal block 13. This can be
distributed over all relay modules using
jumpers. This only makes direct connection
to a module necessary. The actuators are
connected to contact 14 (N/O contact).
In the case of PLC...ACT relay modules, an
N/C contact is not required. Instead, the
BB connection serves as an option for
connecting the load return line. Here the
common negative potential is supplied and
distributed by means of jumpers.
Conventional wiring of the terminal block is
not necessary due to direct connection of
the load return line potential to the relay
module. This means that no additional space
is required in the control cabinet and
simpler wiring minimizes the risk of error.

If sensors such as proximity switches are
connected via a universal relay to a
controller with a PDT contact, an additional
terminal block strip must be used for the
common sensor supply voltage. It must also
be observed that either the wiring in the
control cabinet must be the other way
round since control of the relay is now from
the field level and not via the controller. Or
the relay module is installed in the control
cabinet rotated at 180°. The negative
potential of the sensors is applied at
connection terminal block A2 on the relay
module. This can be distributed over all
relay modules using jumpers. This means
only the direct connection to a relay is
necessary. The sensors are connected to
connection terminal block A1. The
necessary positive potential is supplied to a
terminal block and distributed to further
terminal blocks by means of jumpers.
However, the supply for the individual
sensors is applied to every terminal block.
This results in a common supply signal for all
sensors via the additional terminal blocks.
Due to increased space requirements
and additional wiring to the terminal block,
the use of additional terminal blocks for
distributing potential is extremely
time-consuming.

Relay modules
Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals
Configuration aid for handling
interference signals
Easy wiring of sensors

+
13
A2

14

A2
BB

+

BB
A1

A1

Sensors can be efficiently coupled with
the controller with the PLC...SEN relay
modules. The input and output side at the
module are already interchanged so that the
signal direction from the field to the
controller can be ideally represented.
Therefore, three connection terminal
blocks A1, A2, and BB are located on the
control side of the relay. The common
negative potential of the sensors is then
connected to A2 and distributed to further
relay modules by means of jumpers. The
sensors are connected directly to the A1
connections. Connection BB is used for the
common supply potential of the sensors.
The potential is distributed to all connected
sensors by means of the jumpers. However,
only connections 13 and 14 for the N/O
contact are located on the contact side.
Signal feedback to the controller takes place
via these connections. The terminal block
for conventional wiring can be saved by
connecting the sensor supply voltage
directly to the relay module. This means
that no additional space is required in the
control cabinet and simpler wiring
minimizes the risk of error.

According to IEC 61810-1, the standard
release voltage of a relay is 5% of the
nominal voltage for DC coils and 15% for
AC coils. That means that a relay with a
nominal voltage of 230 V AC is switched off
only when the control voltage is  0.15 x
230 V AC = 34.5 V AC. If interference
signals occur on the control side of a relay
that are greater than the release voltage,
defined switch-off is no longer possible. In
the worst case, the interference is large
enough to energize the relay. The
application is still in a switched-on state
although no signal is applied by the
controller. There can be various reasons for
this.

Coupling of interference signals from
parallel lines
Long signal line (> 10 m)
(>10m)
L

E.g., 230 VAC
N

Leakage current

A1
U
A2

Load

L1
L2
L3

Parallel signal lines or load lines

If the control lines to the relay are very
long, interference can occur from parallelrunning cables. These influence the actual
control line and couple the signals to them.
This interference voltage can be measured
on the control side, even if no signal is
applied by the controller.

Leakage current with AC voltage
output card

L
V

R
C

Leakage current
Output
N

Signal cable

A1
U
A2

Load

Leakage current on the signal line occurs
if control of a relay takes place via an output
card with AC voltage. This is caused by the
RC wiring of the AC voltage output.
Typically, the leakage current has a control
power that is large enough not to switch off
the relay reliably.

Safe shutdown even with interference
signals
The PLC...SO46 series is equipped with
RCZ wiring in the base. The release voltage
of the relay is increased by this circuit of
resistor, capacitor, and Zener diode so that
the relay is resistant to interference voltage.
In the case of a 230 V AC relay, the standard
release voltage is 34.5 V AC. The
PLC...230UC...SO46 modules have a release
voltage of 80 V AC. This enables the relay to
switch off reliably at interference voltages of
 80 V AC. The PLC...SO46 bases are also
available with further voltages. Fitting is
possible with both electromechanical relays
or solid-state relays. Screw connection or
push-in connection is available as
connection technology.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

325

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay
system with various accessories. It consists
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or
solid-state relays, plug-in input/interference
suppression modules, marking material, and
bridging material. The range of accessories
is rounded off with a timer module. This can
be used to transform a basic relay into a
timer relay with three different functions.
The RIFLINE complete relay range
consists of seven different base versions
from RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one
N/O contact up to four PDT contacts. The
field of application of this product group
ranges from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to
replacement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.
The relay bases feature push-in
connection technology, which enables quick
and tool-free conductor contacting. The
RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases offer double the
contact options on both the input and
output side.
On the input side of all bases, the negative
potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.
To offer diverse marking options, the
engagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers
326

PHOENIX CONTACT

can be mounted on the bases so that
additional marking surfaces are available.
RIFLINE complete can be extended using
many elements from the CLIPLINE
complete accessories range. This includes
marking material, bridges, and test adapters.
To make ordering and management easy,
RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
the most popular voltages as complete
modules with relay and input/interference
suppression module. For individual
assembly, tailored to the requirements of
the application, additional voltage levels are
offered in the modular system.

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-0
The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is
designed for miniature relays with one
contact. Switching currents up to 6 A are
implemented here. Two base versions are
available: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact.
RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all
coupling applications.

RIF-1
The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is
designed for miniature relays with
2 contacts. Currents up to 13 A can be
switched when using the FBS 2-8 jumper.
This is the ideal relay for applications that
require coupling, power switching, and
signal duplication.

RIF-2
The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is
designed for industrial relays with up to
4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no
problem for these bases. This relay is ideal
for applications that require power and
signal multiplication.

RIF-3
The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is
designed for octal relays with up to
3 contacts. Switching currents up to 10 A
can be implemented here. Two base
versions are available: 2 PDT contacts and
3 PDT contacts. RIF-3 bases are ideal for all
applications that require power and signal
multiplication.

RIF-4
The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is
designed for power relays with up to
3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be
switched. RIF-4 bases are a good choice for
applications that require power and signal
multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor
applications.

Accessories
A wide range of accessories are available
for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
round off the range. These include bridges,
professional marking material, function
modules, test plugs, and end brackets.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

327

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-0 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
miniature power relays or solid-state relays
with a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.
The advantages:
– Integrated freewheeling diode for input
circuit and interference suppression
circuit
– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Professional marking material
– Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)
– FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input and output
side

D W
H

For further marking systems and mounting material, see
Catalog 5.

1 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC/DC (contact side)
max. 8 A (depending on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
78 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description
RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-0-BPT/21

2900958

10

FBSR 2-6
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBSR 3-6
FBSR 4-6
FBSR 5-6
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3033715
3030336
3036932
3032237
3001594
3001595
3001596
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

Accessories
Jumper
2-pos. red, 24 A
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. blue, 32 A
2-pos. gray, 32 A
3-pos. red, 24 A
4-pos. red, 24 A
5-pos. red, 24 A
5-pos. red, 32 A
10-pos. red, 32 A
20-pos. red, 32 A
50-pos. red, 32 A
End bracket, for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be
marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

328

PHOENIX CONTACT

MPS-MT

0201744

10

Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

silver

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough
to mark 100 terminal blocks

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10-section

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
D W
H

1 N/O contact relay base for
miniature power relay


Technical data
250 V AC/DC (contact side)
max. 8 A (depending on application/assembly)
-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
66 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2901873

10

FBSR 2-6
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBSR 3-6
FBSR 4-6
FBSR 5-6
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3033715
3030336
3036932
3032237
3001594
3001595
3001596
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

10

Type

RIF-0-BPT/1

Accessories

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

329

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection RT III
(comparable with IP67)
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.



For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 424

A2

A1

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
see diagram
14
7
5
5
2.5
2.5
1 PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

W/H/D

1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relay
with power contacts
with power contacts
Plug-in miniature power relay
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts

330

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②

12 V DC
24 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961150
2961105

10
10

①
②

12 V DC
24 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961163
2961121

10
10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT)
Input voltage range

20

3
Switching current [A]

U
UN

Interrupting rating

2,5
A

2

1,5

1

10
6
4

1

0,5
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

B

1

2

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

331

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 425

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for
RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB

Max. DC voltage output of 3 A



A2

13+

A1

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥
0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-wire, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 150 mV

W/H/D

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

332

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state power relay

①

24 V DC

Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state input relay

①

24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays

Load current [A]

3
2
1
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA



60

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays


Load current [mA]

750

300

0
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

A2

13+

A1

A2

14

13+

A1

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-wire, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-wire floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

14

Technical data

①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

Type

60

Ordering data
Order No.

2966618

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

10

10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

333

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-1 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
1 or 2 PDT relays or solid-state relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector
function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side (A2)
– FBS 2-8 jumpers for the output side
(11/21)

D W
H

For further marking systems and mounting material, see
Catalog 5.

2 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC/DC
max. 13 A (depending on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm
75 mm
96 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-1-BPT/2X21

2900931

10

3030336
3033715
3033808
3036932
3032237
3030284
3032567
3032541

50
50
10
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base
- for 16 mm high miniature power and solid-state relays
- for 25 mm high miniature power relays
Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-1 relay base
- for 16 mm high miniature power and solid-state relays
- for 25 mm high miniature power relays

Accessories
Jumper
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. red, 24 A
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. blue, 32 A
2-pos. gray, 32 A
2-pos. red, 41 A
2-pos. blue, 41 A
2-pos. gray, 41 A
End bracket, for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be
marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

334

PHOENIX CONTACT

FBS 2-6
FBSR 2-6
FBSR 2-8
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 2-8
FBS 2-8 BU
FBS 2-8 GY

silver
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

7042

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RH-1

2900953

10

RIF-RH-1-H

2904468

10

Accessories

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RHM-1

2905986

10

RIF-RHM-1-H

2905985

10

Accessories

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

335

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type

1 PDT relay

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

2 PDT relay





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

Technical data

①
②
see diagram
33
17
7
7

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.7
7

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

3

3

3

3

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

1 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
50 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

1 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

①
②
see diagram
33
17
7
7

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.7
7

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

3

3

3

3

2-9

2-9

2-9

2 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
-40 °C ... 85 °C
1 x 107 cycles
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Input voltage
UN

Plug-in miniature power relay
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
Plug-in miniature power relay
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts

336

PHOENIX CONTACT

2 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
-40 °C ... 85 °C
1 x 107 cycles
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

3

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

Electrical service life

107

20

1
2
2

1
0,8

1

0,6
0

10

20

30

1

10
6
4

Cycles

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

2

3

1

10

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

5

104

300

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Switching voltage [V]

Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2

100

6

2

0,1

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

Electrical service life

107

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2
2

1
0,8

1

0,6

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

20

30

50

70

100

200

Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils
2 AC coils

10

5

10

4

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

6

2

3

0,1

90 100

10

300

2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

337

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Notes:

1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay





If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
see diagram
18
32
9
3 - 12
6

2-8

③

④

7

3.5

Technical data
①
②
see diagram
18
32
9
3 - 12

3 - 12
2-8

6

2-8

1 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

1 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (at 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

7

3.5

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-8

2-8
2 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (at 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
5 x 106 cycles
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

④

2 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
5 x 106 cycles
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Description

2-8

③

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in miniature power relay, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+,
①
24 V DC
A2- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relay, with multi-layer gold contacts,
with manual operation, mechanical switch position indicator

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

10

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987891
2987901
2987914

10
10
10

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987956
2987969
2987972

10
10
10

- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

①

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

2987927

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

10

- Status LED

④

230 V AC

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

2987930

10

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

10

338

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life

107
20

1

10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current

10

5

10

4

1

2

0,1
10

100

6

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life

107
20
10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 8 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 8 A contact current

100

0,1
10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

339

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 425

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-1,
PR1, and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB

Max. DC voltage output of 5 A



A1

13+

14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥
0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300

③
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current

33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-wire, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV

General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

any / can be aligned without spacing
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state power relay
Solid-state power relay
Solid-state power relay

340

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113
2982100
2982126

10
10
10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays

5
Load current [A]

4
3
2
1
0
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Max. AC voltage output of 2 A

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays

Load current [A]



13

A1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

14

1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

A2

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10

②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10

③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10

253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-wire floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)
Surge protection
≤1V
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / see derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168
2982171
2982184

10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

341

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-2 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 4 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector
function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side (A2)

D W
H

For further marking systems and mounting material, see
Catalog 5.

4 PDT relay base for
industrial relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC/DC
max. 12 A (depending on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm
75 mm
96 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-2-BPT/4X21

2900934

10

FBS 2-6
FBSR 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3033715
3036932
3032237

50
50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base
Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-2 relay base

Accessories
Jumper
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. red, 24 A
2-pos. blue, 32 A
2-pos. gray, 32 A
End bracket, for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be
marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

342

PHOENIX CONTACT

silver
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RH-2

2900954

10

Accessories

Type

RIF-RHM-2

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2905984

10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

343

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in industrial relays

Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– With detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode

2 PDT relay

4 PDT relay

Notes:
For other voltages, see
phoenixcontact.net/products





11

14

12

A1

A2
44

42

Technical data
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

Input voltage
UN

21

24

22

31

34

32

41

44

42

8
13

7.7
13

4
13

66

13

6.5

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 15

14

14

14

14

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

①
②
see diagram
78
42
13
13

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8
13

7.7
13

4
13

66

13

6.5

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 15

14

14

14

14

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

14

2 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 24 mA)
12 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

4 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 24 mA)
6A
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

12

Technical data

①
②
see diagram
78
42
13
13
14

14

A2
41

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

11
A1

4 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
5 V (at 24 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903659
2903660
2903663
2903664
2903665
2903666
2903667
2903668

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21

2903676
2903677
2903680
2903681
2903682
2903686
2903687
2903688

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903669
2903670
2903673
2903674
2903675
2903683
2903684
2903685

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug-in industrial relay, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode

①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
110 V DC
④
125 V DC
⑤
220 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relay, with multi-layer gold contacts
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode

344

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
110 V DC
125 V DC
220 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-IR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

2,4

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8

10
6
4
2

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

6

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

7

Cycles

2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

2,2

0,6

Electrical service life

80

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

0

1

2

3

Switching capacity [kVA]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

5

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-IR4... (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

2,4

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8

10
6
4
2

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

10

1

10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

7

Cycles

2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

2,2

0,6

Electrical service life

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

5

0

1

2

3

Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

345

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-3 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector
function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side (A2)

D W
H

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

2 PDT relay base for
octal relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC/DC
max. 12 A (depending on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm
90 mm
103 mm

Ordering data
Description
RIF-3 relay base, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for
input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with pushin connection
RIF-3 relay base, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for
input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with
push-in connection

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/2X21

2900937

10

FBS 2-6
FBSR 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3033715
3036932
3032237

50
50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-3 relay base
Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for
RIF-3 and PR3 relay base

Accessories
Jumper
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. red, 24 A
2-pos. blue, 32 A
2-pos. gray, 32 A
End bracket, for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be
marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

346

PHOENIX CONTACT

silver
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
D W
H

3 PDT relay base for
octal relay

Relay retaining bracket



Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
max. 12 A (depending on application/assembly)

-

-

-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)

-

-

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-

-

40 mm
90 mm
103 mm

-

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/3X21

2900938

10

Accessories

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RH-3

2900955

10

Accessories

FBS 2-6
FBSR 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3033715
3036932
3032237

50
50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

Ordering data
Type

EL3-M52

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2833628

10

PHOENIX CONTACT

347

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in octal relays

Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– With detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode

2 PDT relay

3 PDT relay




(A1)

(14)

(14)
2

(A1)

3

3

(12)
4

(22)

2

(11) 1

4

(12)

(11)

5
1

(21)
6

11
8

(21)

5

(31)

(22)

7

10
7

6

(A2)

(A2)
(24)

(34)

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
see diagram
60
108
18
5 - 15

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

5 - 20

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

Input voltage
UN

(24)
(32)

Technical data

③

④

23

13

5 - 15

5 - 15

①
②
see diagram
60
108
18
5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

③

④

23

13

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

2 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

3 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

Ordering data
Description

9

8

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903689
2903690
2903691
2903692

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21
REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21

2903693
2903694
2903695
2903696

10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relay, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode

348

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-OR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

10
6
4

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

7

6

2
1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

80

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

5

10

300

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-OR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

10
6
4

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

10

7

6

2

0,1

0

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

5

10

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

349

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-4 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector
function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side (A2)

D W
H

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

3 PDT relay base for
high-power relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

440 V AC
max. 16 A (depending on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40 °C ... 85 °C (depending on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side
Output side
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm
90 mm
111 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-4-BPT/3X21

2900961

10

FBS 2-6
FBSR 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3033715
3036932
3032237

50
50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-4 relay base
Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-4 relay base

Accessories
Jumper
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. red, 24 A
2-pos. blue, 32 A
2-pos. gray, 32 A
End bracket, for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be
marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

350

PHOENIX CONTACT

silver
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RH-4

2900956

10

Type

RIF-RHM-4

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2905983

10

Accessories

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

351

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage

2 PDT relay

3 PDT relay





11

14

12

A1

A2
34

32

Technical data
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC
440 V AC

Motor load according to UL 508
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
see diagram
56
116
20
5 - 25
15

5 - 20

③

④

Input voltage
UN

12

21

24

22

31

34

32

23

12

5 - 25

5 - 25

5 - 20

5 - 20

Technical data
①
②
see diagram
56
116
20
5 - 25
15

5 - 20

③

④

23

12

5 - 25

5 - 25

5 - 20

5 - 20

2 PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

3 PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data
Description

14

A2
31

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

11
A1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21
REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903698
2903699
2903700
2903701

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903702
2903703
2903704
2903705

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relay, 2 PDTs with power contacts
①
24 V DC
②
24 V AC
③
120 V AC
④
230 V AC
Plug-in high-power relay, 3 PDTs with power contacts
①
②
③
④

352

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-PR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

6

2
1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

80

10

Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A

20

30

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

5

10

500

4

0

2

3

4

Switching capacity [kVA]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A

1

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-PR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

10

6

2

0,1

0

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

5

10

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

353

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O
contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm
contact opening
3 N/O relay



11

14

21

24

31

34

A1

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

①
②
see diagram
70
116
20
5 - 25
15

5 - 20

③

④

23

12

5 - 25

5 - 25

5 - 20

5 - 20

3 N/O contacts
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC
440 V AC

Motor load according to UL 508
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 55 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1
REL-PR3-120AC/3X1
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1

2903706
2903707
2903708
2903709

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relay, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts
①
②
③
④

354

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

1
1
1
1

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

10

6

2

0,1

0

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

5

10

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

355

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for RIF-1, RIF-2,
RIF-3, and RIF-4
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module


Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the
coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:

RIF-LDP-12-24 DC
RIF-LDP-48-60 DC
RIF-LDP-110 DC

2900939
2900940
2900941

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30 V varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75 V varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275 V varistor)

RIF-LV-12-24 UC
RIF-LV-48-60 UC
RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC

2900942
2900943
2900944

10
10
10

Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30 V varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75 V varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275 V varistor)

RIF-V-12-24 UC
RIF-V-48-60 UC
RIF-V-120-230 UC

2900945
2900947
2900948

10
10
10

RIF-RC-12-24 UC
RIF-RC-48-60 UC
RIF-RC-120-230 UC

2900949
2900950
2900951

10
10
10

Description
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode
to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-,
input voltage:

Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks, input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

356

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Timer relay

Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
The multifunctional plug-in timer module
transforms the relay module into a timer
relay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and
select four time functions. Fine adjustments
to the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input
voltage of 24 V AC/DC.

Timer module

Functions:
– With switch-on delay
– With passing make contact
– Flasher/pulse generator
–
–
–
–


12

Time ranges:
0.5 s - 10 s
5 s - 100 s
0.5 min - 10 min
5 min - 100 min

14 22

34 42

24 32

44

A2A1+

t

11

21

31

41

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
With switch-on delay

U
LED

t 0.8
< 0.4
0.02
0.3
300
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
33 V DC
3 V DC
15 A (10 ms)
- / 3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
< 200 mV
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III

W/H/D

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

1

Description

0

30

40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

Load current [A]

20

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0

20

360

30

40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated actuating voltage
UC

Coupling relay modules with solid-state relay and push-in
connection
①
24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2905293

10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
D W
H

D W
H

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA

14

13+

14

13+

A2-

A1+

A2-

A1+

Technical data

Technical data

①
0.8 1.2
8.5
> 0.8
< 0.4
0.02
0.3
300
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

①
0.8 1.2
8
> 0.8
< 0.4
10
10
10
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

48 V DC
3 V DC
- / 100 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
<1V
-

253 V AC
24 V AC
30 A (10 ms)
10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)
RCV circuit
<1V
1 mA (in off state)
0.5
4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2905294

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2905295

10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

361

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules
D W
H

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base with push-in connection
– 1 or 2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time

RIF-1 relay module with
1 PDT relay

– For FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side
(A2), see page 374.
– For FBS 2-8 jumpers for the output side
(11/21), see page 374.

22

12

22

12

24

14

24

14

21

11

21

11

A2-

A1+

A2

DC coils

A1

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
④
see diagram
33
18
33
8
8
8
3 - 12 3 - 12
10
10
3 - 20 3 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

⑤
6
3 - 12
3 - 20

1 PDT
AgNi

1 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
11 A (see diagram)
25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

W/H/D

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Coupling relay modules with power contact relay and push-in
connection
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
24 V AC
④
120 V AC
⑤
230 V AC
②
③
④
⑤

362

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21

2906224
2903342
2903341
2903340
2903339

10
10
10
10
10

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU

2903338
2903337
2903336
2903335

10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1 PDT)

D W
H

RIF-1 relay module with
2 PDT relay

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

Interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

80

14

21

11

21

11

A2-

A1+

A2

DC coils

Contact derating

A1

AC coils

Technical data
⑤
6
3 - 12
3 - 20

2 PDTs
AgNi

2 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8 A (see diagram)
12 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
25 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 5 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

300

107

30
40
50
60
70
DC coil
Ambient temperature [°C]
AC coil
DC coil, jumper between 11 and 21
AC coil, jumper between 11 and 21

80

10

6

10

5

10

4

1
2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Coil voltage U/UN

①
②
③
④
see diagram
33
18
33
8
8
8
3 - 12 3 - 12
10
10
3 - 20 3 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
20

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

Electrical service life

Cycles

12

24

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm

Interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

22

14

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

12

24

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

DC coils
AC coils

22

20

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4
2

4

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

80

1

10

20

30

1
2 AC, ohmic load
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

DC coils
AC coils

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

Ordering data
Contact derating
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electrical service life

107

11
10

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2903330
2903329
2903328
2903327

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Cycles

2906223
2903334
2903333
2903332
2903331

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

8
7

10

6

10

5

10

4

6

1

5
4

2

3
2
1

20

30
DC coil
AC coil

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

363

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules
D W
H

Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base with push-in connection
– 1 or 2 PDT relay with detectable manual
operation
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)

RIF-1 relay module with 1 PDT relay with
manual operation

The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is
integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time

22

12

22

12

24

14

24

14

21

11

21

11

A2-

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
see diagram
18
4.5
9
4 - 12
10
4 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
1 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
see diagram
32 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 12 V)
4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21MS
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21MS

2905289
2905290

10
10

Coupling relay modules with power contact relay with manual
operation and push-in connection
①
②

364

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
230 V AC

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1 PDT)

D W
H

RIF-1 relay module with 2 PDT relay with
manual operation

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20



Interrupting rating

20
10

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2
1
0,5
0,2

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

0,1
10

80

12

24

14

21

11

21

11

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
①
②
see diagram
18
4.5
9
4 - 12
10
4 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

200

300 400 500

107

30
40
50
60
70
DC coil
Ambient temperature [°C]
AC coil
DC coil, jumper between 11 and 21
AC coil, jumper between 11 and 21

80

Operating voltage range

Coil voltage U/UN

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm
Class A product, see page 625

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

Ordering data

10

6

10

5

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
= 250 V AC, ohmic load

Interrupting rating

20
10
5
2
1
0,5
0,2

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

0,1
10

80

2905291
2905292

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10
10

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

107

9
Cycles

Order No.

20

Switching voltage [V]

DC coils
AC coils

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21MS
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21MS

100

RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2 PDTs)

2 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
see diagram
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 12 V)

Type

70

Electrical service life

Switching current [A]

A2-

Contact derating

13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
20

50

= AC, ohmic load
= DC, ohmic load

Cycles

22

14

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

12

24

30

Switching voltage [V]

DC coils
AC coils

22

20

8
7

10

6

10

5

10

4

6

1

5
4
3
2
1

20

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

DC coil
AC coil

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

PHOENIX CONTACT

365

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules
D W
H

Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base with push-in connection
– 1 or 2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is
integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time

RIF-2 relay module with
2 PDT relay


42

12

42

12

44

14

44

14

41

11

41

11

– For FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side
(A2), see page 374.
A2-

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
④
see diagram
42
66
13
6.5
13
5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
14
5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
2 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 24 mA)
10 A (see diagram)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903315
2903313
2903311
2903310

10
10
10
10

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact
relay and push-in connection
①
②
③
④

366

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-2-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)

D W
H

RIF-2 relay module with
4 PDT relay

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20


42 32 22 12

42 32 22 12

44 34 24 14

44 34 24 14

41 31 21 11

41 31 21 11

Interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
①
②
③
④
see diagram
42
66
13
6.5
13
5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
14
5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

Cycles

7

10

6

6

5
4
3
2
1

10

20

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

5

1

0

80

2

3

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coil
AC coil

 250 V AC, ohmic load

RIF-2-RPT.../4X21 (4 PDTs)

4 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 24 mA)
6 A (see diagram)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Type

8

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

Interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

A2-

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9

10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

2903308
2903306
2903305
2903304

10
10
10
10

Cycles

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9
8
7

10

6

6

5
4
3
2
1

10

20

30
DC coil
AC coil

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

5

0

1

2

3

Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

367

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules
D W
H

Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base with push-in connection
– 2 or 3 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is
integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time

RIF-3 relay module with
2 PDT relay


22 12

22 12

24 14

24 14

21 11

21 11

– For FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side
(A2), see page 374.
A2-

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
see diagram
60
23
13
18
5 - 15 5 - 15
20
5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
2 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
10 A (see diagram)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm / 103 mm / 90 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903297
2903296
2903295

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact
relay and push-in connection
①
②
③

368

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

5
5
5

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-3-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)

D W
H

RIF-3 relay module with
3 PDT relay

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20


32 22 12

32 22 12

34 24 14

34 24 14

31 21 11

31 21 11

Interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
①
②
③
see diagram
60
23
13
18
5 - 15 5 - 15
20
5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

Cycles

7

10

6

6
5
10

4

5

3
2
1

10

20

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6

80

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coil
AC coil

 250 V AC, ohmic load

RIF-3-RPT.../3X21 (3 PDTs)

3 PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
8.5 A (see diagram)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 50 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm / 103 mm / 90 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Type

8

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

Interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

A2-

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9

10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

2903294
2903293
2903292

5
5
5

Cycles

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9
8
7

10

6

6
5
10

4

5

3
2
1

10

20

30
DC coil
AC coil

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

369

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules
D W
H

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base with push-in connection
– 2 or 3 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time

RIF-4 relay module with
2 PDT relay



– For FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side
(A2), see page 374.

22 12

22 12

24 14

24 14

21 11

21 11

A2-

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
see diagram
56
24
14
20
5 - 25 5 - 25
20
5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode, polarity protection diode
2 PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
11 A (see diagram)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

250 V AC
440 V AC

Motor load according to UL 508
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side
Output side
Dimensions
EMC note

2500 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 40 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing

W/H/D

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903281
2903280
2903279

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact
relay and push-in connection
①
②
③

370

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

5
5
5

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-4-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)

D W
H

RIF-4 relay module with
3 PDT relay

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20


32 22 12

32 22 12

34 24 14

34 24 14

31 21 11

31 21 11

Interrupting rating

20
10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

A1

AC coils

Technical data
①
②
③
see diagram
56
24
14
20
5 - 25 5 - 25
20
5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode, polarity protection diode

Cycles

6

6
5
10

4

5

3
2
1

10

20

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

4

1

0

80

2

3

4

Switching capacity [kVA]

DC coil
AC coil

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

2500 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 40 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

Interrupting rating

20
10
5
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

9

Ordering data

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

10

RIF-4-RPT.../3X21 (3 PDTs)

3 PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
10 A (see diagram)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

Type

7

Switching current [A]

DC coils

A2

8

Order No.

2903278
2903277
2903276

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5

Cycles

A1+

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

A2-

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9

8
7

10

6

6
5
10

4

5

3
2
1

10

20

30
DC coil
AC coil

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

371

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules
D W
H

Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base with push-in connection
– 3 N/O relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm
contact opening
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time

RIF-4 relay module with
3 N/O relay



– For FBS 2-6 jumpers for the input side
(A2), see page 374.

34 24 14

34 24 14

31 21 11

31 21 11

A2-

A1+

DC coils

A2

A1

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
Motor load according to UL 508

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

3 N/O contacts
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (at 24 mA)
10 A (see diagram)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC
440 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side
Output side
Dimensions
EMC note

①
②
③
see diagram
70
24
14
20
5 - 25 5 - 25
20
5 - 20 5 - 20
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode, polarity protection diode

2500 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 40 °C
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing

W/H/D

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage
UN

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact
relay and push-in connection
①
24 V DC
②
120 V AC
③
230 V AC

372

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1

2903275
2903274
2903273

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete

RIF-4-RPT.../3X1 (3 N/O contacts)

1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20

Interrupting rating

20
10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coil (observe contact derating)
AC coil (observe contact derating)

80

10

20

30

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Contact derating

Electrical service life

11
10

10

7

Cycles

Limiting continuous current per contact [A]

9
8
7

10

6

6
5
10

4

5

3
2
1

10

20

30
DC coil
AC coil

40

50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

373

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
RIFLINE complete accessories
Jumpers
The jumpers can be used for simple
potential distribution via all relay bases.
The end bracket is used for safe isolation
between adjacent modules and to visually
separate the various function groups.

Ordering data
Description

Color

Jumper
2-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. blue, 32 A
2-pos. gray, 32 A
5-pos. red, 32 A
10-pos. red, 32 A
20-pos. red, 32 A
50-pos. red, 32 A
2-pos. red, 41 A
2-pos. blue, 41 A
2-pos. gray, 41 A
End bracket, for snapping onto NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be
marked with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6
FBS 2-8
FBS 2-8 BU
FBS 2-8 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224
3030284
3032567
3032541

50
50
50
50
10
10
10
10
10
10

7042

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

RIFLINE complete accessories
Marking material
The ZB zack band system offers
numerous marking options that can be
attached directly to the relay retaining
brackets. In addition, further markings can
be fixed to the relay base by means of
double marker carriers.

5.2 mm, 6.2 mm, and 15.2 mm wide

Double marker carrier

Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

white
white
white

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT

1050004
1051003
0811972

10
10
10

374

PHOENIX CONTACT

gray

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

STP 5-2

0800967

100

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with push-in connection - RIFLINE complete
RIFLINE complete accessories
Test plug
The two-piece test plug offers individual
plug color combinations. The test plug is
inserted directly in the function shaft of the
push-in connection.

Ordering data
Description

Color

Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

silver
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MPS-MT
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201744
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Adapter for RIFLINE complete

new
.0

A2

.1

A1 A2

FLK 14

RIF-1-V8... is the VARIOFACE adapter
which connects the RIF-1 relay modules
with the VARIOFACE system cabling. This
allows easy connection of eight relay
modules to a controller.

.2

A1 A2

.3

A1 A2

.4

A1 A2

.5

A1 A2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

.6

A1 A2

+ +

-

.7

A1 A2

A1

-

VARIOFACE adapter for
RIFLINE complete RIF-1
Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
0.6 kV (functional insulation)
-40 °C ... 60 °C
any
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
101 mm / 75 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT

2905195

Pcs. /
Pkt.

V8 adapter, for eight RIF-1 relay modules, with FLK connection for
PLC system cabling, positive switching
128 mm

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

375

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

The PR series is a low-priced relay
modular system, consisting of DIN rail
bases, relays, plug-in input/interference
suppression modules, engagement levers
and the matching marking labels and
universal bridging materials for all bases.
The modules are largely compatible with
the usual standards on the market, have the
major international approvals, and are
therefore accepted worldwide.
The PR series also boasts its own
particular features:
– Relay retaining bracket: the EL... plastic
relay retaining brackets, with which the
relays can be held and, if necessary,
ejected, have an exposed, smooth, large
equipment marking area for standard
self-adhesive labels that can be printed
easily and inexpensively using standard
printers. When fitted, the engagement
lever is securely connected to the base,
which means that the marking cannot be
lost.
– Industrial relays: as standard, all REL-IR...
industrial relays have an LED status
display and all DC types also have an
integrated freewheeling diode. In most
cases, this eliminates the plug-in input
modules that are otherwise also used.
– Plug-in input modules with RC element:
most standard input/interference
suppression modules with an RC element
used for compensation of interference
376

PHOENIX CONTACT

coupling on long lines or in the event of
leakage currents from electronic
AC outputs have only low capacitance
values. This greatly limits the filter effect.
In contrast, the RC-120-230UC and
RC3-120-230UC plug-in module series
for mains voltage applications have a filter
function that is improved up to a factor of
10. Unlike with the discharge resistors
that are normally used for such
applications, using RC plug-in modules
does not result in any additional heating.

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

PR1 series
The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for
relays with one or two contacts.
Traditional 2/2-level bases are available
and there is also a choice of two modern
“logical” 1/3-level versions with fully
opposite coil and contact connections.

PR2 series
The PR2 base series accommodates plugin industrial relays with two or four PDT
contacts.
Just like the PR1 series, the bases are
available in traditional 2/2-level and the
modern “logical” 1/3-level versions.

PR3 series
The robust octal relays with two or three
PDT contacts that are widely used in some
areas fit on the PR3 base with shock-proof
screw connections. All the base
connections have a wide connection cross
section and are arranged on one level with
good accessibility.

The active components of the PR1
modular system include various miniature
power relays (optionally available with
manual test function) and electronic solidstate relays. Matching relay retaining
brackets with integrated marking area
prevent them from being shaken loose.
Depending on requirements,
input/interference suppression modules
with various functions can also be plugged
in. Marking labels and loop bridges in
various colors that are suitable for universal
use with all PR bases complete the range of
accessories.

The PR2 modular system is specifically
designed for plug-in industrial relays.
Industrial relays from Phoenix Contact
feature the following as standard: a manual
test button, switch position indicator, status
LED, and freewheeling diode (DC coils
only). Interference suppression modules
with a varistor or RC element can also be
plugged in as an option. Relay retaining
brackets with integrated marking areas
prevent the relays from being shaken loose.
Marking labels and loop bridges in various
colors that are suitable for universal use
with all PR bases complete the range of
accessories.

The PR3 modular system is specifically
designed for the robust octal relays. The
relays have a switch position indicator and a
manual test button and there is a wire
bracket to prevent them from being shaken
loose. Input/interference suppression
modules with various functions can also be
plugged in as an option. The base can be
marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard
adhesive label. Loop bridges in various
colors for universal use round off the range
of accessories.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

377

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Modular PR1 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Relay base family that can be fitted with
1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state relay
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppr.
modules
– Relay retaining bracket with marking field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

2/2-level design with
screw connection


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket

300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25 °C ... 85 °C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm
63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
75 mm

Height

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSC2/2X21

2833518

10

for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay

EL1-P16

2833547

10

for 25 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay

EL1-P25

2833550

10

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Description
PR1 relay base, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for
input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including
ten MP1 marking labels per pack
With screw connection
PR1 relay base, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for
input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including
ten MP1 marking labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated
equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for PR1 relay base

Accessories
Equipment marking label, marking area 6 x 15 mm
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, marking area 6
x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm²
blue
black
gray

378

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
D W
H

1/3-level design with
screw connection

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

300 V AC/DC
12 A

-

-25 °C ... 85 °C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-

16 mm
71 mm (EL1-P16)
79 mm (EL1-P25)
78.5 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSC3/2X21

2833521

10

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

Accessories

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

379

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type

1 PDT relay

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

2 PDT relay





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

Technical data

①
②
see diagram
33
17
7
7

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.7
7

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

3

3

3

3

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

①
②
see diagram
33
17
7
7

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.7
7

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

3

3

3

3

2-9

2-9

2-9

1 PDT
AgNi

1 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated

2 PDTs
AgNi

2 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
1 x 107 cycles
see diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
1 x 107 cycles
see diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relay
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
with power contacts
Plug-in miniature power relay
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts
with multi-layer gold contacts

380

PHOENIX CONTACT

3

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

Electrical service life

107

20

1
2
2

1
0,8

1

0,6
0

10

20

30

1

10
6
4

Cycles

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

2

3

1

10

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

5

104

300

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Switching voltage [V]

Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2

100

6

2

0,1

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

Electrical service life

107

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2
2

1
0,8

1

0,6

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

20

30

50

70

100

200

Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils
2 AC coils

10

5

10

4

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

6

2

3

0,1

90 100

10

300

2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

381

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Notes:

1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay





If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN (depending on phase relation)

[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

①
②
see diagram
18
32
9
3 - 12
6

2-8

③

④

7

3.5

Technical data
①
②
see diagram
18
32
9
3 - 12

3 - 12
2-8

6

2-8

7

3.5

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-8

2-8

1 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated

2 PDTs
AgNi

2 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (at 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (at 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
5 x 106 cycles
see diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

④

1 PDT
AgNi

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C
5 x 106 cycles
see diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Description

2-8

③

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in miniature power relay, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

10

- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relay, with multi-layer gold contacts,
with manual operation, mechanical switch position indicator

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987891
2987901
2987914

10
10
10

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987956
2987969
2987972

10
10
10

- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

①

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

2987927

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

10

- Status LED

④

230 V AC

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

2987930

10

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

10

382

PHOENIX CONTACT

①

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life

107
20

1

10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current

10

5

10

4

1

2

0,1
10

100

6

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life

107
20
10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 8 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 8 A contact current

100

0,1
10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

383

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Modular PR2 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Relay base family that can be fitted with
2 PDT or 4 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppr.
modules
– Relay retaining bracket with marking field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

2/2-level design with
screw connection


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25 °C ... 85 °C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
27 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
75 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSC2/4X21

2833563

10

2833592

10

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

PR2-B relay base, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per pack
With screw connection
PR2-B relay base, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated
equipment marking area (8 x 25 mm), suitable for PR2 relay base
EL2-P35

Accessories
Equipment marking label, marking area 9 x 25 mm
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, marking area 6
x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, marking area 6
x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm²
blue
black
gray

384

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
D W
H

1/3-level design with
screw connection

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

300 V AC/DC
12 A

-

-25 °C ... 85 °C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-

27 mm
86 mm (EL2-P35)
78.5 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSC3/4X21

2833576

10

2833592

10

EL2-P35

Accessories

Type

EL2-P35

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2833592

10

Accessories

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

385

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Plug-in industrial relays suitable for
PR2 relay base
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode

2 PDT relay with
power contacts

Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
phoenixcontact.net/products

4 PDT relay with
multi-layer gold contact





21

24

22

A1

A2
14

12

Technical data
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

Input voltage
UN

31

34

32

21

24

22

11

14

12

10
13

7.2
13

3.6
13

54

11

5

4 - 10

4 - 10

4 - 10

5

5

5

5

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

①
②
see diagram
75
38
13
13

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

10
13

7.2
13

3.6
13

54

11

5

4 - 10

4 - 10

4 - 10

5

5

5

5

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

5

2 PDTs
Ag
250 V AC/DC
5V
10 A
1 mA

4 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC
1V
5A
1 mA

2500 VA

1250 VA

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
see diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55 °C ... 70 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
see diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

any / on PR2 relay base

any / on PR2 relay base

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
110 V DC
④
125 V DC
⑤
220 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator, (Japanese standard)

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21

2834012
2834025
2834041
2834960
2834957
2834054
2834067
2834070

with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21

2834151
2834164
2834177
2834180

Description

42

Technical data

①
②
see diagram
75
38
13
13
5

44

A2
11

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
(AC, depending on phase relation)
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
(AC, depending on phase relation)
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

41
A1

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU

2834083
2834096
2834119
2834313
2834973
2834122
2834135
2834148

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU

2834193
2834203
2834216
2834229

10
10
10
10

Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 -

386

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

AC interrupting rating

DC interrupting rating

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8

1
Switching current [A]

20

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

20

1,8

2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2

10
6
4

2

2

3

1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10

0,1
10

0,6
0

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

20

30

80

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

Electrical service life

20

300

Service life reduction factor

1
Cycles

10

6

1

2
Reduction factor

0,8

105

10

0,6

0,4

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

0,3
1

Switching current [A]

0,8

0,6

0,4

0,2
COS j

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

AC interrupting rating

DC interrupting rating

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8

1

Switching current [A]

20

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

20

1,8

2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2

3

2

1

1

4

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10

0,1
10

0,6
0

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

10

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300
1
2
3
4

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

Service life reduction factor

1

2

0,8
Reduction factor

10

30

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

1

6

20

80

Electrical service life

Cycles

10
6
4

5

0,6

0,4

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching current [A]

5

0,3
1

0,8

0,6

0,4

0,2
COS j

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

387

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Modular PR3 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Relay base family that can be fitted with
2 PDT or 3 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppr.
modules
– Relay retaining bracket
– Loop bridges

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

Relay base for
2 PDT octal relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

400 V AC/DC
10 A
-40 °C ... 85 °C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/2X21

2833602

10

EL3-M52

2833628

10

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

PR3 relay base, for REL-OR octal relay with two PDTs, plug-in
option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
PR3 relay base, for REL-OR octal relay with three PDTs, plug-in
option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-3 and
PR3 relay base

Accessories
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm²
blue
black
gray

388

PHOENIX CONTACT

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
D W
H

Relay base for
3 PDT octal relay

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

400 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-40 °C ... 85 °C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-

38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/3X21

2833615

10

EL3-M52

2833628

10

Accessories
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EL3-M52

2833628

10

Accessories
2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

389

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Plug-in octal relays suitable for PR3
relay base
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Extremely robust design
2 PDT relay with
power contacts

3 PDT relay with power contacts




(A1)

(14)

(14)
2

(A1)

3

3

(12)
4

(22)

2

(11) 1

4

(12)

(11)

5
1

(21)
6

11

(21)

8

5

(31)

(22)

7

10
7

6

(A2)

(A2)
(24)

(34)

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
(AC, depending on phase relation)
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
(AC, depending on phase relation)
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting

①
56
12

②
110

③
22

④
10

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

6

Input voltage
UN

(24)
(32)

Technical data
①
56
12

②
110

③
22

④
10

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

6

2 PDTs
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA

3 PDTs
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA

2500 VA

2500 VA

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
see diagram
IEC 60664
any / on PR3 relay base

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
see diagram
IEC 60664
any / on PR3 relay base

Ordering data
Description

9

8

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21

2834232
2834245
2834258
2834261

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR- 24DC/3X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21

2834274
2834287
2834290
2834300

10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and
mechanical switch position indicator
①
②
③
④

390

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

Electrical service life

3

20

1

7
5

1

2

0,9

1
10

3

6

Reduction factor

10

10
Cycles

Switching current [A]

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

5

2

1

10
10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

4

300

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

Switching current [A]

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

Electrical service life

3

20

1

7
5

1

2

0,9

1
10

3

6

Reduction factor

10

10
Cycles

Switching current [A]

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

5

2

1

10
10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

Switching current [A]

12

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1

1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

PHOENIX CONTACT

391

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for PR1, PR2,
and PR3
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
PR... relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR1 and PR2



Input/interference suppression module to
match PR3


Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:

LDP- 12- 24DC
LDP- 48- 60DC
LDP-110DC

2833657
2833660
2833673

10
10
10

LDP3- 12- 24DC
LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC

2833770
2833783
2833796

10
10
10

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external
interference peaks,
Input voltage:

LDM- 12- 24DC
LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC

2833686
2833699
2833709

10
10
10

LDM3- 12- 24DC
LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC

2833806
2833819
2833822

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30 V varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20%(75 V varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275 V varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:

LV- 12- 24UC
LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC

2833712
2833725
2833738

10
10
10

LV3- 12- 24UC
LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC

2833835
2833848
2833851

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30 V varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75 V varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275 V varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD element to attenuate
the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:

V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC

2833864
2833877
2833880

10
10
10

V3- 12- 24UC
V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC

2833929
2833932
2833945

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

RC- 12- 24UC
RC- 48- 60UC
RC-120-230UC

2833741
2833754
2833767

10
10
10

RC3- 12- 24UC
RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC

2833893
2833903
2833916

10
10
10

Description
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 +, A2 –,
Input voltage:

392

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Terminal assignment of PR1 base/solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base
A1

A2

SIM-EI...48DC/100

A2 (-)

SIM-EI...TTL/100

A2 (-)

SIM-EI...48DC/100RC

11

12

14

21

A1 (+)

A

+

A1 (+)

A

+

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

A

+

SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

A

+

OPT-...24DC/5

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

13

14

OPT-...230AC/2

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

13

14

22

24

Solid-state relays
0

The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
LDP… and LV… plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

393

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with screw connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.

PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay


12

12

14

14

11

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load)
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

①
②
③
④
see diagram
19
34
9
6
8
3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
10
1.5 1.5 2 - 22
14
16
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
1 PDT
AgNi

1 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
12 A
30 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)
3000 W (for 250 V AC)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
1.2 W (at 24 V DC)

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21

2834326
2834339
2834342
2834355

5
5
5
5

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU

2834368
2834371
2834384
2834397

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, marking area 6
x 15 mm

394

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)

D W
H

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

1
2
2

1
0,8

PR1 relay module with
2 PDT relay

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of the relay

1

0,6
0



10

20

30

10
6
4

1

2

0,1

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

100

12 22

14 24

14 24

11 21

11 21

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22

2

3

1
0,5
0,3
0,2

Service life reduction factor

Electrical service life

107

Cycles

1

A1

A2-

DC coils

A2
AC coils

Technical data
①
②
③
④
see diagram
19
34
9
6
8
3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
10
1.5 1.5 2 - 22
14
16
Yellow LED, varistor
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

10

6

1

0,7
0,6

10

5

10

4

2

0,5
0,4
1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)
2000 W (for 250 V AC)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
1.2 W (at 24 V DC)

PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range of the relay

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2
2

1
0,8

1

0,6

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

0,1
10

90 100

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834481
2834494
2834504
2834517
2834520
2834533
2834546
2834559

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Accessories

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

50

70

100

200

300

107

1
0,9
0,8

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3
1

0819288

30

Electrical service life

Cycles

Order No.

20

Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

Type

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2

Ambient temperature [°C]

Ordering data

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

2 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated

Coil voltage U/UN

2 PDTs
AgNi

EML (15X6) R YE

0,8

0,3

Reduction factor

A1+

Reduction factor

0,9

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

395

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Fully mounted PR2 relay modules,
consisting of:
– Relay base
– 2/4 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is
integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold
contacts

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status
LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the
relay.

PR2 relay module with
2 PDT relay


22

12

22

12

24

14

24

14

21

11

21

11

A1+

A2-

A2

A1

DC coils

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load)
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
④
see diagram
38
54
11
5
13
4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10
5
3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Red LED, varistor
Green LED, freewheeling diode
2 PDTs
Ag
250 V AC/DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA (for 250 V AC)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II

Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
2-PDT contact relay

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834643
2834656
2834669
2834672

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, marking area 6
x 15 mm

396

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
Industrial relay system with screw connection - PR series

PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDTs)

D W
H

PR2 relay module with
4 PDT relay

AC interrupting rating

1,8

20

1,6

10
6
4

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of relay Ta=Tcoil

1,4
1,2
1
0,8

1
2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10

0,6
0

10

20

30


42

32

22

12

42

32

22

12

44

34

24

14

44

34

24

14

41

31

21

11

41

31

21

11

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

80

300

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

DC interrupting rating

Electrical service life

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
①
②
③
④
see diagram
38
54
11
5
13
4 - 10 4 - 10 4 - 10
5
3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Red LED, varistor
Green LED, freewheeling diode

1
2

2

3

1

6

2

1
105

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

0,1
10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

4

300

0

2

4

6

8

10

Switching current [A]

1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDTs)

4 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA (for 250 V AC)

Operating voltage range of relay Ta=Tcoil

Coil voltage U/UN

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II

AC interrupting rating

1,8

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

1
2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10

0,6
0

10

20

30

Ordering data
Type

10

Cycles

10
6
4

Switching current [A]

A1+

Switching current [A]

20

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

80

300

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

DC interrupting rating

Electrical service life

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU

2834724
2834737
2834740
2834753

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

10
6
4

3

2

1

1

Cycles

Switching current [A]

20

4

10

1

6

2

2
10

5

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

0,1
10
1
2
3
4

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

4

300

L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

0

1

2

3

4

5

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

397

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

The PLC-INTERFACE relay system is the
interface between the controller and
system I/O devices.
The universal design is compact and
space-saving. While the narrow 6.2 mm
module has one contact, the 14 mm version
is available with two contacts. The modules
can be equipped with either an
electromechanical or a solid-state relay.
They are protected against environmental
influences by RTIII (IP67). The relays also
offer safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160).

398

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC-INTERFACE is available in three
connection technologies. Depending on the
usage range, screw or push-in connection
can be selected.
In addition to the universal types,
PLC-INTERFACE is also available in
numerous special versions. These include:
– Sensor and actuator modules that can
accommodate all connections directly on
the interface
– Modules for high inrush or continuous
currents
– Railway modules, which meet specific
railway requirements
– Filter modules, which filter out
interference on the input side

Jumpers are available for all modules for
simple potential distribution. In addition,
solutions from system cabling applications
offer easy connection to the plant control
system. VARIOFACE adapters can be used
to reduce wiring effort considerably.
Installation is simplified significantly thanks
to the integrated input and protective
circuit.
Standard marking material from
CLIPLINE complete modular terminal
blocks can be used to mark
PLC-INTERFACE.

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Universal modules
PLC-R... and PLC-O... relay and solid-state
relay modules with PDT or N/O contact,
designed for universal use. Available in an
overall width of 6.2 mm with one contact or
in 14 mm with two contacts.
Available either with screw or push-in
connection.

Sensors/actuators
PLC...SEN and PLC...ACT offer spacesaving sensor and actuator wiring without
additional supply or output terminal blocks.
The sensor or actuator connections are
incorporated directly at the relay module.
Available either with screw or push-in
connection.

High currents
PLC...IC is particularly suitable for
applications with high switch-on currents,
e.g. from lamp loads. The PLC...HC relay
modules are designed for applications with
high continuous currents.
Available either with screw or push-in
connection.

Railway applications
PLC...RW relay or solid-state relay
modules are suitable for railway
requirements. These cover, for example, the
extended temperature and input voltage
range of railway applications.

Interference signals on the input side
PLC-B...SO46 basic terminal blocks are
used for filtering interference currents and
interference voltages on the input side.
Available either with screw or push-in
connection.

Accessories
The entire PLC-INTERFACE system can
be extended by a range of accessories such
as power terminals, adapters for system
cabling or jumpers for potential
distribution.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

399

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Universal PLC series with
PDT relay

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

PLC-R... is the relay series that can be
used universally and consists of basic
terminal blocks and plug-in relays with
PDT contacts.
The advantages:
– Slim design
– Screw and push-in connection technology
– Functional jumpers
– Integrated input and interference
suppression circuit
– RT III sealed relay
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423
Note: for marking material (ZB 6), see “CLIPLINE industrial
connection technology, marking material for terminals,
conductors, and cables”.
1)

120 and 230 V types up to 55 °C

2)

230 V types up to 55 °C

1 PDT with power contact



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1-PDT relay

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

1

2
1

Description

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50

70

100

200

300

20
10
6
4
Switching current [A]

W/H/D

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C1)
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21
with 2-PDT relay

2
1

1
4

3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
50 70 100
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

400

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

[mA]
[ms]

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
15.3
9
11
9.2
4.8
3.5
3.2
5/8
5/8
6 / 15 5 / 8
5/8
6 / 15 7 / 15
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

PHOENIX CONTACT

200

300

Input voltage
UN

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
24 V AC/DC
④
48 V DC
⑤
60 V DC
⑥
120 V AC (110 V DC)
⑦
230 V AC (220 V DC)
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
24 V AC/DC
④
48 V DC
⑤
60 V DC
⑥
120 V AC (110 V DC)
⑦
230 V AC (220 V DC)

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21

2966906
2966171
2966184
2966113
2966139
2966197
2966207

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21
PLC-RPT-120UC/21
PLC-RPT-230UC/21

2900316
2900299
2900300
2900301
2900303
2900304
2900305

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
D W
H

D W
H

1 PDT with multi-layer gold contact

D W
H

2 PDT with power contact



2 PDT with multi-layer gold contact




21

21

24

24

22

22

A2

11

A2

11

A2

11

A1

14

A1

14

A1

14

12

12

Technical data

12

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
15.3
9
11
9.2
4.8
3.5
3.2
5/8
5/8
6 / 15 5 / 8
5/8
6 / 15 7 / 15
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
33
18
17.5
20
10
4.5
4.5
8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
33
18
17.5
20
10
4.5
4.5
8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA)
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C1)
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C2)
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C2)
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU

2966919
2966265
2966278
2966126
2966142
2966281
2966294

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU

2900317
2900306
2900307
2900308
2900309
2900310
2900311

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21

2967235
2967060
2967073
2967248
2967293
2967086
2967099

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU

2967277
2967125
2967112
2967280
2967303
2967138
2967141

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21

2900329
2900330
2900332
2900333
2900334
2900335
2900336

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU

2900337
2900338
2900339
2900340
2900341
2900342
2900343

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

401

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Universal PLC series with
solid-state relays
PLC-O... is the solid-state relay series that
can be used universally comprising basic
terminal blocks and plug-in solid-state
relays.
The advantages:
– Slim design
– Screw and push-in connection technology
– Functional jumpers
– Integrated input circuit
– RT-III sealed solid-state relays
– High switching capacity
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 425

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA



A2

13+

A1

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. / max. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Max. load value
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.9
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.3
8.5
9
5
3
3.5
3.5
0.02
0.03
0.04
1
3
3
0.3
0.3
2
3
4
5
300
300
100
50
10
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
48 V DC
3 V DC
- / 100 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage
UN

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
24 V DC
②
48 V DC
③
60 V DC
④
125 V DC
⑤
120 V AC (110 V DC)
⑥
230 V AC (220 V DC)
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
24 V DC
②
48 V DC
③
60 V DC
⑤
120 V AC (110 V DC)
⑥
230 V AC (220 V DC)

402

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100

2966728
2966993
2967455
2980047
2966744
2966757

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100

2900352
2900353
2900354
2900355
2900356

10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
D W
H

D W
H

Max. DC voltage output of 3 A

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA





A2

13+

A2

13+

A1

14

A1

14

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3
8.5
9
5
3
3.5
3.5
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.04
3.5
4
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.6
7
7
300
300
100
100
10
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.3
≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.25
8
9
6
3.5
4
3.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
3
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

33 V DC
3 V DC
15 A (10 ms)
- / 3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV
-

253 V AC
24 V AC
30 A (10 ms)
10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)
RCV circuit
<1V
< 1 mA (in off state)
4.5 A2s

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2

2966634
2967002
2967468
2980050
2966650
2966663

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1

2967840
2967853
2967866
2980063
2967879
2967882

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2

2900364
2900365
2900366
2900367
2900368

10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1

2900369
2900370
2900371
2900372
2900374

10
10
10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

403

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC actuator series for output
functions

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

PLC actuator series for coupling
controller and actuators, such as motors,
contactors, valves, etc.
The advantages:
– Actuator connected directly to relay
module
– No need for additional modular terminal
blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw and push-in connection technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation
according to DIN EN 50178 between coil
and contact
– Functional jumpers
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423
For derating curves see page 425

1 N/O contact with power contact



A2

13

A1

BB
14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1/ACT
with 1-N/O relay

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

1

2
1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50

70

100

200

300

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1-1/ACT
with 2-N/O relay

Description

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

1

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②

1
4

3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

404

10
20
30
50 70 100
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
PHOENIX CONTACT

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

9
5
8
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

20

2

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN
Typ. release time/shutdown time at Un
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Max. load value
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

②
See diagram

200

300

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2966210

10

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2900312

10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
D W
H

D W
H

2 N/O contacts with power contact

D W
H

Max. DC voltage output of 3 A



Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA





23
BB
24

A2
13
A1

BB

A2

13+

A2

13+

A1

BB

A1

BB

14

14

Technical data

14

Technical data

②
See diagram

Technical data

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

①
②
0.8 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4
9.5
8.5
0.02
0.02
0.3
0.3
300
300
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.25
9
3
9
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
8A
10 mA
-

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV
-

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
30 A (10 ms)
10 mA
RCV circuit
<1V
< 1 mA (in off state)
0.5
4.5 A2s

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

18
8
10

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT

2967109

10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980144
2966676

10
10

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT

2900375
2900376

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT

2967947

10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

405

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC actuator series for
output functions
PLC actuator series with solid-state
power relays for coupling the controller and
actuators, such as motors, contactors,
valves, etc.

D W
H

D W
H

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 425

Max. DC voltage output of 5 A

Max. AC voltage output of 2 A





23

23

BB

BB

24

A2

24

A2

13
A1

13
A1

BB

BB

14

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. / max. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Max. load value
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

W/H/D

Technical data

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
9
0.02
0.4
300
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
9
10
10
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

33 V DC / 3 V DC
15 A (10 ms)
- / 5 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV
-

253 V AC / 24 V AC
30 A (10 ms)
25 mA / 2 A (see derating curve)
Surge protection
≤1V
typ. 1 mA
0.5
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

Basic insulation
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Basic insulation
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

see derating / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

see derating / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①

406

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN
24 V DC

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT

2982786

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT

2982760

10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC actuator series for
output functions
PLC actuator basic terminal blocks that
can be fitted with a mechanical or solidstate relay. For coupling the controller and
actuators, such as motors, contactors,
valves, etc.

D W
H

D W
H

Basic terminal block that can be fitted with
mech. relay

Basic terminal block that can be fitted with
solid-state relay

Notes:
Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 426
For derating curves see page 425





13

A2
A1

A2

13

A2

A1

BB

A1

BB

13
BB

14

14

DC

AC

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type

0.8 ... 1.2
15.6 mA / 8.5 mA
5 ms
30 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
REL-MR-24DC/21AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current

Technical data

REL-MR-24DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

0.8 ... 1.2
15 mA / 8.3 mA
10 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
-

OPT...230AC/...
-

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see
derating curve)

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)

Min. switching current
Output protection

1 mA (at 24 V)
-

10 mA (at 12 V)
-

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation

-

-

Protection
against polarity
reversal, surge
protection
≤1V
-

Protection
against polarity
reversal, surge
protection
≤ 150 mV
-

250 V AC
6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation

250 V AC
6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation

Ambient temperature (operation)
Clearance and creepage distances
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

-20 °C ... 60 °C
EN 50178 , IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

-20 °C ... 60 °C
EN 50178 , IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

W/H/D

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection

Voltage UN

Type

≤1V
≤ 1 mA
4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V AC/DC

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2982799

10

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2982799

10

24 V AC/DC

PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2900450

10

PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2900450

10

2966618
2966595
2967950

10
10
10

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relay
with multi-layer gold contacts
with power contacts
Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state input relay
Solid-state power relay
Solid-state power relay

RCV circuit

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21

Accessories
2961121
2961105

10
10
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

407

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC sensor series for
input functions
PLC sensor series for coupling controller
and sensors, such as proximity switches,
limit switches or auxiliary contacts
The advantages:
– Direct connection of sensor to relay
module
– No need for additional modular terminal
blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60%
– Screw and push-in connection technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation
according to DIN EN 50178 between coil
and contact
– Functional jumpers
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423
1)

120 and 230 V types up to 55 °C

Relay module
1 N/O contact



13

A2

14

BB
A1

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN
Typ. release time/shutdown time at Un
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

①
②
See diagram

③

9
5
8

3.2
7
15

3.5
6
15

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

W/H/D

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C1)
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage
UN

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
24 V DC
②
120 V AC (110 V DC)
③
230 V AC (220 V DC)
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
24 V DC
②
120 V AC (110 V DC)
③
230 V AC (220 V DC)

408

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2966317
2966320
2966333

10
10
10

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2900313
2900314
2900315

10
10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
D W
H

Max. DC voltage output
of 100 mA



13+

A2

14

BB
A1

Technical data
①
②
③
0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3
8.5
3.5
3.5
0.02
6
3
0.3
10
5
300
10
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2966773
2966799
2966809

10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2900358
2900359
2900361

10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

409

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
high inrush currents

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

PLC relay modules for high inrush
currents due, for example, to capacitive
loads
The advantages:
– Max. inrush current of 130 A
– Direct connection of load return line
thanks to actuator type
– Screw and push-in connection technology
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Functional jumpers
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423

1 N/O contact of up to 130 A peak



13
A2
BB
A1
14
Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

Basic behavior of capacitive loads:
- Very high input current
- Voltage increases with an e-function

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC (at 100 mA)
80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF)

W/H/D

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

U
I

Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①

t

Maximum interrupting rating

20
10
6
4
Switching current [A]

[mA]
[ms]

①
18
8 / 10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

410

PHOENIX CONTACT

50

70

100

200

300

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2967604

10

24 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2900298

10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
high continuous currents

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

PLC relay modules for high continuous
switching currents
The advantages:
– Max. continuous current of 10 A
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Screw and push-in connection technology
– Functional jumpers
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter
– Long electrical service life thanks to
16 A relay
– All common input voltages of
12 V DC to 230 V AC

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423
1)

230 V types up to 55 °C

1 PDT up to 10 A



11
A2
14
A1
12
Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

[mA]
[ms]

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
33
18
17.5
20
10
4.5
4.5
8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

W/H/D

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 60 °C1)
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
24 V AC/DC
④
48 V DC
⑤
60 V DC
⑥
120 V AC (110 V DC)
⑦
230 V AC (220 V DC)
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
24 V AC/DC
④
48 V DC
⑤
60 V DC
⑥
120 V AC (110 V DC)
⑦
230 V AC (220 V DC)

Switching current [A]

20
10
6
4

1

2

3

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC
PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC

2967617
2967620
2967633
2967646
2967659
2967662
2967675

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC
PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC

2900290
2900291
2900293
2900294
2900295
2900296
2900297

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Max. interrupting rating

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

411

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
hazardous areas

new

Relay modules with ATEX and/or Class 1,
Division 2 approval for potentially explosive
applications.
The advantages:
– Slim design
– Functional jumpers
– Integrated input and interference
suppression circuit
– RTIII-sealed relays
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Efficient connection to system cabling
using V8 adapter
Notes:

D W
H

D W
H

2 PDT with power contact

1 PDT with power contact



Ex:  

Ex: 

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

21

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

24

Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

new

22

A2

11

A2

11

A1

14

A1

14

12

12

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN
Typ. release time/shutdown time at Un
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA
UL, USA / Canada
UL, Canada

Technical data

②
See diagram
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

②
See diagram

18
8
10

9
5
8

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

W/H/D

Input voltage
UN

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
120 V AC (110 V DC)
④
230 V AC
PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
12 V DC
③
120 V AC (110 V DC)

412

PHOENIX CONTACT

3.5
6
15

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA)
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)
-

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (UL)
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

CE-compliant
DEMKO 03 ATEX 0326050U; II 3G Ex nA nC IIC Gc
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

CE-compliant
DEMKO 11 ATEX 1111531U; II 3G Ex nC IIC Gc
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

Ordering data
Description

③

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21ATEX

2980461

10

Type

Order No.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 ATEX
PLC-RSC-120UC/21 ATEX

2902955
2902956

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
new

new

D W
H

new

D W
H

1 PDT with power contact

D W
H

Max. DC voltage output of 3 A

Ex: 

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Ex: 

A2

11

A2

13+

A2

13+

A1

14

A1

14

A1

14

12

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, protection against
polarity reversal
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

②
③
0.8 0.9 1.2
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.3
8.5
3.5
0.02
3.5
0.3
7
300
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

②
③
0.8 0.9 1.2
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.9
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.3
8.5
3.5
0.02
3
0.3
4
300
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
10 mA
-

33 V DC
3 V DC
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 60079-0, EN 60079-15
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X

①
②
See diagram

③

④

15.3
5
8

3.5
6
15

3.2
7
15

9
5
8

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-RSC-12DC/21-C1D2
PLC-RSC-24DC/21 C1D2
PLC-RSC-120UC/21 C1D2
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-CID2

5606331
5603154
5603157
5607072

1
1
1
1

PLC-RSP-12DC/21 CID2
PLC-RSP-120UC/21 C1D2

5606332
5603683

1
1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 C1D2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 C1D2

5603260
5603262

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100 C1D2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100 C1D2

5603261
5603263

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

413

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Basic terminal blocks with
interference current filter that can be
fitted with relays
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated
filter to protect against interference
voltages or currents due, for example, to
long control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in
residual AC currents
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423
Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 426

Universal design



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. release voltage (with relay)
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type

120 V AC
0.8 ... 1.4
50 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter
REL-MR-60DC/21
Single contact, 1-PDT

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
80 V AC
8.8 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 55 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

L
R

V

C

Leakage current
Output

A1
U

N

Description
Load

A2

Signal cable

Occurrence of interference signals
Scenario 1: controller - AC output card

Long signal cable (>10m)

L
E.g. 230 VAC
N

Leakage current

U
A2

Parallel signal cables or load cables

Occurrence of interference signals
Scenario 2: long signal cables
PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection
With screw connection
With push-in connection
With push-in connection

Voltage UN

120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2980319
2980335
2900453
2900455

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961134
2961118

10
10

Accessories

A1

L1
L2
L3

414

REL-MR-60DC/21AU
Single contact, 1-PDT

Load

Plug-in miniature relay
with gold contact
with power contact

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
D W
H

D W
H

Sensor design

D W
H

2 PDT universal design



1 PDT for high continuous currents





21
24

13

A2

14

BB

11

22

A2

A2

11
A1

14
A1

14

A1

12

12

Technical data

Technical data

120 V AC
0.8 ... 1.4
50 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter
REL-MR-60DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
80 V AC
8.8 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

Technical data

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
10 ms

REL-MR-60DC/21AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

120 V AC
0.78 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
Single contact, 2-PDT

120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgNi

AgNi, + 5 µm Au

AgNi

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 55 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 55 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 55 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980322
2980348
2900456
2900457

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961134
2961118

10
10

Accessories

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46

2980416
2980429

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46

2980432
2980445

10
10

2961338

10

Accessories
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21

Accessories
2961228
2961202

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

415

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Basic terminal blocks with
interference current filter that can be
fitted with solid-state relays
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated
filter to protect against interference
voltages or currents due, for example, to
long control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in
residual AC currents
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 425

Universal design



A2

11

A2

11

A1

14

A1

14

12

12

DC

AC

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal ("L")
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz)
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Output protection

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Max. phase shift (inductive load)
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection
Protection
against polarity against polarity
reversal, surge reversal, surge
protection
protection
< 1 V DC
< 200 mV
-

8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms

-

4.5 A2s

-

OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
RCV circuit

< 1 V AC
< 1 mA
0.5

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 55 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Voltage UN

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for plug-in miniature
relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection
120 V AC
With screw connection
230 V AC
With push-in connection
120 V AC
With push-in connection
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2980319
2980335
2900453
2900455

10
10
10
10

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2966621
2966605
2967963

10
10
10

Accessories

Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state input relay
Solid-state power relay
Solid-state power relay

416

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
D W
H

Sensor design



13

A2

13

A2

14

BB

14

BB

A1

A1

DC

AC

Technical data
120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection
Protection
against polarity against polarity
reversal, surge reversal, surge
protection
protection
<1V
< 200 mV
-

8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms

-

-

OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
RCV circuit

<1V
< 1 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 55 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980322
2980348
2900456
2900457

10
10
10
10

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2966621
2966605
2967963

10
10
10

Accessories

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

417

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 424
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 423

1 PDT



A2

12

A1

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type
Contact material

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting

①
②
see diagram
38
14
5
5
2.5
2.5

③

④

⑤

9
5
2.5

7
5
2.5

3
5
2.5

1 PDT
AgSnO

1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
on request
1 mA (at 24 V)

140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA

1.2 W
-

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any / can be aligned without spacing

Dimensions

W/H/D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relay
with power contact
with power contacts
with power contact
with power contacts
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relay
with gold contact
with multi-layer gold contacts
with gold contact
with multi-layer gold contacts
with gold contact
with gold contact

418

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC

REL-MR- 4,5DC/21
REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21
REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961367
2961150
2961383
2961105
2961118

10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961370
2961163
2961493
2961121
2961134

10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

2 PDT

1 N/O contact,
for high inrush currents



1 PDT
for high continuous currents





A1

12

11

14

A1

A1

A2

22

21

24

A2

A2

13

Technical data
②
see diagram
33
7
3

14

12

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

17
7
3

8.2
7
3

4.1
7
3

see diagram

11

Technical data

④

②
see diagram
33
7
3

17
8
3

④

⑤

⑥

17
7
3

8.2
7
3

4.1
7
3

2 PDT
AgNi

2 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated

1 N/O contact
AgSnO

1 PDT
AgNi

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 100 mA)
16 A
80 A (20 ms)
100 mA (at 12 V DC)

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

190 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
2000 VA

1.2 W
-

384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any / can be aligned without spacing (> 70 °C ≥ 2.5 mm)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any / can be aligned without spacing (> 70 °C ≥ 2.5 mm)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 85 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any / can be aligned without spacing (> 70 °C ≥ 2.5 mm)

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21

2961257

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961192
2961273
2961202

10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU

2961299

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961215
2961286
2961228

10
10
10

Type

REL-MR- 24DC/1IC

14

Ordering data
Order No.

2961341

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC

2961309

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961312
2961325
2961338

10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

419

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Plug-in solid-state relays

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB

Max. DC voltage output
of 3 A

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 425

Max. DC voltage output
of 100 mA





A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

③
0.8 1.2
35
20
3
40
500
300

13+

14

A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

③
0.9 1.1
52
40
3
50
800
100

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥
0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
20
300
300

13+

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
4
20
300
300

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-wire, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 150 mV

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-wire, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state power relay
Solid-state power relay
Solid-state power relay
Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state input relay
Solid-state input relay
Solid-state input relay

420

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989
2966595
2966605

10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2967992
2966618
2966621

10
10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Max. DC voltage output
of 5 A

Max. AC voltage output
of 750 mA



Max. AC voltage output
of 2 A



A1

13+



A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10

③
0.9 1.1
50
15
3
9000
700
10

Technical data
②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300

14

A2

A2

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300

13

A1

14

13+

14

Technical data

③
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10

②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10

③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10

33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-wire, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-wire floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V

253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-wire floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)
Surge protection
≤1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664
2 / III

any / can be aligned without spacing
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

any / can be aligned without spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

any / see derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113
2982100
2982126

10
10
10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967950
2967963

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168
2982171
2982184

10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

421

OPT-24DC/24DC/5

2982100

OPT-60DC/24DC/5

2982126

OPT-24DC/230AC/2

2982171

OPT-60DC/230AC/2

2982184

422

PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT

2900450
2900261

PLC-BPT-24UC/1/ACT
PLC-BPT-24DC/21RW

REL-MR-12DC/21
2961150
X

REL-MR-12DC/21AU
2961163
X

REL-MR-24DC/21
2961105
X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/21AU
2961121
X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21
2961118
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-18DC/21AU
2961493

REL-MR-12DC/21-21
2961257
X

REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU
2961299
X

REL-MR-24DC/21-21
2961192
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU
2961215
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21-21
2961273
X

REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU
2961286
X

REL-MR-110DC/21-21
2961202
X
X

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
2961228
X
X

REL-MR-12DC/21HC
2961309

REL-MR-24DC/21HC
2961312

REL-MR-60DC/21HC
2961325

REL-MR-110DC/21HC
2961338

OPT-24DC/230AC/1
2967950

OPT-60DC/230AC/1
2967963

OPT-5DC/24DC/2
2967989

OPT-24DC/24DC/2
2966595

OPT-60DC/24DC/2
2966605

OPT-5DC/48DC/100
2967992

OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2966618

OPT-60DC/48DC/100

2966621
X
X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X

2980018

PLC-BSC-24DC/21
PLC-BSC-24UC/21
PLC-BSC-48DC/21
PLC-BSC-60DC/21
PLC-BSC-120DC/21
PLC-BSC-125DC/21

2900445
2900446
2900447
2900279
2900280
2900281

PLC-BPT-24DC/21
PLC-BPT-24UC/21
PLC-BPT-48DC/21
PLC-BPT-60DC/21
PLC-BPT-120DC/21
PLC-BPT-230UC/21

X

X

X

X

X

PLC-BSC-24DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-24UC/21-21
PLC-BSC-48DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-60DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-120DC/21-21
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21

2900283
2900284
2900285
2900286
2900287
2900288

PLC-BPT-24DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-24UC/21-21
PLC-BPT-48DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-60DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-120DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-230UC/21-21

X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC
PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-120DC/21HC
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC

2900254
2900255
2900256
2900257
2900258
2900259

PLC-BPT-24DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24UC/21HC
PLC-BPT-48DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-60DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-120DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-230UC/21HC

REL-MR-4,5DC/21
2961367
X
X

REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU
2961370
X
X

X

X
X
X

X

X
X

X

X

X

PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN

2900451
2900452

PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN

X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X

X

X

PLC-BPT-24DC/1IC/ACT

2900260

PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT

IC basic terminal block

Actuator basic terminal block

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN

2900262
PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-5DC/1/SEN

Sensor basic terminal block

PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC

2900253
PLC-BPT-12DC/21HC

HC basic terminal block

PLC-BSC-12DC/21-21

2900282
PLC-BPT-12DC/21-21

2 PDT basic terminal block

PLC-BSC-230UC/21

2966032

PLC-BSC-12DC/21

2900444

2967837

2982799

2966058

2980241

2966087

2966074

2966061

2980267

2967824

2967811

2967808

2967798

2967785

2967772

2967769

2967044

2967031

2967316

2967264

2967028

2967015

2967251

2966045

2966100

2966090

2966029

2966016

2966896

PLC-BSC-5DC/21

2900443

PLC-BPT-12DC/21

1 PDT basic terminal block
PLC-BPT-5DC/21

2980225

Screw connection

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT

2961383
PLC-BSC-5DC/1/ACT

REL-MR-18DC/21
2900449

2961341
2900448

2961134
PLC-BPT-24DC/1/ACT

REL-MR-60DC/21AU

REL-MR-24DC/1IC
PLC-BPT-5DC/1/ACT

Relay and
solid-state
relay
options
Push-in connection

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

Relay options for PLC basic terminal blocks

X

X
X

X

X
X
X
X

X

X

X

X

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions,
equipped with relay

PLC-R...-12DC...

U
U N 1,4

PLC-R...-24DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

A

1,1
UN= 12 V DC

UN= 24 V DC

1

1

0,9

0,9

0,8

0,8

B

B

0,7

0,7
20

25

30

40

35

45

50

55

60

65

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...

U
U N 1,4

PLC-R...-48DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1

0,8

1,2
1,1
UN= 60 V DC

1

1

0,9

0,9
0,8
B

0,7

B

0,7
25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60 65
TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-120UC...

U
U N 1,4

0,7
20

25

30

40

35

45

50

55

60

65

20

PLC-R...-125DC...

1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1
1

1

0,9

0,9

0,8

50

55

60

65

25

B
30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-12DC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

A

1,1
UN= 12 V DC

UN= 24 V DC

1

1

0,9

0,9
B

0,8

B

0,8

0,7

0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...

PLC-R...-48DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1

1,3
1,2
1,1

UN= 60 V DC
1
0,9

0,9
B

0,8

0,7
25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-120UC...

U
U N 1,4

UN= 110 V DC

A

1,3

60

UN= 220 V DC
1,2
A

1,1

1,1

1

1

UN= 230 V AC

UN= 220 V DC
UN= 110 V DC

UN= 120 V AC

0,8

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

UN= 230 V AC

B

0,7

0,7

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

1)

0,9
B

0,8

25

General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permitted continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permitted pick-up voltage Uop after pre-excitation1)
(see relevant technical data).

PLC-R...-230UC...

U
U N 1,4

UN= 120 V DC

0,9

20

65

TU [ ° C]

1,3

1,2

B

0,8

0,7
20

A

UN= 48 V DC

B

0,8

65

PLC-R...-60DC...

U
U N 1,4

1

0,9

60

TU [ ° C]

A

UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC
1

65

PLC-R...-24DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

60

TU [ ° C]

1,1

U
U N 1,4

65

0,7
20

TU [ ° C]

Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions,
equipped with relay

60

A

B
0,7
45

55

0,8

B
40

50

UN= 220 V DC / 230 V AC

1

35

45

PLC-R...-230UC...

UN= 125 V DC

0,9

30

40

1,1

UN= 110 V DC / 120 V AC

25

35

U
U N 1,4

A

1,2

0,7

30

TU [ ° C]

1,3

0,8

25

TU [ ° C]

U
U N 1,4

A

20

A

1,3

0,8

B
20

PLC-R...-60DC...

U
U N 1,4

UN= 48 V DC

0,9

65

TU [ ° C]

A

UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC
1

60

65

TU [ ° C]

Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant
technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short
time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values
for cold coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers
yield better values, but are not practical.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

423

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Plug-in miniature power relays
REL-MR...21

REL-MR...21-21

Permitted input voltage range
for REL-MR...21

Permitted input voltage range
for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC

U
UN

U
UN

3

2,5

3

2,5
A

A

2

2

1,5

1,5

1

1
B

B

0,5

0,5
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time,
horizontal or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permitted continuous voltage Umax with limiting
continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical
data).
Curve B
Minimum permitted pick-up voltage Uop after pre-excitation1)
(see relevant technical data).
1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant
technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short
time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values
for cold coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers
yield better values, but are not practical.

5 mm overall width

12.7 mm overall width

12,7

29

15

15,7
3,6

5

3,5

28

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

1,3

1,9

1,3

1,2

1

Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Pitch division: 2.5 mm

424

PHOENIX CONTACT

5

5

1,28

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Plug-in solid-state relays
OPT...DC/24DC/2
OPT...DC/230AC/1

OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/2

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and
PLC-OS.../24DC/2 solid-state relays

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and
PLC-OS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays

5
4
Load current [A]

Load current [A]

3
2
1
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Load current [A]

300

0

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

12.7 mm overall width

29

12,7

15,7

5

3,6

Load current [mA]
15

0

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and
PLC-OS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays

5 mm overall width

3,5

1
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

750

28

2

60

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and
PLC-OS.../230AC/1 solid-state relays

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

3

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

425

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Electrical interrupting rating for
PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-INTERFACE for railway
applications

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW

20

1

6

10

5

1

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50

70

100

200

300

2

4

6

8

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

107

10
6
4

1
4

10

6

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
50 70 100
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

200

300

Cycles

1

4

0

20

2

10

Switching current [A]

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21
with 2 PDT relay

Switching current [A]

10

2

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

10

5

10

4

2

0
1
2
3
Switching current [A]

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

9

10

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...1IC/ACT
for high inrush currents

107
20

6

10

5

10

4

1
2

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

20
10
6
4
2
1

1
3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

426

PHOENIX CONTACT

0
1
2
3
Switching current [A]

4

5

6

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC
for high continuous currents

Switching current [A]

10

2

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

50

70

100

200

300

7

8

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
EMG-OV solid-state power relays

ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
power circuit breaker solid-state relays
with signal logic

UEGM-OE/AV logic pulse expansion
module

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2

Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO

Time diagrams for UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
Scenario 1: input pulse tI < output pulse tO set

1

2
1

0

30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Aligned without spacing
2 Stand-alone device

60

Operating voltage present

4
3

UE

1 A type

2

24 V

1
0
40

30

20

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

t0
UA

Time-current characteristic, 1 A version

tE

t

Output pulse tO

24 V

1000
t0

tA Set

t

Scenario 2: input pulse tI  output pulse tO set: tI = tO

100

Operating voltage present

10

UE
24 V

Switching time [ms]

2

Load current [A]

3

1

Current limitation

t0
UA
24 V

0,1
IN

10

20

30

tE

t

tA

t

Output pulse tO

I [A]
t0

Time-current characteristic, 4 A version

tA Set

1000
Table of adjustable output pulse lengths
DIP switches1)

100

10

Switching time [ms]

Load current [A]

4 A type

1

Current limitation

Length of
output
pulses [ms]
(when in
“on” switch
position)

0,1
IN

20

40

60

80

I [A]

1) If

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

10

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

20

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

50

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1500

no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.

If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched
off almost simultaneously with the input.
State diagram
Operating
state

Switching
level
Input

Light
indicator,
yellow LED

Light
indicator,
red LED

Not
activated

L

L

L

Normal
operation

H

H

L

Overload/s
hort circuit

H

H

H

Open circuit

L

L

H

Alarm
contact/
CONTROL

Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP
switches according to the following formula:

1
Ttot = ––––––––––––
1 + 1 + ... + 1
t1 t2
tn

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

427

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE with
two integrated relays
Relay module with two permanently
soldered-in power relays
The advantages:
– 100% more channel density than the
conventional 6.2 mm relay
– Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm
housing
– Integrated input circuit/protective circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contacts and between
contacts
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

Two integrated relays


A1.1+

13
K1

14

A2–

23
K2

A1.2+

24

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

[mA]
[ms]

①
7
4/6
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
3.5 A
5 mA

W/H/D

3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①

428

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1

2987309

10

24 V DC

PLC-2RPT-24DC/1

2901639

10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1

VCC
+-

A1.2 A1.2
A2– A2–
A1.1 A1.1

y1

14

14

13

13

23

23

24

24

y2

y3

y4

Operating voltage range

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC

Input voltage

1
0,9
B

0,8
0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

Ambient temperature

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

Interrupting rating

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4
2
1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 DC, ohmic load

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

429

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch and relay

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module with manual switch and
integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages are:
– Max. switching current of 6 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Screw and push-in connection technology

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases:
always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages
greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points
of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay



A2
13

M
0

14

A1

2(CTL)
1(CTL)

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating

Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

VCC
+-

A1
A2
CTL2

[mA]
[ms]

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)
max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA

General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

A
O
M

CTL1

M

①
②
11
11
6 / 15 6 / 15
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

250 V AC
6 kV
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

13

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

14

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...
Description

U
U N 1,4

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②

A

1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC
1
0,9
0,8

B

0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60 65
TU [ ° C]

Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

430

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L

2982236
2834876

10
10

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L

2900328
2900327

10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch without relay
Switching module without relay for
manual, zero, and automatic functions
The advantages:
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Screw and spring-cage connection
technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases:
always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages
greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points
of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

Module with manual switch without relay



AUTO
I
0
OUT
MANUAL
A1
2(CTL)
1(CTL)

Technical data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Cycles, max.
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Dimensions

72 V DC
2 V DC
50 mA
1 mA
100 (at 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)
≤ 72 V DC / 50 mA

W/H/D

85 V AC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
Application example PLC-S...S...

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-SC-S/H
PLC-SC-S/L

2980733
2980775

10
10

PLC-SP-S/H
PLC-SP-S/L

2980746
2980788

10
10

VCC
+-

OUT A1
A1

A2

I

A
O
M

1
11
14
2

12

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

431

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC RELAY with
an integrated solid-state relay
The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with
integrated electronics in various versions
offers the following advantages:
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching
– Integrated protection circuit
– DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up
to 24 V DC/10 A
– Electronic PDT output of up to
48 V DC/500 mA
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases:
always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages
greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points
of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
The housings of the following modules are open on one side:
- PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1
- PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R

Power solid-state relay with
DC voltage output, max. 1 A



14
A1

14

A2

13+

A2

13+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Alarm output
Operating range
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[Hz]

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
15
50

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
6
50

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8
50

④
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5
50

⑤
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5
50

⑥
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
50

⑦
0.8 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5.6
10

⑧
0.8 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8.4
10

-/300 V DC / 12 V DC
1 A (see derating curve)
< 500 mV

W/H/D

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

432

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1

2980652
2980665
2980678
2980681
2980694
2980704
2980717
2980720

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1

2900381
2900382
2900383
2900384
2900385
2900387
2900388
2900389

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1

D W
H

1
Load current [A]

D W
H

0,7

1

0
40
50
30
Ambient temperature [°C]

60

1 For input voltages 220 V DC and 230 V AC

Power solid-state relay with
short-circuit-proof DC voltage output,
max. 10 A, with feedback

Input solid-state relay with
DC voltage output,
max. 500 mA, with electronic PDT



Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R


12

A1
A
A2

14

Load current [A]

10
0

A1

7

0
30

+24V

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

+
A2

11

A2

11

Err

Technical data

Technical data
③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
1000

Load current [mA]

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
100
3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA

-/-

33 V DC / 5 V DC
10 A (see derating curve)
≤ 50 mV

48 V DC / 3 V DC
500 mA (see derating curve)
< 1.2 V

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W

0,5
0,35

0
30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R

2982702

10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2980636

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R

2900398

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2900378

10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

433

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC RELAY with
an integrated solid-state relay

D W
H

6.2 mm narrow solid-state relay for
switching AC loads
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-free
– Switching capacity up to 230 V AC/2.4 A
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Solid-state power relay with
AC voltage output, max. 2.4 A

14
A1+
BB

13+
13+

A2A2-

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC
Switching level (with reference to UC)

[mA]
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. / max. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Max. load value
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

①
0.8 1.2
8
> 0.8
< 0.4
10
10
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
253 V AC
24 V AC
250 A (20 ms)
10 mA / 2.4 A (see to derating)
RCV circuit
<1V
< 1 mA
340 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)
260 V AC
4 kV
Basic insulation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Load current [A]

Description

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①

2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
30
40
50
60
20
10
Ambient temperature [°C]
= aligned with > 20 mm spacing
= aligned without spacing

0

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

434

Rated actuating voltage
UC

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT

2904631

10

24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT

2904632

10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE with
hybrid solid-state relay

D W
H

The solid-state relay, combined with a
mechanical relay, offers the following
advantages:
– Higher electrical service life
– Lower power dissipation
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Switching capacity up to 230 V AC/10 A
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Hybrid solid-state relay
with AC voltage output, max. 10 A

14
Us

14

DC

ON

13
DC

13

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US

[V DC]

①
24

[V DC]

0.8 1.2
14 mA (input low, output low)
19 mA (input high, output high)
24

Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC

[mA]

Input circuit DC

0.8 1.2
6.8
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. / max. switching current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Max. load value
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

253 V AC
24 V AC
100 mA / 10 A (see derating curve)
RCV circuit
< 1 mA
350 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25 °C)
260 V AC
6 kV
safe isolation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III
W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description

Rated actuating voltage
UC

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC

PLC-HSC-24DC/230AC/10

2905214

1

24 V DC

PLC-HPT-24DC/230AC/10

2905215

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

435

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE
Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz
A solid-state relay for the safe acquisition
of short pulses.
– Status display
– Bridging options
– Cut-off frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

With DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz


A
A1
+
0

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[kHz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Quiescent current
Residual voltage drop at "H"
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

①
②
0.8 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.8
> 0.8
< 0.4
< 0.4
7
6
1.5
1.5
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
4.3 mA
< 0.5 V
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Input solid-state relay with screw connection

Input solid-state relay with push-in connection

436

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2902963
2902964

1
1

①
②

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ

2902969
2902970

1
1

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE

With DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

With DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

A
A1
+

A
A1
+

0

0

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5 > 0.8
< 0.3 < 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5
> 0.8
< 0.3
< 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
< 1.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
< 2.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902965
2902966

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902971
2902972

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2902967
2902968

1
1

1
1

PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G

2902973
2902974

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

437

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at input

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

The PLC-BS...TTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a robust
miniature relay offers the following
advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim overall width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– RTIII degree of protection
– Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact
– Screw and push-in connection technology

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

Basic terminal block, for fitting
with relay for TTL (5 V)



GND

13+

UVN

14

IN

Technical data

Switching current [A]

20

1

2
1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2

Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

41 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time at Uc
Typ. release time for Uc
Input circuit

2.5 mA
4.5 ms
3.5 ms
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Output data with:
Contact type

REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

REL-MR-4,5DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

AgSnO

Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Clearance and creepage distances between the power circuits

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

250 V
6 kV
-20 °C ... 60 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

any / can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

W/H/D

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With push-in connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/1
PLC-BPT-TTL/1

2982689
2900458

10
10

2961370
2961367

10
10

Accessories
10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

Max. interrupting rating

438

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Ordering data

10
6
4

0,1

Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN

PHOENIX CONTACT

300

Plug-in miniature power relay
with gold contact
with power contact

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at input

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

The PLC-BS...TTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a solid-state
relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim overall width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– IP67-protected solid-state relay
electronic unit
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– Alternative input or power solid-state
relay
– Wear-free and output-free
– Integrated protective circuit
– 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between
input and output
– Screw and push-in connection technology

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curves see page 425

Basic terminal block for fitting
with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)



GND

13+

UVN

14

IN

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Switching level 1 signal ("H") (TTL signal)
Switching level 0 signal ("L") (TTL signal)
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc
Typ. shutdown time at UC
Input circuit

11.5 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
> 2 V DC
< 0.8 V DC
2.5 mA
35 µs
320 µs
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection

OPT-5DC/48DC/100
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
Protection against polarity
reversal, surge protection
<1V

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Clearance and creepage distances between the power circuits

250 V
6 kV / Basic insulation
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

2 / III

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

OPT-5DC/24DC/2
33 V DC
3 V DC
3A
Protection against polarity
reversal, surge protection
< 200 mV

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With push-in connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/1
PLC-BPT-TTL/1

2982689
2900458

10
10

2967992
2967989

10
10

Plug-in solid-state relay
Solid-state input relay
Solid-state power relay

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Accessories

PHOENIX CONTACT

439

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at output
The PLC-OS...24DC/TTL with a built-in
solid-state relay can be used for fast and
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.
The module offers the following
advantages:
– Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
– 6.2 mm slim overall width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Integrated protective circuit
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

Input solid-state relay
with TTL (5 V) output


A1
+

+

A1
+

+
+

A2
–

A

A2
–

0

A2
–

0

Technical data

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW

2

Load current [A]

3
2,5

1,5

Switching level 1 signal ("H")
Switching level 0 signal ("L")
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. switch-on time for Uc
Typ. shutdown time at UC
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC

> 0.8
< 0.4
3.4 mA
35 µs
35 µs
1 kHz
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Output data with:
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Limiting continuous current

A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode

Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Clearance and creepage distances between the power circuits

Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
< 80 mV

Pollution degree / surge voltage category

2 / III
W/H/D

250 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

1
20
30
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]

70

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW

Load current [A]

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

1

2

Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
20
35
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]

440

PHOENIX CONTACT

70

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With push-in connection

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL
PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL

2982728
2900363

10
10

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC RELAY with
solid-state relays for
railway applications
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 Part 200) “Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic equipment used on
rolling stock”.
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x UN
– Shock resistance in acc. with DIN 50155
(requirements in acc. with EN 61373)
– Spring-cage and push-in connection
technology

D W
H

D W
H

Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A

Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A





Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

14

A1

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

14

A1

14

14

For derating curves see page 440

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

W/H/D

Technical data

①
⑥
0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
≥ 0.6
≥ 0.6
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.3
8.5
3
0.04
0.08
0.2
0.6
300
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
< 0.4
< 0.4
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
12
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.4
0.4
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
50
50
300
300
300
300
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
< 200 mV

140 V DC
12 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
< 150 mV

250 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

160 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

Input voltage
UN
24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980513

10

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980526

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900379

10

PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900380

10

Type

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW

2982511
2982524
2982537
2982540
2982553
2982566

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW

2900391
2900392
2900393
2900394
2900395
2900396

10
10
10
10
10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

441

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay modules with extended input
voltage and temperature range, specifically
for use in railway applications
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to + 70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
– Vibration and shock resistance according
to EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Push-in connection technology

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

Basic terminal block for fitting
with 1 PDT relay



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Permitted input voltage range for
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay)

1,4

Input voltage U/UN

1,2

1,0

0,8
0,6
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Ambient temperature [°C]
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A
Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 3 A

Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type

24 V DC
See diagram
12 mA
5 ms
8 ms
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
REL-MR-18DC/21
REL-MR-18DC/21AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT

Contact material

AgSnO

AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
3A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25 °C ... 70 °C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relay
With push-in connection

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

Plug-in miniature relay
with power contact
with gold contact

1

2
1

0,1

2

442

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

50

70

24 V DC

Type

PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900261

10

2961383
2961493

10
10

Accessories

20

0,5
0,3
0,2

Voltage UN

100

200

300

REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module for input voltages with a
nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz
The advantages:
– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
– Vibration and shock resistance according
to EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Push-in connection technology

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in
parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a
shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

For 16.7 Hz input frequency
with 2 PDTs


21
24
22

A2

11

A1

14
12
Technical data

Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Input nominal frequency
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

Permitted input voltage range
for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

230 V AC
16.67 Hz
see diagram
20 ms
60 ms
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
2 PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

( 250 V AC/DC )
( 5 V AC/DC )
(6A)
(8A)
( 10 mA )

6 kV
-25 °C ... 55 °C
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
1,4
Description

1,3

PLC-INTERFACE
With push-in connection

1,2
A

Voltage UN
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

2900345

10

Input voltage U/UN

1,1
1

UN= 230 V AC

0,9
B

0,8
0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

Ambient temperature [°C]
Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

443

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Relay modules with extended input
voltage and temperature range, specifically
designed for railway applications
The advantages:
– Certified to EN 50155
– Optimum relay operation thanks to widerange electronics
– Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C
(short-term 85°C)
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
(short-term 1.4 x UN)
– Vibration and shock resistance according
to EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Electrical service life diagrams, see page 426

1 PDT



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
9
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode
1 PDT
AgSnO

1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
on request
10 mA (at 12 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C (temperature class TX)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
With push-in connection

444

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact

24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW

2900318
2900319
2900320

10
10
10

With push-in connection

24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW

2900321
2900322
2900323

10
10
10

①
②
③

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Derating curve for

D W
H

D W
H

PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW

7

Switching current [A]

6

2 PDTs

5
4

3
2
1
0

0
30
35
40
45
Ambient temperature [°C]

55

50

60

65

70

200

300

1 PDT up to 10 A
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW



20



10
6
4

24

Switching current [A]

21
11

22

A2

11

A2

A1

14

A1

14
12

2
1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

12

50

70

100

1 Ohmic load

Technical data

2 PDTs
AgNi

2 PDTs
AgNi, hard gold-plated

1 PDT
AgNi

250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 5 V)

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
10 A (with inserted bridge 2967691)
30 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C (temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

20
10
6
4
Switching current [A]

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40 °C ... 70 °C (temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW

2900346
2900347
2900348

10
10
10

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW

2900349
2900350
2900351

10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW

2900324
2900325
2900326

10
10
10

2
1

1
4

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

20
10
6
4
Switching current [A]

Technical data
①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

2
1

1
3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

50

70

100

200

PHOENIX CONTACT

300

445

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors
The PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor
terminal block converts the changeable
resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a
digital signal that can be read by all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short-circuit or open
circuit and reports this error via an
integrated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to
monitor all mechanical switches
(N/C contact or N/O contact) for
short-circuit and/or open circuit.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following:
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch
– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls
– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter
– Screw and push-in connection technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases:
always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages
greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points
of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.

For inductive proximity sensors
acc. to NAMUR, with light indicators
for sensor signal and faults


Out

Out

ERR
GND
UVN
UVN
24V
ERR

+

(M) (P)

Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN
Typ. input current at UVN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit

24 V DC ±20 %
approx. 14 mA
approx. 350 Hz
Green LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

Application 1

+

ERR
OUT
U VN
GND

NAMUR initiator

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+

50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Surge protection
50 V DC
0.4 kV / Basic insulation
-25 °C ... 50 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2/I
W/H/D

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

OUT

10k

U VN
GND

Limit switch

Switching level
OUT

ERR

Green

Red

L

L

OFF

OFF

blocking

H

L

ON

OFF

short circuit

L

H

OFF

ON

open circuit

L

H

OFF

ON

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive
switching
With screw connection
With push-in connection

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2982663
2900397

10
10

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

Accessories

LED

conductive

446

UVN - URes
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Red LED, surge protection

ERR

1k

Initiator state

Protective circuit
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching)
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
Signal output
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

Application 2

8.2 V DC ±10 %
≥ 2.1 mA (in conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (in blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (in the event of an open circuit)
Surge protection

Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors
With screw connection

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic
reversing load relays are used to switch
mechanically commutated DC motors up to
24 V/2 A.
– Wear-free reversing
– Braking by controlling both inputs
– Short-circuit and surge and overloadproof output
– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring
– Screw-type, spring-cage, and push-in
technology

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases:
always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages
greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points
of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation

With overload and short-circuit-proof output


UV

T
M+

R
L

M-

GND

Technical data
Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

T
L

PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs

1000 Hz

Motor switching output
Continuous current IA max.
Current limitation at short-circuits
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

L
R

U

GND
24 V
M+

+-

24 V DC ±20 %
approx. 3 mA
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data
Supply voltage range UV
Quiescent current
Output protection

R

VCC

Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control input current IST right/left
Input protection:

M-

M

Status table
Input

Output
M+

0 % ... 100 %
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA
Green LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
2 A (see derating curve)
15 A (during braking)

W/H/D

Ordering data

Right

Left

0

0

M–

1

0

+24 V

GND

Description

0

1

GND

+24 V

1

1

GND

GND

Electronic reversing load relay, for driving DC motors, with light
indicator and protection circuit

High resistance High resistance

Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

50 V DC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-25 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned without spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

Type

Order No.

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2980539
2980555

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Load current [A]

2
2
1,5

1

1
30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]

60

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

447

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module
A solid-state relay for acquiring and
extending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set
from > 0.1 ms or > 2 ms
– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via
DIP switches
– Bridging options
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and push-in connection technology

With DC voltage output
Max. 100 mA



US

GND

A1+

+
A

A2-

0

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IS
- Input low, output low
- Input high, output high
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC
Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC
Status indication
Operating voltage display
Input circuit
Output data
Output voltage range UE
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output circuit
Output protection

3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
< 1 V DC
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection, freewheeling

General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

50 V DC
0.5 kV
-25 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Class A product, see page 625

13 mA
19 mA
24 V DC
3 mA
< 0.4
> 0.8
Yellow LED
Green LED
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

W/H/D

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection

448

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903171

1

PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903173

1

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
UC
24 V

t0

UE

tIN

t

24 V

t0

tDIP/OUT

t

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(no restart when triggered again)

UC
24 V

UE

t0

tIN

t

tOUT

t

24 V

t0

tDIP

Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3,
then input pulse t1 = output pulse t2
(no restart when triggered again)

UC
24 V

UE

t0 tIN t0

tIN

t

24 V

t0

tOUT

tDIP

t

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(restart when triggered again)

DIP
S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

10

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

80

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

160

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

320

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

640

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1280

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

449

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
PLC accessories

The PLC-ESK power terminal helps in
supplying the bridge potentials, the
PLC-ATP partition plate helps in optical
and safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive
feed-through bridge is used instead of a
relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal
points.

D W
H

Ordering data
Description

Color

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

gray
Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of
a PLC terminal strip. It also serves in visual separation of groups,
safe isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as
per DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of
different potentials and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages
>250 V

PLC-ESK GY

2966508

5

black
Screwdriver
Blade: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay
or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14

PLC-ATP BK

2966841

25

SZF 1-0,6X3,5

1204517

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BP A1-14

2980283

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN

1051016

10

Power terminal, for supply of up to four potentials, with the same
shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC

black

PLC accessories

The colored isolated FBST jumpers save
up to 70% wiring time for PLC-INTERFACE.
The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC
“continuous bridges” are especially
effective. The FBST 6 2-pos. individual
jumpers are particularly suitable for bridging
a smaller number of PLC modules.

Ordering data
Description

Color

Continuous bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 32 A
red
blue
gray
Jumper, 2-pos., 6 mm long, for potential distribution
Nominal current: 6 A

red
blue
gray
Jumper, 2-pos., 8 mm long, for potential distribution with a partition
plate
Nominal current: 6 A
gray
Jumper, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated, for potential distribution
Nominal current: 10 A
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section, with
consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100

450

PHOENIX CONTACT

black

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FBST 500-PLC RD
FBST 500-PLC BU
FBST 500-PLC GY

2966786
2966692
2966838

20
20
20

FBST 6-PLC RD
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY

2966236
2966812
2966825

50
50
50

FBST 8-PLC GY

2967688

50

FBST 14-PLC BK

2967691

50

Relay modules
Highly compact relay modules - PLC-INTERFACE
Adapters for PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters
which connect the narrow PLC-INTERFACE
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling:
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 572

VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC RELAY

VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC RELAY


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

30 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
-40 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

30 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
-40 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2295554
2296553

1
1

OUTPUT
14
INPUT
14
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102
2304115

1
1

Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058
2296061

1
1

PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074
2296087

1
1

Pin strip
15
49.6 mm
Socket strip
15
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection, for
PLC system cabling, positive switching
14
112.3 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection, for
PLC system cabling, negative switching
14

112.3 mm

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

451

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Extremely compact control
The PLC logic programmable logic relay
system is the extremely compact way to
carry out small automation tasks easily and
flexibly. It consists of the PLC-V8C logic
modules, the PLC-INTERFACE relay
system, and the LOGIC+ software. The
logic modules are simply plugged into a row
of eight PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks
and combine the logic and interface level in
one unit. Depending on the switching
requirements, plug-in electromechanical
and solid-state relays can be combined in
order to flexibly switch and control the I/O
signals.
PLC logic processes digital and analog
input signals as well as logic functions and
timer modules - and replaces conventional
switching and control devices. Up to 16 I/O
signals can be processed using the standalone logic modules - that's with an overall
width of just 50 mm. If more I/O signals are
required, a maximum of 48 I/O signals can
be linked using the basic and extension
modules.

452

PHOENIX CONTACT

Switching and controlling with plug-in
relays
– PLC logic brings together the standard
combination of logic module and separate
plug-in relay and eliminates wiring effort
and additional switching elements
– Convenient connections with screw or
push-in connection technology, which
also accommodate return conductors,
eliminate the need for separate potential
terminal blocks
– Each relay channel can be freely configured
as an input or output. PLC logic therefore
perfectly adapts to fit the application at
hand

Intuitive programming
Programming is quick and easy with the
intuitive LOGIC+ programming software.
Ladder (LD) and function block diagrams
(FBD) can be created by selecting the
relevant functions and their connection
using drag & drop. The graphical
representation of PLC logic in the hardware
editor supports intuitive operation. The
programs created can be simulated offline
on the PC and tested online during
operation. Basic functions, such as AND,
OR, NOT, etc. are complemented by special
functions, such as counters, seven-day
timers, timer modules, and mathematical
functions, to name a few.

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Logic module with plug-in relays
PLC logic combines a logic module and
plug-in relay and eliminates wiring effort and
additional switching elements. Each relay
channel can be flexibly equipped with an
electromechanical or a solid-state relay. PLC
logic processes 16 I/O signals with just one
logic module and boasts an extremely
compact overall width of just 50 mm.

Easily connect extension modules
The basic module and the extension
module are connected via integrated
connectors - no tools required. A maximum
of two extension modules can be
connected to a basic module. This means
that PLC logic can work with up to 48 I/Os.

Intuitive programming with LOGIC+
– Function block diagram or ladder diagram
– Numerous integrated function blocks
– Specific function blocks are available to
download
– Hardware view in the program
– Can be downloaded free of charge

Standard programming cable
PLC logic is connected to a PC via a
standard micro USB cable. The drivers for
PLC logic can be downloaded at
phoenixcontact.com.

 Your web code: #0139

Saving and copying data
PLC logic programs are saved by the
memory module or can be easily copied to
other devices.
If settings such as time or date are
required on the new device, these values
can be configured via the integrated web
server. The new device does not need
access to the LOGIC+ software for this.

Integration into common bus systems
PLC logic is integrated into various
networks via optional adaptable fieldbus
gateways. This enables bidirectional
communication with a higher-level
controller for remote control as well as
diagnostics and visualization.
Gateways are available for transmitting
data via PROFIBUS DP, RS-232, RS-485,
Modbus/TCP, DeviceNet™, CANopen®,
PROFINET, and EtherNet/IP™.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

453

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
Logic modules

PLC-V8C are the plug-in logic modules
which form the PLC logic relay system in
conjunction with the narrow 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks. Eight
freely-selectable PLC-INTERFACE terminal
blocks must be separately ordered for each
logic module. You can find an overview of
matching PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks
on page 458.
All logic modules feature these
properties:
– 8 integrated digital inputs (of which two
inputs are configurable as analog inputs),
connection via connector with screw or
push-in connection technology
– A further 8 channels can be configured
with matching PLC-INTERFACE terminal
blocks as digital inputs or outputs
– Programming with the LOGIC+ software

Stand-alone module



24 V
0V
IN 0
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7

24 V
0V

PLC-V8C.../BM
– Basic logic module with 16 I/Os, can be
extended with a maximum of two
extension modules (PLC-V8C.../EM) to
48 I/Os
– Connection to PC via micro USB socket
– Integrated realtime clock (RTC)
– Accommodates external IFSCONFSTICK memory module
– Optional connection to IFS gateways
PLC-V8C.../EM
– Extension logic module with 16 I/Os, for
extending the basic module

IO 15

IO 13

IO 14

IO 11

IO 12

A2
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
13
BB
14

IO 10

IO 9

A2
A1

A2
A1

A1

PLC-V8C.../SAM
– Stand-alone logic module with 16 I/Os,
not extendable
– Connection to PC via micro USB socket
– Integrated realtime clock (RTC)
– Accommodates external IFSCONFSTICK memory module

A2
A1

IO 8

PLC-V8C/.../SAM

24 V
0V

Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Max. input current at UN
Input data (digital)
Number of inputs
Input voltage
Description of the input
Input current 0-signal
Input current 1-signal
Input data (analog)
Number of inputs
Input voltage range
Input resistance
Input data (PLC-INTERFACE)
Number of inputs
Output data (for controlling PLC-INTERFACE)

24 V DC
19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC
120 mA
8 (2 configurable as analog)
24 V DC
EN 61131-2, type 3
< 1 mA
typ. 2.5 mA
2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog)
0 V ... 10 V
> 3.5 kΩ
≤8

Number of outputs
Nominal voltage
Nominal current
Realtime clock (basic module only)
Buffer time (capacitor)
Realtime clock accuracy
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Permissible humidity (operation)
Clearance and creepage distances between the power circuits

≤8
24 V DC
9 mA

-20 °C ... 45 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
95 %
DIN EN 50178

Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Insulation
Mounting type
Degree of protection
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG

50 V
0.8 kV
Basic insulation
Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE
IP20
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

24 h (capacitor)
±2 s/d

Ordering data

454

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8C plug-in logic modules
With screw connection
With push-in connection

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/SAM
PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM

2905082
2905136

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic

Basic module

Extension module




24 V
0V

24 V
0V

IO 15

IO 13

IO 14

IO 11

IO 12

A2
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
13
BB
14

IO 10
A2
A1

A2
A1

IO 9

Contacting for
Extension module

24 V
0V
IN 0
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7
A1

IO 8

PLC-V8C/.../EM

A2
A1

Contacting for
Basic or
Extension module

IO 14

IO 15

IO 12

IO 13

A2
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
13
BB
14
13
BB
14

IO 10

IO 11
A2
A1

IO 9

A2
A1

A1

A2
A1

IO 8

PLC-V8C/.../BM

Contacting for
Extension module

24 V
0V
IN 0
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7

24 V
0V

24 V
0V

Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC
120 mA

24 V DC
19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC
65 mA

8 (2 configurable as analog)
24 V DC
EN 61131-2, type 3
< 1 mA
typ. 2.5 mA

8 (2 configurable as analog)
24 V DC
EN 61131-2, type 3
< 1 mA
typ. 2.5 mA

2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog)

2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog)

0 V ... 10 V
> 3.5 kΩ

0 V ... 10 V
> 3.5 kΩ

≤8

≤8

≤8
24 V DC
9 mA

≤8
24 V DC
9 mA

24 h (capacitor)
±2 s/d

-

-20 °C ... 45 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
95 %
DIN EN 50178

-20 °C ... 45 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
95 %
DIN EN 50178

50 V
0.8 kV
Basic insulation
Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE
IP20
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

50 V
0.8 kV
Basic insulation
Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE
IP20
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/BM
PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM

2903094
2905135

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/EM
PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM

2903095
2905137

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

455

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
Accessories
Programming cable and memory
module
– The programming cable (MICRO USB B
to USB A) is used to connect PLC logic to
a PC, length: 2 m
– PLC logic programs are saved by the
memory module or can be easily copied
to other devices

Technical data

Technical data

General data
EMC note

Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Color

Programming cable
Multifunctional memory module for the INTERFACE system

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M

2701626

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

IFS-CONFSTICK

2986122

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

- Flat design

1

Accessories
PLC logic starter kit
The PLC logic starter kit contains all the
components needed to get started quickly
and easily with PLC logic with push-in
connection technology and 8 inputs and
8 outputs.
– PLC-V8C-PT/24DC/BM plug-in logic
module
– PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT eight relay output
terminal blocks
– Micro USB programming cable
– LOGIC+ software
– “PLC logic quick start guide” poster

Ordering data
Description
PLC logic starter kit 1, 8 integrated inputs (24 V DC) and
8 outputs via PLC-INTERFACE
(switching capacity 250 V AC/DC, max. 6 A)

456

PHOENIX CONTACT

Color

Type

Order No.

PLC-LOGIC-STARTERKIT1

2905504

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
Accessories
IFS gateways

H

The gateways are connected to the
PLC-V8C.../BM PLC logic basic modules via
the ME 22,5 TBUS... DIN rail connector and
the PLC-V8C/CAB... connecting cable.
The gateways are connected to a PC and
configured via the integrated S-PORT
interface and the IFS-USB-DATACABLE.

D

W


Technical data
General data
EMC note

Technical data

Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
IFS gateway for
PROFIBUS DP
RS-232
RS-485
Modbus/TCP
DeviceNet™
CANopen®
PROFINET
Ethernet/IP™
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Cable length: 3 m
DIN rail connector
Connecting cable for connecting PLC logic with the
ME 22,5 TBUS DIN rail connector, cable length: 0.3 m

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Color

Type

green
green
green
green
green
green
green
green

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS

2297620
2901526
2901527
2901528
2901529
2901504
2904472
2901988

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

IFS-USB-DATACABLE

2320500

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

green

Order No.

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8C/CAB/TBUS/0,3M

2905263

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

457

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
Selection table for PLC-INTERFACE
Push-in connection
Relay output
1 PDT, output data 6 A, 250 V AC/DC

Type

Screw connection
Order No.

PLC-RPT-24DC/21

2900299

1 PDT, output data 50 mA, 36 V DC, gold contact

PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU

1 N/O contact, output data 6 A, 250 V AC/DC, actuator type
1 N/O contact with switch, output data 6 A, 250 V AC/DC

Type

Order No.

PLC-RSC-24DC/21

2966171

2900306

PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU

2966265

PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT

2900312

PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT

2966210

PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H

2900328

PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H

2982236

Output data 100 mA, 3 V DC - 48 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2900352

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100

2966728

Output data 3 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2900364

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2

2966634

Output data 750 mA, 24 V AC - 253 V AC

PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2900369

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1

2967840

Output data 3 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC, actuator type

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT

2900376

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT

2966676

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT

2967947

Solid-state relay output

Output data 750 mA, 24 V AC - 253 V AC, actuator type
Output data 1 A, 12 V DC - 300 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1

2900383

PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1

2980678

Output data 10 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/24 DC/10/R

2900398

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R

2982702

Output data 500 mA, 3 V DC - 48 V DC, electronic PDT

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W

2900378

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980636

Output data, TTL, 50 mA, 5 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/TTL

2900363

PLC-OSC-24DC/TTL

2982728

Input voltage 24 V DC

PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN

2900313

PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN

2966317

Input voltage 120 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN

2900314

PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN

2966320

Input voltage 230 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN

2900315

PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN

2966333

Input voltage 5 V DC (basic terminal block without relay)

PLC-BSC- 5DC/ 1/SEN

2980267

Relay for 5 V DC basic terminal block

REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU

2961370

Relay input

Solid-state relay input
Input voltage 24 V DC

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100/V8C/SEN

2904693

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100/V8C/SEN

2904690

Input voltage 120 V AC/DC

PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100/V8C/SEN

2904694

PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100/V8C/SEN

2904691

Input voltage 230 V AC/DC

PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100/V8C/SEN

2904695

PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100/V8C/SEN

2904692

Basic terminal blocks output

PLC-BPT-24DC/21

2900445

PLC-BSC-24DC/21

2966016

Basic terminal blocks input

PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN

2900262

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN

2966061

Dummy or reserve

458

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Programmable logic relay system - PLC logic
LOGIC+ programming software

Integrated web server
PLC logic basic settings are easily
configured via the integrated web server.
The LOGIC+ software does not need to be
installed in order to do so.
– Time and date
– Password and access control
– Firmware update
– Status indicators for inputs and outputs
– General device information

LOGIC+ user interface
– Clear separation in program editor,
toolbox, hardware view, and signaling
window
– All elements can be easily placed using
drag & drop
– Notes and errors are highlighted in color
in the program editor

Hardware configurator
– Each relay channel can be configured as an
input or output with an
electromechanical or a solid-state relay
– Clear assignment of the inputs and
outputs thanks to the graphical
representation of the hardware
connections

Function blocks
– Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT, XOR
– Mathematical functions: add, divide,
multiply, subtract, generate absolute value
– Positive and negative edge detection
– RS and SR flip-flops
– Switch-on and switch-off delay, pulse
encoder, pulse stretching, weekly clock
timer
– Up and down counter
– Analog and digital comparators
– Special functions, e.g., solar altitude
calculations are available for download

Simulation and online values
Offline simulation:
– Simulation of the created program
directly in LOGIC+
– Virtualization of the values in the program
editor, hardware view, and in the
observation window
Online values:
– Representation of the program running
on the hardware in LOGIC+ with online
values
– Overwriting of values from LOGIC+

Example programs
Numerous application examples make it
easy to get started with LOGIC+. These
include:
– Underground garage ventilation
– Conveyor belt
– Pumping plant
– Two-way control
– Tips for creating shift registers or surge
relays

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

459

Relay modules
Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series

The DEK interface terminal blocks from
Phoenix Contact provide complete
interface functions in modular terminal
block housing that is just 6.2 mm wide. In
conjunction with standard terminal block
accessories, these high capacity interfaces
have not only the design but also the high
level of user convenience of modular
terminal blocks.
The main common feature of all Phoenix
Contact interface terminal blocks is their
width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space
in the control cabinet in comparison to
conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays
from modular systems.
The DEK range offers the best solution
for all industrial voltages both for signal
input and output.
High switching capacities are a matter
of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.

460

PHOENIX CONTACT

The DEK-OV... wear-free power solidstate relay terminal block is used for
applications that require a greater switching
frequency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.
Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the
switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.
EB-DIK colored insertion bridges for the
supply and ground signals make it possible
to design the circuit simply and effectively.
Integrated protective circuits such as
freewheeling diodes, polarity reversal
protection diodes, and surge protection
elements protect the coupling modules and
ensure optimum availability of the system.

Relay modules
Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series
DEK-REL-... relay terminal block

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

The Phoenix relay terminal block with
PDT contact offers the following
advantages:
– Width of just 6.2 mm
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC / 6 A
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or N/C
contacts can be wired
– Minimal wiring effort due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges
– IP67 protected relay housing
– Cadmium-free relay contacts
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and
output
– Safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178
(VDE 0160)
– Light indicator for indicating the switching
status

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For other EB...DIK... insertion bridges refer to page 467

For medium to large loads
1 PDT (21)


12

14

A1
+

A2
-

11

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

①
0.8 1.1
9
8/5
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
1 PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
6A
10 mA

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Relay terminal block with power relay

①

24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-REL-G24/21

2964500

10

2716949

10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Accessories
Cover
Insertion bridge, for middle and lower
levels

No. of
pos.
80
80
80

Color
blue
red
white

D-DEK 1,5 GN
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

26 A
26 A
26 A

PHOENIX CONTACT

461

Relay modules
Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series
DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface and
DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output interface
In addition to the familiar advantages of
the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks,
such as:
– 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for
universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A
continuous current
– 2 kVrms electrical isolation of input and
output
– Integrated input circuit
With this terminal block, “ALL”
connections for a sensor or actuator are
provided over a width of just 6.2 mm!
This means that 16 outputs take up a
total overall width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal).
Advantages:
– Lower costs as the N terminal block is no
longer required
– Wiring is reduced to a minimum
– Up to 73% more space

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For other EB...DIK... insertion bridges refer to page 467

for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)


A1

13

14
14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

Signal load
Supply
(+)

PLC OUT

[mA]
[ms]

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

Relay terminal block with miniature relay

①
②

Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT

PLC IN

0
+PLC

Pin configuration DEK-REL-...SEN

462

PHOENIX CONTACT

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Ground load

+

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

-PLC

Load

A

①
②
0.9 0.8 1.1
1.1
23
6.5
8 / 15 5 / 15
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 5/I/1
DEK-REL- 24/I/1

2941183
2940171

10
10

2716949

10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Terminal block, with three through contacts,
for mounting on NS 35...
For busbar feeding
Cover
Insertion bridge, for middle and lower
levels

No. of
pos.
80
80
80

Color
blue
red
white

Accessories

D-DEK 1,5 GN
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Relay modules
Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series
D W
H

D W
H

for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)

D W
H

for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)



for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)



13

A1



A1

A2
14

A2

13

A1

14

A2

13

A2

Technical data

14

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.9 0.8 1.1
1.1
23
6.5
8 / 15 5 / 15
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

②
0.8 1.1
6.5
5 / 15
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

②
0.8 1.1
6.5
5 / 15
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-REL- 5/O/1
DEK-REL- 24/O/1

2941170
2941154

10
10

Accessories

D-DEK 1,5 GN
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2964063

10

DIKD 1,5

2715979

50

2716949
2715940
2715953
2715788

Type

DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT

2716949

10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

Accessories

26 A
26 A
26 A

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2964050

10

DIKD 1,5

2715979

50

10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

10

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Type

DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Accessories

26 A
26 A
26 A

PHOENIX CONTACT

463

Relay modules
Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series
DEKOE... and DEK-OV... solid-state
relay terminal blocks
Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV
interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm
wide but still provide a complete input or
output interface with:
– Electrical isolation between input and
output at up to 2.5 kVrms
– Integrated input circuit
– Status display
– EB-DIK insertion bridges
– Marking and mounting with modular
terminal block convenience
– Wear-free switching up to 24 V DC/10 A
and 240 V AC/800 mA
– Integrated output protection circuit
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Actuator version available

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
For other EB...DIK... insertion bridges refer to page 467

with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA



A1
+

+

A2
-

A1

+

A

A

0 A2

0

DC

AC

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

Load current [A]

Derating curve for
DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT

Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit AC

2

3
2

Input circuit DC
Output data
Operating voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Surge current
Leakage current in off state
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

1

1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Ambient temperature [°C]

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[Hz]

60

1 Horizontal mounting
2 Vertical mounting

Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10

10
9
8
7
6

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.9
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
6.5
11
7
4
3.2
2.5
300
300
300
300
3
3
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal
3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
≤ 0.9 V

W/H/D

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Load current [A]

5
4
3

Description

2

Solid-state input relay

1
0
10
20
30
0
Ambient temperature [°C]

40

50

60

Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800

Load current [A]

Solid-state power relay

0,8
Actuator principle

0,6

Input voltage
UN
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

①
②
③
⑦

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC

No. of
pos.
80
80
80

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100

2940223
2964487
2940207
2941536
2941659
2940210

10
10
10
10
10
10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Accessories

0,4
0,2
0
0

10

20

30

40

Ambient temperature [°C]

464

PHOENIX CONTACT

50

60

Insertion bridge, for middle and lower
levels

blue
red
white

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Relay modules
Relay modules in terminal block design - DEK series
D W
H

D W
H

with DC voltage output
max. = 3 A

D W
H

with DC voltage output
max. = 10 A





A1+

14 A1+

14

A2-

13+ A2-

13+



A

A1

+

A2

DEK-OV.../24DC/3

0

DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT

Technical data
②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8.5
300

13

A1
+

13

A2-

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
11
300

with AC voltage output
max. = 800 mA

A2
-

14

Technical data

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
300

⑦
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
300

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5.1
100

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
4.7
100

Technical data

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3.5
100

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
10.2
10

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
10.5
10

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
10.7
10

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

3 V DC ... 30 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 0.2 V

5 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 A (see derating curve)
100 A (t = 20 ms)
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
< 50 mV

10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz)
600 V
0.8 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (t = 10 ms)
1.2 mA
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
≤1V

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT

2941361
2941387
2941374
2964296

10
10
10
10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Accessories

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961752
2961749
2964322

10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800

2964623
2964636
2964649

10
10
10

Accessories
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Accessories
2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

26 A
2715940
26 A
2715953
26 A
2715788
PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

465

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays

Switch/relay terminal block
DEK-REL-24/1/S
The “Manual”, “0”, and “Automatic”
functions are provided in a narrow 6.2 mm
relay terminal block.
Interference-free relay and solid-state
relay interfaces
Coupled interference voltages on the
coil lines or leakage currents can cause
malfunctions in conventional modules.
These special interface modules, equipped
with high switching thresholds and/or
effective filters, ensure good functioning.
Relay interfaces for switching lamp loads
ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL...
Lamp loads and capacitive loads produce
extremely high inrush currents which weld
conventional relay contacts.
To prevent this, Phoenix Contact uses an
arc-resistant contact optimized for these
applications, which keeps these peaks under
control.

466

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state power relay
ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3
The output of this component,
dimensioned with a peak reverse voltage of
800 V, allows, for example, 230 V motors to
be driven in simple reversible mode.
Power circuit breaker solid-state relay,
with signal logic
These modules combine the features of a
short-circuit-proof power solid-state relay
and those of a thermomagnetic protection
element.
100 kHz input solid-state relay
DEK-OE-...100KHZ
Input solid-state relay for reliable
transmission of high frequency signals of the
type that occur with, for example,
incremental encoders.

Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors
For converting the changeable resistance
of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that
can be read by a PLC.
Inverter module
DEK-TR/INV
Module for converting NPN outputs to
PNP outputs and PNP to NPN.

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay module with manual switch

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module with manual switch and
integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages:
– Max. switching current of 5 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Increased contact stability thanks to
double contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay



A
13
H

A2

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]

①
0.8 1.1
6.5
5 / 15
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier
1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 61 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description
Relay module with power relay

①

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 24/1/S

2964131

10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

10

EB 2- DIK RD
EB 3- DIK RD
EB 4- DIK RD
EB 5- DIK RD
EB 10- DIK RD
EB 2- DIK BU
EB 3- DIK BU
EB 4- DIK BU
EB 5- DIK BU
EB 10- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD

2716693
2716745
2716758
2716761
2716774
2716648
2716651
2716664
2716677
2716680
2715940
2715953

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
1

Accessories
Cover
Insertion bridge

No. of pos.
2
3
4
5
10
2
3
4
5
10
80
80

Color
red
red
red
red
red
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
red

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

467

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay modules with interference
current filter
Relay and solid-state relay modules with
integrated filter to protect against
interference voltages or currents due, for
example, to long control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in
residual AC currents

D W
H

D W
H

1 PDT, plug-in relay

1 PDT, soldered-in relay

Notes:
Load current diagrams, see page 427




12

11

14
12

14

A1
+
A1

A2
A2

11 11
A1

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

A2

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
③
0.9 0.85 - 0.9 1.1
1.1
1.1
26
19
18
8 / 10 8 / 11 10 / 8
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, surge protection

③
0.9 1.1
18
10 / 8
Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, surge protection

Single contact, 1-PDT

Double contact, 1 PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Double contact, 1 PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC
0.5 A
0.2 A

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

AgPd60, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
0.5 A
0.2 A

140 W
60 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA

5W
-

95 W
50 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA

5W
-

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
-/-/20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 40 °C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Relay module with power contact relay

Relay module with multi-layer contact relay

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Equipment marker

468

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③

24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46

2826091
2833026
2832027

10
10
10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46

2940760

10

①
②
③

24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46

2826981
2829797
2826266

10
10
10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46

2940061

10

URELG 3

2820136

10
EMG-GKS 12

2947035

50

Accessories

Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

Ordering data

Accessories

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

D W
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray,
hood green
EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curve, refer to page 425

Solid-state input relay
100 mA, maximum

Solid-state power relay
Max. 2 A





+

A1

A

A1
+

+
A

A2
-

0

A2
A2

0

Switching level
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit AC

1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥
0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

+
A

A2
-

0

A2

DC

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)

A1
+

AC

Technical data

②
0.9 1.1
207
92
2.5
4.4
14
5
Yellow LED, surge protection, RC element

①
0.8 1.2
16.8
16
8
0.02
0.2
300

Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Output circuit
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

Protection against polarity reversal
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling
≤ 0.9 V

48 V DC
12 V DC
2 A (see derating curve)
5 A (t = 1 s)
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
1.1 V

2.5 kV AC
0 °C ... 50 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

3.5 kV AC
-10 °C ... 55 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting

any / can be aligned without spacing

- / aligned without spacing: horizontal/not aligned: any

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 102 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Solid-state power relay

①
②

24 V DC
230 V AC

Type

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46

Accessories

Equipment marker

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2964678

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2

2942810

10

2947035

50

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

469

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay modules for
high inrush currents
The Phoenix Contact relay modules of
the type SO 38 have been designed for
switching electrical equipment with high
inrush currents.
Areas of application are:
– Inductive loads (motors, power
contactors, etc.)
– Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent
lamps, etc.)
– Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters)
The module is based on a relay with a
special arc-resistant tungsten lead contact.
This takes over the high inrush and
interrupting current capacitively. The
inductive main contact made of AgCdO
takes over the continuous current up
to 10 A reliably. With the EMG
17-REL...2E/SO38 model, this switching
capacity is reached using a power relay with
a set of silver tin oxide (AgSnO) contacts.
The module is available in two versions:
– EMG modular DIN-rail-mountable housing
with an overall width of 17.5 mm
– Convenient ST-REL plug-in housing from
the Phoenix ST series for mounting on
URELG or UDK-RELG basic terminal
blocks
Further features are:
– Snap-on mounting on common EN DIN
rails
– Easy maintenance
– Clear marking of terminal blocks using
Phoenix Contact marking material

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)


13

A1

14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN

[mA]
[ms]

Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position / mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

①
0.85 1.1
28
13 /
15
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
1 N/O contact with lead contact
AgCdO
250 V AC
10 A
80 A (20 ms)

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

2500 VA
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
- / horizontal without spacing, vertical with spacing

W/H/D

-/-/20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
24 V DC
Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for
manual, automatic
①
24 V DC

ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38

2829564

10

Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

URELG 3

2820136

10

Description

Input voltage
UN

Relay module with power contact relay + wolfram lead contact

Accessories
Equipment marker

470

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

D W
H

medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)

medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)




14
A1
+

A2
-

A

13

H

13

M

14

13

Technical data

Technical data

①
0.85 1.1
28
13 /
15
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

①
0.9 1.1
23
9 / 10
Automatic: yellow LED, manual: red LED, freewheeling diode,
protection against polarity reversal

1 N/O contact with lead contact
AgCdO
250 V AC
10 A
80 A (20 ms)

Single contact, 1 N/O contact
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
10 A
120 A (20 ms)

2500 VA

240 W
120 W
85 W
70 W
90 W
2500 VA

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
any

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK

2949994

10

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38

2941646

10

EMG-GKS 12

2947035

50

Accessories

2947035

50

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

471

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Plug-in solid-state power relays
ST-OV 3
The plug-in version of the module
provides all the advantages of the ST series,
such as:
– Switching of up to 400 V AC/3 A
– Control of 230 V motors in
straightforward reversing mode
(e.g., synchronous motor in single-phase
operation, see illustration)
– Plug-in

Notes:
Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color:
bottom part gray, hood green
Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the
optocoupler should not be connected.

D W
H

AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.

with AC voltage output
max. = 3 A


13

14

A1
+

A2
-

Technical data
Input data
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Surge current
Residual voltage drop at "H"
Leakage current in off state
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

①
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, RC element
400 V AC
24 V AC ... 420 V AC
800 V
3 A (see derating curve)
50 mA
125 A (t = 10 ms)
≤ 1.2 V
approx. 12 mA
Surge protection, RC element
2.5 kV AC
0 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Mounting position / mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

Horizontal DIN rail / 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Solid-state power relay

①

24 V DC

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3

2905417

10

URELG 3

2820136

10

Type

Accessories

Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

Load current [A]

Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3

3

2

2
1

1

0
30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing

472

PHOENIX CONTACT

60

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Power protection circuit solid-state relay
with signal logic
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO
The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection
and monitoring functions that are
otherwise only known from
thermomagnetic protection elements.
The PROtect modules have the following
features:
– Fast disconnection with short-circuits
and simultaneous current limitation
– Time-dependent overload shutdown for
reliable protection against continuous
overloads
– Brief inrush peaks are ignored
– After an overload or short-circuit has
been triggered, a defined reset of the
control voltage must be carried out
– Reliable detection and indication of a line
break on the load side
– Feedback in the event of an error

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

For load current diagram, see page 427
Derating curve, time/current characteristic curves, and state
diagram, see page 427

with short-circuit-proof DC voltage output
max. = 1 A or 4 A


A1

+

A2

A

+

T

0

Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage
Switching level
Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Reset period after short-circuit / overload shutdown

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO
24 V DC ± 50%
8.5 V DC
5 V DC
6.5 mA
100 Hz
1 ms

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

Input circuit
Output data signaling contact / CONTROL
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Residual voltage drop at "H"
Output protection
Output circuit
Output data load contact
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current

Yellow LED, polarity protection diode

Min. load current
Residual voltage drop at "H"
Open circuit alarm with load current
Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current)
Short-circuit disconnection
Current limitation at short-circuits
Switching time tin /tout
Output protection
Output circuit
General data
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/output
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1 mA
300 mV
200 mV
< 100 µA
≤ 100 ms (see the time-current characteristic curve)
< 200 µs (see the time-current characteristic curve)
approx. 25 A
approx. 70 A
300 µs / 700 µs
Red LED, freewheeling diode
3-conductor, ground-referenced

5 V DC ... 36 V DC
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V
Polarity protection diode
3-conductor, ground-referenced
18 V DC ... 36 V DC
1 A (see derating curve)

W/H/D

4 A (see derating curve)

2.5 kV AC
2.5 kV AC
Basic insulation
0 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664 / EN 50178 / IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 12
27 mm / 63.5 mm / 114 mm

Ordering data
Description

Output current

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

2905572
2905585

10
10

2777056

10

Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic
1A
4A

Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

UDK-RELG 4

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

473

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
100 kHz input solid-state relay
DEK-OE
A solid-state relay for the reliable
detection of short pulses
– Cut-off frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Includes signal inputs on PLC counter
boards
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

With DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz



A

A1
+

+

0

A2
-

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[kHz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. shutdown time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Quiescent current
Residual voltage drop at "H"
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

①
②
0.8 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
7
6
1.5
1.5
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
4.3 mA
≤ 0.5 V DC
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Surge protection
2.5 kV AC
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Solid-state input relay

474

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②

5 V DC
24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2964270
2964283

10
10

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

D W
H

With DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

With DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz





A

A1
+

A

A1
+

+

0

A2
-

+

0

A2
-

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.5 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.5
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
≤ 1.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection

14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
≤ 2.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection

2.5 kV AC
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II

2.5 kV AC
-20 °C ... 60 °C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964542
2964364

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G

2964555
2964348

10
10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

475

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors
The EIK 1-SVN 24-P electronic sensor
terminal block converts the changeable
resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a
digital signal that can be read by all PLCs.
– Monitoring of initiator side for
short-circuit or open circuit
– Suitable resistance circuit to enable
monitoring of mechanical switches (see
application 2)
– LED error display
– Status display (high signal) via green LED
– 24 V/50 mA digital output
– Bridging and marking with standard
terminal accessories

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For inductive proximity sensors acc. to
NAMUR



+

OUT
24V

-

0V

Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN

18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve)

Ripple
Current consumption IImax
Input circuit
Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

in acc. with DIN 19240
70 mA (at 50 mA output current)
Green LED, polarity protection diode
8.2 V DC ±10 %
≥ 2.1 mA (in conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (in blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (in the event of an open circuit)
approx. 0.2 mA
approx. 1 kΩ
visual short-circuit and open circuit check with LED (red),
12 V Zener diode

Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P
Switching hysteresis
Internal resistance
Output protection

28,8
28

Signal output
Max. output current IOmax
Residual voltage UR with IOmax
Output voltage UO

Supply voltage UE [V]

27
26
25
24

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

+

U VN
-

-25 °C ... 50 °C
1 kHz
≥ 0.5 ms
≥ 0.5 ms
IEC 60664, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
2 / III
W/H/D

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

ERR
OUT

GND

NAMUR initiator

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for
inductive proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for
sensor signal and faults

EIK1-SVN-24P

2940799

10

Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting
on NS 35...
Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors

DIKD 1,5

2715979

50

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

Accessories

Application 2

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+
1k

ERR
OUT

10k

U VN
-

Limit switch

476

Output protection
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT)
Input pulse length
Input pause length
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

Application 1

50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
≤ 100 mV (in conductive state)
UVN - UR; in blocking state
36 V Zener diode as freewheeling diode

PHOENIX CONTACT

GND

Insertion bridge

EB...-DIK...
Ordering data at DEK-REL...

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Inverter module
DEK-TR/INV

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

The Phoenix inverter module,
DEK-TR/INV, inverts the signals of ground
switching NPN transistor outputs into
positive switching PNP outputs, and vice
versa (see application example).

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5



+

NPN

–

PNP

Technical data
Supply voltage
Continuous current
Residual voltage drop
Leakage current
Max. transmission frequency
NPN input/PNP output
Switch-on threshold
Switch-off threshold
Min. limit values
Max. limit values
Control circuit
Switch-on threshold
Switch-off threshold
Min. limit values
Max. limit values
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV)
200 mA
<1V
< 1 mA
15 kHz
< 5 V (at UV = 24 V; < (UV - 19 V))
> 15 V (at UV = 24 V; > (UV - 9 V))
-2 V
26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
> 19 V
<9V
-2 V
26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
IEC 60664
Basic insulation
2 / II

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Inverter module

DEK-TR/INV

2964319

10

Connection examples:
NPN output

Load

24V
C

NPN

E

PNP

DEKTRN/INV

+

-

0V
PNP output

Load

24V
E

NPN

C

PNP

DEKTR/INV

+

-

0V

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

477

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Hybrid relay modules

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green.

With its integrated transistor level, the
hybrid relay module is able to amplify weak
input signals. This serves as the basis for
reliable relay operation.
The advantages:
– Low control current (terminal B),
type-dependent as of 0.5 mA
– Type-dependent positive or negative
control current
– Integrated input and interference
suppression circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

Positive switching hybrid relay


12

14

A1
+
B+

A2
A2
11

Technical data
Input data
Relay supply voltage UN ± 10 %
Min. control voltage
Max. control voltage
Min. control current
Max. control current
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[V DC]
[V DC]
[V DC]
[mA]
[mA]
[mA]
[ms]

①
②
③
24
24
24
2.7
5
15
5.25
13.2
35
2.6
0.5
0.5
7.7
1
1
21
21
21
9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / surge voltage category

120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
EMC note

W/H/D

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Nominal
control voltage

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35

2949787
2952363
2952350

10
10
10

2947035

50

Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents
①
5 V DC
②
12 V DC
③
24 V DC
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents
①
②
③

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC

Accessories

478

PHOENIX CONTACT

Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

Negative switching hybrid relay


12

14

A1
+
B-

A2
A2
11

Technical data
①
②
③
24
24
24
-2.4
-6.9
-17.5
-5.25 -13.2 -38.5
1.2
0.6
0.6
1.7
1
1.4
21
21
21
9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Yellow LED, protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A
120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Approx. 5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35

2949790
2952156
2952169

10
10
10

2947035

50

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

479

480

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Wiring I/O modules with individual wires
is an extremely time-consuming process.
Wiring errors and tedious troubleshooting
cannot be ruled out.
VARIOFACE system components reduce
assembly costs by using plug-in components
to carry out wiring quickly, clearly, and
without errors.
In the case of controller-specific
system cabling, front adapters, system
cables, and modules are specially matched
to each other. Individual solutions exist for
the following controllers:
– ABB
– Allen Bradley
– Emerson
– Honeywell
– GE Fanuc
– Phoenix Contact
– Mitsubishi Electric
– OMRON
– Schneider Electric
– Siemens
– Yokogawa
If automation components with high-pos.
connectors such as D-SUB are in the
control cabinet, universal modules and
cables are suitable for signal connection.
The 1:1 connection is characteristic for
these universal all-purpose modules. The
modules allow orderly connection of field
signals to screw, spring-cage or push-in
technology.
Universal cables connect the control
and signal level quickly and without errors.
A wide variety of potential
distributors are available for splitting the
control and operating voltage. The different
potential levels and the connection terminal
blocks make flexible use possible.
Individual application requirements can be
realized with customer-specific products
(see page 488).

Product range overview
Introduction
Product overview

482
484

Customer-specific products

488

Controller-specific system cabling
For ABB S800 I/O
For Allen Bradley,
ControlLogix, SLC 500, and PlantScape
For Emerson DeltaV
For GE Fanuc RX3i and Series 90-30
For Honeywell C300 Series CI/O and PlantScape
For Mitsubishi A1S and Q, Melsec L, Honeywell ML 200
For Omron CJ1, CS1, and C200H
For Phoenix Contact Axioline and Inline
For Schneider Electric MODICON®
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
For Siemens SIMATIC® S5-S7 conversion
For Yokogawa Centum VP, ProSafe-RS
Termination Carriers for
Yokogawa Centum VP and ProSafe-RS
Passive modules
Active modules
V8 adapters for PLC-INTERFACE
System and splitting cables

490
492
498
502
504
506
508
509
511
514
524
526
527
534
540
542
556
568
575

Universal modules
With flat-ribbon cable connectors
With D-SUB connectors
With high-density D-SUB connectors
With DIN strips
With ELCO connectors
With RJ45 connectors
With COMBICON connection

576
584
591
592
594
598
599

Universal cables
With flat-ribbon cable connectors
With D-SUB connectors
With ELCO connectors

600
610
616

Potential distributors

618

PHOENIX CONTACT

481

System cabling for controllers
Introduction

Wiring with single wires
–
–
–
–

Time-consuming
Confusing wiring
Risk of mixing wires
Time-consuming troubleshooting

A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+

A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+

A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2-

A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2-

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

Wiring with the controller-specific
system cabling:
–
–
–
–

Fast, fault-free wiring
Plug and Play solution
Orderly structure
Considerable time savings

The matching components are selected
with the help of the “system cabling for
controllers” online configurator:
– Front adapter
– System cables
– Module
For the online configurator, use the web
code:

 Your web code: #0007
Simply enter “#0007” into the search
field on our website.

482

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Introduction

Front adapter
– Tailored to controller-specific I/O
modules
– Plug-in components
– Connection via system cables

8 and 32-channel modules
– Passive modules
– Relay modules
– Controller-specific layout
– Screw or push-in connection technology

PLC-V8 adapter
– Connection of 8 channels via the
“PLC series”
– Feasible functions: relay, solid-state relay
or feed-through
– Individual function selection per channel
– Screw, spring-cage or push-in connection
technology

Universal modules
– Connector: IDC/FLK, D-SUB, ELCO or
DIN
– 1:1 connection
– Screw, spring-cage or push-in connection
technology
– Optional status indicator

Universal cables
– With IDC/FLK connector
– With D-SUB connector
– With ELCO connector
– With open end as an option

Potential distributor
– Up to 30 A/250 V
– Two, three or six potential levels
– Screw or push-in connection technology

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

483

System cabling for controllers
Product overview
Controller-specific system cabling
Controller
ABB
Version

Front adapter

System component

System cables
Interface modules

GE-FANUC

Honeywell

Mitsubishi

Control
Logix

SLC 500

DeltaV

RX3i

90-30

C300
Series CI/O
ML 200

PlantScape

MELSEC
A, A1S, Q, L

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

492

494

502

503

504

492

574

574

606

574

574

610

574

496

498

not required

Standard

610

Controllerspecific

491

Passive
Standard

542

542

542

542

Passive
Controllerspecific

490

545

495

499

Active
Standard

556

556

556

V8 adapter/
feed-through
terminal block

568

568

Relay/
optocoupler

398

398

MINI Analog

PHOENIX CONTACT

Emerson

S800 I/O

not required

MINI Analog
system adapter

484

Allen Bradley

507

not required

506

542

542

505

542

542

556

556

556

556

556

556

568

568

568

568

568

568

568

398

398

398

398

398

398

398

System cabling for controllers
Product overview

OMRON CJ1

Phoenix
Contact

CS1, CQM1,
C200H

Axioline
Inline

TSX
Qantum

M340

S7 300

S7 1500

S7 400

Conversion
S5 to S7

Centum
VP

ProSafe-RS

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

510

511

512

516

526

527

574

574

574

574

513

521

524

542

542

542

not required

Schneider

508

542

542

542

Siemens

545

not required

Yokogawa

not required not required

574

544

534

534

536

538

542

544

556

556

556

556

556

556

556

568

568

568

568

568

568

568

568

398

398

398

398

398

398

398

398

122

122

120

120

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

485

System cabling for controllers
Product overview
Universal modules and cables
Passive modules (connection technology)
Flat-ribbon cable
strip

D-SUB strip

DIN strip

ELCO strip

Potential
distributor

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

576

584
591

Standard Line

VIP Line

Device series

Slim Line

588

Feed-through
modules

582

589

Cables

592

580

600

610

486

618

PHOENIX CONTACT

596

System cabling for controllers
Product overview

COMBICON

Page

599

599

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

487

System cabling for controllers
Customer-specific products

From the enquiry to the product
We develop your product from the idea
to series production.
Concept phase
– Realization test according to your
specifications
– Personal consultation
– Tendering including draft drawing
Realization phase
– Development according to product
creation process
– Circuit diagram and PCB layout
– Component selection
– Creation of functional samples
– Creation of prototypes
– Tests in every phase of development
– EC conformance
– Preparation and implementation of
approval procedures
– Environmental tests according to
standards
– Documentation
Series phase
– Production according to IPC-A-610 Class
2
– 100% end test with automated test
systems
– Lifecycle management

488

PHOENIX CONTACT

Directives and standards
– Low-voltage directive
– EMC directive
– IEC 60664-1
Insulation coordination for electrical
equipment within low-voltage systems
– EN 50178
Electronic equipment for use in power
installations
– EN 61000-6
Electromagnetic compatibility
– IPC A-600
Acceptance criteria for PCBs
– IPC-A-610
Acceptance criteria for electronic
modules
Components used
We use connection technology and
housings from the comprehensive Phoenix
Contact portfolio.
Here you will find all common market
technologies:
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– Push-in spring connection
– Knife disconnection
– Modular component housing
– Building installation housings
– Profile module carriers
Furthermore, we use components,
connectors, cables as well as PCBs from
qualified and certified suppliers.

Product range
We create versions from catalog
production for you or new products
according to your specifications from the
following portfolio:
– Function modules such as diode gates
– Relay and optocoupler modules
– 1:1 installation modules (connector on
terminal block)
– Potential distributors
– System cables with high-pos. connectors
– System adapters for controllers and
control systems
– Transfer modules for use between
controller and field level
– Output modules with electrical isolation
– Module carriers for system cabling of
signal conditioners or safe coupling relays
Your direct line to us
Do you have a specific question? Talk to
us about it.

System cabling for controllers
Customer-specific products

Simplification of installation
Objectives
– Reduce assembly costs
– Minimize installation time
– Optimize space in the control cabinet
Implementation
– Analysis of the application
– Draft of concept
Result
– Tailor-made solution from system
components (standard and customerspecific)
– Fault-free wiring

Retrofitting systems
Task
– Extension
– Retrofitting
Objectives
– System availability
– Fulfillment of statutory specifications
Solution
– Use adaptation solutions and high-pos.
system cables
Result
– Minimum downtimes

Pre-assembled system cables
With high-position connectors
– D-SUB strips
– IDC/FLK pin strips (2.54 mm)
– Pre-assembled at one or both ends
Cables
– Shielded, unshielded, halogen-free
– 0.14 mm2/26 AWG and
0.25 mm2/24 AWG
Quality
– Continuity and dielectric test
Other versions available on request.

Installation modules
– 1:1 marshalling terminal block to highpos. connector (D-SUB, HE10, ELCO...)
– Passive transfer modules with system
connection
– Potential distributors
– Fuse modules
– Diode modules
– Other modules on request

Relay and optocoupler modules
– With electromechanical relays
– With solid-state relays
– Multi-channel
– With system connection
– N/O contact or PDT contact
– LED status display
– Freewheeling diode
– Protection against polarity reversal
– Redundant power supply

Termination Carrier module carrier
The compact Termination Carrier
connects
– Signal conditioners
– Signal conditioners for Ex i circuits
– Signal conditioners for SIL applications
– Safe coupling relays
easily with the automation system via
system cables.
The advantages are clear:
– Quick startup
– Fault minimization

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

489

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
ABB S800 I/O
Termination boards with
knife disconnection
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the
possibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB connectors. ABB TU 812 Compact
MTU are available for this purpose.
The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/...
modules are connected to the I/O modules
via assembled D-SUB cables (see page 610).
In addition to screw connection with
knife disconnection for every channel and
ABB S800-specific marking, the modules
have the following features:
– Eight negative terminal blocks with knife
disconnection (TU810)
– Eight positive terminal blocks with knife
disconnection (TU810/P)
– For each channel, there is a positive and
negative terminal block with knife
disconnection (TU830)
Passive interface modules can also be
used for signal transmission
(e.g., VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F, 2315188), see
page 585.
Web code for the online configurator

D W
H

Interface module with
knife disconnect terminal blocks

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
2A
4 A (8 A L1-/L2-)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection with disconnect knife
D-SUB socket strip
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data

 Your web code: #0007
Card type
Digital input

...TU810
DI 814

Digital output

Analog input

Analog output

Other

DO 810
DO 818
DO 840
AI 810
AI 815
AI 820
AI 830
AI 835
AI 845

AO 810
AO 815
AO 820
AO 845

No. of
pos.

Description

Connectable I/O modules
FLKM-D25SUB...
...TU810/P ...TU830
DI 810
DI 810
DI 811
DI 811
DI 814
DI 818
DI 818
DI 830
DI 830
DI 831
DI 831
DI 840
DI 840
DI 885
DI 885
DO 814
AI 810
AI 815

AI 845

DP 820

Module width
W

VARIOFACE module, with knife disconnect terminal blocks in
ABB-specific marking:
- with 8 negative terminal blocks
25
126.5 mm
- with 8 positive terminal blocks
25
126.5 mm
- each with 16 positive and
25
247.5 mm
negative terminal blocks

AO 810
AO 815
AO 820
AO 845
DP 820

L1+
L1+
L1L1L2+
L2+
L2L2-

1

14

2

15

3

A1

L1+
L1+
L1L1L2+
L2+
L2L2-

PHOENIX CONTACT

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830

2304513
2304539
2304526

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

AI 810
AI 815
AI 820
AI 830
AI 835
AI 845

16

4

17

5

18

6

19

7

20

8

21

9

22

10

23

11

24 25
12 13

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

1

14

2

15

3

16

4

17

5

18

6

19

7

20

8

21

9

10

1

14

2

15

3

+1

A8

22

L1+
L1+
L1L1L2+
L2+
L2L2-

16

4

17

5

18 6 19 7 20 21 22 10 2311 24 25
8
9
12 13

B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme

490

Order No.

DO 810
DO 814
DO 818
DO 840

B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Type

23

11

24

25
12 13

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6C7C8C9C10C11C12C13C14C15C16

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme

+2

+3

+4

+5

+6

+7

+8

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
ABB S800 I/O
System cable
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the
possibility of realizing the process wiring
with D-SUB connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this
purpose.
The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812
system cables convert digital signals from a
D-SUB socket strip to two flat-ribbon cable
connectors. Therefore, all 8-channel
interface modules of the system cabling can
be connected to S800 I/O modules. Two
interface modules are used per module.

System cable

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG - / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
25-position

6.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

FLK 14
1st
connector
9
10
1
3
5
7

NC
11
12
2
4
6
8

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812

2304649
2304652
2304665
2304678

1
1
1
1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...

2304681

1

VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors, in
standard lengths

Color code and pin assignment
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812
D-SUB
connector
25-pos.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

No. of
pos.

FLK 14
2nd
connector

Conductor
color
Gray
White
Black
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Red
Yellow
Blue
Orange
White
–
White-black
White-brown
Brown
Orange
Green
Violet
Brown
Orange
Green
Violet
White-black
White-brown

1
3
5
7
9
10
NC

2
4
6
8
11
12

25
1m
25
2m
25
3m
25
5m
VARIOFACE system cable for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors, in
variable lengths
25

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long
Quantity
Order No.
1

2304681

Length [m]1)
/

12.75
1)

min. 0.20 m

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

491

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Allen Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter
I/O modules with 32 channels or of
this type
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as
standard, original accessories must be
ordered directly from manufacturer) of the
controller. A 50-pos. system cable can
connect a maximum of 32 channels to the
field level.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

Notes:
Front adapters can also be used without cover.

32-channel front adapter
with 50-pos. FLK strip

Web code for the online configurator


 Your web code: #0007

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
DIN EN 50178 / IEC 60664 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description
Front adapters for I/O modules of Allen Bradley
ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape automation
devices
Card type
Digital input

Digital output
Analog input
Counter
Servo
Card type

Digital input

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302735
2302748

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for ControlLogix:
- A maximum of 1 x 32 channels can be connected
- IB 32 input board

50
50

1
1

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1756-IA 16 I* or TC-TDK 161*
1756-IB 16 D* or TC-TDX 161*
1756-IB 16 I* or TC-TDJ 161*
1756-IH 16 I*
1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321
1756-IF 8*
1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161*
1756-IF 8H* or TC-HAI 081*
1756-HSC*
1756-M02 AE*
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322317
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No.: 2904286
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short
circuit!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

00+
11+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

00-

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

492

PHOENIX CONTACT

11-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Allen Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter
I/O modules with 16 channels or of
this type
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as
standard, original accessories must be
ordered directly from manufacturer) of the
controller. Two 14-pos. system cables are
used to connect up to 2 x 8 channels to the
field level.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

Notes:
Front adapters can also be used without cover.

16-channel front adapter
with two 14-pos. FLK strips

Web code for the online configurator


 Your web code: #0007

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
DIN EN 50178 / IEC 60664 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1756-IA 8 D** or TC-IDX 081**
1756-OB 16 E
1756-IF 6 CIS**
1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061**
1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061**
1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061**

Analog output

1756-OF 4 I**
1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061**
1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061**
1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081**
1756-OF 8 H**

Switch

1756-PLS**

Card type

Type

Order No.

– Up to 2 x 8 channels can be connected
– IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 input card

14
14

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302861
2302874

1
1

- IF6 I input card (only suitable for measuring
current; no power terminals on adapter)

14

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

2901037

1

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IN 16**
1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161**
1756-IB 16
1756-IC 16**

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

Analog input

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for ControlLogix:

Front adapters for I/O modules of Allen Bradley
ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape automation
devices
Card type
Digital input
Digital output
Analog input

No. of pos.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

IF6I**

0+
01+

** Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322333
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2904288
There must be no voltage supply on the front adapter. Risk of
short circuit!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

11121314151617181920

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

00-

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

111 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

493

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Allen Bradley SLC 500
Front adapter
The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
– The FLKM 14-PA-SLC500... adapters
connect max. 2 x 8 channels via two
14-pos. system cables. Tailor-made
VARIOFACE termination boards with a
variety of functions and connection
options round off this system concept.
– With the FLKM50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
front adapters, the FLKM 50/16/SLC500
termination board and 50-position
system cables, the VARIOFACE system
cabling can also be coupled to the OA16
and OW16 power output cards.
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Front adapter for SLC 500 1746,
2 x 8 channels can be connected


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

FLKM 14-PA...
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
2 A (per byte, for supply via
connector)

FLKM 50-PA...
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
2 A (per path)
7 A (per byte, for supply via
connector)

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 /
IEC 62103

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 /
IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

2293459
2293462
2293475

1
1
1

FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

2293446

1

VARIOFACE front adapter, 2 x 8 channels can be connected for
Allen Bradley SLC 500 for:
- 1746 OB16, OV16, OG16 and IG16
14
- 1746 IA16, IB16, ITB16 and IN16
14
- 1746 IV16 and IVT16
14
VARIOFACE front adapter, 1 x 16 channels can be connected for
Allen Bradley SLC 500 1746 OA16 and OW16
50

X1

X2

X1

X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 VDCVDC

VDC 0

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 COM

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT

X1

X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 1011121314 15 COM COM

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 4648 50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

494

PHOENIX CONTACT

VAC2
VAC1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 111013121514

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination board for
Allen Bradley SLC 500,
2 A output cards
The VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500
VARIOFACE Professional (VIP) module has
been designed specifically for OA16 and
OW16 output modules. When used in
conjunction with the
FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A front
adapter, currents up to 2 A per channel can
be transferred with the system cabling.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

D W
H

VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
with screw connection

VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
with push-in connection




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

120 V AC/DC
1A
2 A (per channel)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

120 V AC/DC
1A
2 A (per channel)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
EN 50178
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500

2904287

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE controller board, for transfer of max. 16 channels,
only in connection with FLKM 50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

50
50

90.8 mm
92.7 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500

2322320

1

1

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

VAC1
VAC2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 8 111013121514

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

495

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Allen Bradley SLC 500
System cable for 32 channels
The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
are connected using 40-pos. connectors
(already integrated into the I/O modules).
Passive interface modules (-3/SC/FLK40,
etc.) are connected to the I/O cards using
the FLK 40/EZ-DR/.../SLC system cables.
32 channels are split into 4x8 channels
using the FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/... system
cables.
The following 8-channel system cabling
modules can be coupled:
– OB32 and IB32
passive and active modules plus
V8 adapter
– OV32 and IV32
passive modules without status indicator
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

System cable for
32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
(OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
40-position

10 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC

2294610
2294623
2294636
2294649
2294652

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Assembled round cable, with two 40-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths (50 cm increments) for connection to 32-channel I/O cards
of the SLC 500
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
1.5 m
40
2m
40
3m
Assembled round cable, for connection to Allen-Bradley
SLC500, OB32 and IB32, with one 40-position socket strip and four
14-position socket strips, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8
channels.
for OB32

for IB32

496

PHOENIX CONTACT

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m

1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

System cable for
splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels
(OB32, IB32)


Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
7.8 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32

2296786
2298483
2298522
2298535
2296812
2296825
2296838
2296841

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

497

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
System cable
The DeltaV system allows you to install
the process wiring through “mass
termination blocks” (MTB) using flat-ribbon
cable connectors. In addition to the 10, 16,
and 20-pos. system cables of system cabling
(see page 574), the following system-specific
cables are available:
– FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/..., for digital
modules with 16-pos. MTB for
connection to PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 16/14/DV-IN/..., for digital modules
with 16-pos. MTB for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/..., for digital
modules with 40-pos. MTB for
connection to PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/..., for analog
modules with 24-pos. MTB
– FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system
cables are specifically designed for
32-channel I/O modules with 40-pin MTB
for the purpose of connecting
I/O modules to 32-channel VARIOFACE
interface modules

System cable for DeltaV


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
16-position
20-position
24-position
20-position

6.8 mm
7.6 mm
6.5 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

16
0.3 m
16
0.5 m
16
1m
16
2m
16
3m
Variable cable length
16
System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connector for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300
FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/...

2304348
2304351
2300575
2300588
2304364
2304377

1
1
1
1
1
1

16
0.5 m
16
1m
16
2m
16
3m
16
4m
Variable cable length
16
System cable, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) “mass termination blocks”
with a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors for
connection to PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used
per 32-channel I/O card)

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400
FLK 16-14-DV-IN/...

2304393
2300559
2300562
2304403
2305185
2304416

1
1
1
1
1
1

20
1m
20
2m
20
3m
Variable cable length
20
System cable, for 24-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
24-pos. and a 16-pos. flat-ribbon cable connector for connection to
with UM-DELTAV/... modules

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...

2298470
2298438
2300818
2304487

1
1
1
1

24
0.3 m
24
0.5 m
24
1m
24
2m
24
3m
Variable cable length
24
System cable, for 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with two
20-pos. and one 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors for
connection to 32-channel interface modules

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300
FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/...

2304319
2304296
2301134
2301545
2304322
2304335

1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV
FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/...

2304872
2304898
2304908
2304911
2304937
2304940
2304953
2304966

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connector for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE

Variable cable length

498

PHOENIX CONTACT

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
6m
8m
10 m

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for eight channels

D W
H

These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV modules are used in combination
with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through “mass termination blocks”
with flat-ribbon cable connection.
FLKM 16/DV
– Universal module
– 1:1 connection

Interface module for 8 channels

FLKM 16/AI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per
channel
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per
channel
– LED status indicator per signal path

Technical data
FLKM 16/.../DV
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per signal path)

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
50 mA (in delivered state, with
one 50 mA fuse, max. 1 A
permitted)

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Interface module, with 1:1 connection

16
45 mm
Interface module, with 1:1 connection and separate potential
terminal blocks per channel
16
57 mm
Interface module, with fuses per channel
16
90 mm
Transfer module, with LED and fuses per channel, max. permitted
operating voltage 30 V DC
16
90 mm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

-

+

-

1

2

3

+ - + - + - + - + - +
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme
4

5

6

7

8

Order No.

FLKM 16/DV

2304432

1

FLKM 16/AI/DV

2304429

1

FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2304445

1

FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV

2304458

1

1

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8

-

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Ch1 Ch1 Ch2 Ch2 Ch3 Ch3 Ch4 Ch4 Ch5Ch5 Ch6 Ch6 Ch7 Ch7 Ch8 Ch8

-

+

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

1

+

2

3

-

+ - + - + - + - + FLKM 16/DV connection scheme

4

5

6

7

8

+

-

+

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

CH1CH1CH2CH2CH3CH3CH4CH4CH5CH5CH6CH6CH7CH7CH8CH8

CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8

-

+

- + - + - + - + - + - +
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV connection scheme

-

+

-

+

COM

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COMCOMCOMCOM

FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme

PHOENIX CONTACT

499

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for
32 channels
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV modules are used in combination
with the FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV
system cables. The controller board is
connected to 32-channel modules through
40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with
flat-ribbon cable connection.

D W
H

FLKM 50/32M/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input and
output cards
– Two-conductor connection with a
separate negative terminal per channel
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input
modules
– LED status display per channel
– Two-conductor connection with a
separate negative terminal per channel
(Dry Contact)

Interface module with two-conductor
connection technology for DeltaV
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 50/32M/DV
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
30 V DC
1A
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50/32M/DV
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV

2304869
2304856

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface modules, for 32-channel I/O modules:
- Input/output
- Input with LED per signal

50
50

169 mm
169 mm

Emerson DeltaV
VIP controller board with fuses for
8 channels
System-specific interface module for use
in combination with the respective system
cables. The controller board is connected
to 8-channel modules through 16-position
“mass termination blocks” with flat ribbon
cable connection.
Features:
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel
– Push-in connection

1
1

D W
H

Interface module with fuses for 16-pos. mass
terminal block
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

24 V DC
63 mA (in as supplied state, with one 63 mA fuse)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

-20 °C ... 60 °C
any
DIN EN 50178
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
109.8 mm / 63 mm

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

VIP-PT/FLK16/DS/FU/LED/AN/DV

2903599

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Interface module for 16-pos. mass termination block
16

500

PHOENIX CONTACT

57.1 mm

1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
Controller boards with fuses for
8 channels
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV modules are used in combination
with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through 16-pos. or 24-pos. “mass
termination blocks” with flat-ribbon cable
connection.

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel

D W
H

Interface module with fuses for
16-pos. and 24-pos. “mass termination blocks”

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel


Technical data

UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

24 V DC
50 mA (in as-supplied state, with one 50 mAF fuse, max. 1 A permitted)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
126 mm / 71 mm

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Interface modules for 16-pos. and 24-pos. “mass termination
blocks” with:
- Fuses
16
61 mm
- Fuses and knife disconnect
16
61 mm
terminal blocks
- Fuses and fuse failure display
16
61 mm
- Fuses, fuse failure display and knife
disconnect terminal blocks

1 2

3 4

1- 1+ 2- 2+
SH SH SH

SH

5 6

7 8

16

SH

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

3 4

1- 1+ 2- 2+
SH SH SH

SH

5 6

7 8

SH

5603255
5603257

1
1

UM-DELTAV/A/SI

5603256

1

UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

5603258

1

6- 6+ 7- 7+

8- 8+

5 6

7 8

1 2

3 4

1- 1+

2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+

9 10 1112 1314 1516

5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+

8- 8+

SHSH SH

SH

SH

SH

SH

9 10 1112 1314 1516

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10 1112 1314 1516

3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+
SH

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

SH

SH

SH

SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI

1 2

Order No.

9 10 1112 1314 1516

3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+
SH

61 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+
SH

SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI

8- 8+
SH

SH

1- 1+ 2- 2+
SH SH SH

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

SH

3- 3+ 4- 4+
SH

SH

5- 5+
SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+
SH

SH

SH

8- 8+
SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

PHOENIX CONTACT

501

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
GE Fanuc/RX3i
Front adapters
The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-position system cable
– Can be plugged onto I/O modules
– Connection via suitable VARIOFACE
termination boards
Web code for the online configurator

Front adapter for GE Fanuc
RX3i

 Your web code: #0007

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
DIN EN 50178 / IEC 60664 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description
Front adapter for I/O modules of RX3i series

Card type
Digital output

FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI
IC 694 MDL 754

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI/IN
IC 694 MDL 660

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for PACSystems RX3i,
For digital output and analog modules

50

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI

2321473

1

For digital input modules

50

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

2321486

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 20 21222324

0–
0+
1–
1+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526 272829303132 333435363738394041424344454647484950
A
B

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617 181920 21222324

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

NCNC

NCNC

1–
2–
101112 131415 1617 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
25262728 2930 313233343536 37383940 41424344454647484950
NC NC

A

3–

B

4–
192021 222324252627

2829303132333435 36

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

502

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
GE-FANUC, Series 90-30
Front adapter
The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Front adapter for GE-FANUC
Series 90-30

Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Max. perm. total current

3 A (per byte, for supply via connector)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

Front adapter for Series 90-30 I/O modules

Card type
Digital output

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
IC 693 MDL 732
IC 693 MDL 733*
IC 693 MDL 740
IC 693 MDL 741*
IC 693 MDL 742

Analog

IC 693 ALG 220*
IC 693 ALG 221*
IC 693 ALG 222*
IC 693 ALG 223*
IC 693 ALG 390*
IC 693 ALG 391*
IC 693 ALG 392*
IC 693 ALG 442*

Card type
Digital input

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for Series 90-30, max. 2 x 8 channels
can be connected, digital output
14
VARIOFACE front adapter, for Series 90-30, max. 2 x 8 channels
can be connected, digital input
14

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

2290009

2

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2290038

5

1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
-

11
+

10 9
-

A

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI
IC 693 MDL 241
IC 693 MDL 634
IC 693 MDL 645
IC 693 MDL 646

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1
+

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14(1-20)/S7, Order No.:
2315230 and UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156.
All wire jumpers (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

+24 V
0V

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1
-

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

503

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Honeywell C300, Series CI/O
Front adapters

Notes:
Matching system cable fitted with D-SUB socket strip at both ends,
see page 611

The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB connector
– Connection of a maximum of 16 digital
channels
– Specifically for digital I/O cards
Honeywell C300 front adapter

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB connector
– Connection of analog modules
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/.../C300
– Front adapter with two 15-pos. D-SUB
connectors
– Connection of a maximum of
2 x 8 digital inputs/outputs per adapter
– Specifically for connecting
PLC-V8/D15.../OUT or PLC-V8/D15.../IN
Web code for the online configurator


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

60 V DC
1 A (per path)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data

 Your web code: #0007
Description

Front adapter for I/O modules of Series C300, Series CI/O

Card type
Digital input
Digital output

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
TDIL 11*
TDIL 01*

VARIOFACE front adapter for Series CI/O, with
one D-SUB pin strip
- For digital I/O modules
- For analog I/O modules
VARIOFACE front adapter for Series CI/O, with
two D-SUB pin strips
- For digital output modules
- For digital input modules

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

Analog output

TAOX 01**
TAOX 11**

Order No.

37
37

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

2901423
2900622

1
1

15
15

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300

2900924
2901879

1
1

TAIX 01**
TAIX 11**

Card type
Digital output

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
TDOB 01*
TDOB 11*

Card type
Digital input

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300
TDIL 01*
TDIL 11*

* Two front adapters are required for each module.

1

5

3
2

1

7

3

2

9
8

6

4

4

11 13 15 17
10 12 14 16

5

6

8

7

19

18

9

21 23 25

27 29

SP
1234-

31

20 22 24 26 28 30 32

1

5

3
2

4

7
6

9
8

11 13 15 17

19

10 12 14 16 18

21 23 25

20 22 24

3

4

5

Byte 0

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

Byte 1

6

7

8

9 10 Housing
D-SUB

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 connection scheme
PHOENIX CONTACT

4

19

10 12 14 16 18

5

6

7

8

9

21 23 25

20 22 24

27 29 31
26 28

30 32

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Housing
D-SUB

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

1

30 32

Byte 0 + 1

2

11 13 15 17

9
8

27 29 31
26 28

Byte 0 + 1

1

3

2

1

5

3
2

Explanation:
Connector
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

7
6

4

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 17 18 36 37 Housing
D-SUB

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

1

5

3
2

1

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

** For three-conductor operation (channels 13 - 16) of input modules:
only in conjunction with VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300, Order
No. 2900675.

504

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

TDOB 11*
TDOB 01*

Card type

Analog input

No. of pos.

2

7
6

4

3

4

11 13 15 17

9

19

10 12 14 16 18

8

5

Byte 0

6

7

8 10 1

21 23 25

20 22 24

2

3

4

27 29 31
26 28

5
Byte 1

6

30 32

7

8 10 Housing
D-SUB

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Honeywell C300, Series CI/O
Interface modules
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 37-pos. D-SUB cables and
the relevant front adapters. The three
module versions are available with screw or
push-in connection technology.
VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 or
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front
adapter
– Universal module
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks
VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M/SO
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 front adapter
– System-specific marking
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks

VIP-3/.../D37SUB/M/HW/C300
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter
– System-specific marking
– For TAIX01, TAIX11 analog input modules
– Field connection via three-level terminal
blocks

D W
H

Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

37-pos. with screw or push-in connection


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method
Dimensions
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid / stranded / AWG

D-SUB connection
H/D

VIP-2/...
VIP-3/...C300
125 V AC/DC
125 V AC/DC
2A
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178
D-SUB pin strip
D-SUB pin strip
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm
75.8 mm / 63 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.14 ... 4 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE front module, with D-SUB pin strip and universal
marking,
- with screw connection
37
101 mm
- with push-in connection
37
102.8 mm
VARIOFACE front module, with D-SUB pin strip and
system specific marking,
- with screw connection
37
101 mm
- with push-in connection
37
102.8 mm
VARIOFACE front module, with D-SUB pin strip for analog input
modules,
- with screw connection
37
88 mm
- with push-in connection
37
87.6 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M

2900676
2904277

1
1

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO

2900786
2904278

1
1

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

2900675
2904276

1
1

1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28

313233343536 37 GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

31323334353637 GND

1+
C1
2+
C2
3+
C3
4+
C4
5+
C5
6+
C6
7+
C7
8+
C8
9+
C9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

10 2911301231133214331534163517 361837 19 GND

GND

10+
C10
11+
C11
12+
C12
13+
C13
14+
C14
15+
C15
16+
C16
13151416-

nc

Connection scheme VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28

1+ 2- 3+ 4- 5+ 6- 7+ 8- 9+ 10- 11+ 12- 13+ 14- 15+ 16- 17+ 1810 29 11 30 12 31 13 32 14 33 15 34 16 35 17 36 18 37 19 GND
nc

19+ 20- 21+ 22- 23+ 24- 25+ 26- 27+ 28- 29+ 30- 31+ 32- +

-

+ -

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

GND

505

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC A, A1S, and Q
System cable
For 32/64-channel I/O cards with
37-pos. D-SUB connectors. System cables
are available for connecting 1 x 32 channels
or 4 x 8 channels.
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007
System cable,
D-SUB socket strip on FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 50

Splitting cable,
D-SUB socket strip on FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 4 x 14




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
37-position

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

10.5 mm

6.3 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Cable length

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O

2302599
2302609
2302612
2302638

37
Round cable for input module MELSEC Q X81,
MELSEC A1S X81, and MELSEC A AX82, in standard lengths

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...

37
37
37
37
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O

2302476
2302489
2302492
2302502

1
1
1
1

2302625

1

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...

2302696

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302641
2302654
2302667
2302670

1
1
1
1

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I

2302515
2302528
2302531
2302544

1
1
1
1

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/...

2302683

1

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/...

2302706

1

Round cable for output module MELSEC Q Y81 P,
MELSEC A1S Y81, and MELSEC A AY82EP, in standard lengths
37
37
37
37
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths

37

Ordering example for system cable:

– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 12.75 m long
Quantity
Order No.
Length [m]1)
1

2302625

/

12.75
1)

min. 0.20 m

Ordering examples for splitting cable:

– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 11.00 m long
Quantity
Order No.
Length [m]1)
1

2302696

/

11.00
1)

506

PHOENIX CONTACT

min. 0.20 m

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC L/Q and Honeywell ML 200
System cables
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...
– Splitting up 32 channels into 4 x 8
channels
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Fujitsu FCN connector on flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 50



Fujitsu FCN connector on flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4, LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QX71 and QX72 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
QY41P, QY42P, QY71, QH42P
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX71 and QX72 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
QX82, QX82-S1
Honeywell ML 200
2MLI-D24A, 2MLI-D28B, 2MLF-SOEA
(common negative connection to B01, B02)
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QY41P (24 V), QY42P (24 V), QH42P (24 V)
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903468
2903469
2903470
2903471
2903472
2903473
2903474
2903475

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL

2903476
2903477
2903478
2903479
2903480
2903481
2903482
2903483

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903502
2903503
2903504
2903505
2903506
2903507
2903508
2903509

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

507

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
OMRON CJ1, CS1, CQM1, and C200H
System cable
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
connectors.
FLK 50/EZ-DR/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels

Fujitsu FCN connector on flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 50

CABLE-FCN24...
– Splitting up 16 channels into
2 x 8 channels



Fujitsu FCN connector on flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14 or 24 on 2 x 14


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Cable length

Round cable in variable lengths for
CJ1: OD231, OD261
CS1, C200H: OD218, OD219
CQM1: OD213

40
40
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
40
Round cable in variable lengths for
CJ1: ID231, ID261
CS1 and C200H: ID111, ID216, ID217,
CQM1: ID213; ID214;ID112
40
40
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
40
Round cable in variable lengths for
CS1, C200H: OD215, MD115 (only output),
MD215 (only output)
24
24
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
24
Round cable in variable lengths for
CS1, C200H: ID215, MD115 (only input),
MD215 (only input)
24
24
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
24

Ordering example for system cable:

– Cable for OMRON CJ1, ID231, 12.75 m long
Quantity
Order No.
Length [m]1)
1

2302803

/

12.75
1)

508

PHOENIX CONTACT

min. 0.20 m

1m
2m

1m
2m

1m
2m

1m
2m

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT

2304144
2304157

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/...

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304186
2304199

1
1

2302829

1

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302832

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN

2304160
2304173

1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN

2304209
2304212

1
1

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...

2302803

1

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...

2302816

1

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304225
2304238

1
1

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302858

1

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN

2304241
2304254

1
1

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/...

2302845

1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Phoenix Contact Axioline realtime
I/O System cables

Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900

37

26,5

These cables have been specifically
developed for connecting VARIOFACE
termination boards to the Axioline realtime
I/O system. The push-in technology on the
I/O system ensures rapid connection.
The cables have the following features:
– 1:1 connection
– 14-pos. connector, molded
– 8 pre-assembled open ends, for
connection to the Axioline realtime
I/O system
– Transmission of groups of 8 channels
– Marking field on connector
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

System cable for 8 channels
5


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG - / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
14-position

6.4 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M

2901604
2901605
2901606
2901607
2901608
2901609
2901610
2901611

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable with an open end (8 individual wires)
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

509

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Phoenix Contact Inline
Front adapters
The front adapters are used to connect
pre-assembled system cables directly to
Inline. Front adapters are simply plugged
into the relevant Inline modules. Three
connection options are available:
– Transfer of 8 channels via a 14-pos.
system cable
– Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two
14-position system cables
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

Front adapter for Inline

Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

60 V DC
1 A (per path)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Input: IB IL 24 D I8/HD-PAC
Output: IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-PAC
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 16-channel Inline modules

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

2900889

1

Input: IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC
Output: IB IL 24 DO 16-PAC
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 32-channel Inline modules

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

2302751
2302764

1
1

Input: IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-PAC and IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-NPN-PAC
Output: IB IL 24 DO 32/HD-PAC

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

2302777

1

VARIOFACE front adapter, for 8-channel Inline modules

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1

5.1
6.1
5.2
6.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4

7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4

X1 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X2

Byte 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2

5.1
6.1
5.2
6.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4

Byte 2

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2

7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4

Byte 0
Byte 1
X3 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X4

Byte 0

Byte 1

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1

X1

510

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.2

Connection scheme for FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.2

2.4

2.3

1.4

2.2

1.3

1.2

1.1

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

2.1

NC

Byte 0

Byte 1

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Schneider Electric
MODICON® TSX Quantum
Front adapters
The front adapters mean that
pre-assembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules. There are two
connection options available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-position system cable
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Front adapter for
MODICON TSX Quantum



Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description
Front adapter for
I/O modules of MODICON® TSX Quantum automation
devices
Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
DDI 353
DDI 841*
DDI 853
DAI 340*
DAI 353**
DAI 440*
DAI 453**

Digital output

DDO 353

Digital input/output

DDM 390*

Analog input

ACI 030*
ACI 040*
ATI 030*
ARI 030*
AVI 030*

Analog output

ACO 020*
ACO 130*
AVO 020*

Analog input/output

AMM 090*

Counter

ECH 105*
EHC 202*

* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q,
Order No. 2322304.
** Only in conjunction with Passive interface modules without
LED.
Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-MODIDDI 353
DDI 853
DAI 353**
DAI 453**

Digital output

DDO 353

** Only in conjunction with Passive interface modules without
LED.

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
1 x 32 channels can be connected
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
4 x 8 channels can be connected

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

50

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294306

1

14

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294416

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

0+
1+
11121314151617181920
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- +
- +
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

2+
3+
21222324252627282930
- +

31323334353637383940
- +

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

X1 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X2
0+
1+
111213141516171819 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- +
- +
X3 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X4
2+

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

3+
212223242526272829 30
- +

313233343536373839 40
- +

Connection scheme FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

511

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
Front adapter
Pre-assembled system cables are
connected directly to the 16-channel I/O
modules using the front adapter.
The adapters connect 2 x 8 channels of the
controller via two 14-pos. system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options are available for
connection to field level and round off this
system concept.
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
3 A (per system cable when supplying from the module side)
10 A (when supplying via the front adapter)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 60 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description
Front adapter for MODICON C340 series I/O modules
Card type

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

Digital input

BMX DDI1602
BMX DDI1603
BMX DAI1602
BMX DAI1603

Digital output

BMX DDO1602
BMX DDO1612

VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® M340 with
two FLK pin strips

No. of pos.

14

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

2903208

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Assignment table
Contacts of
front adapter/
controller

Connector
(Byte 0)

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

Connector
(Byte 1)

2

1

10

2

11

3

12

4

13

5

14

6

15

7
8

17

10, 12, 14 (-)

10, 12, 14 (-)

18

9, 11, 13 (+)

9, 11, 13 (+)

19

10, 12, 14 (-)

10, 12, 14 (-)

20

9, 11, 13 (+)

9, 11, 13 (+)

512

PHOENIX CONTACT

4

7
6

13

11

9
8

10

12

17

15
14

16

19
18

20

+
+
-

9

16

5

3

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14
Byte 0
Byte 1

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

SP

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
System cable
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Fujitsu FCN connector on flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 50



Fujitsu FCN connector on flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description
Round cable in variable lengths for
BMX DDI 3202K, BMX DDI 6402K,
BMX DD0 3202K, BMX DD0 6402K,
BMX DDM 3202K

No. of
pos.

Cable length

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m
15 m

Type

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340

Ordering data
Order No.

2321635
2321648
2321651
2321664
2321677
2321680
2321693
2321703
2903748

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340

2321716
2321729
2321732
2321745
2321758
2321761
2321774
2321787
2903749

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

513

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

B
1 2
3
4

A

5
6
7
8
9 10

VIP - power cabling
Universal front adapters for
SIMATIC® S7-300
Four connection options are available:
– Connection of 40-pos. modules via four
cables, each with a 10-pos. COMBI
connector
– Connection of 20-pos. modules via two
cables, each with a 10-pos. COMBI
connector
– Connection of 40-pos. modules via
40 individual wires in rope structure
(not assembled)
– Connection of 20-pos. modules via
20 individual wires in rope structure
(not assembled)

...4X10COMBI...
...2X10COMBI...
...4X10 PT...
...2X10 PT...

A

B

52

70

35

62

Front adapter with punched-on connectors for
40 plug-in modular terminal blocks



The front adapters have the following
features:
– Can be screwed on/snapped in with the
I/O module
– Suitable for all common S7-300 modules,
up to max. 250 V AC/DC, 6 A
– Universal 1:1 connection
– Numerically marked wires/connectors
Combination example:
A front adapter with punched-on 10-pos.
COMBI connectors can be combined with
the following modular terminal blocks for
field connection:
Overall width of 52 mm per connector:
– 3045017 UT 2,5/1P
– 3210033 PT 2,5/1P
– 3040012 ST 2,5/1P
– 3040766 ST 2,5-TWIN-MT/1P
Reduced overall width of 35 mm per
connector:
– 3208582 PT 1,5/S/1P
– 3212439 PTTB 1,5/S/2P
You can find further versions, accessories,
and combination options in Catalog 3
“Terminal blocks” in the “Plug-in COMBI
connection solutions” section or online at
phoenixcontact.net/products.

COMBI
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
S7 - 300
S7 - 300
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
COMBI

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. perm. total current
Max. conductor resistance
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter
Ambient temperature range
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Front adapter
System cable

Ordering data
Description

Cable length

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
5m
6m
8m
10 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/10,0M/S7

2904702
2904703
2904704
2904705
2904706
2904707
2904708
2904709
2904710
2904711
2904712

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
5m
6m
8m
10 m

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/10,0M/S7

2905516
2905517
2905518
2905519
2905520
2905521
2905522
2905523
2905524
2905525
2905526

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP - power adapter, for universal connection of the
SIMATIC S7-300, with an overall width of 52 mm per connector

VIP - power adapter, for universal connection of the
SIMATIC S7-300, with reduced overall width of 35 mm per
connector

514

≤ 250 V AC/DC
6 A (per single wire at 40°C)
4 A (per single wire at 60°C)
20 A (per cable at 40 °C)
16 A (per cable at 60°C)
39 Ω/km
AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²
16 / Cu uninsulated
9 mm
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules
COMBICON connectors

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

Front adapter with punched-on connectors for
20 plug-in modular terminal blocks

Front adapter with 40 open cable ends

Front adapter with 20 open cable ends


S7 - 300
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
COMBI

1 2 3
S7-300

Technical data

22 23 24 25
22 23 24 25

38 39 40

1
2
3

1
2
3

22
23
24
25

8
9
10
11

38
39
40

1 2 3
1 2 3
S7-300

38 39 40

Technical data

≤ 250 V AC/DC
6 A (per single wire at 40°C)
4 A (per single wire at 60°C)
20 A (per cable at 40 °C)
16 A (per cable at 60°C)
39 Ω/km
AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²
16 / Cu uninsulated
9 mm
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules
COMBICON connectors

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/10,0M/S7

2904713
2904714
2904715
2904716
2904717
2904718
2904719
2904720
2904721
2904722
2904723

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/10,0M/S7

2905528
2905529
2905531
2905532
2905533
2905534
2905535
2905536
2905537
2905538
2905539

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

18
19
20

18 19 20

≤ 250 V AC/DC
6 A (per single wire at 40°C)
4 A (per single wire at 60°C)
20 A (per cable at 40 °C)
16 A (per cable at 60°C)
39 Ω/km
AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²
16 / Cu uninsulated
9 mm
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules
Open cable end

Ordering data

Type

8 9 10 11

18 19 20

Technical data

≤ 250 V AC/DC
6 A (per single wire at 40°C)
4 A (per single wire at 60°C)
20 A (per cable at 40 °C)
16 A (per cable at 60°C)
39 Ω/km
AWG 21 / 0.5 mm²
16 / Cu uninsulated
13 mm
-20 °C ... 60 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules
Open cable end

Ordering data

8 9 10 11

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 1,0M/S7

2904731

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 2,0M/S7

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 1,0M/S7

2904724

1

2904732

1

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 2,0M/S7

2904725

1

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 4,0M/S7

2904733
2904734

1
1

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 4,0M/S7

2904726
2904727

1
1

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/10,0M/S7

2904735
2904736
2904737

1
1
1

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/10,0M/S7

2904728
2904729
2904730

1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

515

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional front
adapters for SIMATIC S7-300

5

...FLK14...

A
37

...FLK50...

42

Front adapter with system cable
1 x 32 channels can be connected

Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007
Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965224
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962913

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

SP
+
+

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

BRrd

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

30

BRbl

Ordering example:
A front adapter with a connected
50-pos. system cable (32-channel cards),
12.75 m in length:
1 pcs. 2900885/12,75

10

SP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9



21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

The front adapters have the following
features:
– Can be screwed with I/O module
– Voltage supply via terminal blocks with
spring-cage double connection
– Encapsulated socket strips for module
side
Special lengths can be configured using
separate order numbers.

A

26,5

Three connection options are
available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels via two
50-pos. system cables (32-channel cards
or this type)
– Transfer of 4 x 8 channels via two
14-pos. system cables (32-channel cards
or this type)
– Transfer of 2 x 8 channels via two
14-pos. system cables (16-channel cards
or this type)

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. perm. current (separate power supply)

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8A

Max. conductor resistance
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter
Ambient temperature range
Standards/regulations
Connection method

0.16 Ω/m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
10.3 mm
-20 °C ... 50 °C
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection

Front adapter
System cable

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Flat-ribbon cable connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data
Description

Cable length

VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, with connected system cables for
SIMATIC S7 300
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
10 m
VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, as above, in variable lengths

516

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7

2322443
2322456
2322469
2321800
2322472
2322485
2322498
2322508
2322511
2322524
2322537
2322540

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/...

2900885

1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Front adapters for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Front adapter with system cable
4 x 8 channels can be connected

Front adapter with system cable
2 x 8 channels can be connected

Byte1

Byte0

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

SP
+
+

SP
+
+

BRrd

BRbl

BRrd

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

BRbl

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

SP

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

-

VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU

312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

Other modules

6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Card type
Digital input

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

CPU

313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10



Card type
Digital input

SP

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

-

Technical data

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:2315243,
VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2903804,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
All bridges (BR) at the adapter must be removed!

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8A

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8A

0.16 Ω/m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm
-20 °C ... 50 °C
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection

0.16 Ω/m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm
-20 °C ... 50 °C
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection

Card type
Digital input

Flat-ribbon cable connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13

Flat-ribbon cable connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13

Analog input

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*

Analog input/output

6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*

Other modules

6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

Ordering data
Type

Front adapters for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7

2322553
2322566
2322579
2321910
2322582
2322595
2322605
2322618
2322621
2322634
2322647
2322650

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7

2322663
2322676
2322689
2321790
2322692
2322702
2322715
2322728
2322731
2322744
2322757
2322760

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/...

2900886

1

VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/...

2900887

1

Digital output
Digital input/output

VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*
6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2315230
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2903802
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
SP: Separate power terminals
BRbl: blue jumper
BRrd: red jumper

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

517

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter
I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design
There are two connection options
available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-position system cable
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-position system cables
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 32 channels



Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))

Max. perm. total current

2 A (per byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

Ordering data
Front adapters for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Description

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S300
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

- 1 x 32 channels can be connected
- 4 x 8 channels can be connected

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU

312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

Other modules

6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

CPU

313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50(1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2315243,
VIP-2/PT/FLK50(1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2903804,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
All wire jumpers (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected!
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50-PA-S300
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

2294445
2296281

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300
50
14

Byte 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PHOENIX CONTACT

11121314151617181920

Byte 1

0
1
2
3

DR
DR
DR
212223242526272829

Byte 2

30

31323334353637383940

252627282930313233343536 373839404142434445464748

FS

Byte 3

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300

Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

DR

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

21222324252627282930

518

10

1
1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15161718192021222324

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the wire jumpers can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DR

Byte 2
911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

11121314151617181920 Byte 1

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214
0
1
2
3
DR FS
31323334353637383940

Byte 3
911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

Connection scheme FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter
I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design
– Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-position system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.
Web code for the online configurator

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 16 channels

 Your web code: #0007


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))

Max. perm. total current

2 A (per byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

Ordering data
Description

Front adapters for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Digital input/output
Analog input

Analog output

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA-S300

2299770

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300

FLKM 14-PA-S300
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*

- 2 x 8 channels can be connected

14

1

6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*

Analog input/output

6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*

Other modules

6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

Byte0

Byte1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2315230
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2903802
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All wire jumpers (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!

1- 0 1+ 0+

Digital output

Type

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Card type
Digital input

No. of pos.

DR FS
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-S300

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the wire jumpers can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

519

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for failsafe modules
The front adapters are coupled using
50-pos. system cables and convert the
signals for passive modules.

Siemens SIMATIC S7-300 front adapter
for failsafe I/O cards

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103
Flat-ribbon cable connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13

Ordering data
Description
Front adapter for I/O modules of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0*
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0*1)

Analog input

6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0*

Card type
Digital output

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-S300
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0**
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0**

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards

50

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

2307662

1

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

50

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

2321952

1

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2315243,
VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2903804,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
** Only in conjunction with
FLKM 50/DO326/S7-300, Order No. 2321965.
1)

Not suitable for signals from the Ex area.

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

9

10

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14 15

16

17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2+
2M
3+
3M
1+
1M

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

520

PHOENIX CONTACT

21 22 23

24 25 26

27 28

29 30 31

32 33 34

35

36 37 38 39 40

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC S7 -300
System cables for 64-channel I/O cards
These system cables are plugged onto the
64-channel (2x32) I/O cards that are
directly connected using connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...
– Signal transmission of 1x32 channels
– System cable: 40-pos. connector on
50-pos. flat-ribbon cable strip
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...
– Signal transmission of 4x8 channels
– Splitting cable: 40-pos. connector on four
14-pos. flat-ribbon cable strips

System cable

Splitting cable




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable, for output module 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0 and
6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0 (two cables per module)
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m
Round cable, for input module 6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0
(two cables per module). Plus-reading operation (sinking mode) of
the module
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321017
2321020
2321033
2321046
2321059
2321062
2321075
2321088

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321172
2321185
2321198
2321208
2321211
2321224
2321237
2321240

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN

2321091
2321101
2321114
2321127
2321130
2321143
2321156
2321169

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN

2321253
2321266
2321279
2321282
2321295
2321305
2321318
2321321

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

521

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for MINI MCR
This front adapter is used exclusively to
couple the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A
adapter. Changed standard analog signals
can be transmitted with the help of these
components.
Suitable isolators can be found from page 92.
For suitable 16-pos. system cable
(FLK 16/EZ-DR/...), refer to page 606.
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
20-pos. analog I/O cards


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

Front adapter for analog cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type
Analog input

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0

Analog output

6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

16

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR

2314749

1

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299330

1

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2811268

1

Accessories

Assembled round cable, with two 16-pos. socket strips
System adapter, for MINI Analog modules with screw connection

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L+
M
Comp.+
Comp.-

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR connection scheme

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

522

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for
MINI Analog system cabling
The FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
front adapter helps in system cabling in
conjunction with the MINI Analog system
adapter and a 16-pos. system cable
FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK, refer to
page 606.
Instead of the conventional front
connector, screw terminal blocks are used
to snap this component onto the analog
module.
The DIP switches can be used to connect
“M-” connections to each other and to the
central ground of the system.
The front adapter supports only current
signals.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
M–
M–

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

16

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 analog I/O card
Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
50 mA (per path)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data

The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog input card:
– 6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0

Description

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for
MINI Analog system cabling
The FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
front adapter helps in system cabling in
conjunction with the MINI Analog system
adapter and a 16-pos. system cable
FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK, refer to
page 606.
Instead of the conventional front
connector, screw terminal blocks are used
to snap this component onto the analog
module.

16

Type

Order No.

FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

2318237

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1
L+
M–
M–
MANA

2 3

4 5

8

6 7

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

9

10 11

12 13

14 15

16

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 analog I/O card

Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

Technical data

The front adapter supports only current
signals.
The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog output cards:
– 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 60 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

16

Type

Order No.

FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

2318240

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

523

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500
System cables for front connectors
from the “TOP connect” series
These system cables are connected
directly to Siemens “SIMATIC TOP
connect” front connectors. A VARIOFACE
front adapter is not required. The cables can
be used to connect existing 8-channel
Phoenix Contact interface modules.
– For passive signal transmission, e.g.,
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC;
Order No. 2315214, see page 542.
– For relay or solid-state relay connection
via V8 adapters, e.g.,
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT;
Order No. 2295554, see page 451.
The system cables are available in the
following versions:
– Unshielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free
The following SIMATIC® S7-1500 cards
can be coupled:
Digital input:
– 6ES7 521-1BH00-0AB0
– 6ES7 521-1BH50-0AA0
– 6ES7 521-1BL00-0AB0
Digital output:
– 6ES7 522-1BH00-0AB0
– 6ES7 522-1BL00-0AB0
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007
Notes:
These system cables are connected directly to the
Siemens S7-1500 6ES7 921-5AB20-0AA0 or
6ES7 921-5AH20-0AA0 front connector modules.
The Siemens adapters are not supplied by Phoenix Contact.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Number of positions, control side
Number of positions, module side
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

16
14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm

Ordering data
Description

Cable length

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
9m
10 m
Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”

Unshielded halogen-free round cables, with one 16-pos. and
one 14-pos. socket strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable
lengths

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order No.

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7

2293815
2293828
2293831
2293844
2293857
2293860
2293886
2293899
2293909
2293912
2293925
2293938
2293941

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

2295059

1

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

2295046

1

Unshielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one
14-pos. socket strip in fixed lengths for transmitting 8 channels

Shielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos. socket
strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable lengths of type
“FLK EZ-DR-S/14S/C52/...”

524

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Pin assignment and color code:
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/.../S7
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/.../S7
14-pos. socket
strip
PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Not used
Not used

Halogen-free
(cable only)


Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

16-pos. socket
strip
PIN
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
9
1
11
3
13
5
7
15

Wire color
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
White-black
White-brown
White-red
White-orange
-

Ordering example for unshielded round cable:
Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 12.70 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR /14U/C52/...

16
14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm

Quantity
1

Length [m] 1)

Order No.
2295059/14U/C52 /

12.70
1)

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7

2296919
2296922
2296935
2296948
2296951
2296964
2904525
2304704
2904526

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7

2904527

1

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7

2904528

1

Min. 0.20 m

14U  14-pos. unshielded cable
C52  S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other

Ordering example for shielded round cable:
Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 13.20 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR-S /14S/C52/...
Quantity
1

Length [m] 1)

Order No.
2295046/14S/C52 /

13.20
1)

Min. 0.20 m

14S  14-pos. shielded cable
C52  S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other

Ordering example for halogen-free round cable:
Halogen-free round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 15.50 m long
Type: FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...
Quantity
1

Length [m] 1)

Order No.
2295693

/

15.50
1)

FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...

2295693

Min. 0.20 m

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

525

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Front adapter
The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly
connected to I/O modules.
FLKM 50-PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
over one 50-position system cable.
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
via one 14-position system cable.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and
connection options round off this system
concept.
FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
– Analog channels are connected via a
50-position system cable.
The 1:1 connection of the adapter means
that corresponding 1:1 interface modules
are connected here
Web code for the online configurator

 Your web code: #0007

Front adapter for
SIMATIC® S7-400


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Max. perm. total current

2 A (per byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Front adapter for I/O modules of the
Siemens automation devices
SIMATIC® S7-400
Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S400
6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0*
6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0*

Digital output

6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

Card type

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

Digital output

6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

Card type
Analog input

FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0**

Digital input

Analog output

Description

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for
- SIMATIC® S7-400, 1 x 32 channels can be
connected
- SIMATIC® S7-400, 4 x 8 channels can be
connected
- SIMATIC® S7-400, only analog

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

50

FLKM 50-PA-S400

2294500

2

14

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400

2294429

2

50

FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)

2294908

2

6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425
0+

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0**

DR1
1+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415161718192021222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425
DR2

26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 47484950

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.: 2322359
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.: 2904289
all DR wire jumpers on the adapter must be disconnected.
** Only in conjunction with
VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No.: 2315081
VIP-3/PT/FLK50, Order No.: 2903794
FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC, Order No.: 2291587

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

2+
DR3
3+
–
26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 4748

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)

252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

DR2
DR1

DR5
DR4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

526

PHOENIX CONTACT

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

L
DR3
M
DR6
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 plug wired with individual
conductors directly with the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 plug is plugged directly
onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of
an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are
hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

①
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

②
60 V DC
2 A (per path)

③
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

④
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position

-20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
any
any

Standards/regulations

IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Digital IN 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

①

FLKM S135/S400/SO120

2301723

1

6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

②

FLKM S135/S400/SO121

2301736

1

6ES5 431-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0

③

FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400

2314846

1

6ES5 432-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

④

FLKM S135/S400/SO122

2301749

1

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
L+

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135

FLKM S135-431-UA/S400 connection scheme

S7-400 1 2

3

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO120

S7-400 1 2

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 151617181920 21 22

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

L+
S5-135

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20

S5-135 1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

S7-400

272829 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

S7-400

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M
M

M

S5-135

252627 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 21 42 12 33

S5-135

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO122

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 21 42

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO121
PHOENIX CONTACT

527

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 plug wired with individual
conductors directly with the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 plug is plugged directly
onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of
an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Front adapter for SIMATIC S5-135 S7 400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are
hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

①
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

②
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

③
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position

-20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
any

Standards/regulations

IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Digital OUT 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 441-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

①

FLKM S135/S400/SO125

2301778

1

6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

②

FLKM S135/S400/SO126

2301781

1

③

FLKM S135/S400/SO127

2301794

1

Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 453-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0

S7-400

1 2

6 11 4 5

9 10 15 16 20 21 17 22

S7-400

1 2

S5-135

1 3 6 10 5 7

9 11 14 16 18 20 15 19

S5-135

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

27 28 32 33 39 40 44 45 29 34 41 46

S7-400

S7-400

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M

S5-135

26 28 30 32 35 37 39 41 27 31 36 40

21

S5-135

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO127

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO125
S7-400

1 2

S5-135

1

S7-400

S5-135

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1L+

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
2L+

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2 21
M

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO126

528

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from S5135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 plug wired with individual
conductors directly with the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 plug is plugged directly
onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of
an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are
hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

①
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

②
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

③
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position

-20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
any

Standards/regulations

IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400

2314859

1

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400

2314613

1

FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

2314862

1

Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 454-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0

①

Analog IN (only current measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

②

Analog IN (only voltage measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

③

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

L-

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

L-

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme: FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 connection scheme

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 connection scheme

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

529

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 plug wired with individual
conductors directly with the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 plug is plugged directly
onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of
an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are
hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

①
60 V DC
2 A (per path)

②
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

③
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

④
60 V DC
4 A (per path)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position

-20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C -20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
any
any

Standards/regulations

IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

①

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400

2314875

1

②

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400

2314888

1

FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

2314626

1

FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

2314891

1

Analog IN (only Pt 100) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0

Analog OUT (only current output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

③

Analog OUT (only voltage output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UB13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

④

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 1718 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 4243 44 45 4647 48
LL-

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 connection scheme
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

530

PHOENIX CONTACT

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-300
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-135 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of the S7.
With the help of the
FLKM S135/S7/FLK50 converter module,
the signals of the S5-135 front adapter can
be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos.
system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7
(FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the
signals with the I/O module.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24

FLK50
L+
DR1

LL2+

DR2

S5-135
FLK50

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 2021

DR3

DR4
25 26 27 28 2930313233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 4243 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

S5-135 2223 242526272829 3031 32 33

34 3536 37 3839 40 41 42

Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135 to
50-pos. FLK strip.

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC connection scheme

Technical data

Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded
FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

60 V DC
1 A (per path)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC

2314736

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-135 to S7-300
IN
6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

1

Startup adapters for extending the
existing S5-135/155 field wiring
All signals of the existing S5-135 wiring
are extended by 3 or 5 meters with the help
of the universal startup adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various
controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300. Thus,
the existing field wiring of S5-135 can
communicate with the new controller for
test purposes. Since the new control unit is
temporarily arranged before the control
cabinet, the original status of the system can
be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new
controller without problems, the S5-135
can now be replaced.

1
2
3

1 2 3
1 2 3
S5-135

40 41 42

40
41
42

40 41 42

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

250 V AC/DC
6 A (per path)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 80 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE

2315007
2318017

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Connection of all S5-135 connections (1 to 42) at the open cable end

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

531

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-400
The FLKM S115/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 plug wired with individual
conductors directly with the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 plug is plugged directly
onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of
an FFLKM S115/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115/S7-400

Attention:
Due to the geometry, it is only possible to
use every other slot. The LEDs of the
S7-400 module are hidden by the S5-115
adapter.

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

60 V DC
4 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

IN
6ES5 420-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
Digital OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400

FLKM S115/S400/SO155

2307248

1

6ES5 454-7LA12 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-115 to S7-400
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400

2314901

1

FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400

2314914

1

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S7-400

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 424344 45 46 47

FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 connection scheme

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

L+

S5-115

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

L-

S7-400

25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

S5-115

25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S400/SO155

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-115 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 connection scheme

532

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-300
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-115 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of S7-300.
With the aid of the FLKM
S115/S7/FLK50/SO137 converter module,
the signals of the S5-115 front adapter can
be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos.
system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7
(FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the
signals with the I/O module.

FLK50 1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

1314 1516171819202122 2324

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

1314 1516171819 202122 23

FLK50 2526 27282930 31323334 3536

3738 394041 4243444546 4748

S5-115 2526 27282930 31323334 3536

3738 394041 4243444546 47

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115 to
50-pos. FLK strip.
Technical data

Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded
FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

60 V DC
1 A (per path)
2 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

2306294

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 through converters,
system cables and front adapters to S7-300
IN
6ES5 420-7LA11 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

1

Startup adapters for extending the
existing S5-115 field wiring
All signals of the existing S5-115 wiring
are extended by 3 or 5 meters with the help
of the universal startup adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various
controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300. Thus,
the existing field wiring of S5-115 can
communicate with the new controller for
test purposes. Since the new control unit is
temporarily arranged before the control
cabinet, the original status of the system can
be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new
controller without problems, the S5-115
can now be replaced.

1
2
3
22
23
25
26

1 2 3
1 2 3
S5-115

22 23 25 26
22 23 25 26

45 46 47

45
46
47

45 46 47

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

250 V AC/DC
6 A (per path)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 80 °C
any
DIN EN 50178 / IEC 60664 / IEC 62103

Ordering data
Description
Connection of all S5-115 connections (1 to 23, 25 to 47) at the
open cable end

Type

Order No.

FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE

2314985
2314998

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

533

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum
VP and ProSafe-RS
System cables
These shielded system cables for digital
(50-pos.) and analog (40-pos.) I/O modules
are connected directly to the modules. An
intermediate adapter is not required.
Features:
– Molded connector
– Can be screwed
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– KS/AKB-compatible connectors on the
module side

Shielded

shielded and halogen-free




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

50-position
40-position

Technical data

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

11 mm
11 mm

11 mm
11 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
9m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
30 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2900991
2314299
2314309
2314312
2321499
2314927
2321509
2314930
2321512
2314325
2314338
2314503
2314516
2314529

1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
9m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
30 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2322786
2314341
2314354
2314367
2321570
2314943
2321583
2314956
2321415
2314370
2314383
2314532
2314545
2314558

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC

2904739
2904740
2904741
2904742
2904636
2904743
2904744
2904745
2904746
2904637
2904638
2904487
2904639
2904640

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC

2904747
2904748
2904749
2904750
2904645
2904751
2904752
2904753
2904754
2904646
2904647
2904488
2904648
2904649

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

50-pos. YUC cables, for digital I/O modules

40-pos. YUC cables, for analog I/O modules

534

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum VP
System cables
These system cables for digital I/O
modules are connected directly to the
modules. An intermediate adapter is not
required. Features:
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– Four 14-pos. connectors on the module
side for connection of four 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules of the system
cabling

Shielded
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
50-position

11 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC

2314655
2314671
2318978
2314684
2322773
2314778

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System cable for digital I/O modules for coupling four
8-channel VARIOFACE modules
50
50
50
50
50
50

YOKOGAWA Centum VP
System cables for
MINI Analog system cabling
The Yokogawa system cable
CABLE-40/2FLK16/.../YUC makes it
possible to connect 16 MINI Analog
modules to a Yokogawa control system. In
conjunction with two MINI Analog system
adapters MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK-16-A, the
Yokogawa system cable provides a simple
and cost-effective Plug and Play solution.
The system cable is plugged directly into
Yokogawa module. Two 16-pos. flat-ribbon
cable connectors are provided for
connecting the module to the MINI Analog
system adapters.
The system cable in conjunction with
4-wire measuring transducers is
suitable for the following analog cards:
– AAI 141
– AAI 143

2m
4m
6m
10 m
15 m
20 m

1
1
1
1
1
1

Shielded
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
40-position

11 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC

2321334
2321347
2321350
2321376
2321363

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System cable, for analog I/O modules for coupling two
8-channel MINI Analog system adapters
40
40
40
40
40

2m
4m
10 m
15 m
20 m

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1

535

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum VP
Interface modules

D W
H

These modules are connected to the
I/O modules via the YUC system cable
(on page 534).
FLKM-KS40/YCS:
– For analog modules
– Universal interface module with
40 connection terminal blocks
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa
visit: phoenixcontact.com

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

< 25 V AC / 30 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

40

112 mm

Type

Order No.

FLKM-KS40/YCS

2314642

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Controller board, for analog I/O modules

YOKOGAWA Centum VP
Interface modules

1

D W
H

These modules are connected to the
I/O modules via the YUC system cable
(on page 534).
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS:
– For digital modules ADV 151 and
ADV 551
– Three-conductor connection (signal, plus,
minus)
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa
visit: phoenixcontact.com

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 81 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS

2314451

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Controller board, for digital I/O modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
50

536

PHOENIX CONTACT

174 mm

1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum VP
Interface modules

D W
H

These modules are connected to the
analog I/O modules via the 40-pos. YUC
system cable (on page 534).
The modules are designed for redundant
signal transmission (two connectors
parallel). A separate connection to the
HART multiplexer is possible.
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS
– For analog module AAI 543
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in 4-wire mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate
positive and negative connections
– 16 plug-in fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 0.1 A)
per positive supply and LED status
indicator
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in 4-wire mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate
positive and negative connections
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa
visit: phoenixcontact.com

Interface modules for analog I/O modules

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
100 mA
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
126 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

40
108 mm
Controller board, with fuses and LED, for analog input modules
AAI 141 and AAI 143

FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS

2314260

1

40
214 mm
Controller board, for analog input modules AAI 141 and AAI 143,
without fuses and LED

FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS

2314273

1

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS

2314286

1

Controller board, for analog output modules AAI 543

40

214 mm

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

537

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Interface modules

new
D W
H

These modules are connected to the I/O
module via the 50-pos. YUC system cable
(on page 534).
– For SDV144 digital module
– Redundant signal transmission
(two parallel connectors)
– 16 channels
UM-2KS50/16DI/RS/MKDS
– Screw connection
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling
relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 3,15 AT)
– LED status display per channel
UM-2KS50/DI16/RS/K-MT/SO241
– Screw connection with knife
disconnection
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling
relay and fuse (TR5, 2 AT)
– Plug-in fuses (TR5, 0,1 AT) and LED
status indicator per channel

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC ±5 %
100 mA
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
DIN EN 50178
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14
112 mm / 80 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Module width
W

- with LED status indicator

50

- with fuse and LED status indicator

50

Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

162 mm

UM-2KS50/16DI/RS/MKDS

2900173

1

181 mm

UM-2KS50/DI16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2319618

1

Interface module, for I/O card: SDV144

Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Interface modules

new
D W
H

These modules are connected to the I/O
modules via the 40-pos. YUC system cable
(on page 534).
– Redundant signal transmission (two
parallel connectors)
UM-2KS40/16AI/SI/RS/SO225
– For SAI143 analog module
– Screw connection
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling
relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 10 AT)
– Plug-in fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 1 AT) and
LED status indicator per channel
UM-2KS40/16AIO/RS/SO225
– For SAI143, SAV144, SAI533 analog
modules
– Screw connection
– 16 analog inputs or 8 analog outputs

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 55 °C
any
DIN EN 50178
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
126 mm / 96 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM-2KS40/16AI/SI/RS/SO225

2319841

1

UM-2KS40/16AIO/RS/SO225

2319838

1

Interface module, for I/O card: SAI143
50
250 mm
Interface module, for I/O card: SAI143, SAV144, and SAI533
50

538

PHOENIX CONTACT

168 mm

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Interface modules

new
D W
H

These modules are connected to the I/O
modules via the 50-pos. YUC system cable
(on page 534).
UM-2KS50/8DO/RS/MKDS
– For SDV531 and SDV531L digital modules
– Redundant signal transmission (two
parallel connectors)
– Screw terminal blocks
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling
relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 3,15 AT)
– LED status display per channel

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC ±5 %
100 mA
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
DIN EN 50178
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14
112 mm / 80 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UM-2KS50/ 8DO/RS/MKDS

2900174

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Interface module, for I/O card: SDV531 and SDV531L
50

162 mm

Yokogawa ProSafe-RS
Interface modules

new
D W
H

These modules are connected to the I/O
modules via the 50-pos. YUC system cable
(on page 534).
– Redundant signal transmission (two
parallel connectors)
– Redundant voltage supply with signaling
relay and fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 6,3 AT)
– For SDV541 digital modules
UM-2KS50/DO16/RS/K-MT/SO241
– Screw connection with knife
disconnection
– Plug-in fuses (TR5, 0,2 AT) and LED
status indicator per channel
UM-2KS50/16DO/RS/MKDS
– Screw connection
– LED status display per channel

1

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC ±5 %
100 mA
-20 °C ... 70 °C
any
DIN EN 50178
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14
112 mm / 80 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Interface module, for I/O card: SDV541
- with LED status indicator

50

162 mm

UM-2KS50/16DO/RS/MKDS

2900175

1

- with fuse and LED status indicator

50

215 mm

UM-2KS50/DO16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2319595

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

539

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Termination Carriers for Yokogawa
Centum VP and ProSafe-RS

new

The Termination Carriers are a compact
solution for connecting signal conditioners
and coupling relays to the Yokogawa
Centum VP systems and ProSafe-RS.
– Mechanically decoupled PCB
– Redundant system connection
– Simple or redundant supply (diode
decoupling, polarity reversal protection)
and monitoring function. Implementation
via separate DIN rail module or
integrated switching on the PCB

Termination Carrier for Centum VP system,
can be used with signal conditioners of the
MINI Analog series

Termination Carrier for
MINI Analog signal conditioners
TC-2KS40-AI16-M-PRH-CS
– For AAI141/AAI143 analog I/O modules
TC-2KS40-AO16-M-PRH-CS
– For AAI543 analog I/O module
Termination Carrier for
Ex i signal conditioners of the
MACX Analog Ex series
TC-2KS50-DI32-2EX-PR-CS
– For ADV151/ADV161 digital I/O modules
TC-2KS50-DO32-EX-PR-CS
– For ADV551/ADV digital I/O modules
TC-2KS40-AO16-EX-PR-CS
– For AAI543 analog I/O module

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Max. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Pollution degree / surge voltage category
Clearance and creepage distances
Ambient temperature range
Shock
Vibration (operation)
Dimensions H / D
EMC note
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse

TC-2KS50-DI16-EX-PR-RS
– For SDV144 digital I/O modules
TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-RS
– For SAI143 analog I/O module
TC-2KS40-AO8-EX-PR-RS
– For SAI533 analog I/O module
Termination Carrier for
coupling relays from the PSR-ETP or
PSR-FSP series
TC-2KS50-DO16-F&G-AR-RS
– For SDV541 digital I/O modules
TC-2KS50-DO16-ESD-AR-RS
– For SDV541 digital I/O modules

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

Status indication

2 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

Switching output

Ordering data

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-CS
– For AAI141/AAI143 analog I/O modules
TC-2KS50-DO16-EX-PR-RS
– For SDV541 digital I/O module

Yokogawa KS-compatible
< 50 V DC (per signal/channel)
23 mA (signal/channel)
2 / II
DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (please observe module specifications)

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-2KS40-AI16-M-PRH-CS

2905257

1

TC-2KS40-AO16-M-PRH-CS

2905905

1

2902958
2902961

1
1

Termination Carrier for 16 highly compact signal conditioners
- For AAI141 and AAI143 analog I/O modules

148 mm

- For AAI543 analog I/O modules
148 mm
Termination Carrier for 16/32 Ex i signal conditioners (SIL 2)
- For ADV151 and ADV161 digital I/O modules

242 mm

- For ADV551 and ADV561 digital I/O modules

448 mm

- For AAI543 analog I/O module
- For AAI141 and AAI143 analog I/O modules

242 mm
242 mm

Termination Carrier for 8/16 Ex i signal conditioners (SIL 2)
- For SDV144 digital I/O modules
- For SDV541 digital I/O modules
- For SAI143 analog I/O module
- For SAI533 analog I/O module
Termination Carrier for 16 PSR-FSP/PSR-ETP relays

242 mm
242 mm
242 mm
148 mm

- For SDV541 digital I/O modules
(low-demand application)
- For SDV541 digital I/O module
(high-demand application)

304 mm
304 mm

Accessories
MINI Analog power terminal
MINI Analog fault signaling module
Power and fault signaling module
Cable set with 24 V module supply, suitable for
PSR-ETP/Order No.: 2986711
Cable set without use of confirmation contact, suitable for
PSR-FSP/Order No.: 2981978
Cable set with use of confirmation contact, suitable for
PSR-FSP/Order No.: 2986960 and 2986575
Jumper plug for occupying unused module slots, suitable for
PSR-FSP/Order No.: 2986960 and 2986575

540

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
new

new

new

Termination Carrier for Centum VP System, can
be used with Ex i signal conditioners of the
MACX Analog Ex series

Termination Carrier for ProSafe-RS system,
can be used with Ex i signal conditioners of the
MACX Analog Ex series

Termination Carrier for ProSafe-RS system,
can be used with coupling relays from the
PSR-ETP or PSR-FSP series

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

Yokogawa KS-compatible
< 50 V DC (per signal/channel)
1 A (signal/channel)
2 / II
DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (please observe module specifications)

Yokogawa KS-compatible
< 50 V DC (per signal/channel)
1 A (signal/channel)
2 / II
DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation)
-20 °C ... 60 °C (please observe module specifications)

Yokogawa KS-compatible
24 V DC (21.1 V ... 26.4 V)
1200 mA
2 / II
DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation)
-20 °C ... 60 °C

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
170 / 160 mm

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
170 / 160 mm

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
170 / 160 mm
Class A product, see page 625

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

21.1 V DC ... 26.4 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable)

1 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

1 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

2 x red LED (error)
2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 N/C contact (alarm = open)

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-2KS50-DI32-2EX-PR-CS

2904676

1

TC-2KS50-DO32-EX-PR-CS

2905199

1

TC-2KS40-AO16-EX-PR-CS
TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-CS

2905201
2905677

1
1

Type

Order No.

TC-2KS50-DI16-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS50-DO16-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS40-AO8-EX-PR-RS

2905202
2905678
2905203
2905204

Accessories
TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

TC-2KS50-DO16-F&G-AR-RS

2904112

1

TC-2KS50-DO16-ESD-AR-RS

2904113

1

1
1
1
1

Accessories
2904673

1

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2904673

1

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A100V+A20000

2903391

16

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A20000

2903389

16

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A23132

2903390

16

TC-C-PTSM-50-00000000J1J1

2903388

8

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

541

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards for 8 channels

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output
with screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output
with push-in connection

Features:
– Byte-by-byte marking
– For digital I/O modules
– With LED as an option
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection

VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
Push-in connection

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels,
- with screw connection
14
- with push-in connection
14
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection
14
- with push-in connection
14

542

PHOENIX CONTACT

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

39.8 mm
41.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

2315214

1

39.8 mm
41.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

2322249

1

1

2

0

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

9

11 13 10 12 14

2 3 4 5 6 7
+ +
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC connection scheme

-

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC

2903801

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC

2904279

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11 13 10 12 14

1

2

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ +
Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

-

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards for 32 channels

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output
with screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output
with push-in connection

Features:
– Byte-by-byte marking
– For digital I/O modules
– With LED as an option
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
2 A (per byte)
2 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection

VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
2 A (per byte)
2 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
Push-in connection

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC

2903803

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC

2904280

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels,
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC

2315227

1

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

2322252

1

1 2 3

1011121314 15

+ B0.0 B0.7

222324252627

- + B1.0 B1.7

- +

343536373839

B2.0 B2.7

- +

4647484950

B3.0 B3.7 -

1 2 3

101112131415

+ B0.0 B0.7

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC connection scheme

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

- +

222324252627 343536373839 4647484950

B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

- + B3.0 B3.7

-

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC
PHOENIX CONTACT

543

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards for
SIMATIC® S7
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for SIMATIC® S7.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and push-in connection

Features:
– Numerical marking
– Specifically for S7-300 or S7-400
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2903804

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400

2904289

1

VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50
VARIOFACE interface module, with
®
SIMATIC S7-400-specific marking from 3 to 48

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2315243

1

- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400

2322359

1

50
50

1 2 3

1

2

101112131415

9

1011

22 2324252627 34 3536373839 4647484950

12 19

20 21

22 29

3031

32 39

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50 (1-40) /S7

544

PHOENIX CONTACT

40

1 2 3

101112131415

3

11

4

1213

15

22 2324252627

22

23 26

343536373839

27 34

3538

39

46474849 50

46

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/S7/A-S400

48

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards for
MODICON® TSX Quantum and
Allen Bradley ControlLogix
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with specific marking
and screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with specific marking
and push-in connection

Features:
– Specific marking
– Specifically for MODICON TSX Quantum
or ControlLogix
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2904285

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756

2904286

1

VARIOFACE interface module, with
MODICON® TSX Quantum-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection
VARIOFACE interface module, with
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 36

50
50

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

50
50

95.9 mm
97.7 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2322304

1

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756

2322317

1

1 2 3

10

1

101112131415

8

9 20

22 23242526 27

343536373839

19 30

29 40

11 18

21 28

31

4647484950

38

39

1 2 3

1

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

10 11 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 27 34 35 36 37 38 39 46 47 48 49 50

8

9

16

17 18

19 26

27 34

35

36

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/AB-1756
PHOENIX CONTACT

545

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards for
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300.

D W
H

D W
H

Features:
– Numerical marking (1-20)
– Specifically for S7-300
Notes:

Passive interface modules for
SIMATIC® S7-300
with screw connection

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Passive interface modules for
SIMATIC® S7-300
with push-in connection




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2315230

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2903802

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, with SIMATIC® S7-300-specific
marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

14
14

80.6 mm
82.5 mm

1

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

Connection diagram: VIP-2/.../2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

546

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards for
Allen Bradley
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Allen Bradley.

D W
H

D W
H

Features:
– Numerical marking (1-20)
– Specifically for ControlLogix
Notes:

Passive interface modules
for Allen Bradley ControlLogix
with screw connection

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Passive interface modules
for Allen Bradley ControlLogix
with push-in connection




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

14
14

80.6 mm
82.5 mm

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756

2904288

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, with
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756

2322333

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2

20111213141516171819

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../2FLK14/AB-1756

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

547

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP termination boards in
2-conductor connection technology
for 8 channels
These VIP VARIOFACE modules are used
in combination with 14-pos. system cables
and the relevant front adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Features:
– Byte-by-byte marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative or positive connection per
signal
Passive interface modules
with screw connection

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Passive interface modules
with push-in connection




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V DC
1A
3 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
3 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

- with screw connection
14
50 mm
- with push-in connection
14
52 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC

2322281

1

- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC

2322294

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC

2904283

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC

2904284

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential

548

PHOENIX CONTACT

14
14

50 mm
52 mm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

11

13

10

12 14

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

+

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8M/PLC

9

11

13

10

12

-

+

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8P/PLC

14

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Termination boards in
2-conductor connection technology
for 32 channels
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with
2-conductor connection technology are
available:

D W
H

FLKM 50/32M/PLC
– Byte-by-byte marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative connection per signal

Passive interface modules
with screw connection

FLKM 50/32P/PLC
– Byte-by-byte marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive connection per signal


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V DC
1A
8 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50/32M/PLC

2289719

1

FLKM 50/32P/PLC

2291121

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential
50
192 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential
50

1 2 3 4

B0.0
+

B0.1

+ +

11 13 15
10 12 14 16

22

B0.7

B1.7 -

+

-

DR1

B1.0

B1.1

+ + +

+

23

24

192 mm

25 27
35 37 39
47
26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

DR2

B2.0

B2.1

+ + +

B2.7

+

-

DR3

B3.0

B3.7 B3.1

+ + +

+

1 2 3 4

11 13 15
10 12 14 16

22

+ B0.0

B0.7

B1.7

-

B0.1

- -

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32P/PLC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

-

+ B1.0

DR1

B1.1

- - -

-

23

24

25 27
35 37 39
47
26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

+ B2.0

DR2

B2.1

- - -

B2.7

-

+ B3.0

DR3

B3.1

- - -

B3.7

-

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/PLC
PHOENIX CONTACT

549

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Termination boards with fuses in
2-conductor connection technology

D W
H

These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 14 or 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with fuses
and 2-conductor connection technology are
available:
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC (for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC (for 32
channels)
– Byte-by-byte marking
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 1AF) per signal
path (F1)
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 2AF) per voltage
supply (F2)
– Negative connection per signal.

Passive fuse modules
for 8 or 32 channels


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC
60 V DC
60 V DC
1A
1A
2A
2 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

2294487

1

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

2294490

1

VARIOFACE module, for eight channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
14
57 mm
VARIOFACE module, for 32 channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
50

192 mm

1

1 2 3 4

11 13 15
10 12 14 16

22

35 37 39
47
23 25 27
24 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

2

F1

3

F1

4

F1

5

F1

6

F1

7

F1

8

F1

9

11

13

10

F1
F2

F2

F1F1

F1

+ B0.0 B0.1 B0.7

-

- -

-

F2

F1F1

F1

+ B1.0 B1.1 B1.7

DR1

- - -

-

F2

F1F1

F1

+ B2.0 B2.1 B2.7

DR2

- - -

-

F2

F1F1

+ B3.0 B3.1 B3.7

DR3

- - -

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

550

PHOENIX CONTACT

F1

0

1

-

-

2

3

4

5

6

7

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Connection scheme: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

12 14

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP initiator modules for 8 channels

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.
Features:
– Byte-by-byte marking
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– With LED as an option

Initiator modules
with screw connection

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Initiator modules
with push-in connection



Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

D W
H

D W
H

H/D


Technical data

Technical data

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
60 V DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
Push-in connection

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC

2904282

1

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2904281

1

VARIOFACE initiator module, for connecting 8 PNP initiators,
with an additional positive and negative terminal block each per
signal
- with screw connection
14
52.3 mm
- with push-in connection
14
52 mm
VARIOFACE initiator module with LED, for connecting 8 PNP
initiators, with an additional positive and negative terminal block
each per signal

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC

2322278

1

- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2322265

1

14
14

52.3 mm
52 mm

1

2

3

4

8

0

1

2

3

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

11

13

10

Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/PLC

12

14

1

2

3

4

8

0

1

2

3

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

11

13

10

12

14

Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

551

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Initiator modules for 32 channels
D W
H

D W
H

These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters for digital I/O
modules.
Features:
– Byte-by-byte marking
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– With LED as an option

Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with screw connection

Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with spring-cage connection


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Status indication
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

... 50/32 IM
... 50/32 IM/LA
60 V DC
30 V DC
1A
1A
2 A (per byte)
2 A (per byte)
LED
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection

60 V DC
1A
2 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Spring-cage connection

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 81 mm

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 73.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC

2284523

1

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC

2284510

1

Type

Order No.

FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2901389

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50
180 mm
VARIOFACE initiator module, as above, however with light
indicator
50
180 mm
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50

180 mm

3 4

10 15 16

22 27 28

13 25 37 11 23 35 47
34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48

3

552

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ +

+

-

-

-

-

- -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Connection scheme: FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC,
...50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC
PHOENIX CONTACT

10 15 16

22 27 28

34 39 40

46

1

2

14 26 38 12 24 36 48
13 25 37 11 23 35 47

B0.0 B0.1 B0.7 B1.0 B1.1 B1.7 B2.0B2.1 B2.7 B3.0 B3.1 B3.7

B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7

-

4

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+ +

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

553

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Controller boards with knife
disconnect terminal blocks

D W
H

These VARIOFACE modules with knife
disconnection and test connection for each
signal (2 or 2.3 mm Ø test plug) are used in
combination with the respective front
adapters.
FLKM14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 32 channels)
– Byte-by-byte marking
– Can be used for digital I/O modules

Passive interface modules for eight or 32 channels
with knife disconnect terminal blocks

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7
– Numerical marking (1-20)
– Specifically for S7-300
(in conjunction with the front adapter
FLKM 14-PA-S300, Order No.: 2299770)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/7-300
– Numerical marking (1-40)
– Specifically for S7-300
(in conjunction with the front adapter
FLKM 50-PA-S300, Order No.: 2294445).
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC
– Numerical marking (1-50)
– Specifically for S7-400
(in conjunction with the front adapter
FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
Order No.: 2294908).

1

2

1

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

7

6

46

46

7

48

47

48

47


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Controller level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

No. of
pos.

Description

49

49

50

50

2 9

10 11

12 19

20 21

22 29

30 31

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290423

1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290614

1

14
113 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, as above, however, with
SIMATIC-specific marking (1-40)

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2295062

1

50
214 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, as above, however, for SIMATIC
S7-400 with SIMATIC-specific marking (3-48)

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300

2304490

1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

2291587

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, with knife
disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the
system
14
67 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, with knife
disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the
system
50
214 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC S7-300 with
SIMATIC-specific marking (1-20), knife disconnect terminal blocks
and test sockets to the field and the system

50

1

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC connection scheme

1 2 3 101112 131415 222324 25 2627 3435 363738 39

FLKM...14/KDS 3-MT...
FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT...
60 V DC
60 V DC
1A
1A
3A
2 A (per byte)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
Screw connection with
Screw connection with
disconnect knife
disconnect knife
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

259 mm

4647484950

32 39

40

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 connection scheme
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

11121314151617181920

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 connection scheme

554

PHOENIX CONTACT

1 2 3 101112 131415 22 2324 252627 343536 373839

+ B0.0 B0.7 -

+ B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

11

13

+

+

10

12

14

-

-

4647484950

- + B3.0 B3.7 -

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

0

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Simulation module with switches

These VARIOFACE modules enable
simple simulation of the control and
peripheral hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 switch
module is assembled for signal transmission
with COMBICON screw connector for
single-conductor wiring. Alternatively,
connection to the PLC system cabling is
established through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon
cable pin strip. Connection to the front
adapters of the PLC system cabling is
established through 14-pos. system cables
with socket strips.
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC

D W
H
FLK 14 1 3 5 7 8 91011121314
2 4 6
SMC 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -

Switch module
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1A
8 A (+, - terminal block)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
45 mm / 51 mm

Ordering data

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8

2968205

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE switch module, for simulation
75 mm

1

Simulation module for display

These VARIOFACE modules enable
simple simulation of the control and
peripheral hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 display module
is assembled for signal transmission with
COMBICON screw connector for singleconductor wiring. Alternatively, connection
to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips.
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H
FLK 14 1 3 4 7 9 11 13
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
SCM 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -

Indicator module
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1A
8 A (+, - terminal block)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
45 mm / 51 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8

2968195

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE display module, for simulation
75 mm

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

555

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
COMPACT LINE output modules
with relays, one N/O contact
These VARIOFACE Compact Line output
modules are used in combination with the
respective front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system
cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer
double contact with hard gold plating
– Low construction height of only 45 mm
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity
protection diode for each signal path
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the 16-channel base
module UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC.
The output extension module
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC with a
further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-position flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).

Notes:
The connecting cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.

D W
H

Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded
FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Output module
with eight miniature relays,
1 N/O contact


1

2

1

14

24

23

34

9 1113101214

8

3

2

13

8

3

33

84

83

+ -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation)
2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
45 mm / 50 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output module, for 24 V DC
(including relays)
- with 8 miniature relays
- with 16 miniature relays (basic module)

103
215

- with 16 miniature relays (extension module)

200

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2962900

1

2961037

8

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relay

556

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR-G 24/1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

Output base module
with 16 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact

Output extension module
with 16 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact




10 13,14 23,24

3

1,2 11,12

1

+B0 B0 14

13

15

8

9

84

+83 B1 B1 94

22

2

20

16

93

17

163

+ B2 B2 174

1

19

24

17

164

12

173

Technical data

244

9

25

+ 243 B3 B3 254

32

253

324

323

Technical data

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
20

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation)
2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
45 mm / 50 mm
Class A product, see page 625

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation)
2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
45 mm / 50 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2962913

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC

2962926

1

2961037

8

1

Accessories
REL-MR-G 24/1

4

Accessories
2961037

8

REL-MR-G 24/1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

557

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Output modules with relays,
one N/O contact
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an
N/O contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer
double contact with hard gold plating
– Narrow overall width of just 55 mm
(8 channels) or 202 mm (32 channels)
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity
protection diode for each signal path

D W
H

D W
H

Output module
with eight miniature relays,
1 N/O contact

Output module
with 32 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact


1


2

1

14

24

23

34

9 1113101214

33

84

1

83

+ -

+ B0 B0 14

8

13

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

Module width
W

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
56
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
202

558

PHOENIX CONTACT

32

9

+83 B1 B1 94

93

324 323

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation)
2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
90 mm / 58 mm
Class A product, see page 625

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation)
2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
90 mm / 58 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC

2979469

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR-G 24/1

Type

Order No.

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2979472

1

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

8

Accessories

2961037

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relay

84

46

15

Technical data

Ordering data
Description

13,14
10
23,24

3

1,2 11,12

8

3

2

13

8

3

8

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

Output module
with eight miniature relays,
1 PDT

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

H/D

Module width
W

45
46

15
16

9
10

3
4

32

311

314

322
321
324

10

102
101
104

8

92
91
94

2

82
81
84

31

Technical data

24 V DC
18 mA
8 ms
10 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
18 mA
8 ms
10 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
123 mm / 68 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
123 mm / 68 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

9

72
71
74

82
81
84
72
71
74

-

7

22
21
24

62
61
64
52
51
54

+

1

12
11
14

42
41
44

8

32
31
34

6

22
21
24

4

7

312

5

12
11
14

2

3

9 11 13 10 12 14

78

11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48

1

5 6

1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38

34

+

12

Output module
with 32 miniature relays,
1 PDT

+

These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system
cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a
PDT contact
– Narrow overall width of just 80 mm
(8 channels) or 271 mm (32 channels)
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling diode for each signal path

D W
H

D W
H

- -

Output modules with relay,
1 PDT

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, for 24 V DC (incl. relay)
- with 8 miniature relays
- with 32 miniature relays

80
271

UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968386

1

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relay

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968373

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

Accessories

2961312

10

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

559

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Output modules with relay,
1 PDT

Notes:
The connecting cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.

D W
H

These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system
cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a
PDT contact
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity
protection diode for each signal path
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the base module with
the 16-channel UMK-16R.../KSRG24/21/PLC. The output extension module
UMK-16R.../ KSR-G24/21/E/PLC with a
further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-position flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).

Output module
with eight miniature relays,
1 PDT


1

2

9 11 13101214

8

3

1

2

3

8

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

82 81 84

+ -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage display
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage

24 V DC ±10 %
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14
1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

H/D

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
77 mm / 59 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

135

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979485

1

- with 8 plug-in bases without relay
VARIOFACE output basic module, for 24 V DC

135

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974914

1

- with 16 plug-in bases including relay

259

- with 16 plug-in bases without relay
VARIOFACE output extension module, for 24 V DC

259

- with 16 plug-in bases including relay

259

- with 16 plug-in bases without relay

259
2961312

10

VARIOFACE output module, for 24 V DC
- with 8 plug-in bases including relay

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relay

560

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

Output base module
with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT

Output extension module
with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT




3

1,2 11,12

10 13,14 23,24

8

1

+ B0 B0

15

9

+ 81 84 82 B1 B1 91 94 92

11 14 12

22

2

20

16

17

12

17

161164162

9

19

24

25

+ 241244 242 B3 B3 251254 252

+ B2 B2 171174 172

Technical data

1

4

32

321 324 322

Technical data

24 V DC ±10 %
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

24 V DC ±10 %
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
20

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
77 mm / 59 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
77 mm / 59 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979498

1

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974901

1

Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

Order No.

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC

2979508

1

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC

2974891

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

Accessories

2961312

10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

561

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Output module for relays
- 2 PDTs
- 1 PDT with disconnect terminal blocks
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
8 channels are controlled via 14-pos.
cables. All modules feature the following:
– Plug-in miniature relays
– LED status indicator and freewheeling
diode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode
With the 32-channel version (1 PDT with
knife disconnect terminal blocks), the
50-pos. system cable is connected to the
base module with 16 channels.
The output extension module with a
further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-pos. flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).

Notes:
The connecting cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.

D W
H

Output module for 8 miniature relays,
2 PDTs


1

1

12 11 14
112 111 114

9 1113101214

8

2

8

2

22 21 24

82 81 84

122 121 124

182 181 184

+ -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage display
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

24 V DC
Freewheeling diode
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14
2 PDT
250 V AC/DC
3A
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

H/D

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
77 mm / 59 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC

2976187

1

2961192

10

VARIOFACE output module, for 24 V DC (2 PDTs)
- with 8 plug-in bases without relay
135
VARIOFACE output module with disconnect terminal blocks,
for 24 V DC (1 PDT)
- with 8 plug-in bases without relay
145
VARIOFACE output module with disconnect terminal blocks,
for 24 V DC (1 PDT)
- basic module with 16 plug-in bases without relay
285
- extension module with 16 plug-in bases without
relay

285

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relay

562

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

Output module for 8 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT



Output module for 16 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT



1

2

8

3

1

2

3

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

9 1113101214

1,2 11,12

10 13,14 23,24

3

8

1

8

+ -

B0

Technical data

B0

9

16

+-

+ 82 81 84

22

15

81 84 82 B1

11 14 12

B1 91 94 92

161 164 162

Technical data

24 V DC
Freewheeling diode, protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
Freewheeling diode
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection with disconnect knife
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection with disconnect knife
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962463

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962382

1

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC

2962379

1

2961312

10

1

Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2961312

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

563

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation

Output module with 32 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

H/D

Module width
W

45
46

15
16

3
4

32

322
321
324

10

311

Technical data

24 V DC
18 mA
9 ms
6 ms
Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
18 mA
9 ms
6 ms
Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
62 W
42 W
55 W
66 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
62 W
42 W
55 W
66 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
111 mm / 64 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
111 mm / 64 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

8

312

82
81
84
72
71
74

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

2

314

62
61
64
52
51
54

-

31

102
101
104

42
41
44
32
31
34

+

9

92
91
94

22
21
24

8

7

82
81
84

6

1

72
71
74

4

7

22
21
24

5

12
11
14

2

3

9 11 13 10 12 14

78

12
11
14

1

5 6

11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48

34

+

12

9
10


1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38



+

These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
The modules are connected via 14 or
50-pos. system cable. These relay modules
offer the following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact and detectable manual operation
– Narrow overall width of just 92 mm (8
channels) or 285 mm (32 channels)
– LED status indicator and freewheeling
diode per signal path (integrated in relay)
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)

D W
H

D W
H

- -

Output modules with relays, 1 PDT
with detectable manual operation

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC

2900890

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, for 24 V DC (incl. relay)
- with 8 miniature relays
- with 32 miniature relays

92
285

1

Accessories
Plug-in miniature power relay, with power contacts

564

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC

2900891

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

10

Accessories

2987888

10

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Output modules with relays, 1 PDT
with or without manual operation and
fuses
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
The modules are connected via 14-pos.
system cable. These relay modules offer the
following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a
PDT contact with or without manual
operation
– Fuse per output circuit as short-circuit
protection
– Narrow overall width of just 127 mm
– LED status indicator and freewheeling
diode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode

D W
H

D W
H

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT and fuse per output circuit

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation
and fuse per output circuit


1


2

1

F1
11 12 14

3

8

3

2

F2

F3

21 22 24

31 32 34

9 11 13 10 12 14

1

2

1

8

F8

F1

81 82 84

+ -

11 12 14

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Output fuse
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

Module width
W

3

2

F2
21 22 24

8

9 11 13 10 12 14

8

F3

F8

31 32 34

81 82 84

+ -

Technical data

24 V DC
17 mA
8 ms
10 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
18 mA
9 ms
6 ms
Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow)
3.9 A (observe derating)
100 mA
93 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
975 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow)
3.9 A (observe derating)
100 mA
93 W
62 W
42 W
55 W
66 W
975 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

260 V AC
4 kV (basic insulation between output contact current paths)
6 kV (safe isolation and reinforced insulation between input circuit
and output contact paths)

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
111 mm / 60 mm
Class A product, see page 625

2 / III
-20 °C ... 50 °C
100% operating factor
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
any
Can be aligned without spacing
111 mm / 64 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

3

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
127

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC

Plug-in miniature relay

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900892

1

2961312

10

Type

Order No.

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC

2900893

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

2987888

PHOENIX CONTACT

10

565

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP output module
D W
H

This VIP VARIOFACE output module is
used in combination with the respective
front adapters. Like the front adapters, the
module is connected via 14-pos. system
cables.
Features:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a
PDT contact
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling diode for each signal path
– Push-in connection

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT and fuse per output circuit


1

0

1

F0
0NC
0C
0NO

8

2

13 10 12 14

7

F1
1NC
1C
1NO

9 11

F7
7NC
7C
7NO

+

+ -

-

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

24 V DC
9 mA
5 ms
8 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5 A (observe derating)
10 mA
120 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1250 VA
Push-in connection
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
-20 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178
any
Can be aligned without spacing
109.8 mm / 63 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

VARIOFACE output module, with eight miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (incl. relays)
87.6

566

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

VIP-8RPT-24DC/21/D0/FU/PLC

2903601

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
VIP input modules
D W
H

These VIP VARIOFACE input modules
are used in combination with the respective
front adapters. Like the front adapters, the
modules are connected via 14-pos. system
cables.
Features:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an
N/O contact
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling diode for each signal path
– Push-in connection

D W
H

Digital input module with 8 channels for
24 V DC

Digital input module with 8 channels for
120 V AC


1



0

+

0.0
+
-

8

2

1

0.1
+
-

0.0
+
-

0.7
+
-

+
-

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Limiting continuous current
Connection method
No. of pos.
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions
EMC note

H/D

Module width
W

0.7
+
-

0.1
+
-

Technical data

24 V DC ±10 % (supply, 2 A )
9 mA (per channel)
5 ms
8 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
Push-in connection
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

120 V AC ±10 % (supply, 2 A )
3.5 mA (per channel)
6 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
Push-in connection
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 26

1 N/O contact
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

1 N/O contact
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

-20 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178
any
Can be aligned without spacing
109.8 mm / 63 mm
Class A product, see page 625

-20 °C ... 60 °C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178
any
Can be aligned without spacing
109.8 mm / 63 mm
Class A product, see page 625

Ordering data
Description

9 11 13 + + - - 10 12 14

7

1

0

7

8

2

1

9 11 13 + + - - 10 12 14

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-8RPT-120AC/1AU/DI/PLC

2904576

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels,
24 V DC (incl. relays)
120 V AC (incl. relays)

92.7
92.7

VIP-8RPT-24DC/1AU/DI/PLC

2903600

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

567

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Adapters for PLC RELAY (6.2 mm)

Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 572

PLC-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters
connecting the eight slim 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules to the
VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC RELAY modules
– Freely definable configuration with relays,
optocouplers, and passive feed-through
terminal blocks
– With D-SUB connection as an option for
universal connections

VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC RELAY


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
-40 °C ... 70 °C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2295554
2296553

1
1

OUTPUT
14
INPUT
14
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102
2304115

1
1

Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058
2296061

1
1

Pin strip
Socket strip

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074
2296087

1
1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching

15
15

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

+
1

3

5

7

9 11 13

-

FLK14
2

4

Power
terminals

+
1

2

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT connection scheme
1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

3

5

7

9 11 13

2

4

6

-

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

568

PHOENIX CONTACT

7

9 11 13

-

4

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

6

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

5

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

FLK14

3

FLK14

8 10 12 14

6

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

3

5

7

9 11 13

FLK14
2

4

6

-

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Adapters for PLC RELAY (14 mm)

Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 572

PLC-V8L/... are the VARIOFACE
adapters connecting the eight 14 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules (2 PDT, HC, and
IC types) to the system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC RELAY modules
– Freely definable configuration with relays
or optocouplers
VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC RELAY


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection, for
PLC system cabling, positive switching
14
112.3 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection, for
PLC system cabling, negative switching
14

112.3 mm

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

3

5

7

-

9 11 13

FLK14
2

4

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

6

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT connection scheme
1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

3

5

7

-

9 11 13

FLK14
2

4

6

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

569

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Feed-through terminal blocks for PLC
RELAY
The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relays
and PLC RELAY optocoupler interfaces. It is
thus possible to implement 8-channel
interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to the specific
application with bit accuracy. For individual
requirements, the relay, optocoupler or the
PLC-VT terminal blocks for passive signal
transmission can be combined as needed.
PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA
– Can be combined with PLC RELAY
universal series
– Signal path with additional potential level
for free assignment (two-conductor
connection)
– With LED as an option

PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA
– Can be combined with PLC RELAY
actuator series
– Signal path with two additional potential
levels for free assignment (threeconductor connection)
– With LED as an option
The system connection is made via the
PLC-V8 adapter.

D W
H

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE universal series


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

PLC-VT, PLC-VT/ACT
250 V AC/DC
6 A (per signal conductor)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

-40 °C ... 70 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
any
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
80 mm / 94 mm

H/D

PLC-VT/LA, PLC-VT/ACT/LA
30 V DC
6 A (per signal conductor)

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (two-conductor
connection), for PLC RELAY universal series
6.2 mm
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, as above, however,
with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (three-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series
6.2 mm
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, as above, however,
with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-VT

2296870

10

PLC-VT/LA

2296854

10

PLC-VT/ACT

2295567

10

PLC-VT/ACT/LA

2296867

10

2

3

2

3

1

4

1

4

NC

5

5

PLC-VT connection scheme

2

3

2

3

1

4

1

4

NC
PLC-VT/LA connection scheme

570

PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC-VT/ACT connection scheme

5

5
PLC-VT/ACT/LA connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Adapter for RIFLINE complete RF-1

new

RIF-1-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters
that connect the eight RIF-1 relay modules
with the system cabling:
– Can be plugged into eight RIF-1 relay
modules in series
– The adapter has one LED indicator and
one freewheeling diode per relay
The following RIF-1 relay modules can be
connected with the adapter:
– RIF-1-BPT/2X21,
Order No. 2900931
– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21,
Order No. 2903342
– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 AU,
Order No. AU 2903338
– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21,
Order No. 2903334
– RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 AU,
Order No. 2903330
If fully assembled RIF-1 relay modules are
used, the indicator/interference
suppression modules must be removed
before installation.

VARIOFACE adapter for
RIFLINE complete RIF-1


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

30 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
-40 °C ... 60 °C
any
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Spring-cage connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
101 mm / 75 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT

2905195

Pcs. /
Pkt.

V8 adapter, for eight RIF-1 relay modules, with FLK connection for
PLC system cabling, positive switching
128 mm

.0

.1

A1 A2

.2

A1 A2

.3

A1 A2

.4

A1 A2

.5

A1 A2

.6

A1 A2

.7

A1 A2

A1

K 14

A2

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

571

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling

Series

Cross-reference list for PLC-V8 adapters with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules

Function

Relay

Contact

24 V DC
24 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

Output

250 V AC/DC/ 6 A
250 V AC/DC/10 A
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA1)
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA1)
250 V AC/DC/ 6 A
30 V AC/DC/50 mA
250 V AC/DC/ 6 A
250 V AC/DC/ 6 A

Page
400
411
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
414
414
401
401
430
430

PLC-RSP-24DC/21
PLC-RSP-24DC/21HC
PLC-RSP-12DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-24DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-24UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-48DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-60DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21
PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/H
PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/L

2966472
2912277
2967442
2966540
2966553
2966566
2966579
2966582
2966647
29803513)
29803773)
2912507
2912578
2982249
2834889

1 N/O contact, electronic

24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
NAMUR
120 V AC
230 V AC

24 V DC/ 3 A
24 V DC/10 A
250 V AC/0.75 A
300 V DC/1 A
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA
24 V DC/50 mA
48 V DC/100 mA2)
48 V DC/100 mA2)

403
433
403
432
402
402
402
402
402
446
414
414

PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2
PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OSP-24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OSP-24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-48DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-60DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46

2967471
2982715
2967895
2980830
2967549
2967743
2967756
2967552
2967565
2982676
29803513)
29803773)

1 PDT, electronic

24 V DC

48 V DC/0.5 A

433

PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980649

–

250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

570
570

–
–

24 V DC

404

PLC-RSP-24DC/1/ACT

2967345

410

PLC-RSP-24DC/1IC/ACT

2912413

24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

250 V AC/DC/6 A
250 V AC/DC/10 A
(80 A; 20 ms)
250 V AC/DC/6 A
24 V DC/3 A
24 V DC/5 A
250 V AC/0.75 A
250 V AC/2 A
250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

405
405
406
405
406
570
570

–
PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2/ACT
–
–
–
–
–

24 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
24 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA1)
30 V AC/36 V DC/50 mA1)
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA
48 V DC/100 mA2)
48 V DC/100 mA2)

408
408
408
415
415
409
409
409
415
415

PLC-RSP-24DC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP-120UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP-230UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

1 PDT

2 PDTs
1 N/O contact

Universal

Relay switch

Optocoupler

Feed-through

1 N/O contact
2 N/O contacts

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

Feed-through

–

Relay

1 N/O contact

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

Sensor4)

Actuator

Relay

1)

Input

24 V DC

Plug-in miniature relay insert: REL-MR-60DC/21AU, 2961134
Plug-in solid-state relay insert: OPT-60DC/48DC/100, 2966621
PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solid-state relay.
4) Cannot be combined with the universal series (within a byte)
2)
3)

572

PHOENIX CONTACT

Spring-cage connection

Order No.

2967507

2967374
2967390
2967413
29803643)
29803803)
2967578
2967581
2967594
29803643)
29803803)

System cabling for controllers

Screw connection

Order No.

X

PLC-RPT-24DC/21
PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC
PLC-RPT-12DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-24UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-48DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-60DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-RPT-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/L

2900299
2900291
2900317
2900306
2900307
2900308
2900309
2900310
2900311
29004533)
29004553)
2900330
2900338
2900328
2900327

PLC-RSC-24DC/21
PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC
PLC-RSC-12DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-24UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-48DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-60DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21
PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H
PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/L

2966171
2967620
2966919
2966265
2966278
2966126
2966142
2966281
2966294
29803193)
29803353)
2967060
2967125
2982236
2834876

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-48DC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-60DC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900364
2900398
2900369
2900383
2900352
2900353
2900354
2900355
2900356
2900397
29004533)
29004553)

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-48DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-60DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2966634
2982702
2967840
2980678
2966728
2966993
2967455
2966744
2966757
2982663
29803193)
29803353)

X
X
X
X
X

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W

2900378

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980636

X

PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA

2296870
2296854

X
X
X

–
–
PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT

2900312

PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT

2966210

PLC-RPT-24DC/1IC/ACT

2900298

PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT

2967604

PLC-RSC-24DC/1-1/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT
PLC-VT/AKT
PLC-VT/AKT/LA

2967109
2966676
2982786
2967947
2982760
2295567
2296867

PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2966317
2966320
2966333
29803223)
29803483)
2966773
2966799
2966809
29803223)
29803483)

–
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT
–
–
–
–
–
PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2900376

2900313
2900314
2900315
29004563)
29004573)
2900358
2900359
2900361
29004563)
29004573)

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

PLC-V8L...OUT

Order No.

PLC-V8...IN(/M)

Push-in connection

PLC-V8...OUT(/M)

Controller-specific system cabling

X

PLC universal series
The universal series of products can be
used as either input or output interfaces.
Each product consists of a basic terminal
block with a plug-in miniature relay (PDT)
or a plug-in solid-state relay.

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PLC actuator series
When used as an interface between the
PLC and actuators, such as motors,
contactors or solenoid valves, only one
N/O contact function is normally required.
In such cases, the PLC...ACT output
interface is used. All actuator connections,
including the load return line, are connected
directly. This eliminates the need for
additional output terminal blocks.

X
X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PLC sensor series
When used as an interface between the
PLC and sensors, such as proximity
switches, limit switches or auxiliary
contacts, only one N/O contact function is
normally required. In such cases, the
PLC…SEN input interface is used. All
sensor connections, including the supply
voltage for the sensors/switches, are
connected directly. This eliminates the need
for additional terminal blocks.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

573

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
System cable with flat-ribbon cable
connector
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1:1 connection
14 and 50-pos.
Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
Unshielded
Shielded
Halogen-free see page 605
Special lengths see page 609
Unshielded

Shield connection at one end





Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

6.4 mm
10.3 mm

6.7 mm
11 mm

14-position
50-position

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2295729
2288901
2288914
2288927
2288930
2288943
2288956
2288969
2288972
2290847
2290834
2290850
2290863
2299563
2299576

5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289065
2289078
2289081
2289094
2289104
2289117
2289120
2289133
2289573
2289586
2289599
2289609
2289612
2289625
2289638
2289641
2289654
2289667
2289670
2289683

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2296977
2296980
2296993
2297002

1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299013

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299026

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299039
2299042
2299055

1
1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2299097
2299107
2299110
2299123

1
1
1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299136

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299149

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299152

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2299165

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299178

1

Assembled round cable, with two 14-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths for transfer of 8 channels
14
0.3 m
14
0.5 m
14
1m
14
1.5 m
14
2m
14
2.5 m
14
3m
14
3.5 m
14
4m
14
4.5 m
14
5m
14
5.5 m
14
6m
14
8m
14
10 m
Assembled round cable, with two 50-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths for transfer of 32 channels
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

574

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
3.5 m
4m
4.5 m
5m
5.5 m
6m
6.5 m
7m
7.5 m
8m
8.5 m
9m
9.5 m
10 m

System cabling for controllers
Controller-specific system cabling
Splitting cable with
flat-ribbon cable connector
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Splitting of 32 channels to 4 x 8 channels
50-pos. connector at one end
4 x 14-pos. connector at one end
Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
Unshielded
Shielded
Special lengths
Splitting cable unshielded
50 positions on 4 x 14

Splitting cable shielded
50 positions on 4 x 14




Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Number of plugs on the module side
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
4

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
4

50-position

6.3 mm

6.3 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...

2302447

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Assembled round cable, with a 50-pos. socket strip and four
14-pos. socket strips, for splitting 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.
50
0.5 m
50
1m
50
1.5 m
50
2m
50
2.5 m
50
3m
50
4m
50
6m
50
8m
50
10 m
Assembled round cable, as above, however in variable lengths

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2296689
2296692
2296702
2296715
2305402
2296728
2296731
2296744
2296757
2296773

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

50
Assembled round cable, as above, however shielded and in
variable lengths
50

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ...

2302405

1
1

Ordering example for system cable:
– Unshielded splitting cable 12.75 m long
Quantity
1

Length [m]1)

Order No.
2302405

/

12.75
1)

min. 0.30 m

– Shielded splitting cable 11.00 m long
Quantity
1

Length [m]1)

Order No.
2302447

/

11.00
1)

min. 0.30 m

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

575

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules
with flat-ribbon cable connectors

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

–
–
–
–
–
–

1:1 connection
10 to 64-pos.
Screw connection
Metal foot
As per IEC 60603-13
With status indicator as an option
Low and high engagement latches are
supplied with all modules.

10 to 20 positions
with screw connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip

10
14
16
20
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip

10
14
16
20

26
34
40
50
60
64
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
26
34
40
50
60
64

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

576

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

34.70
39.80
45.00
55.10
34.70
44.90
50.00
60.20
57.10
67.30
77.40
92.70
108.00
118.00
57.40
67.60
77.80
93.10
113.50
118.60

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10
VIP-2/SC/FLK14
VIP-2/SC/FLK16
VIP-2/SC/FLK20

2315010
2315023
2315036
2315049

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

10 to 20 positions
with screw connection and light indicator



D W
H

26 to 64 positions
with screw connection

26 to 64 positions
with screw connection and light indicator


Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED

2322045
2322058
2322061
2322074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/FLK26
VIP-3/SC/FLK34
VIP-3/SC/FLK40
VIP-3/SC/FLK50
VIP-3/SC/FLK60
VIP-3/SC/FLK64

2315052
2315065
2315078
2315081
2315094
2315104

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED

2322087
2322090
2322100
2322113
2322126
2322139

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1

577

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules
with flat-ribbon cable connectors

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

–
–
–
–
–
–

1:1 connection
10 to 64-pos.
Push-in connection
Metal foot
As per IEC 60603-13
With status indicator as an option
Low and high engagement latches are
supplied with all modules.

10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip

10
14
16
20
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip

10
14
16
20

26
34
40
50
60
64
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
26
34
40
50
60
64

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

578

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

36.80
41.90
46.90
57.10
36.80
41.90
46.90
57.10
57.10
67.30
77.40
92.70
107.90
118.10
57.10
67.30
77.40
92.70
107.90
118.10

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK10
VIP-2/PT/FLK14
VIP-2/PT/FLK16
VIP-2/PT/FLK20

2903787
2903788
2903789
2903790

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator



D W
H

26 to 64 positions
with push-in connection

26 to 64 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator


Technical data


Technical data

24 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED

2904248
2904249
2904250
2904251

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/FLK26
VIP-3/PT/FLK34
VIP-3/PT/FLK40
VIP-3/PT/FLK50
VIP-3/PT/FLK60
VIP-3/PT/FLK64

2903791
2903792
2903793
2903794
2903795
2903796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED

2904252
2904253
2904254
2904255
2904256
2904257

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1

579

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
SLIM-LINE modules for
flat-ribbon cable connectors
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE modules
connect flat-ribbon cable connectors in
accordance with IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651
to front connection terminal blocks.
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement catches to protect the flatribbon cable connector against being
accidentally released.

D W
H

D W
H

20 and 26-pos.
With screw connection

34 to 50 positions
With screw connection




Technical data

Technical data

Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
0.8 A (data valid for 100% simultaneity factor)

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (data valid for 100% simultaneity factor)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

-10 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
45 mm / 25 mm

-10 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
45 mm / 45 mm

D/W

Ordering data
Description

No. of Module height
pos.
H

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q
UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q

2959515
2959528

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q
UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q
UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q

2959531
2959544
2959557

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip

VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip

580

PHOENIX CONTACT

20
26

177.00
217.00

34
40
50

147.00
167.00
197.00

1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

581

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Feed-through modules for
IDC/FLK connectors (pitch 2.54 mm)
with screw connection
VARIOFACE DFLK... feed-through
modules connect the flat-ribbon cable
connectors in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 to the screw
connection terminal blocks.
These modules are suitable for mounting
on a side panel with an appropriate housing
cutout (see dimensioning table).
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement catches to protect the flatribbon cable connector against being
accidentally released.

16 to 50 positions
with screw connection
Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

DFLK 16
DFLK 20
DFLK 26
DFLK 34
DFLK 40
DFLK 50

2280239
2280242
2280255
2280268
2280271
2280284

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
16
20
26
34
40
50

39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK:

b

39

+0,2

49

4

d+0,2

24,3

c

c

d

DFLK 16
DFLK 20
DFLK 26

58.4
68.4
83.4

52.5
62.5
77.5

40.1 + 0.2
45.2 + 0.2
52.8 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

DFLK 34
DFLK 40
DFLK 50

103.4
128.4
143.4

97.5
122.5
137.5

63.0 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
83.3 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
a

b

582

PHOENIX CONTACT

b

a

3,2

38
Type

5
5
5
5
5
5

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Feed-through modules for
IDC/FLK connectors (pitch 2.54 mm)
with spring-cage connection
– 1:1 connection
– 10 to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Short and long catches are supplied with
the module
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensioning table
With pin strip and
push-in spring-cage connection
Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

DFLK 10/FKCT
DFLK 14/FKCT
DFLK 16/FKCT
DFLK 20/FKCT
DFLK 26/FKCT
DFLK 34/FKCT
DFLK 40/FKCT
DFLK 50/FKCT

2903034
2903035
2903036
2903038
2903039
2903041
2903042
2903043

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
10
14
16
20
26
34
40
50

36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK...FKCT

b

36,5

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

+0,2

60

d

36

+0,2

Ø3,2

c

c

d

DFLK 10/FKCT
DFLK 14/FKCT
DFLK 16/FKCT
DFLK 20/FKCT

58.4
58.4
58.4
68.4

52.5
52.5
52.5
62.5

40.1 + 0.2
40.1 + 0.2
40.1 + 0.2
45.2 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

DFLK 26/FKCT
DFLK 34/FKCT
DFLK 40/FKCT
DFLK 50/FKCT

83.4
103.4
128.4
143.4

77.5
97.5
122.5
137.5

52.8 + 0.2
63.0 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
83.3 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

a

b

b

a

Ø3,2

38
Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

583

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
modules with D-SUB connectors

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

–
–
–
–
–
–

1:1 connection
9 to 50-pos.
Screw connection
Metal foot
As per IEC 60807-2
With status indicator as an option
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are led
directly to a connection terminal block.

9 to 15 positions
with screw connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 45.1 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M

2315117
2315120

1
1

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F

2315162
2315175

1
1

VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

584

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip and
light indicator
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip

34.70
45.00

9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip and
light indicator
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip

34.70
45.00

25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip and
light indicator
25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip

57.40
72.70
98.20

25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip and
light indicator
25
37
50

57.40
72.70
98.20

34.70
50.00

34.70
50.00

57.40
72.70
98.20

57.40
72.70
98.20

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

9 to 15 positions
with screw connection and light indicator



D W
H

25 to 50 positions
with screw connection

25 to 50 positions
with screw connection and light indicator


Technical data

Technical data

24 V DC
2.5 A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 45.1 mm

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
2.5 A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED

2322142
2322155

1
1

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED

2322197
2322207

1
1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M

2315133
2315146
2315159

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F

2315188
2315191
2315201

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED

2322168
2322171
2322184

1
1
1

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED

2322210
2322223
2322236

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

585

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
modules with D-SUB connectors

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

–
–
–
–
–
–

1:1 connection
9 to 50-pos.
Push-in connection
Metal foot
As per IEC 60807-2
With status indicator as an option
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are led
directly to a connection terminal block.

9 to 15 positions
with push-in connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M

2903777
2903779

1
1

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F

2903778
2903780

1
1

VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

586

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip and
light indicator
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip

36.80
46.90

9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip and
light indicator
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip

36.80
46.90

25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip and
light indicator
25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip

57.10
72.30
97.70

25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip and
light indicator
25
37
50

57.10
72.30
97.70

36.80
52.00

36.80
52.00

57.10
72.30
97.70

57.10
72.30
97.70

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

9 to 15 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator



D W
H

25 to 50 positions
with push-in connection

25 to 50 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator


Technical data


Technical data

24 V DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED

2904258
2904259

1
1

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED

2904263
2904264

1
1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M

2903781
2903783
2903785

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F

2903782
2903784
2903786

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED

2904260
2904261
2904262

1
1
1

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED

2904265
2904266
2904267

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

587

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
SLIM-LINE modules for
D-SUB connectors
These VARIOFACE modules connect
D-SUB strips with front connection
terminal blocks in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
To make the ground connection, the
metallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread)
makes contact with a connection terminal
block.

D W
H

D W
H

9 to 25 positions
With screw connection

37 to 50 positions
With screw connection




Technical data

Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Dimensions

D/W

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-10 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
45 mm / 25 mm

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-10 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
45 mm / 45 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of Module height
pos.
H

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

9
117.00
15
147.00
25
217.00
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip

UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959573
2959599
2959612

1
1
1

9
117.00
15
147.00
25
217.00
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip

UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959560
2959586
2959609

1
1
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959638
2959654

1
1

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959625
2959641

1
1

VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip

37
157.00
50
187.00
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip
37
50

588

PHOENIX CONTACT

157.00
187.00

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Feed-through modules for
D-SUB connectors with
screw connection
– 1:1 connection
– 9 to 50-pos.
– Screw connection
– As per IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9 to 37-pos.: separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: no ground tap
With D-SUB pin strip

With D-SUB socket strip

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
Module width
W

9
15
25
37
50

39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/S
DFLK-D15 SUB/S
DFLK-D25 SUB/S
DFLK-D37 SUB/S
DFLK-D50 SUB/S

2283870
2280297
2280310
2280336
2291286

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5
5
5

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B
DFLK-D15 SUB/B
DFLK-D25 SUB/B
DFLK-D37 SUB/B
DFLK-D50 SUB/B

2287135
2280307
2280323
2280349
2287669

5
5
5
5
5

Dimensional drawing: DFLK-D...SUB:

39

b
+0,2

33

+0,2

24,3

c

Pcs. /
Pkt.

4

b

c

d

DFLK-D 9 SUB/S
DFLK-D 15 SUB/S
DFLK-D 25 SUB/S
DFLK-D 37 SUB/S
DFLK-D 50 SUB/S

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B
DFLK-D 15 SUB/B
DFLK-D 25 SUB/B
DFLK-D 37 SUB/B
DFLK-D 50 SUB/B

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

a

a

3,2

38

Type

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

b

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature connector

No. of
pos.

d

Description

Ordering data

PHOENIX CONTACT

589

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Feed-through modules for
D-SUB connectors with
push-in connection
– 1:1 connection
– 9 to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Connector according to IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9 to 37-pos. with separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: no ground tap
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table

With D-SUB pin strip and
push-in connection

With D-SUB socket strip and
push-in connection

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
Description
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature connector

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

9
15
25
37
50

36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT

2903052
2903054
2903055
2903056
2903058

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT

2903063
2903065
2903067
2903069
2903070

Dimensional drawing DFLK-D...SUB...FKCT

36,5

b
+0,2

46

d

36

+0,2

Ø3,2

c

590

PHOENIX CONTACT

b

c

d

DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

a

a

b

Type

Ø3,2

38

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
modules for high density
D-SUB connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 15 to 62-pos.
– Screw and push-in connection
– Metal foot
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are led
directly to a connection terminal block.

D W
H

D W
H

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
1)

15 to 62 positions
with screw connection

Module with double-level terminal blocks

15 to 62 positions
with push-in connection




Technical data

Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
EN 50178
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

125 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M

2904268
2904269
2904270
2904271

1
1
1
1

VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F

2904272
2904273
2904274
2904275

1
1
1
1

VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip
With screw connection 1)
15
With screw connection
26
With screw connection
44
With screw connection
62
15
With push-in connection 1)
With push-in connection
26
With push-in connection
44
With push-in connection
62
VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip

44.90
52.30
82.90
113.50
46.90
52.00
82.50
113.00

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M

2322326
2322375
2322388
2322391

1
1
1
1

With screw connection 1)
With screw connection
With screw connection
With screw connection
With push-in connection 1)
With push-in connection
With push-in connection
With push-in connection

44.90
52.30
82.90
113.50
46.90
52.00
82.50
113.00

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F

2322401
2322414
2322427
2322430

1
1
1
1

15
26
44
62
15
26
44
62

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

591

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Modules for connectors
IEC 60603/DIN 41612

Notes:
Suitable cable housings, see the table on page 620

D W
H

These VARIOFACE interface modules
connect high-position connectors in acc.
with IEC 60603/DIN 41612 to screw
connection terminal blocks.
The following VARIOFACE modules are
available:
– UMK modules with double-level
connection terminal blocks
– UMKS modules with three-level
connection terminal blocks

Type C,
64-position, a, c assembled


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

125 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UMKS- C64M-VS

2970565

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, C 64-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin contact strip
64
135.00
VARIOFACE module, E 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin contact strip
48
123.80
VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin contact strip
48
112.50
VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., snap-on cable housing, with:
- Pin contact strip
48
112.50
VARIOFACE module, D 32-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin contact strip

592

PHOENIX CONTACT

32

135.00

1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

Type E,
48-position, a, c, e assembled

D W
H

Type F,
48-position, z, b, d assembled



Type D,
32-position, a, c assembled


Technical data


Technical data

125 V AC/DC
4A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
4A
-20 °C ... 45 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data

250 V AC/DC
2A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMKS- E48M-VS

2970154

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMKS- F48M-VS

2970714

1

UMKS- F48M-VR

2970167

1

Type

Order No.

UMK- D32M-VS

2970060

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

593

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Modules for ELCO connectors

Notes:
Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 620

D W
H

These modules can be used to connect
ELCO connectors of the 8016 series to
screw connection terminal blocks.
The diagonal position of the ELCO
connector means that the wires leading out
of the cable housing at the side can be led
away without restricting neighboring
modules.

38-pos.


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

25 V AC / 60 V DC
2A
76 A
-20 °C ... 40 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right above
- Pin strip 8016 right below
- Pin strip 8016 left above
- Pin strip 8016 left below

594

PHOENIX CONTACT

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

38
38

101.50
101.50

56
56

157.50
157.50

56
56

77.00
77.00

32
32

101.30
101.30

32
32

101.30
101.30

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC38/38-XOR
UMK- EC38/38-XOL

2976297
2976284

Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

56-pos.

D W
H

56-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks



32-pos.


Technical data


Technical data

125 V AC/DC
1.5 A
28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Technical data

25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A
28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
146.3 mm / 47.5 mm

Ordering data

25 V AC / 60 V DC
2A
32 A (32 branches with 1 A each)
-20 °C ... 40 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/56-XOR
UMK- EC56/56-XOL

2975900
2975890

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

2976161
2976158

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/32-XOR
UMK- EC56/32-XUR

2975858
2975777

1
1

UMK- EC56/32-XOL
UMK- EC56/32-XUL

2975764
2975780

1
1

1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

595

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Modules for ELCO connectors for
use in Ex i circuits

Notes:
Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 621

D W
H

Facts about explosion protection, see page 144

The VARIOFACE modules connect ELCO
connectors of the 8016 series to screw
connection terminal blocks. The modules for
ELCO connectors can be used as simple
electrical equipment for applications in
intrinsically safe circuits as per EN 60079-14.
They fulfill the requirements of intrinsic
safety as per EN 60079-11 (EN 50020) and
can be used for various intrinsically safe
circuits taking into account the pin
configuration.
The voltage of an intrinsically safe circuit
may not exceed 30 V. The voltage difference
between two intrinsically safe circuits can
be up to 60 V.
For clear identification for intrinsically
safe circuits, the modules are fitted with
blue screw connection terminal blocks.
The arrangement of angled ELCO
connectors makes it possible to lead the
lines led out from the cable housing away
from the adjacent modules without any
negative effects.
To separate intrinsically safe and nonintrinsically safe circuits, a distance of at
least 50 mm should be kept between the
connection points using partition plates or
spaces.

596

PHOENIX CONTACT

32-pos.

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

max. 30 V DC
(max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right above
- Pin strip 8016 right below
- Pin strip 8016 left above
- Pin strip 8016 left above
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

32
32

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

101.30
101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR

2900109
2969068

1
1

32
32

101.30
101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL

2900110
2969071

1
1

25
25

78.80
78.80

25
25

77.00
77.00

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
D W
H

D W
H

25-pos.

25-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks


Technical data

Technical data

max. 30 V DC
(max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

max. 30 V DC
(max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
112.5 mm / 52.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/25/EX -R
UMK- EC56/25/EX -L

2900112
2900113

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L

2900114
2900115

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

597

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Modules with RJ45 connector
D W
H

D W
H

– 1:1 connection
– 8-pos., RJ45 connector
– Screw or push-in connection
(direct plug-in technology)
– Connector housing led to separate
connection terminal blocks
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

8-pos.
With srew connection

8-pos.
With push-in connection





1

2

3

8

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

8

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

48 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

48 V AC/DC
1A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

8
8

26.90
26.60

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/RJ45

2900701

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/RJ45

2904290

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with RJ45 connector
With screw connection
With push-in connection

598

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

1

System cabling for controllers
Universal modules
Modules with COMBICON connection

– The slim 10 and 18-pos. VARIOFACE
SLIM-LINE modules connect the front
connection terminal blocks to a
COMBICON header. The corresponding
COMBICON connectors (5.0 mm pitch)
can be found in the COMBICON catalog,
PCB connection technology.
– The 32-pos. module UMK-32
MDSTB/MKKDS 3/R connects screw
connection terminal blocks with coded
COMBICON plug-in screw connectors.

D W
H

D W
H

10 and 18-pos.
With screw connection

32-pos.
With screw connection




1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

30 31 32

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

30 31 32

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Dimensions

D/W

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-10 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
45 mm / 25 mm

250 V AC/DC
3A
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
58.5 mm / 112.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of Module height
pos.
H

VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE module, with a COMBICON header
(without a COMBICON connector)
10
137.00
18
217.00
VARIOFACE module,with COMBICON connector, coded
32

77.00

Type

UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q
UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q

Ordering data
Order No.

2959803
2959502

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R

2970196

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

599

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 10 to 20-pos.
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number

13,5

Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
molded connectors, module types with
UM45 profile and three-level terminal
blocks cannot be connected with the
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
The following module types
(10 to 50-pos.) can be connected.
For example, for 20 positions:
– VIP-2/SC/FLK 20
– VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
– FLKM 20/ZFKDS
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are
not suitable for front adapters
(see the dimensional drawing).

B

26,5

A

5
...FLK10...

A
34

B
46

...FLK14...

37

49

...FLK16...

37

49

...FLK20...

39

51

Unshielded


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
10-position
14-position
16-position
20-position

6.1 mm
6.4 mm
6.8 mm
7.6 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

10
1m
10
2m
10
3m
Round cable, as above, in variable lengths (minimum ordering
quantity five pieces)
10
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M

2318318
2318334
2318347

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/...

2318376

1

14
1m
14
2m
14
3m
Round cable, as above, in variable lengths (minimum ordering
quantity five pieces)
14
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M

2318392
2318415
2318428

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/...

2318457

1

16
1m
16
2m
16
3m
Round cable, as above, in variable lengths (minimum ordering
quantity five pieces)
16
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M

2318473
2318499
2318509

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/...

2318538

1

20
1m
20
2m
20
3m
Round cable, as above, in variable lengths (minimum ordering
quantity five pieces)
20

VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M

2318554
2318570
2318583

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/...

2318619

1

Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Ordering example for system cable:
– 10-pos. cable, 7.6 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2318376

Length [m]
/

7.6
Min.
Max.
Increment

600

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 26 to 50-pos.
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number

13,5

Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
molded connectors, module types with
UM45 profile and three-level terminal
blocks cannot be connected with the
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
The following module types
(10 to 50-pos.) can be connected.
For example, for 20 positions:
– VIP-2/SC/FLK 20
– VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
– FLKM 20/ZFKDS
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are
not suitable for front adapters
(see the dimensional drawing).

B

26,5

A

5
...FLK26...

A
39

B
51

...FLK34...

40

52

...FLK40...

40

52

...FLK50...

42

55

Unshielded


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
26-position
34-position
40-position
50-position

8.3 mm
8.7 mm
9.9 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

26
26
26

1m
2m
3m

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M

2318635
2318651
2318664

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/...

2318693

1

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M

2318716
2318732
2318745

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/...

2318774

1

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M

2318790
2318813
2318826

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/...

2318855

1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M

2318871
2318897
2318907

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/...

2318936

1

Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Round cable, as above, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Round cable, as above, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Round cable, as above, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Round cable, as above, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)

Ordering example for system cable:
– 26-pos. cable, 12.6 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2318693

26
34
34
34

1m
2m
3m

34
40
40
40

1m
2m
3m

40
50
50
50
50

1m
2m
3m

Length [m]
/

12.6
Min.
Max.
Increment

0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

601

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable connector and
an open end
– 1:1 connection
– 10, 14, and 16-pos.
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
marked (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and fitted with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 600

Molded connectors, unshielded

Unshielded




Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

6.1 mm
6.4 mm
6.5 mm

6.1 mm
6.4 mm
6.5 mm

10-position
14-position
16-position

Ordering data
Description
Round cable with an open end

No. of
pos.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
10
Round cable with an open end
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
14
Round cable with an open end
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
16

602

PHOENIX CONTACT

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900122
2900123
2900125
2900126

1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900127

1

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900130
2900131
2900132
2900133

1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900134

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M

2904073
2904074
2904075
2904076
2904077
2904078
2904079
2904080
2904081
2904082

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/...

2904331

1

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000

2305761
2305253
2305266
2305279
2305282
2305295
2305774
2305787
2305790
2305800

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/...

2305732

1

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M

2318127
2318130
2318143
2318156
2318169
2318172
2318185
2318198
2318208
2318211

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

2318224

1

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable connector and
an open end
– 1:1 connection
– 20 and 50-pos.
– Connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
marked (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and fitted with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 600

Molded connectors, unshielded

Unshielded




Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

7.6 mm
10.3 mm

7.6 mm
10.3 mm

20-position
50-position

Ordering data
Description
Round cable with an open end

No. of
pos.

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
20
Round cable with an open end
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
50

Cable length
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M

2900139

1

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900142

1

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900143

1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M

2900147

1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900149

1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900150

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000

2305826
2305305
2305318
2305321
2305334
2305347
2305839
2305842
2305855
2305868

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/...

2305745

1

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000

2305871
2305350
2305363
2305376
2305389
2305392
2305884
2305897
2305907
2305910

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/...

2305758

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

603

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable connector
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled round cables are used to
connect the PLC front adapters to the
corresponding VARIOFACE controller
boards.
The following versions are available with
14 and 50 positions:
– Unshielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free
Connector strips are fitted on both ends
of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable
H05V-K 1 mm2, black).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 608.

Unshielded


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
14-position
50-position

6.4 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2295729
2288901
2288914
2288927
2288930
2288943
2288956
2288969
2288972
2290847
2290834
2290850
2290863

5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299563
2299576

1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289065
2289078
2289081
2289094
2289104
2289117
2289120
2289133
2289573
2289586
2289599
2289609
2289612
2289625
2289638
2289641
2289654
2289667
2289670
2289683

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Assembled round cable1), with two 14-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of eight channels among other things
14
0.3 m
14
0.5 m
14
1m
14
1.5 m
14
2m
14
2.5 m
14
3m
14
3.5 m
14
4m
14
4.5 m
14
5m
14
5.5 m
14
6m
14
7m
14
8m
14
10 m
2
Assembled round cable ), with two 50-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of 32 channels among other things
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

604

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
3.5 m
4m
4.5 m
5m
5.5 m
6m
6.5 m
7m
7.5 m
8m
8.5 m
9m
9.5 m
10 m

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
Color code of system cables
Wire No.

10-pos.

Shield connection at one end

14-pos.

Halogen-free
(cable only)



16-pos.

20-pos.



Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

6.7 mm
11 mm

6.4 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data

26-pos.

34-pos.

40-pos.

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2296977
2296980
2296993
2297002

1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299013

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299026

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK

2305952
2305965
2305978
2305981
2305994
2304759

1
1
1
1
1
1

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK

2304762

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK

2304717

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK

2306003
2314011
2314024
2314037

1
1
1
1

2314134
2314147
2314150
2314163
2314176
2314189

1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299039

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299042
2299055

1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2299097
2299107
2299110
2299123

1
1
1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299136

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299149

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M

2314192

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M

2314202

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M

2314215

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M

2314228

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M

2314231

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299152

2299165

2299178

1

1

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M

2314244

50-pos.

1)

PIN

Wire color

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
White-black
White-brown
White-red
White-orange
White-yellow
White-green
White-blue
White-violet
White-gray
Brown-black
Brown-red
Brown-orange
Brown-yellow
Brown-green
Brown-blue
Brown-violet
Brown-gray
Brown-white
Green-black
Green-brown
Green-red
Green-orange
Green-blue
Green-violet
Green-gray
Green-white
Yellow-black
Yellow-brown
Yellow-red
Yellow-orange
Yellow-blue
Yellow-violet
Yellow-gray
Yellow-white
Gray-black
Gray-brown
Gray-red
Gray-orange
Gray-yellow
Gray-green

Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
Shield connection
(for shielded
cables)

Polarization lug
2)

Polarization lug

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

1

Polarization lug

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Polarization lug
PHOENIX CONTACT

605

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable connector
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled round cables to couple the
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Connector strips are fitted on both ends
of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 608.
Notes:

Unshielded

Outside diameter of the cable
10-pos.: 6 mm
16-pos.: 6.5 mm
20-pos.: 7.6 mm
26-pos.: 7.8 mm
34-pos.: 10 mm



Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description
Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

606

PHOENIX CONTACT

No. of
pos.

Cable length

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299204
2299217
2299220
2299233
2299246
2299259
2299262
2299275
2299288

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299291
2299301
2299314
2299327
2299330
2299343
2299356
2299369
2299372

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK

2296391
2296401
2296472
2296485
2296498
2296508
2296511
2296524
2296537

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299385
2299398
2299408
2299411
2299424
2299437
2299440
2299453
2299466

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299479
2299482
2299495
2299505
2299518
2299521
2299534
2299547
2299550

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable connector
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled round cables are used to
connect the PLC front adapters to the
corresponding VARIOFACE controller
boards.
Connector strips are fitted on both ends
of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 608.

Unshielded


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
40-position

9.9 mm

Ordering data
Description
Round cable2), with two socket strips

1)

No. of
pos.

Cable length

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
3.5 m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

Type
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

Order No.
2288985
2288998
2289007
2289010
2289023
2289036
2289049
2289052
2299589
2299592
2299602

Pcs. /
Pkt.
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
Shield connection
(for shielded
cables)

Polarization lug
2)

Polarization lug

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Shield connection
(for shielded
cables)

Polarization lug

Polarization lug

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

607

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable connector
– 14-pos. socket strip at both ends,
the cable is assembled with 14-pos.
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection); and so on up to
– 50-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 50-pos.
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection);
– 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at one end,
the cable is assembled with a 14-pos.
connector at one end and a
16-pos. connector at the other end (for
SIMATIC S7; no 1:1 connection).

There are two order keys, one for
unshielded round cables, FLK EZ-DR/.../.../...,
and one for shielded round cables,
FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../.... To ensure clear
specification when ordering, the features are
described in detail below:

Special lengths
Pre-assembled round cables for
connecting, e.g., PLC front adapters to the
corresponding VARIOFACE termination
boards. The cables are assembled with
connector strips at both ends according to
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651. For shielded
cables, a cable end with ferrule is available
additionally as a shielded connection (length:
approx. 0.5 m; cable: H05V-K 1 mm2, black).
The order key for special lengths is
described using three features.
The order of the features is as follows:
– Cable type
– Assembly
– Length in meters

Cable type
– This specifies the number of individual
conductors of the specific cable.
Assembly
– None,
the cable is not assembled at either end;
– 10-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 10-pos.
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection);

Features of permissible assemblies:
Cable type
Assembly
No assembly

10-pos. socket strip at both ends

14-pos. socket strip at both ends

10-pos.

14-pos.

16-pos.

10U/C00/...

14U/C00/...

16U/C00/...

10U/C55/...1)

16-pos. socket strip at both ends

14U/C23/...1)

20-pos. socket strip at both ends

16U/C58/...1)

26-pos. socket strip at both ends

Unshielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...
20-pos.

26-pos.

34-pos.

40-pos.

50-pos.

14-pos.

20U/C00/...

26U/C00/...

34U/C00/...

40U/C00/...

50U/C00/...

14S/C00/...
14S/C23/...1)

20U/C61/...1)

34-pos. socket strip at both ends

26U/C63/...1)

40-pos. socket strip at both ends

34U/C65/...1)

50-pos. socket strip at both ends
14-pos. socket strip at one end;
16-pos. socket strip at one end

1)

40-pos.

50-pos.

40S/C00/...

50S/C00/...

16S/C58/...1)

40S/C30/...3)

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.

Shield connection
(for shielded
cables)

3)

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.

Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

Polarization lug

Polarization lug

Shield connection
(for shielded
cables)

Polarization lug

Polarization lug

Ordering example for unshielded round cable:

– Unshielded 50-pos. round cable, assembled with two 50-pos. socket strips, 11.5 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2295059

Cable type
/
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Length [m]4)

Assembly
50U

10U
14U
16U
20U
26U
34U
40U
50U

/

10-pos. unshielded
14-pos. unshielded
16-pos. unshielded
20-pos. unshielded
26-pos. unshielded
34-pos. unshielded
40-pos. unshielded
50-pos. unshielded

C38
C00
C55
C23
C52

=
=
=
=

C58
C61
C63
C65
C30
C38

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

No assembly
10-pos. socket strip at both ends
14-pos. socket strip at both ends
14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
16-pos. socket strip at both ends
20-pos. socket strip at both ends
26-pos. socket strip at both ends
34-pos. socket strip at both ends
40-pos. socket strip at both ends
50-pos. socket strip at both ends

11.50
4)

Min. 0.20 m

Ordering example for shielded round cable:

– Shielded 14-pos. round cable, assembled with two 14-pos. socket strips, 12.75 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2295046

Cable type
/

608

PHOENIX CONTACT

=
=
=
=

14-pos. shielded
16-pos. shielded
40-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

Length [m]4)

Assembly
14S

14S
16S
40S
50S

50S/C38/...2)

14S/C52/...1)
2)

Polarization lug

16-pos.

16S/C00/....

50U/C38/...2)

14U/C52/...1)

Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.

Polarization lug

40U/C30/...3)

Shielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

/

C23
C00 = No assembly
C23 = 14-pos. socket strip at both ends
C52 = 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
C58 = 16-pos. socket strip at both ends
C30 = 40-pos. socket strip at both ends
C38 = 50-pos. socket strip at both ends

/

12.75
4)

Min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables

Unshielded

Shielded




Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
-

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

2295046

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Unshielded round cable, as above, but in variable lengths of type
“FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

2295059

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

609

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
DSUB socket and pin strip
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled shielded round cables
to connect the control level with the
corresponding VARIOFACE interface
modules.
Assembly with D-SUB strips as per
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652, (1:1 connection).
– D-SUB socket strip on one end and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– D-SUB sockets on both ends
– DSUB pin strips on both ends
– Cable outlet: straight
– Screw connection: 2 UNC 4-40 screws
Special lengths and assembly versions are
defined using an order key, refer to page 612.

Socket strip at one end and pin strip
at the other


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
9-position
15-position
25-position
37-position
50-position

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm
12.5 mm
13.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Shielded round cable, fitted with two D-SUB strips, various
numbers of positions and lengths

610

PHOENIX CONTACT

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2299987
2299990
2300009
2302010
2302023
2302036
2302049

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302052
2302065
2302078
2302081
2302094
2302104
2302117

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302120
2302133
2302146
2302159
2302162
2302175
2302188

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m
15 m
20 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302191
2302201
2302214
2302227
2302230
2302243
2302256

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

50
50
50
50
50
50
50

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302269
2302272
2302285
2302298
2302308
2302311
2302324

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
Color code of the system cables
CABLE-D...SUB/...
No. of cores

9-pos.

Socket strip at both ends

Pin strip at both ends



15-pos.


Technical data

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm
12 mm
13.5 mm

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm
12 mm
13.5 mm

Ordering data

25-pos.

37-pos.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305415

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305570

1

2305428
2305431

1
1

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305583
2305596

1
1

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305444

1

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305606

1

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305457
2305460

1
1

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305619
2305622

1
1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305473

1

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305635

1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305486
2305499

1
1

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305648
2305651

1
1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S

2305509

1

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305664

1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S

2305512
2305525
2900759
2900760
2900761
2900762
2900763
2900764

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305677
2305680

1
1

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305541

1

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305693

1

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305554
2305567

1
1

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305703
2305716

1
1

50-pos.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PIN

Core color

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

white
brown
green
yellow
gray
pink
blue
red
black
violet
gray-pink
red-blue
white-green
brown-green
white-yellow
yellow-brown
white-gray
gray-brown
white-pink
pink-brown
white-blue
brown-blue
white-red
brown-red
white-black
brown-black
gray-green
yellow-gray
pink-green
yellow-pink
green-blue
yellow-blue
green-red
yellow-red
green-black
yellow-black
gray-blue
pink-blue
gray-red
pink-red
gray-black
pink-black
blue-black
red-black
white-brown-black
yellow-green-black
gray-pink-black
blue-red-black
white-green-black
green-brown-black

PHOENIX CONTACT

611

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with D-SUB socket and
pin strip
Special lengths
Pre-assembled shielded round cables
for connecting VARIOFACE termination
boards. The cables are assembled with
D-SUB strips in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
The order key is defined by three features.
The features in the appropriate
sequence are:
– Cable type
– Assembly
– Length in meters
There are three assembly variants of the
shielded round cable:
– CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...
D-SUB socket strip on one end and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... D-SUB
socket strip at both ends

– CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... D-SUB pin
strip at both ends
The features necessary for clear
identification of an order are described
below:
Cable type
– The number of individual conductors of
the cable is defined here.

– 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other
end, the cable connects (1:1) a 15-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip; or up to
– 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other
end, the cable connects (1:1) a 50-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip.

Assembly
– (example for CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...)
– None,
the cable is not assembled at either end
– 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
and 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at the other
end, the cable connects (1:1) a 9-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip

Ordering example for round cable assembled with pin strip on one end and socket strip on the other end
– Unshielded 25-pos. round cable, assembled with one 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip, 11.5 mm long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2302340

Cable type
/

25S
09S
15S
25S
37S
50S

=
=
=
=
=

Length [m]1)

Assembly
/

9-pos. shielded
15-pos. shielded
25-pos. shielded
37-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

C36

/

C00 = no assembly
C01 = 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C28 = 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C36 = 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C43 = 37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C49 = 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end

11.50
1)

min. 0.20 m

Ordering example for round cable assembled with socket strip at both ends
– Shielded 37-pos. round cable, assembled with two 37-pos. D-SUB socket strips, 12.75 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2302421

Cable type
/

37S
09S
15S
25S
37S
50S

=
=
=
=
=

Length [m]1)

Assembly
/

9-pos. shielded
15-pos. shielded
25-pos. shielded
37-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

C44
C00
C22
C29
C37
C44
C50

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

no assembly
9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

12.75
1)

min. 0.20 m

Ordering example for round cable assembled with pin strip at both ends
– Shielded 15-pos. round cable, assembled with two 15-pos. D-SUB pin strips, 8.5 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2302434

Cable type
/

15S
09S
15S
25S
37S
50S

612

PHOENIX CONTACT

=
=
=
=
=

9-pos. shielded
15-pos. shielded
25-pos. shielded
37-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

Length [m]1)

Assembly
/

C71
C00
C70
C71
C72
C73
C74

=
=
=
=
=
=

no assembly
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

/

8.50
1)

min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables

Shielded


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Assembled round cable, in variable lengths, pin strip on one
end and socket strip on the other end
Assembled round cable, in variable lengths, socket strip on
both ends
Assembled round cable, in variable lengths, pin strip on both
ends

CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...

2302340

1

CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...

2302421

1

CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...

2302434

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

613

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with
D-SUB socket or pin strip and one open
end
– 1:1 connection
– D-SUB socket or pin strip at one end
– Connector according to
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652
– Gland: 2 UNC 4-40 screws
– Open end at the other end
– Individual wire marking: 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.
– Individual wires fitted with ferrules
– Shield connection: H05V-K 1 mm2 cable,
black, 0.5 m in length

Socket strip at one end and
open end at the other end

Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end




Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm

9-position
15-position
25-position

Ordering data
Description
Round cable with an open end

No. of
pos.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
9
Round cable with an open end
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
15
Round cable with an open end
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
25

614

PHOENIX CONTACT

Cable length
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926014
2926027
2926030
2926043
2926056
2926069
2926072

CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926360
2926373
2926386
2926399
2926409
2926412
2926425

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

2900903

1

CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900909

1

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926085
2926098
2926108
2926111
2926124
2926137
2926140

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926438
2926441
2926454
2926467
2926470
2926483
2926496

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900905

1

CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900910

1

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926153
2926166
2926179
2926182
2926195
2926205
2926218

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926506
2926519
2926522
2926535
2926548
2926551
2926564

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900906

1

CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900911

1

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables

Special lengths of D-SUB cable with open
ends can be configured using separate order
numbers.
Ordering example:
One system cable assembled with a
37-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one open
end, 12.75 m in length:
1 pcs. 2900907/12,75

Socket strip at one end and
open end at the other end

Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end




Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 50 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

12 mm
13.5 mm

12 mm
13.5 mm

37-position
50-position

Ordering data
Description
Round cable with an open end

No. of
pos.

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
37
Round cable with an open end
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Round cable, as above, however in variable lengths
50

Cable length
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926221
2926234
2926247
2926250
2926263
2926276
2926289

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926577
2926580
2926593
2926603
2926616
2926629
2926632

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900907

1

CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900912

1

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926292
2926302
2926315
2926328
2926331
2926344
2926357

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926645
2926658
2926661
2926674
2926687
2926690
2926700

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900908

1

CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900913

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

615

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with a 56-pos.
ELCO/EDAC connector and
an open end
Assembled system cable for connecting
56-pos. EDAC connectors from the
516 series or ELCO connectors from the
8016 series.
– Series 516 EDAC socket connector at
one end
– Metal housing with lateral cable outlet
– Coding sockets in location 1 by default
– Open end at the other end
– Single wire marking: 1, 2, 3, ... 53, 54, Y, Z
(see pin assignment)
– Shield connection on both ends:
H05V-K 1 mm2 cable, black, length: 0.5 m

81
60,5
22,5

46,5

71,2

A

56-pos. system cable

N
N



Notes:
The system cables are designed specifically for the
UMK-EC56/56-XOR (2975900) and UMK-EC56/56-XOL
(2975890) modules.
When using the UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R (2976161) or
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L (2976158) modules, the coding
sockets must be adapted accordingly.
Observe the module and system cable layouts.

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A
0.056 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 60 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 22 / 0.34 mm²
19 / Cu uninsulated

Ordering data
Description

Single wire
marking

EDAC socket
connector

Single wire
marking

EDAC socket
connector

Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Z
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y

m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y

PHOENIX CONTACT

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M

2903395
2903396
2903397
2903398
2903399
2903400
2903401
2903402

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/...

2904025

1

Shielded round cable, assembled with EDAC socket connector at
one end and an open end at the other

Pin assignment

616

No. of
pos.

56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
Shielded round cable, as above, but in variable lengths
56

1m
2m
4m
6m
8m
10 m
15 m
20 m

System cabling for controllers
Universal cables
System cable with 56-pos.
EDAC/ELCO connector
Assembled system cable for connecting
56-pos. EDAC connectors from the 516
series or ELCO connectors from the 8016
series.
– Series 516 EDAC socket connectors at
both ends
– Metal housing with lateral cable outlet
– Coding sockets in location 1 by default
– Shield connection at both ends:
H05V-K 1 mm2 cable, black, length: 0.5 m

81
60,5
22,5

46,5

71,2

A

N
N

Notes:
The system cables are designed specifically for the
UMK-EC56/56-XOR (2975900) and
UMK-EC56/56-XOL (2975890) modules.
When using the UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R (2976161) or
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L (2976158) modules, the coding
sockets must be adapted accordingly.

Technical data

Observe the module and system cable layouts.

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A
0.056 Ω/m
-20 °C ... 60 °C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 22 / 0.34 mm²
19 / Cu uninsulated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

CABLE-EC56-F-F-0,34-S/...

2906066

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Shielded round cable, assembled in various lengths with
EDAC socket connectors at both ends
56

1

Ordering example for system cable:
– 56-pos. cable, 13.50 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2906066

Length [m]
/

13.50
Min.
Max.
Increment

0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

617

System cabling for controllers
Potential distributors
Modules as compact potential
distributors
The VIP-2/.../PDM... modules offer the
following features:
– Two potential levels
– Separate supply
– Screw or push-in connection
– Consecutive marking
– With fuse as an option
The modules UMK-PVB and UMK-PVB 6
have three or six potential levels.

D W
H

D W
H

With screw connection and
2 potential levels

Notes:
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

With push-in connection and
2 potential levels




P1 P1

P1 P1

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P1
.n

.01.02.03.04.05.06.07

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P2
.n

.01.02.03.04.05.06.07

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Supply connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Dimensions

H/D

250 V AC/DC
15 A
30 A (per potential)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.25 - 6 mm² / 0.25 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

65.5 mm / 50 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

.nn

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
15 A
30 A (per potential)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Distribution connection data solid / stranded / AWG

.nn

P2 P2

P2 P2

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminals/8 distributor terminal blocks

50.00

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16

2315256

1

2 power terminals/12 distributor terminal blocks

70.40

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24

2315269

1

2 power terminals/16 distributor terminal blocks

90.80

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32

2315272

1

2 power terminals/24 distributor terminal blocks

131.50

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48

2903717

1

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminals/8 distributor terminal blocks

41.90

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16

2903797

1

2 power terminals/12 distributor terminal blocks

57.10

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24

2903798

1

2 power terminals/16 distributor terminal blocks

67.30

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32

2903799

1

2 power terminals/24 distributor terminal blocks

97.70

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48

2903800

1

VARIOFACE module with 2 busbars for potential distribution
- 2 power terminals/8 distributor terminal blocks
VARIOFACE module, with three busbars (+, -, PE) for
potential distribution, per potential:
(+) two power terminals/48 distributor terminal blocks
(-) two power terminals/24 distributor terminal blocks
(PE) 2 power terminals/72 distributor terminal blocks

97.70

168.80

VARIOFACE module, with six busbars (P1 to P6) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminals/12 distributor terminal blocks

618

PHOENIX CONTACT

123.80

System cabling for controllers
Potential distributors
D W
H

D W
H

With push-in connection and
2 potential levels and eight 6.3 A fuses

D W
H

With screw connection and
3 potential levels



With screw connection and
6 potential levels



P1 P1

P2 P2


+

+

+
-

+
-

P1

P1

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

- - PE PE

-

-

-

-

-

-

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P2

P2

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
P6

P1 .01

.02

PE PE PE PE PE PE PE

P2

.01

.02

.03

P6

.08

.07

.03

.07

PE PE

P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6

.08

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
6.3 A (fuse limited)
30 A (per potential)
-20 °C ... 60 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 10 mm² / 0.2 - 6 mm² / 24 - 8

250 V AC/DC
16 A
16 A (per potential)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.5 - 6 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 10

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

109.8 mm / 51 mm

77 mm / 72 mm

77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data

250 V AC/DC
16 A
16 A (per potential)
-20 °C ... 50 °C
any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/PDM-2/16/FU 6.3A

2903603

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- PVB

2971302

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- PVB 6

2972136

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

619

System cabling for controllers
Tables, dimensional drawings
Modules for IEC 60603/DIN 41612
connectors

Cable housing suitable for snap-in locking:
Type F
32 and 48-pos.

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC38/38-XOR

77

77

Types “B” and “D”
101,3

HARTING

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC38/38-XOL

101,3

Manufacturer

Modules for ELCO connectors

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/56-XOL

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/56-XOR

Cable housing suitable for screw locking:
Manufacturer

Type
C, 64-pos.

Type
D, 32-pos.

ERNI

KSG 173...

KSG 173...

AMP

826196-1

826196-1

77

1

X2
2

X11

3

4

4

5

X3
6

6

8

7

9

9

10

X4

11

12

13

14

15

X5

16

17

18

19

20

21

X6

22

23

24

25

26

27

X7

28

29

30

31

32

X8

33
39

X9

41

42
44

43
45

46

X10

47

48
50

49
51

X11

54
52

Y

53

40

38

37

36

35

34

157,5

8

X10

11

10

13

12

15

14

X9

17

16
18

19
21

20

X8

23

22
24

25
27

26

X7

29

28
30

31
33

32

X6

35

34

37

36
38

X5

41

40

43

42
44

X4

47

46

49

48

X3

51

50

53
X2

54
52

39

826198-1

45

KSG 203...

–

Y

KSG 173...

AMP

157,5

ERNI

NN

Type
F, 32 and 48-pos.

7

A

Type
E, 48-pos.

NN

Manufacturer

A

5

2

3

Z

Z

1

Cable housing suitable for screw locking:

77

Pin assignment
UMK-EC38/38...

Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/56...

Terminal
block

Terminal
block

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
CC

Pin strip
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
BB
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
RR
SS
TT
CC

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R

77

146,3

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y

Pin strip
Z
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y (shield)

77

146,3

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOL

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOR

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XUL

77

77

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XUR

77

77

101,3

101,3

101,3

101,3

A
NN

620

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Tables, dimensional drawings
Modules for ELCO connectors with
protection type Ex i

77

1

1

1
3

9

13

14
16

19
20

101,3

15
17

13
15
16

27

28

Y

29
32

32

Y

Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOL

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOR

77

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/L

77

1
1
3

4

4

3
5

6
5

7

8
7

9

10

10

9
11

12

12

11
13

14

14

13
15

16

16

101,3

19

101,3

15
17

18
20

18
17
20
19

21

22

22

21
23

24

24

23

A

25

26

26

25
27

28

28

27
29

30

30

29
31

32

32

31
Y

Y

Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/R

Pin assignment
UMK-EC90/32/EX...

Y

DB

A

DB

6
8

H
J
L
M
P
X
Z
AA
AC
AD
AM
ON
AR
AS
AU
BC
AZ
BA
BJ
BK
BM
BN
BR
BY
CA
CB
CD
CE
CN
CP
CS
CT

112,5

2

2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Y
Y

31
Y

Pin strip

Y
Y

Y
30

31

24

Y
Y

27
29

23

NN

23

26

30

21

24

25

28

22

22

NN

24

25

20
19

21

23

26

18
17

20

21

24

16
15

19

19

23

14
13

17
18

20
22

22

11

14

18
17

21

12

12

13
15

16
18

10
9

11

A

12

14

7

10

11

A

A

11

8

8

9

12

5
7

10

10

6

6

7
9

3
5

8

8

4

4
6

5
7

1
3

3
5

6

2

2
4

4

101,3

77

2

2

Terminal
block

77

DB

A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
NN + Y

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/25/EX-R

DB

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Y

A

N.C.
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y (shield)

77

ELCO
connector

DB

X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y

ELCO
connector

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/25/EX-L

78,8

Terminal
block

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUR

78,8

Terminal
block

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUL

77

Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/32-...

112,5

Channel
1
2

77

Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/...

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Pin assignment
UMK-EC 56/25/EX/...
Terminal
block

Pin strip

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

C
D
E
F
N
P
R
S
a
b
d
j
k
l
s
t
u
v
BB
CC
DD
EE
MM
NN

Y

Y

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

Channel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

PHOENIX CONTACT

621

Technical information

Quality in quantity

Integrated management system
The aim of the Phoenix Contact integrated
management system is to coordinate all the
requirements regarding products, processes,
and organization.
Statutory and regulatory requirements, as
well as those of international standards and
our customers, are met and, in some cases,
even exceeded in all phases of the product
lifecycle.
The Phoenix Contact management system
is monitored by internationally recognized
independent bodies each year to ensure that
quality, environmental protection, energy
efficiency, and occupational safety have been
integrated in conformance with the relevant
requirements. Certification in accordance
with international standards ISO 9001,
ISO 14001, ISO 50001, and BS OHSAS 18001
is the result of our corporate philosophy of
meeting the needs of our customers, staff,
and environment as best as possible. They
serve as the basis for innovative products
with the familiar high Phoenix quality
standard, actively practiced environmental
protection through efficient production and
products that conserve resources, and
responsibility in the field of occupational
health and safety. It goes without saying that
we integrate all further requirements of
standards, international approvals or special
customer requirements into our company
processes.
This system provides a building block for
the success of the Phoenix Contact Group
and its products and services.
CE marking
CE marking was introduced as an
important instrument for the free movement
of goods and services within the single
European market. By attaching the mark to a
product, the manufacturer confirms that it
complies with all applicable European Union
(EU) directives. EC directives describe the
product properties with regard to device
safety and avoiding danger. These are legally
binding regulations of the European Union
(EU). In other words, compliance with the
requirements is a statutory condition for
622

PHOENIX CONTACT

marketing the product within the EU.
Where applicable, the products that our
company currently manufactures fall within
the scope of the following directives:
– 2006/95/EC and 2014/35/EU
Electrical equipment designed for use
within certain voltage limits (Low-Voltage
Directive)
– 2004/108/EC and 2014/30/EU
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC Directive)
– 2004/22/EC and 2014/32/EU
Measuring instruments
– 2006/42/EC
Safety of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
– 94/9/EC and 2014/34/EU
Equipment and protective systems
intended for use in potentially explosive
areas (ATEX Directive)
– 1999/5/EC
R&TTE Directive and
2014/53/EU
Radio Equipment Directive
The standards upon which the specified
directives are based have been part of our
standard of development for a long time. This
guarantees conformance with European
directives. The numbers of the directives
indicate their version at the time of
publication. In the event of changes to
directives and/or standards, our products will
undergo conformity assessment again in good
time and a new declaration of conformity will
be issued promptly. The current declarations
for each product can also be found in our
download area.
The EMC Directive occupies a special place
among the European directives listed. It
defines electromagnetic compatibility as a
fundamental property of devices based on
mandatory guidelines. European Law
therefore acknowledges the electromagnetic
compatibility of devices and systems as an
important condition for error-free operation
of machinery and systems. Phoenix Contact is
one of the leading international companies in
surge protection, and therefore possesses
broad expertise in EMC. This expertise and
the experience gained over years of
developing and applying industrial interface
and communication technology have resulted
in our products having an extremely high
standard of quality with regard to
electromagnetic compatibility. It was with a
view to providing other companies with this
expertise that our associate company,
Phoenix Testlab, was founded. Phoenix
Testlab GmbH is an independent, accredited
service provider offering EMC testing that
conforms to European standards. At Phoenix
Testlab, devices are also tested with regard to
their electrical safety, mechanical influences,
and their behavior in relation to
environmental influences. Furthermore,
Phoenix Testlab is a “Notified Body” in

accordance with EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
and according to R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC
for radio and telecommunications terminal
equipment. As a “Telecom Certification
Body” (TCB), Phoenix Testlab may also
approve these products for markets in the
USA, Canada, and Japan.

Standards and regulations
All relevant standards and regulations are
used as the basis for the development and
maintenance of our products.
International standards are subject to
continuous changes as a result of
harmonization and new developments. In line
with this process, the current version of all
standards that are relevant to our products is
documented in the product area on our
website at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Online product information service on
the web
Phoenix Contact's product range is growing
constantly.
Due to our commitment to product
monitoring, all products are subject to
improvement.
The Internet is an ideal platform to quickly
communicate new product developments and
improvements to the market.
You can quickly access the relevant Phoenix
Contact website for your region via
www.phoenixcontact.com. Here, you will
always find the latest overview of products,
solutions, and services from Phoenix
Contact. This includes technical documents,
such as data sheets and user manuals, the
latest driver and demo software, plus a means
of contacting the appropriate contact person
directly.

Technical information

Shock protection
Finger safety
60

200

Back of hand safety
Example: pressure actuation

Finger safety

Back of hand safety

The accident prevention regulations
BGV A 2 issued by the German employer's
liability insurance association for precision
mechanics and electrical engineering apply
to the operators of electrical systems and
are aimed at the prevention of electrical
accidents by means of special safety
requirements.
These regulations contain specifications
regarding the safety distances for work,
operation, and occasional handling in the
proximity of “live parts” in low-voltage
systems up to 1000 V ~ or 1500 V –.
– Work with live parts is only permitted
once they have been de-energized.
Operational activities are only permitted
in the vicinity of live parts if these parts
are de-energized or are protected against
direct contact (§ 6). The following safety
measures apply when working in the
vicinity of live parts:
– Provision of the de-energized state for
the duration of the work
– Ensure shock protection is in place in the
form of covers or barriers during the work
– Assurance that the permitted proximity
limits will not be violated (§ 7).
The term “occasional handling” has been
introduced for the operation of elements
such as pushbuttons, rocker arms or rotary
buttons in the proximity of live parts.
According to VDE 0105-1, this is covered
by “operation with partial protection
against direct contact”.
Detailed specifications for “occasional
handling” can be found in DIN VDE 0106100. This specifies to what degree live parts
in the proximity of operating elements are
to be protected against contact. The basis
for this is the definition
of a “protection area for occasional
handling”; this is the area into which the
user must reach in order to handle the
machine.

The most important thing is that an area
formed by an even envelope curve 30 mm in
radius must surround the live parts. This
area must be touch proof, i.e., the live
parts of the electrical device must not be
within reach of the VDE test finger
according to IEC 60529/DIN VDE 0470-1
(test finger).
Back of hand safety is specified for the
“rest of the area” up to 100 mm around the
operating element. Back of hand safety
means that when a force of 50 N is applied
to a ball with a diameter of 50 mm, this does
not come into contact with the live parts of
the equipment. No special measures for
ensuring contact safety are stipulated
outside this area.
Note: systems and equipment that are
operated with SELV up to 25 V ~ or 60 V –
are considered to be protected against
“direct contact”.
According to § 5, Subsection 4 of the BGV
A 2 regulations, there is no need to test the
condition of the system prior to initial
startup if the company has confirmation
from the manufacturer or installer that the
electrical systems and equipment conform
to BGV A 2. The confirmation required
relates to systems and equipment that have
been installed and are ready for operation
and can only be issued by the installer or
installation company. The manufacturer of
the electrical equipment can only issue a
confirmation that products have been
produced in accordance with the relevant
electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations
stipulated in BGV A 2. The installer must
bear this in mind when selecting the
equipment to be used.
In the field of connection technology,
Phoenix Contact offers a wide range of
products that are touch proof or that can
be protected against contact using covers.
Depending on the conditions, all of this

must be taken into account when selecting
the individual types of terminal block and
accessories.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

623

Technical information

Quality features of insulating housing
Thermoplastics
The majority of our insulating housing
is made from thermoplastic materials. Roughly
speaking, these can be divided into
amorphous and semi-crystalline substances.
Thermoplastics are processed using the
efficient and environmentally-friendly injection
molding process. They have good recycling
properties and can be re-used. We use many
materials that are modified in different ways to
meet the demanding requirements that
electrical and electronic modules, devices, and
systems have to meet with regard to their
mechanical, thermal, and electrical properties.
Behavior of plastics under the
influence of temperature (operating
temperatures, mechanical influences)
All plastics undergo a process referred to as
thermal aging when they are subjected to heat
over long periods. This process causes
changes in the mechanical and electrical
properties of the material. External influences,
e.g., radiation, additional mechanical, chemical
or electrical stresses, amplify this effect.
Special tests on samples can yield
characteristic data which provides a good
means of drawing comparisons between
different plastics. However, applying these
characteristics to an evaluation of molded
plastic parts is only possible to a limited
extent, and can only give the designer a rough
guide when it comes to selecting a plastic
material. This catalog uses the following
assessment criteria: the RTI value according
to UL746B/ANSI 746 B (elec. based on
electric strength) and the Ti value according
to IEC 60216-1 (based on a 50% reduction in
tensile strength after 20,000 hours).
IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1 specifies a
permissible temperature increase of 45 K for
terminal blocks under nominal load. Phoenix
Contact terminal blocks meet this
requirement.
The properties of plastics are not only
affected by the influence of heat as described
above; they also undergo changes as a result of
cold influences. When subjected to cold as
well as low levels of humidity, plastics become
increasingly brittle with the result that they
are no longer capable of withstanding the
same mechanical loads. As the table on the
right shows, the plastics concerned can be
used down to a temperature of -40°C, but
only without a mechanical load. As far as the
products presented in the catalog are
concerned, it is the ambient temperature
specified in each case that is to be regarded as
definitive for operation. Regardless of the
plastics used, this may be subject to further
restrictions (e.g., limited to -20°C) as a result
of the components used or other restrictive
624

PHOENIX CONTACT

parameters.
At very low temperatures, this means that
any form of mechanical load on the plastic
components must be avoided (e.g., mounting
of products on/removal of products from the
DIN rail, actuation of terminal points,
locking/ejection of relays from bases, prizing
out of jumpers, bending of cables and lines,
etc.), as there is always an associated risk of
damage. Unless otherwise indicated, it is
recommended that you carry out the
specified mounting/operational tasks in a
temperature range from -10°C to +40°C.
Inflammability characteristics of
plastics (UL 94)
The inflammability tests for plastics have
been defined by the Underwriters Laboratory
(USA) in regulation UL 94. This applies to all
usage ranges, but in particular to electrical
engineering. A horizontal or vertical test is
carried out at the test laboratory to
determine the inflammability of the plastic
material with a naked flame. In order of
increasing flame-retardant behavior, the
evaluation classes are HB, V2, V1, V0, and 5V.
Test results are recorded on “yellow cards”
and are published annually in the Recognized
Component Directory.
Thermoplastics:
non-reinforced polyamide, PA
We use the modern, semi-crystalline
polyamide insulation material, which has now
become an essential component in electrical
engineering and electronics. It has long
occupied a leading position and is authorized
for use by the relevant approval authorities
such as the CSA, NEMKO, KEMA, PTB, SEV,
UL, VDE, etc.
Polyamide also has excellent electrical,
mechanical, chemical, and other properties,
even at high operating temperatures. Brief
peak temperatures up to approximately
200°C are permitted as a result of heat aging
stabilization. Depending on the type (PA 4.6,
6.6, 6.10, etc.), its melting point is in the region
of 215°C to 295°C.
Polyamide absorbs moisture from its
surroundings, on average 2.8%. However, this
moisture is not in the form of crystallization
water in the plastic itself, but chemically
bonded H O groups in the molecule
structure. This makes the plastic flexible and
resistant to breakage, even at temperatures as
low as -40°C. According to UL 94, PA belongs
to inflammability class V2 to V0.
2

Thermoplastics: polyester, PBT
We use the semi-crystalline thermoplastic
polyester in non-reinforced and fiberglassreinforced variants for special applications
which require increased dimensional and form
stability.
In addition to the high operating
temperature, the material is characterized by
excellent mechanical strength and hardness,
and does not absorb moisture from its
surroundings. PBT is therefore particularly
suitable for strips, for example, which are
soldered onto PCBs and subsequently have to
pass a burn-in test while they are subjected to
heat. According to UL 94, PBT belongs to
inflammability class V2 to V0.
Thermoplastics: polycarbonate, PC
Polycarbonate combines many advantages
such as rigidity, impact strength, transparency,
dimensional stability, good insulation
properties, and resistance to heat.
This amorphous material only absorbs
moisture to a very limited degree, and is used
for items such as large, rigid electronic
component housing.
In its transparent form, polycarbonate is
particularly suitable for use as a material for
cover profiles or marking materials.
PC has good resistance properties against
mineral acids, saturated aliphatic
hydrocarbons, gasoline, greases, and oils.
The material is less resistant to solvents,
benzene, lyes, acetone, and ammonia. Strain
cracks may result from contact with certain
chemicals.
According to UL 94, PC belongs to
inflammability class V2 to V0.
Thermoplastics:
polycarbonate fiber-reinforced, PC-F
Compared to non-reinforced materials,
fiber-reinforced polycarbonates feature
greater rigidity, impact strength, and operating
temperature. In other respects, their
properties are largely identical to those of
non-reinforced polycarbonate.

Technical information

Thermoplastics: ABS
We use the thermoplastic molding
compound ABS for products which must have
good impact and notched impact properties in
addition to high mechanical stability and
rigidity. The products are resistant to
chemicals and stress cracking due to their
special surface quality and hardness.
The characteristic thermal properties
provide good dimensional stability at both low
and high temperatures. Products made from
ABS can be coated with metallic surfaces, e.g.,
nickel.
Properties

Unit/level

Polyamide
PA

Polyester
PBT

Polycarbonate
PC

Polycarbonate
PC-F

ABS

°C

 105

 105

 125

 120

 80

Minimum temperature (without mechanical load)

°C

-40

-40

-40

-40

-40

Electric strength acc. to IEC 60243-1/DIN VDE 0303-21

kV/cm

600

400

> 300

850

Resistance to creepage IEC 60112/DIN VDE 0303-1

CTI...M

550

225

175

200

CTI...

600

225

175

Good

Good

Good

Operating temperature

RTI */**

The inflammability class of the molding
compound used is HB to V0 according to
UL 94.

Tropical and termite resistance
Specific contact resistance
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31

 cm

1012

1016

> 1016

Surface resistance
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31



1010

1013

> 1014

V2-V0

V0

V2-V0

Inflammability class according to UL 94
* According to UL 746 B/ANSI 746 B (elec.)

EMC: Class A product:

Dimensions: Width/Height/Depth
D

D

W

600

> 1014

1014
1013

V0

HB - V0

** Minimum value

Dimensions

H

175

W
H

The dimensions “Width/Height/Depth”
are defined as follows for all DIN-railmountable products in the INTERFACE
range:
– Width: measurement taken along the
DIN rail
– Height: measurement taken across the
DIN rail
– Depth: measurement taken starting from
the mounting plate and including the
NS 35/7,5 DIN rail (EN 60715)
The width, height, and depth never change,
even if the products shown in this catalog
happen to be photographed from two
different perspectives (horizontal or vertical).
To make things easier for you, one of the
above two symbols has been included next to
each product photo:

In accordance with statutory regulations,
our products are indicated with this
footnote if they are intended for use in
industrial environments. This means that
the permitted limit values for residential
applications may be exceeded in the event
of conducted and emitted disturbance
variables. In such cases, the operator may
have to take additional safety measures in
order to ensure electromagnetic
compatibility in residential applications.

Note:
Subject to changes that serve
the purpose of technical progress.

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

625

Technical information

Connection cross section
The rated cross section of terminal blocks
must be specified by the manufacturer
according to IEC 60947-7-1. The rated cross
section is the maximum conductor cross
section that can be connected in single, multi
or fine-strand versions subject to specific
thermal, mechanical, and electrical
requirements.
The manufacturer must also specify the
rated connection capacity, i.e., the area of
the conductor that can be connected, as well
as the number of conductors that can be
connected simultaneously and the necessary
preparation of the conductor ends. The
conductors can be solid (single or multi-

designed to allow copper cables to be
connected to them without any special
treatment. “Special treatment” or the use of
ferrules – both permitted according to
IEC 60947-7-1 – are not required. If ferrules
are nevertheless used to protect stranded
conductors against splicing, the connection
capacity of the stranded conductor is
generally reduced by one level.

strand) or stranded (fine-strand).
These values can be found in the productspecific technical data.
The rated connection capacity of Phoenix
Contact terminal blocks usually exceeds
standard requirements, which specify that it
must only be possible to connect one
conductor with one of the two next smallest
cross sections, excluding the rated cross
section (standardized for the cross section
range from 0.2 to 35 mm2).
In addition, conductors with a rated cross
section can usually be wired with ferrules with
plastic sleeve.
Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are

Structure and dimensions of connecting cables
Cross
section

[mm2]
0.2
0.5
0.75
1
–
1.5
–
2.5
–
4
–
6
–

Single-strand
Diameter
max.
dimension
0.5
0.9
1.0
1.2
–
1.5
–
1.9
–
2.4
–
2.9
–

Number of
wires

1
1
1
1
–
1
–
1
–
1
–
1
–

Multi-strand
Diameter
max.
dimension

Fine-strand

Number of
wires
(minimum
number)

–
1.1
1.2
1.4
–
1.7
–
2.2
–
2.7
–
3.3
–

–
7
7
7
–
7
–
7
–
7
–
7
–

Diameter
max.
dimension
–
1.1
1.3
1.5
–
1.8
–
2.3
–
2.9
–
3.9
–

Number of
wires
(guide
value)
–
16
24
32
–
30
–
50
–
56
–
84
–

American Wire Gauge [AWG]
Gauge No.

AWG

Solid wires

[

24
20
18
(17)
16
(15)
14
(13)
12
(11)
10
(9)
8

mm]
0.51
0.81
1.02
1.15
1.29
1.45
1.63
1.83
2.05
2.30
2.59
2.91
3.26

[circ. mils]
404
1022
1620
2050
2580
3260
4110
5180
6530
8230
10380
13100
16510

Stranded wires

[mm2]
0.21
0.52
0.82
1.04
1.31
1.65
2.08
2.63
3.31
4.17
5.26
6.63
8.37

[

mm]
–
0.97
1.16
–
1.50
–
1.85
–
2.41
–
2.95
–
3.73

[circ. mils]
–
1111
1600
–
2580
–
4100
–
6500
–
10530
–
16625

[mm2]
–
0.56
0.82
_
1.32
_
2.09
–
3.32
_
5.37
_
8.48

Tightening torque of terminal block screws
IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, modified, Table 4
specifies tightening torques for screw
connections based on the screw size for
electrical and mechanical type tests.

Extract from IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, Table 4

The torque according to IEC and the recommended torque for Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are specified
Thread

Head screw with slot
Torque

Recommended
tightening torque

[Nm]
M2.5 (M2.6)
M3
M3.5
M4

[Nm]

0.4
0.5
0.8
1.2

0.4-0.5
0.5-0.6
0.8-1.0
1.2-1.5

Current carrying capacity
Standard IEC 60947-7-1/
EN 60947-7-1/DIN VDE 0611-1 specifies the
test currents for the individual conductor
cross sections listed in the adjacent table. The
corresponding currents are listed with the
connection data for the individual terminal
blocks. The type tests of terminal blocks are
based on this data.

626

PHOENIX CONTACT

Test currents according to IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1, Table 5
Rated cross section
Test current

[mm2]

0.2

0.5

0.75

1.0

1.5

2.5

4

6

10

16

[A]

4

6

9

13.5

17.5

24

32

41

57

76

Technical information

Certification bodies and safety marks
Certification bodies and approvals

Country
code

j

IECEE CB Scheme
(in combination with certifying body)

International

CCA

CENELEC Certification Agreement
(CCA inspection report)
(in combination with certifying body)

EU

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

CA

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
- CSA approval for the USA -

US

Canadian Standards Association.
(CSA) Combined logo
- CSA approval for Canada and the USA -

CA
US

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

X

Explosion protection

Country
code

International
Electrotechnical Commission

International



DEKRA Certification B.V.

NL

p

Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt

Country
code

Ship classification societies



Bureau Veritas

FR

F

Germanischer Lloyd AG

DE

DE

x

Lloyd's Register of Shipping

GB

KIWA Nederland B.V.

NL

m

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

JP



QS Schaffhausen AG

CH

Det Norske Veritas

NO

US

!

VTT Expert Services Oy

FI

Polski Rejestr Statków

PL

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
- UL approval for Canada -

CA



IBExU Institut für Sicherheitstechnik
GmbH

DE

Russian Maritime Register of Shipping

RU

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL) Combined logo
- UL approval for the USA and Canada -

US
CA

w

TÜV Rheinland do Brasil

BR

d

Korean Register of Shipping

KR

INSIEME PER LA QUALITA'E LA
SICUREZZA

IT

$

Technischer Überwachungsverein Nord

DE

l

American Bureau of Shipping

US

Eurasian Conformity

BY
KZ
RU



DEKRA EXAM GmbH

DE



DEKRA Certification B.V.

NL

C

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

CA

K

Österreichischer Verband für
Elektrotechnik

AT

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
- CSA approval for the USA -

US

s

electrosuisse SEV
Verband für Elektro-,
Energie- und Informationstechnik

CH

Canadian Standards Association.
(CSA) Combined logo
- CSA approval for Canada and the USA -

CA
US

J

Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e.V.
(VDE)
– Approval of drawings
– Reports with production monitoring

DE

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

US



Berufsgenossenschaft (BG)
GS - Geprüfte Sicherheit

DE

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
- UL approval for Canada -

CA




T


Intertek ETL Listed
- Approval for the USA -

US

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL) Combined logo
- UL approval for the USA and Canada -

US
CA

Intertek ETL Listed
- Approval for Canada -

CA

FM Approvals

US

Intertek ETL Listed
- Approval for the USA and Canada -

US
CA

Eurasian Conformity for Ex-products

BY
KZ
RU

TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH

DE

China Compulsory Certificate

CN

C
+
&

,
*

A

a

u

g



V

&
,

A

a

u

f

o
z
y

For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

627

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

B

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2900905
2900910
2926085
2926098

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2304678
2304681
2305473
2305486

491
491
611
611

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN

2903469
2903477
2321648
2321101

507
507
513
521

BRIDGE- 2
BRIDGE- 2-3M
BRIDGE- 3
BRIDGE- 3-3M

2900746
2901543
2900747
2901656

30
31
30
31

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926108
2926111
2926124
2926137

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2305499
2302120
2302133
2302146

611
610
610
610

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340

2321020
2903470
2903478
2321651

521
507
507
513

BRIDGE- 4
BRIDGE- 4-3M
BRIDGE- 5
BRIDGE- 5-3M

2900748
2901659
2900749
2901545

30
31
30
31

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926140
2926438
2926441
2926454

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302159
2302162
2302175
2302188

610
610
610
610

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL

2321114
2321033
2903471
2903479

521
521
507
507

BRIDGE- 6
BRIDGE- 6-3M
BRIDGE- 7
BRIDGE- 7-3M

2900750
2901697
2900751
2901698

30
31
30
31

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926467
2926470
2926483
2926496

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/...

2305635
2305648
2305651
2302706

611
611
611
506

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL

2321664
2321127
2321046
2903472

513
521
521
507

BRIDGE- 8
BRIDGE- 8-3M
BRIDGE- 9
BRIDGE- 9-3M

2900752
2901700
2900753
2901701

30
31
30
31

CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2900906
2900911
2926153
2926166

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I

2302696
2302515
2302476
2302528

506
506
506
506

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT

2903480
2321677
2321130
2321059

507
513
521
521

BRIDGE-10
BRIDGE-10-3M
BRIDGE-PT 2
BRIDGE-PT 3

2900754
2901702
2904490
2904491

30
31
31
31

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926179
2926182
2926195
2926205

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I

2302489
2302531
2302492
2302544

506
506
506
506

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN

2903473
2903481
2321680
2321143

507
507
513
521

BRIDGE-PT
BRIDGE-PT
BRIDGE-PT
BRIDGE-PT

4
5
6
7

2904492
2904493
2904494
2904495

31
31
31
31

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926218
2926506
2926519
2926522

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S

2302502
2305509
2305512
2305525

506
611
611
611

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340

2321062
2903474
2903482
2321693

521
507
507
513

BRIDGE-PT 8
BRIDGE-PT 9
BRIDGE-PT 10

2904496
2904497
2904498

31
31
31

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926535
2926548
2926551
2926564

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S

2900759
2900760
2900761
2900762

611
611
611
611

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL

2321156
2321075
2903475
2903483

521
521
507
507

CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2900907
2900912
2926221
2926234

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2900763
2900764
2302191
2302201

611
611
610
610

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340

2321703
2321169
2321088
2903748

513
521
521
513

C

CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M
CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...
CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...

2701626
2302421
2302434
2302340

456
613
613
613

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926247
2926250
2926263
2926276

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302214
2302227
2302230
2302243

610
610
610
610

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT

2903502
2321716
2321253
2321172

507
513
521
521

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC

2321334
2321347
2321350
2321376

535
535
535
535

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926289
2926577
2926580
2926593

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302256
2305664
2305677
2305680

610
611
611
611

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT

2903503
2321729
2321266
2321185

507
513
521
521

CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC

2321363
2314655
2314671
2318978

535
535
535
535

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926603
2926616
2926629
2926632

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2305541
2305554
2305567
2302269

611
611
611
610

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT

2903504
2321732
2321279
2321198

507
513
521
521

CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2314684
2322773
2314778
2305415

535
535
535
611

CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2900908
2900913
2926292
2926302

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302272
2302285
2302298
2302308

610
610
610
610

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT

2903505
2321745
2321282
2321208

507
513
521
521

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305428
2305431
2299987
2299990

611
611
610
610

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926315
2926328
2926331
2926344

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302311
2302324
2305693
2305703

610
610
611
611

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT

2903506
2321758
2321295
2321211

507
513
521
521

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2300009
2302010
2302023
2302036

610
610
610
610

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926357
2926645
2926658
2926661

615
615
615
615

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-EC56-F-F-0,34-S/...
CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/...
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M

2305716
2906066
2904025
2903395

611
617
616
616

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT

2903507
2321761
2321305
2321224

507
513
521
521

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302049
2305570
2305583
2305596

610
611
611
611

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926674
2926687
2926690
2926700

615
615
615
615

CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M

2903396
2903397
2903398
2903399

616
616
616
616

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT

2903508
2321774
2321318
2321237

507
513
521
521

CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M

2900903
2900909
2926014
2926027

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S

2305444
2305457
2305460
2302052

611
611
611
610

CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M
CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/...

2903400
2903401
2903402
2302845

616
616
616
508

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT

2903509
2321787
2321321
2321240

507
513
521
521

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M

2926030
2926043
2926056
2926069

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302065
2302078
2302081
2302094

610
610
610
610

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN

2302858
2304241
2304225
2304254

508
508
508
508

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN

2304209
2304186
2903749
2304212

508
508
513
508

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2926072
2926360
2926373
2926386

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302104
2302117
2305606
2305619

610
610
611
611

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...
CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/...
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL

2304238
2302816
2302832
2903468

508
508
508
507

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/...
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M

2304199
2904331
2904073
2904074

508
602
602
602

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926399
2926409
2926412
2926425

614
614
614
614

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812

2305622
2304649
2304652
2304665

611
491
491
491

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT

2903476
2321635
2321091
2321017

507
513
521
521

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M

2904075
2904076
2904077
2904078

602
602
602
602

628

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M

2904079
2904080
2904081
2904082

602
602
602
602

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2964283
2964348
2940207
2941536

474
475
464
464

EB 80- DIK WH
EEM-2AO-MA600
EEM-2DIO-MA600
EEM-ETH-MA600

2715788
2901475
2901371
2901373

461
240
240
241

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900576
2900691
2900575
2900578

23
23
23
23

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200

2305761
2305253
2305266
2305279

602
602
602
602

DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941659
2940210
2964678
2941361

464
464
469
465

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
EEM-IMP-MA400
EEM-IMP-MA600
EEM-MA200

2901374
2904314
2904313
2901362

241
242
242
239

ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2

2905157
2905159
2903902
2903904

21
21
22
22

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600

2305282
2305295
2305774
2305787

602
602
602
602

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10
DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961752
2964623
2941387
2961749

465
465
465
465

EEM-MA250
EEM-MA400
EEM-MA600
EEM-MA600-24DC

2901363
2901364
2901366
2902352

239
239
238
238

ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903906
2905138
2905139
2900582

22
21
21
22

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M

2305790
2305732
2305800
2318127

602
602
602
602

DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10

2964636
2941374
2964296
2964322

465
465
465
465

EEM-MEMO-MA600
EEM-MKT-DRA
EEM-PB 12-MA600
EEM-RS485-MA400

2901370
2902078
2901418
2901365

240
243
241
241

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900414
2900421
2900692
2900420

22
22
22
22

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M

2318130
2318143
2318156
2318169

602
602
602
602

DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800
DEK-REL- 5/I/1
DEK-REL- 5/O/1
DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT

2964649
2941183
2941170
2964063

465
462
463
463

EEM-RS485-MA600
EEM-TEMP-MA600
EIK1-SVN-24P
EL1-P16

2901367
2901949
2940799
2833547

241
243
476
378

ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2900422
2905151
2905152
2900538

22
21
21
23

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M

2318172
2318185
2318198
2318208

602
602
602
602

DEK-REL- 24/1/S
DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN
DEK-REL- 24/I/1
DEK-REL- 24/O/1

2964131
2964050
2940171
2941154

467
463
462
463

EL1-P25
EL2-P35
EL3-M52
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20

2833550
2833592
2833628
2297138

378
384
347
44

ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET

2900539
2902952
2902953
2902954

23
29
29
29

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100

2318224
2318211
2305826
2305305

602
602
603
603

DEK-REL-G24/21
DEK-TR/INV
DFLK 10/FKCT
DFLK 14/FKCT

2964500
2964319
2903034
2903035

461
477
583
583

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30

2297154
2297170
2297141
2297167

45
45
44
45

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2902746
2902744
2902745
2963598

29
29
29
42

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300

2305318
2305321
2305334
2305347

603
603
603
603

DFLK 16
DFLK 16/FKCT
DFLK 20
DFLK 20/FKCT

2280239
2903036
2280242
2903038

582
583
582
583

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50
ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2

2297183
2297277
2297280
2297196

45
39
39
38

ELR W1/ 6-24DC
ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2

2982090
2297374
2297387
2297293

42
37
37
36

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/...

2305839
2305842
2305855
2305745

603
603
603
603

DFLK 26
DFLK 26/FKCT
DFLK 34
DFLK 34/FKCT

2280255
2903039
2280268
2903041

582
583
582
583

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297219
2297235
2297206
2297222

39
39
38
39

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297316
2297332
2297303
2297329

37
37
36
37

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M

2305868
2314134
2314147
2314150

603
605
605
605

DFLK 40
DFLK 40/FKCT
DFLK 50
DFLK 50/FKCT

2280271
2903042
2280284
2903043

582
583
582
583

ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16
ELR 5011 IP PN
ELR 5011-2 IP PN
ELR 5030 IP PN

2297248
2700745
2701007
2701006

39
46
46
47

ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16
2297345
ELR W3/ 9-400 S
2963569
ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET 2904334
ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET 2904333

37
40
29
29

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M

2314163
2314176
2314189
2314192

605
605
605
605

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B
DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D 9 SUB/S

2287135
2903063
2903052
2283870

589
590
590
589

ELR 5030-2 IP PN
ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9

2701008
2903920
2903922
2903924

47
27
27
27

ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET 2904336
ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET 2904335
ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET 2904338
ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET 2904337

29
29
29
29

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M

2314202
2314215
2314228
2314231

605
605
605
605

DFLK-D15 SUB/B
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/S

2280307
2903065
2903054
2280297

589
590
590
589

ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06
ELR H3-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3
ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS

2905076
2905078
2905148
2905149

24
24
25
25

EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM SWD-ADAPTER

2902747
2902831
2902748
2902776

29
29
29
32

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150

2314244
2305871
2305350
2305363

605
603
603
603

DFLK-D25 SUB/B
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/S

2280323
2903067
2903055
2280310

589
590
590
589

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900542
2900543
2900545
2900685

27
27
27
27

EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CP-PP-ETH
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS

2901504
2902802
2901529
2901988

16
292
16
16

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400

2305376
2305389
2305392
2305884

603
603
603
603

DFLK-D37 SUB/B
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/S

2280349
2903069
2903056
2280336

589
590
590
589

ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS

2900544
2900546
2905162
2905163

27
27
25
25

EM-EV-CLR-12V
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS

2903246
2901528
2297620
2904472

292
16
16
16

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000

2305897
2305907
2305758
2305910

603
603
603
603

DFLK-D50 SUB/B
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/S

2287669
2903070
2903058
2291286

589
590
590
589

ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS

2903914
2903916
2903918
2905141

26
26
26
25

EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS
EMD-BL-3V-400
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT

2901526
2901527
2903525
2903526

16
16
299
299

CLIPFIX 35
CM-KBL-RS232/USB

3022218
2881078

374
226

DIKD 1,5

2715979

463

ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9

2905142
2900566
2900567
2900569

25
26
26
26

EMD-BL-C-10
EMD-BL-C-10-PT
EMD-BL-PH-480
EMD-BL-PH-480-PT

2903521
2903522
2903527
2903528

298
298
299
299

ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS

2900689
2900568
2900570
2905154

26
26
26
25

EMD-BL-V-230
EMD-BL-V-230-PT
EMD-FL-3V-230
EMD-FL-3V-400

2903523
2903524
2885773
2866064

298
298
302
302

D

D-DEK 1,5 GN
D-UKK 3/5
D-UKK 3/5 BU
DB 50- 90 BK

2716949
2770024
2770105
2820916

461
180
180
378

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 GY
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2821180
2820929
2964542
2964270

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964555
2940223
2964487
2964364

E
EB
EB
EB
EB

2- DIK BU
2- DIK RD
3- DIK BU
3- DIK RD

2716648
2716693
2716651
2716745

467
467
467
467

ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2905155
2900530
2900531
2903908

25
27
27
23

EMD-FL-3V-500
EMD-FL-3V-690
EMD-FL-C-10
EMD-FL-PF-400

2867979
2885249
2866022
2885809

302
302
300
304

378
378
475
474

EB
EB
EB
EB

4- DIK BU
4- DIK RD
5- DIK BU
5- DIK RD

2716664
2716758
2716677
2716761

467
467
467
467

ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-06
ELR H5-I-PT-SWD/500AC-3

2903910
2903912
2905073
2905074

23
23
20
20

EMD-FL-RP-480
EMD-FL-V-300
EMD-SL-3V-400
EMD-SL-3V-400-N

2900177
2866048
2866051
2885278

304
301
303
303

475
464
464
475

EB 10- DIK BU
EB 10- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD

2716680
2716774
2715940
2715953

467
467
461
461

ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS
ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2905144
2905146
2900573
2900574

21
21
23
23

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
EMD-SL-C-UC-10
EMD-SL-LL-110
EMD-SL-LL-230

2866019
2867937
2901137
2885906

300
300
305
305

PHOENIX CONTACT

629

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

EMD-SL-PH-400
EMD-SL-PH-690
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC

2866077
2905597
2866103
2885359

303
303
300
300

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN

2901477
2917418
2901480
2917434

308
309
309
309

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7

2293925
2293938
2293941
2296919

524
524
524
525

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK

2300818
2296391
2296401
2296472

498
606
606
606

EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-110AC

2866116
2885731
2866129
2885281

300
300
300
302

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S

2901483
2917447
2901484
2917421

309
309
309
309

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7

2296922
2296935
2296948
2296951

525
525
525
525

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK

2296485
2296498
2296508
2296511

606
606
606
606

EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC
EMD-SL-PS45-500AC

2885744
2885294
2885304
2885317

302
302
302
304

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT
ETD-FL-2T-DTI
ETD-SL-1T-DTF
ETD-SL-2T-I

2901481
2866187
2866161
2866174

309
310
311
311

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7

2296964
2904525
2304704
2904526

525
525
525
525

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2296524
2296537
2299385
2299398

606
606
606
606

EMD-SL-PTC
EMD-SL-V-UV-300
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38

2866093
2866035
2942810
2941646

305
301
469
471

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC
EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC

2903465
2903098
2903100
2903244

34
33
33
33

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2904527
2904528
2295729
2288901

525
525
574
574

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2299408
2299411
2299424
2299437

606
606
606
606

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK
EMG 22-DIO 4E
EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408
EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408

2949994
2950048
2952790
2952211

471
312
312
312

EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC

2903113
2903104
2903101
2903102

33
33
33
33

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2296977
2288914
2296980
2288927

574
574
574
574

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2299440
2299453
2299466
2299479

606
606
606
606

EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408
EMG 22-DIO 7M
EMG 22-DIO 7P
EMG 22-LA 7S/230

2952198
2950077
2950064
2949677

312
312
312
313

EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC
EV-CC-AC1-M3-CBC-SER-HS
EV-CC-AC1-M3-CBC-SER-PCB
EV-CC-AC1-M3-CC-SER-HS

2903103
1622452
1622453
1622459

33
293
293
294

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2296993
2288930
2297002
2288943

574
574
574
574

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299482
2299495
2299505
2299518

606
606
606
606

EMG 22-LED 7S/24
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5

2952305
2940760
2940061
2949787

313
468
468
478

EV-CC-AC1-M3-CC-SER-PCB
EV-RCM-C1-AC30-DC6
EV-RCM-C2-AC30-DC6

1622460
1622450
1622451

294
295
295

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2288956
2299013
2288969
2288972

574
574
574
574

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299521
2299534
2299547
2299550

606
606
606
606

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12

2952363
2952350
2949790
2952156

478
478
479
479

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK

2299026
2290847
2290834
2290850

574
574
574
574

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC

2904747
2904748
2904749
2904750

534
534
534
534

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35
EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
EMG 45-DIO 8E

2952169
2940252
2942124
2950103

479
139
139
312

EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP
EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408

2949389
2954798
2954882
2954879

EMG 45-DIO14M
EMG 45-DIO14M/LP
EMG 45-DIO14P
EMG 45-LED 14S/24

F

FASTCON PRO-SET
FASTCON PRO-SET-PT
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU

2906227
2906228
3030336
3036932

85
85
374
374

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2290863
2299039
2299563
2299042

574
574
574
574

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC

2904645
2904751
2904752
2904753

534
534
534
534

312
313
312
312

FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS

3032237
3030284
3032567
3032541

374
374
374
374

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK

2299576
2299055
2305952
2305965

574
574
605
605

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC

2904754
2904646
2904647
2904488

534
534
534
534

2950129
2950132
2950116
2952334

312
313
312
313

FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

374
374
374
374

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK

2305978
2305981
2305994
2304759

605
605
605
605

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC

2904648
2904649
2322786
2314341

534
534
534
534

EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP
EMG 90-DIO 17E
EMG 90-DIO 32M
EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP

2954808
2954895
2954934
2954785

313
312
312
313

FBSR 2-6
FBSR 2-8
FBSR 3-6
FBSR 4-6

3033715
3033808
3001594
3001595

328
334
328
328

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK

2304762
2304717
2306003
2314011

605
605
605
605

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC

2314354
2314367
2321570
2314943

534
534
534
534

EMG 90-DIO 32P
EMG-GKS 12
EML (15X6) R YE
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS

2954918
2947035
0819288
2297523

312
312
378
14

FBSR 5-6
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY
FBST 6-PLC RD

3001596
2966812
2966825
2966236

328
450
450
450

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK
FLK 16-14-DV-IN/...
FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/...

2314024
2314037
2304416
2304377

605
605
498
498

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC

2321583
2314956
2321415
2314370

534
534
534
534

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS
ETD-BL-1T-230

2297497
2297536
2297507
2905813

14
14
14
306

FBST 8-PLC GY
FBST 14-PLC BK
FBST 500-PLC BU
FBST 500-PLC GY

2967688
2967691
2966692
2966838

450
450
450
450

FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/...
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200

2304335
2304393
2300559
2300562

498
498
498
498

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314383
2314532
2314545
2314558

534
534
534
534

ETD-BL-1T-230-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN

2905814
2917492
2901489
2917515

306
309
309
309

FBST 500-PLC RD
FL CRIMPTOOL
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2

2966786
2744869
2744571
2744856

450
46
46
46

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50

2304403
2305185
2304348
2304351

498
498
498
498

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32

2296812
2296786
2296825
2298483

497
497
497
497

ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S

2901491
2917528
2901492
2917502

309
309
309
309

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299204
2299217
2299220
2299233

606
606
606
606

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30

2300575
2300588
2304364
2304319

498
498
498
498

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32

2296838
2298522
2296841
2298535

497
497
497
497

ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN

2901490
2917450
2901485
2917467

309
309
309
309

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299246
2299259
2299262
2299275

606
606
606
606

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300

2304296
2301134
2301545
2304322

498
498
498
498

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC

2288985
2294610
2288998
2294623

607
496
607
496

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S

2901487
2917489
2901488
2917463

309
309
309
309

FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7

2299288
2295693
2293815
2293828

606
525
524
524

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299291
2299301
2299314
2299327

606
606
606
606

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC

2289007
2294636
2289010
2294649

607
496
607
496

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN

2901486
2917379
2901476
2917395

309
308
308
308

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7

2293831
2293844
2293857
2293860

524
524
524
524

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299330
2299343
2299356
2299369

606
606
606
606

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289023
2289036
2294652
2289049

607
607
496
607

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S

2901478
2917405
2901479
2917382

308
308
308
308

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7

2293886
2293899
2293909
2293912

524
524
524
524

FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK

2299372
2304487
2298470
2298438

606
498
498
498

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289052
2299589
2299592
2299602

607
607
607
607

630

PHOENIX CONTACT

2-6 GY
2-8
2-8 BU
2-8 GY

7042

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/...
FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ...
FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...
FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/...

2304966
2302405
2302447
2302683

498
575
575
506

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I

2299178
2302641
2302599
2302654

574
506
506
506

FLKM S135/S400/SO126
FLKM S135/S400/SO127
FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2301781
2301794
2314736
2295062

528
528
531
554

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R

2924074
2866006
2924883
2865434

205
207
207
201

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...
FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...
FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/...
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 100/YUC

2302625
2302803
2302829
2904739

506
508
508
534

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302609
2302667
2302612
2302670

506
506
506
506

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 2304513
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P 2304539
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 2304526
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS
2314260

490
490
490
537

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I

2924045
2865382
2924676
2865366

201
192
192
191

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 500/YUC

2904740
2904741
2904742
2904636

534
534
534
534

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN

2302638
2304160
2304144
2304173

506
508
508
508

FLKM-KS40/YCS
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

2314642
2901879
2900924
2900622

536
504
504
504

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP

2924236
2865340
2924016
2865793

191
190
190
193

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/ 900/YUC

2904743
2904744
2904745
2904746

534
534
534
534

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

2304157
2295046
2295059
2302861

508
524
524
493

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC
FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC
FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2901423
2284510
2284523
2901389

504
552
552
552

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP

2924029
2865939
2865573
2924142

193
195
195
195

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/2500/YUC

2904637
2904638
2904487
2904639

534
534
534
534

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

2901037
2302874
2302777
2900889

493
493
510
510

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR

2314286
2314273
2314451
2903126

537
537
536
29

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP

2924168
2865492
2924113
2865764

195
210
210
211

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/HF/KS/3000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2904640
2900991
2314299
2314309

534
534
534
534

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16
FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340
FLKM 14-PA-S300

2302751
2302764
2903208
2299770

510
510
512
519

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

2903384
2903119

29
29

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD

2924139
2865515
2924100
2924867

211
211
211
209

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2314312
2321499
2314927
2321509

534
534
534
534

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT
FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2293462
2293475
2293459
2290038

494
494
494
503

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP
2865609
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2924126
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
2865942

209
211
211
196

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2314930
2321512
2314325
2314338

534
534
534
534

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC
FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

2290009
2294487
2290423
2318237

503
550
554
523

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP

2865586
2865654
2811763
2924689

196
198
198
198

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV

2314503
2314516
2314529
2304872

534
534
534
498

FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
FLKM 16/AI/DV
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2318240
2314749
2304429
2304445

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV

2304898
2304908
2304911
2304937

498
498
498
498

FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV
FLKM 16/DV
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2304940
2304953
2296689
2296692

498
498
575
575

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2296702
2296715
2305402
2296728

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

I

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC
IBS IP 400 MBH -F
IBS PG SET
IBS RBC/F-T/

2736903
2732868
2836599
2740151

48
46
46
48

523
522
499
499

IFS-CONFSTICK
IFS-CONFSTICK-L
IFS-OP-CRADLE
IFS-OP-UNIT

2986122
2901103
2811886
2811899

456
14
170
170

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP
MACX MCR-I20

2924692
2865751
2924799
2905680

198
200
200
186

2304458
2304432
2302735
2302748

499
499
492
492

IFS-USB-DATACABLE
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

2320500
2811271
1857919

457
89
14

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX
MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB

2865625
2924184
2865599
2308124

178
178
222
222

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN
FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
FLKM 50-PA-S300

2321473
2321486
2294306
2294445

502
502
511
518

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2865052
2924304
2865049
2924294

175
175
174
174

575
575
575
575

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
FLKM 50-PA-S400
FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)
FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

2307662
2294500
2294908
2293446

520
526
526
494

2296731
2296744
2296757
2296773

575
575
575
575

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400
FLKM 50/32M/DV

2321952
2294416
2294429
2304869

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2289065
2299097
2289078
2299107

574
574
574
574

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
FLKM 50/32M/PLC
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC
FLKM 50/32P/PLC

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2289081
2299110
2289094
2299123

574
574
574
574

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289104
2289117
2299136
2289120

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

L

LDM- 12- 24DC
LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC
LDM3- 12- 24DC

2833686
2833699
2833709
2833806

392
392
392
392

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP

2865036
2924281
2810612
2810625

177
177
276
276

520
511
526
500

LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC
LDP- 12- 24DC
LDP- 48- 60DC

2833819
2833822
2833657
2833660

392
392
392
392

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO

2810638
2865971
2924223
2865010

276
162
162
173

2304856
2289719
2294490
2291121

500
549
550
549

LDP-110DC
LDP3- 12- 24DC
LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC

2833673
2833770
2833783
2833796

392
392
392
392

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R

2924265
2865023
2924278
2865997

173
176
176
172

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300

2296281
2291587
2290614
2304490

518
554
554
554

LV- 12- 24UC
LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC
LV3- 12- 24UC

2833712
2833725
2833738
2833835

392
392
392
392

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I

2924252
2904089
2904090
2924825

172
161
161
159

574
574
574
574

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400
FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE

2314901
2314914
2314985
2314998

532
532
533
533

LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC

2833848
2833851

392
392

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP

2924838
2865955
2924207
2865968

159
158
158
160

2289133
2299149
2289573
2289586

574
574
574
574

FLKM S115/S400/SO155
FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137
FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400
FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400

2307248
2306294
2314846
2314859

532
533
527
529

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP

2924210
2865065
2865078
2924317

160
166
166
166

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK

2289599
2289609
2299152
2289612

574
574
574
574

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400
FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400
FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400
FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400

2314613
2314862
2314875
2314888

529
529
530
530

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2289625
2289638
2289641
2299165

574
574
574
574

FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400
FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400
FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE

2314626
2314891
2315007
2318017

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289654
2289667
2289670
2289683

574
574
574
574

FLKM S135/S400/SO120
FLKM S135/S400/SO121
FLKM S135/S400/SO122
FLKM S135/S400/SO125

2301723
2301736
2301749
2301778

M

MACX MCR-CJC
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO

2924993
2865984
2924249
2865476

163
204
204
203

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP

2924320
2924333
2924346
2811394

166
168
168
164

530
530
531
531

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I

2924087
2865489
2924090
2865405

203
206
206
194

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP

2811873
2811860
2811970
2811378

164
164
164
163

527
527
527
528

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T

2924032
2865450
2924061
2865463

194
202
202
205

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP
MACX MCR-UI-UI
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP

2811828
2811284
2811446
2811572

163
154
154
154

PHOENIX CONTACT

631

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP

2811556
2811459
2811297
2811585

154
156
156
156

MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-PTB
MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT
MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I

2905006
2902066
2902067
2902014

80
86
86
71

MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP

2864422
2864752
2864079
2810230

99
99
99
99

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC
MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX PL-EX-RPSS-2I-2I-SP
MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I

2811569
2904963
2904964
2904959

156
220
220
219

MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I-PT
MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI
MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-C
MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT

2902015
2902049
2902048
2902052

71
74
74
74

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC

2810858
2810780
2810874
2810793

94
94
94
94

MACX PL-EX-RPSSI-2I-SP
MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP
MACX PL-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP
MACX PL-RPSSI-2I

2904960
2904910
2904912
2904961

219
221
221
185

MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-TB
MINI MCR-2-TC-UI
MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-C

2902051
2902068
2902055
2902053

74
88
76
76

MINI MCR-SL-TB
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0

2811420
2864448
2864299
2813512

116
108
108
97

MACX PL-RPSSI-2I-SP
MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP
MACX PL-T-UIREL-UP-SP
MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

2904962
2904901
2904903
1803604

185
186
186
14

MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT
MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-U-I0
MINI MCR-2-U-I0-PT

2905249
2905248
2902022
2902023

76
76
70
70

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-U

2813570
2813525
2813583
2864684

MCR-ET 38X35 WH
MCR-F-UI-DC
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC

2814317
2814605
2814854
2814867

280
136
130
130

MINI MCR-2-U-I4
MINI MCR-2-U-I4-PT
MINI MCR-2-U-U
MINI MCR-2-U-U-PT

2902029
2902030
2902042
2902043

70
70
70
70

MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP

MCR-FL-HT-T-I
MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX
MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I

2864529
2864532
2864545
2864561

134
225
224
133

MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO
MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-C
MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT-C

2902031
2906201
2902032
2906202

78
78
78
78

MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-PAC-T-USB
MCR-PSP

2864574
2864587
2309000
2811912

223
223
226
138

MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP
MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-C
MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT-C

2902061
2902060
2902063
2902062

MCR-PSP-DC
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

2811925
2814634
2814715
2814650

138
274
274
274

MINI MCR-2-UI-REL
MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-UI
MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-C

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI
MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC

2814731
2814647
2814663
2814728

274
274
274
274

MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC
MCR-SL-CUC-100-I
MCR-SL-CUC-100-U
MCR-SL-CUC-200-I

2814744
2308027
2308108
2308030

MCR-SL-CUC-200-U
MCR-SL-CUC-300-I
MCR-SL-CUC-300-U
MCR-SL-CUC-400-I

Type

P

Order No. Page

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8
PACT MCR-CB-21-12
PACT MCR-CB-28-12
PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277569
2277556
2277543
2277530

263
263
263
263

PACT MCR-ETC-60
PACT MCR-ETC-75
PACT MCR-ICAP
PACT MCR-RA

2277572
2277585
2277608
2277598

263
263
263
263

97
97
97
97

PACT MCR-V1-21-44
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1

2277268
2277019
2277611
2277022

253
253
253
253

2864697
2864053
2865007
2811213

97
96
96
96

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1

2277763
2277035
2277776
2277048

253
253
253
253

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP

2810078
2864794
2864176
2864804

96
98
98
98

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277789
2277051
2277792
2277271

253
253
253
254

72
72
72
72

MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC

2864189
2864082
2810243
2902829

98
110
110
102

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1

2276502
2277077
2276544
2277080

254
254
254
254

2902033
2902035
2902037
2902036

83
83
68
68

MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI

2902830
2864480
2864493
2864383

102
113
113
92

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70
PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85
PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85

2277093
2277284
2277297
2277336

254
255
256
257

MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT
MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT-C
MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO
MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-C

2902040
2902039
2902026
2902024

68
68
66
66

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2864150
2864710
2864163
2811268

92
92
92
122

PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96
PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95
PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105
PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105

2277349
2277307
2277352
2277365

258
258
259
259

274
273
272
273

MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT
MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C
MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC

2902028
2902027
2810272
2902849

66
66
117
103

MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC
MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX
MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5
MM-CONF-SET

2902851
2866653
2866983
2297992

107
87
87
17

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A

2277378
2276395
2277381
2276405

260
260
260
260

2308205
2308043
2308302
2308072

272
273
272
273

MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I

2902850
2864419
2864749
2864655

103
101
101
101

MP 1
MP 2
MPS-IH BK
MPS-IH BU

2833631
2833644
0201731
0201689

378
384
180
180

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1

2277394
2277404
2276418
2277815

261
261
261
254

MCR-SL-CUC-500-I
MCR-SL-CUC-600-I
MCR-SL-D-RA
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI

2308085
2308098
2810081
2710314

273
273
140
141

MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC

2864781
2902822
2902823
2902832

101
114
114
109

MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH RD

0201702
0201728
0201676

180
180
180

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1

2277828
2277831
2277064
2277624

254
254
254
254

MCR-SL-D-U-I
MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I
MCR-SL-PT100-SP
MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24

2864011
2864516
2814948
2864464

140
135
132
279

MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-I-I

2902833
2902961
2902962
2864406

109
116
116
97

MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH YE
MPS-MT

0201663
0201692
0201744

180
180
180

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1

2277844
2277637
2277857
2277860

254
254
254
254

MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-100-U
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-200-U

2813486
2813457
2813499
2813460

277
277
277
277

MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4

2864723
2813541
2813554
2813538

97
97
97
97

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277640
2277653
2277103
2277666

254
254
254
254

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0
MCR-TTL-RS232
MCR-TTL-RS232-E
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814359
2814391
2814388
2814799

278
138
280
226

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-IDS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-IDS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 16

2813567
2905577
2905578
2811815

97
100
100
123

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1

2277116
2277679
2277129
2277682

255
255
255
255

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GY

2709561
2707437
2869728
2695439

87
457
86
86

MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC

2864105
2810269
2810298
2810308

112
112
106
106

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277132
2277695
2277145
2277158

255
255
255
255

MINI MCR DKL
MINI MCR-2-CVCS
MINI MCR-2-CVCS-PT
MINI MCR-2-FM-RC

2308111
2902064
2902065
2904504

117
84
84
88

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200

2810395
2810382
2864435
2864309

106
106
105
104

MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT
MINI MCR-2-I-I
MINI MCR-2-I-I-PT
MINI MCR-2-I0-U

2904508
2901998
2901999
2902000

88
70
70
70

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC

2864370
2864192
2864202
2864273

MINI MCR-2-I0-U-PT
MINI MCR-2-I4-U
MINI MCR-2-I4-U-PT
MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO

2902001
2902002
2902003
2902004

70
70
70
82

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PTB
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM

MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO-PT
MINI MCR-2-POT-UI
MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-C
MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT

2902005
2902016
2905005
2902017

82
80
80
80

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP

632

PHOENIX CONTACT

N

NFC-USB-PROG-ADAPTER

O

2900013

89

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2

2967989
2982113
2967992
2982168

420
340
420
341

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1

2276117
2276120
2276133
2276146

256
256
256
256

104
104
104
105

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2966595
2982100
2966618
2967950

332
340
333
333

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1

2277161
2276159
2277174
2276162

256
256
256
256

2864736
2864286
2864134
2902958

105
105
118
117

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2982171
2966605
2982126
2966621

341
420
340
420

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1

2276175
2277187
2276463
2277190

256
256
256
256

2902959
2864147
2864095
2810256

117
118
111
111

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2967963
2982184

421
341

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1

2277200
2276188
2277873
2277886

256
256
257
257

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1

2277899
2277909
2277912
2277925

257
257
257
257

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1

2902971
2902973
2900381
2900382

437
437
432
432

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100 C1D2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1

2966744
5603263
2966799
2967879

402
413
409
403

PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU

2900297
2966906
2967235
2967277

411
400
401
401

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1

2277938
2277941
2277954
2277967

257
257
257
257

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW

2900398
2900364
2900376
2900379

433
403
405
441

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1

2980050
2980047
2980063
2980704

403
402
403
432

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2966919
2967617
2967109
2966210

401
411
405
404

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1

2277970
2277983
2276191
2276201

257
257
258
258

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2900352
2900358
2900378
2902972

402
409
433
437

PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2980720
2966663
2966757
2966809

432
403
402
409

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 ATEX

2966317
2967604
2966171
2902955

408
410
400
412

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2276214
2277705
2276227
2277718

258
258
258
258

PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ

2900391
2900369
2904632
2902970

441
403
434
436

PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW

2967882
2903171
2980513
2982511

403
448
441
441

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21ATEX
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU

2967060
2980461
2967125
2966265

401
412
401
401

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1

2276230
2276243
2277213
2277226

258
258
258
258

PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW

2902974
2900383
2900363
2900392

437
432
440
441

PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/

3RW
3RW
3RW
3RW

2982524
2982537
2982540
2982553

441
441
441
441

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21

2967620
2982236
2834876
2966184

411
430
430
400

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1

2277239
2277242
2277255
2276256

258
258
258
259

PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1

2900365
2900353
2900393
2900370

403
402
441
403

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21

2980526
2982566
2900397
2900316

441
441
446
400

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC

2967073
2967112
2966278
2967633

401
401
401
411

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1

2276269
2276272
2276285
2276298

259
259
259
259

PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1

2900366
2900354
2900371
2900384

403
402
403
432

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC

2900329
2900337
2900317
2900290

401
401
401
411

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU

2966113
2967248
2967280
2966126

400
401
401
401

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1

2277721
2276308
2276311
2277734

259
259
259
259

PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW

2900394
2900395
2900380
2900396

441
441
441
441

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21

2900312
2900313
2900298
2900299

404
408
410
400

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU

2967646
2966139
2967293
2967303

411
400
401
401

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2276324
2276337
2276340
2277747

259
259
259
259

PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100

2900385
2900388
2900367
2900355

432
432
403
402

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC

2900330
2900338
2900306
2900291

401
401
401
411

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-120UC/21

2966142
2967659
2966320
2966197

401
411
408
400

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V3-60
PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140

2277750
2276382
2277417
2904922

259
259
262
268

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1

2900359
2900372
2900387
2900389

409
403
432
432

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21

2900328
2900327
2900300
2900332

430
430
400
401

PLC-RSC-120UC/21 ATEX
PLC-RSC-120UC/21 C1D2
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU

2902956
5603157
2967086
2967138

412
413
401
401

PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190
PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D140
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D190

2904923
2904921
2906232
2906233

268
268
269
269

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1

2900368
2900356
2900361
2900374

403
402
409
403

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW

2900346
2900339
2900349
2900318

445
401
445
444

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC
PLC-RSC-12DC/21-C1D2
PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2966281
2967662
5606331
2966333

401
411
413
408

PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D95
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D140
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D190
PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D95

2906231
2906235
2906236
2906234

269
269
269
269

PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2903173
2902965
2980144
2902963

448
437
405
436

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW

2900307
2900321
2900293
2900324

401
444
411
445

PLC-RSC-230UC/21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-CID2

2966207
2967099
2967141
5607072

400
401
401
413

PACT RCP-CLAMP
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2904895
2276612
2276625
2276638

268
263
263
263

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2902967
2980652
2980665
2902966

437
432
432
437

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU

2900301
2900333
2900340
2900308

400
401
401
401

PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC
PLC-RSC-24DC/21 C1D2
PLC-RSP-120UC/21 C1D2

2966294
2967675
5603154
5603683

401
411
413
413

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
PLC-2RPT-24DC/1
PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1
PLC-ATP BK

2276641
2901639
2987309
2966841

263
428
428
450

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/

2966634
5603260
2966676
2982786

403
413
405
406

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU

2900294
2900303
2900334
2900341

411
400
401
401

PLC-RSP-12DC/21 CID2
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC
PLC-SC-S/H

5606332
2982663
2980539
2980733

413
446
447
431

PLC-BP A1-14
PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW
PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2980283
2900261
2900450
2900456

450
442
407
415

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2982702
2902964
2902968
2966728

433
436
437
402

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW

2900309
2900295
2900347
2900350

401
411
445
445

PLC-SC-S/L
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC
PLC-SP-S/H
PLC-SP-S/L

2980775
2980555
2980746
2980788

431
447
431
431

PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-TTL/1

2900453
2900457
2900455
2900458

414
415
414
438

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100 C1D2
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1

5603261
2966773
2980636
2967840

413
409
433
403

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW

2900319
2900322
2900325
2900348

444
444
445
445

PLC-V8/D15B/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT
PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15S/OUT

2296087
2296061
2296074
2296058

451
451
451
451

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46

2982799
2980322
2980416
2980319

407
415
415
414

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1

2967947
2982760
2904631
2980678

405
406
434
432

PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW

2900351
2900320
2900323
2900326

445
444
444
445

PLC-V8/FLK14/IN
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M

2296553
2304115
2295554
2304102

451
451
451
451

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2980432
2980348
2980429
2980335

415
415
415
414

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1

2982728
2967002
2966993
2967853

440
403
402
403

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-120UC/21
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU

2900314
2900304
2900335
2900342

408
400
401
401

PLC-V8C/CAB/TBUS/0,3M
PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM
PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM
PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM

2905263
2905135
2905137
2905136

457
455
455
454

PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46
PLC-BSC-TTL/1
PLC-ESK GY
PLC-HPT-24DC/230AC/10

2980445
2982689
2966508
2905215

415
438
450
435

PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1

2967468
2967455
2967866
2980681

403
402
403
432

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC
PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-230UC/21

2900310
2900296
2900315
2900305

401
411
408
400

PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/BM
PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/EM
PLC-V8C/SC-24DC/SAM
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2903094
2903095
2905082
2299660

455
455
454
451

PLC-HSC-24DC/230AC/10
PLC-LOGIC-STARTERKIT1
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT

2905214
2905504
2902969
2900375

435
456
436
405

PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 C1D2

2980694
2980717
2966650
5603262

432
432
403
413

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU

2900336
2900343
2900345
2900311

401
401
443
401

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-VT
PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA

2304306
2296870
2295567
2296867

451
570
570
570

2
2 C1D2
2/ACT
5/ACT

PHOENIX CONTACT

633

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

PLC-VT/LA
PR1-BSC2/2X21
PR1-BSC3/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21

2296854
2833518
2833521
2834326

570
378
379
394

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU

2834012
2834083
2834025
2834096

386
386
386
386

REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2987972
2961480
2987998
2961422

338
336
338
336

RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21
RIF-3-BPT/2X21
RIF-3-BPT/3X21

2903313
2903306
2900937
2900938

366
367
346
347

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21

2834368
2834481
2834520
2834339

394
395
395
394

REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU

2834041
2834119
2834960
2834313

386
386
386
386

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-G 24/1

2961529
2987930
2987914
2961037

336
338
338
556

RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21

2903297
2903294
2903296
2903293

368
369
368
369

PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21

2834371
2834494
2834533
2834342

394
395
395
394

REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21

2834957
2834973
2903666
2903667

386
386
344
344

REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24DC/3X21

2834245
2834287
2834232
2834274

390
390
390
390

RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21
RIF-4-BPT/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903295
2903292
2900961
2903281

368
369
350
370

PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21

2834384
2834504
2834546
2834355

394
395
395
394

REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21

2903668
2903659
2903660
2903663

344
344
344
344

REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21

2834258
2834290
2834261
2834300

390
390
390
390

RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1

2903275
2903278
2903280
2903274

372
371
370
372

PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU
PR2-BSC2/4X21

2834397
2834517
2834559
2833563

394
395
395
384

REL-IR2/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU

2903664
2903665
2903686
2903683

344
344
344
344

REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21
REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21

2903690
2903691
2903692
2903689

348
348
348
348

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

2903277
2903279
2903273
2903276

371
370
372
371

PR2-BSC3/4X21
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21

2833576
2834643
2834724
2834656

385
396
397
396

REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903687
2903684
2903688
2903685

344
344
344
344

REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21
REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21

2903694
2903695
2903696
2903693

348
348
348
348

RIF-LDP-110 DC
RIF-LDP-12-24 DC
RIF-LDP-48-60 DC
RIF-LV-12-24 UC

2900941
2900939
2900940
2900942

356
356
356
356

PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834737
2834669
2834740
2834672

397
396
397
396

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU

2903676
2903669
2903677
2903670

344
344
344
344

REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21
REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903699
2903698
2903700
2903701

352
352
352
352

RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC
RIF-LV-48-60 UC
RIF-RC-12-24 UC
RIF-RC-120-230 UC

2900944
2900943
2900949
2900951

356
356
356
356

PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU
PR3-BSC1/2X21
PR3-BSC1/3X21
PSK AFS2000IOL

2834753
2833602
2833615
2700709

397
388
389
247

REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21AU

2903680
2903673
2903681
2903674

344
344
344
344

REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21

2903707
2903703
2903706
2903702

354
352
354
352

RIF-RC-48-60 UC
RIF-RH-1
RIF-RH-1-H
RIF-RH-2

2900950
2900953
2904468
2900954

356
335
335
343

PSK AFS5000IOL
PSK AFS6000IOL
PSK AFS6050IOL
PSK AFS8000IOL

2700705
2700707
2700704
2700708

247
246
246
247

REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

2903682
2903675
2961370
2961367

344
344
418
418

REL-PR3-120AC/3X1
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903708
2903704
2903709
2903705

354
352
354
352

RIF-RH-3
RIF-RH-4
RIF-RHM-1
RIF-RHM-1-H

2900955
2900956
2905986
2905985

347
351
335
335

PSK APS7004IOL
PSK RTU 50
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P

2700710
2400018
2761295
2744416

248
245
226
222

REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU

2961150
2961257
2961299
2961163

330
336
336
330

RIF-0-BPT/1
RIF-0-BPT/21
RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1
RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2901873
2900958
2905295
2905293

329
328
361
360

RIF-RHM-2
RIF-RHM-4
RIF-T3-24UC
RIF-V-12-24 UC

2905984
2905983
2902647
2900945

343
351
307
356

PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P

2744429

222

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

2961309
2961532
2961383
2961493

336
336
418
418

RIF-0-OPT-24DC/48DC/100
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21

2905294
2903362
2903360
2903371

361
359
359
358

RIF-V-120-230 UC
RIF-V-48-60 UC

2900948
2900947

356
356

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC

2961435
2987956
2961464
2961406

336
338
336
336

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21

2903369
2903361
2903359
2903370

358
359
359
358

2901674
2903242
2903241
2903591

284
285
285
285

R

S

RC- 12- 24UC
RC- 48- 60UC
RC-120-230UC
RC3- 12- 24UC

2833741
2833754
2833767
2833893

392
392
392
392

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR- 24DC/1IC
REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961503
2987891
2961341
2961105

336
338
419
330

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU
RIF-1-BPT/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/2X21

2903368
2900931
2906224
2906223

358
334
362
363

RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC
RCM-A-SCT- 20
RCM-A-SCT- 30

2833903
2833916
2806045
2806058

392
392
289
289

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2961192
2987943
2961215
2987985

336
338
336
338

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21MS
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21

2903342
2903338
2905289
2903334

362
362
364
363

SD FLASH 2GB EMWISE EXTENDED 2701747
SD FLASH 2GB EMWISE IMP ANALOG 2701746
SD FLASH 2GB EMWISE IMPULS
2701745
SK 5,0 WH:REEL
0805221

244
244
244
89

RCM-A-SCT- 35
RCM-A-SCT- 70
RCM-A-SCT-105
RCM-A-SCT-140

2806061
2806074
2806087
2806090

289
289
289
289

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

2961121
2961312
2961545
2987927

330
336
336
338

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21MS
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU

2903330
2905291
2903340
2903336

363
365
362
362

SSA 3-6
SSA 5-10
ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO

2839295
2839512
2905417
2905572

227
227
472
473

RCM-A-SCT-210
RCM-A/50/85-264V
RCM-B-SCT- 35
RCM-B-SCT- 70

2806100
2806016
2806223
2806236

289
289
288
288

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC

2987888
2834834
2834847
2834821

338
336
336
336

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU

2903332
2903328
2903339
2903335

363
363
362
362

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO
ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46

2905585
2829564
2826981
2826091

473
470
468
468

RCM-B-SCT-105
RCM-B/50/85-264V
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU

2806249
2806210
2834054
2834122

288
288
386
386

REL-MR- 60DC/21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961118
2961273
2961286
2961134

418
336
336
418

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21MS
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21MS

2905290
2903331
2903327
2905292

364
363
363
365

ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46

2829797
2833026
2826266
2832027

468
468
468
468

REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU

2834067
2834135
2834070
2834148

386
386
386
386

REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961325
2961202
2961228
2961338

336
336
336
336

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU

2903341
2903337
2903333
2903329

362
362
363
363

STP 5-2
SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC
SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC
SWD4-8MF2 PXC

0800967
2903111
2903112
2903108

374
34
34
34

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU

2834151
2834193
2834164
2834203

386
386
386
386

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU

2961561
2961448
2987969
2961477

336
336
338
336

RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT
RIF-2-BPT/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21

2905195
2900934
2903315
2903308

375
342
366
367

SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC
SWD4-CRP-1 PXC
SWD4-CRP-2 PXC

2903107
2903109
2903110
2903114

34
34
34
34

REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU

2834177
2834216
2834180
2834229

386
386
386
386

REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961419
2961516
2987901
2961451

336
336
338
336

RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21

2903311
2903305
2903310
2903304

366
367
366
367

SWD4-RC8-10 PXC
SZF 1-0,6X3,5

2903106
1204517

34
450

634

PHOENIX CONTACT

SCK-C-MODBUS
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
SCK-M-U-1500V

Index
Alphabetical
Type

T

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP
UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

5603258
5603257
2976187
2974914

501
501
562
560

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC

2904286
2904280
2904285
2903803

545
543
545
543

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48
VIP-3/PT/RJ45
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F

2903799
2903800
2904290
2315188

618
618
598
585

TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-CS
TC-2KS40-AI16-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS40-AI16-M-PRH-CS
TC-2KS40-AO16-EX-PR-CS

2905677
2905203
2905257
2905201

541
541
540
541

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC
UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC
UMK- D32M-VS
UMK- EC38/38-XOL

2979485
2979469
2970060
2976284

560
558
593
594

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400
VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/PDM-2/16/FU 6.3A

2904289
2904272
2904268
2903603

544
591
591
619

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F

2322210
2315133
2322168
2315191

585
585
585
585

TC-2KS40-AO16-M-PRH-CS
TC-2KS40-AO8-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS50-DI16-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS50-DI32-2EX-PR-CS

2905905
2905204
2905202
2904676

540
541
541
541

UMK- EC38/38-XOR
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC56/25/EX -L

2976297
2900115
2900114
2900113

594
597
597
597

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED

2315230
2322333
2315162
2322197

546
547
584
585

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED

2322223
2315146
2900675
2322171

585
585
505
585

TC-2KS50-DO16-ESD-AR-RS
TC-2KS50-DO16-EX-PR-RS
TC-2KS50-DO16-F&G-AR-RS
TC-2KS50-DO32-EX-PR-CS

2904113
2905678
2904112
2905199

541
541
541
541

UMK- EC56/25/EX -R
UMK- EC56/32-XOL
UMK- EC56/32-XOR
UMK- EC56/32-XUL

2900112
2975764
2975858
2975780

597
595
595
595

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED

2315117
2322142
2315175
2322207

584
585
584
585

VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED

2315201
2322236
2315159
2322184

585
585
585
585

TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A20000
TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A23132
TC-C-PSR3-SC-A100V+A20000
TC-C-PTSM-50-00000000J1J1

2903389
2903390
2903391
2903388

541
541
541
541

UMK- EC56/32-XUR
UMK- EC56/56-XOL
UMK- EC56/56-XOR
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

2975777
2975890
2975900
2976158

595
595
595
595

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

2315120
2322155
2900676
2900786

584
585
505
505

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/SC/FLK26
VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED

2322265
2322278
2315052
2322087

551
551
577
577

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI

2924854
2902933
2902932
2902934

183
125
183
125

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL

2976161
2900110
2900109
2969071

595
596
596
596

VIP-2/SC/FLK10
VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK14
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC

2315010
2322045
2315023
2322281

576
577
576
548

VIP-3/SC/FLK34
VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK40
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED

2315065
2322090
2315078
2322100

577
577
577
577

TC-MACX-MCR-PTB
THERMAL FUSE TF104

2904673
2900796

183
36

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR
UMK- PVB
UMK- PVB 6
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC

2969068
2971302
2972136
2974891

596
619
619
561

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

2322294
2322058
2322249
2315214

548
577
542
542

VIP-3/SC/FLK50
VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK60
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED

2315081
2322113
2315094
2322126

577
577
577
577

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC
UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R

2974901
2979508
2979498
2970196

561
561
561
599

VIP-2/SC/FLK16
VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK20
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED

2315036
2322061
2315049
2322074

576
577
576
577

VIP-3/SC/FLK64
VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M

2315104
2322139
2322414
2322375

577
577
591
591

U

UC-EMLP (11X9)
UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS
UC-EMLP (15X5)
UC-EMLP (15X5) CUS

0819291
0824547
0819301
0824550

179
179
89
89

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
UMKS- C64M-VS
UMKS- E48M-VS
UMKS- F48M-VR

2979472
2970565
2970154
2970167

558
592
593
593

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

2315243
2322320
2322317
2322252

544
495
545
543

VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M

2322427
2322388
2322430
2322391

591
591
591
591

UCT-EM (30X5)
UCT-EM (30X5) CUS
UDK-RELG 4
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

0801505
0801589
2777056
2941662

89
89
473
180

UMKS- F48M-VS
URELG 3
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

2970714
2820136
2901667

593
468
14

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400
VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F

2322304
2315227
2322359
2322401

545
543
544
591

VIP-3/SC/RJ45
VIP-8RPT-120AC/1AU/DI/PLC
VIP-8RPT-24DC/1AU/DI/PLC
VIP-8RPT-24DC/21/D0/FU/PLC

2900701
2904576
2903600
2903601

598
567
567
566

UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q
UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959803
2959502
2959560
2959573

599
599
588
588

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32

2322326
2315256
2315269
2315272

591
618
618
618

VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M

2318376
2318318
2318334
2318347

600
600
600
600

UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959586
2959599
2959609
2959612

588
588
588
588

UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2959515
2962900
2962926
2962913

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

V

V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC
V3- 12- 24UC

2833864
2833877
2833880
2833929

392
392
392
392

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M

2903717
2903782
2904265
2903781

618
587
587
587

VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M

2318457
2318392
2318415
2318428

600
600
600
600

580
556
557
557

V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC
VFD 5007 IL IB
VFD 5015 IL IB

2833932
2833945
2701054
2701055

392
392
48
49

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M

2904260
2903784
2904266
2903783

587
587
587
587

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M

2901604
2901605
2901606
2901607

509
509
509
509

2959625
2959638
2959641
2959654

588
588
588
588

VFD 5022 IL IB
VFD 5040 IL IB
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756

2701057
2701058
2903802
2904288

49
49
546
547

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED

2904276
2904261
2903786
2904267

505
587
587
587

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M

2901608
2901609
2901610
2901611

509
509
509
509

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8
UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8
UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q
UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q

2968205
2968195
2959531
2959544

555
555
580
580

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED

2903778
2904263
2903777
2904258

586
587
586
587

VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC

2903785
2904262
2904281
2904282

587
587
551
551

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900122
2900123
2900125
2900126

602
602
602
602

UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q
UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC
UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC

2959557
2962463
2968386
2900890

580
563
559
564

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED

2903780
2904264
2903779
2904259

586
587
586
587

VIP-3/PT/FLK26
VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK34
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED

2903791
2904252
2903792
2904253

579
579
579
579

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M

2900127
2318538
2318473
2318499

602
600
600
600

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2900893
2900892
2962379
2962382

565
565
563
563

VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO
VIP-2/PT/FLK10
VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED

2904277
2904278
2903787
2904248

505
505
578
579

VIP-3/PT/FLK40
VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK50
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED

2903793
2904254
2903794
2904255

579
579
579
579

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M

2318509
2900130
2900131
2900132

600
602
602
602

UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q
UM-2KS40/16AI/SI/RS/SO225
UM-2KS40/16AIO/RS/SO225
UM-2KS50/ 8DO/RS/MKDS

2959528
2319841
2319838
2900174

580
538
538
539

VIP-2/PT/FLK14
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED

2903788
2904283
2904284
2904249

578
548
548
579

VIP-3/PT/FLK60
VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK64
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED

2903795
2904256
2903796
2904257

579
579
579
579

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M

2900133
2900134
2318619
2318554

602
602
600
600

UM-2KS50/16DI/RS/MKDS
UM-2KS50/16DO/RS/MKDS
UM-2KS50/DI16/RS/K-MT/SO241
UM-2KS50/DO16/RS/K-MT/SO241

2900173
2900175
2319618
2319595

538
539
538
539

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK16
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED

2904279
2903801
2903789
2904250

542
542
578
579

VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M

2904273
2904269
2904274
2904270

591
591
591
591

VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2318570
2318583
2900139
2900142

600
600
603
603

UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC
UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
UM-DELTAV/A/SI

2968373
2900891
5603255
5603256

559
564
501
501

VIP-2/PT/FLK20
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500

2903790
2904251
2903804
2904287

578
579
544
495

VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24

2904275
2904271
2903797
2903798

591
591
618
618

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M

2900143
2318693
2318635
2318651

603
601
601
601

PHOENIX CONTACT

635

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M

2318664
2318774
2318716
2318732

601
601
601
601

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/10,0M/S7

2904720
2904721
2904722
2904723

515
515
515
515

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M

2318745
2318855
2318790
2318813

601
601
601
601

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 4,0M/S7

2904731
2904732
2904733
2904734

515
515
515
515

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M

2318826
2318936
2318871
2318897

601
601
601
601

VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/40XOE/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 0,5M/S7

2904735
2904736
2904737
2905516

515
515
515
514

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2318907
2900147
2900149
2900150

601
603
603
603

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 2,5M/S7

2905517
2905518
2905519
2905520

514
514
514
514

VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/...
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7

2900887
2322663
2322676
2322689

517
517
517
517

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 6,0M/S7

2905521
2905522
2905523
2905524

514
514
514
514

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7

2321790
2322692
2322702
2322715

517
517
517
517

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10 PT/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 1,0M/S7

2905525
2905526
2904702
2904703

514
514
514
514

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7

2322728
2322731
2322744
2322757

517
517
517
517

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 3,0M/S7

2904704
2904705
2904706
2904707

514
514
514
514

VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/...
VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/...
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7

2322760
2900886
2900885
2322443

517
517
516
516

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/ 8,0M/S7

2904708
2904709
2904710
2904711

514
514
514
514

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7

2322456
2322469
2321800
2322472

516
516
516
516

VIP-PA-PWR/4X10COMBI/10,0M/S7 2904712
VIP-PT/FLK16/DS/FU/LED/AN/DV
2903599
VS-937/...
1402611

514
500
46

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7

2322485
2322498
2322508
2322511

516
516
516
516

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7

2322524
2322537
2322540
2322553

516
516
516
517

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7

2322566
2322579
2321910
2322582

517
517
517
517

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7

2322595
2322605
2322618
2322621

517
517
517
517

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 1,0M/S7

2322634
2322647
2322650
2904724

517
517
517
515

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 6,0M/S7

2904725
2904726
2904727
2904728

515
515
515
515

VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/20XOE/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 1,0M/S7

2904729
2904730
2905528
2905529

515
515
515
515

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 3,0M/S7

2905531
2905532
2905533
2905534

515
515
515
515

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/ 8,0M/S7

2905535
2905536
2905537
2905538

515
515
515
515

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10 PT/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 1,5M/S7

2905539
2904713
2904714
2904715

515
515
515
515

VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-PWR/2X10COMBI/ 4,0M/S7

2904716
2904717
2904718
2904719

515
515
515
515

636

PHOENIX CONTACT

Z

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

0811972
1050004
1051016
1051003

374
374
450
374

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

For up-to-date modifications or supplements
to the catalog contents, please visit:
phoenixcontact.net/webcode/#0132
Source Exif Data: 
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Create Date                     : 2015:02:25 16:56:08+01:00
Modify Date                     : 2015:11:24 14:49:45+01:00
Metadata Date                   : 2015:11:24 14:49:45+01:00
Producer                        : pdftk - NUR ZUR ANSICHT
Format                          : application/pdf
Description                     : Interface Technology and Switching Devices 2015 / 2016..
Title                           : Interface Technology and Switching Devices 2015 / 2016
Creator                         : PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG
Subject                         : Catalog 7, Interface Technology and Switching Devices, neutral, english, brochure, advertising publication
Document ID                     : uuid:6f2afb28-32c5-451c-a0d0-715b7fecc805
Instance ID                     : uuid:cf99d913-11a7-4a25-89cb-5bdf66e451a1
Page Layout                     : TwoPageRight
Page Count                      : 638
Author                          : PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG
Keywords                        : Catalog 7, Interface Technology and Switching Devices, neutral, english, brochure, advertising publication
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu